Vault 
 
 LIBRARY 
 
 OF THE 
 
 JOHNS HOPKINS UNIVERSITY 
 
 WILLIAM H. WELCH MEDICA^ LIBRARY 
 RIDOUT COLLECTIdStf^ 
 
 Drs. John, William G. and John Ri(feut 
 Presented by 
 
 Mrs. James N. Galloway and 
 
 Mrs^ Fredprirlf fT 'RicViarrlc 
 
7 
 
 
 
 I 
 
 P ^ 
 
 i 
 
 'if 
 
 Zf.j- 
 
-.jr' ‘.-'t? 
 
 ■3 
 
 
 Digitized by the Internet Archive 
 in 2016 
 
 https://archiye.org/details/dralberthallersp21 hall ^ 
 
f 
 
 h 
 
 . > 
 
 '“tr ■ ■ 
 
 
 * 
 
 
 I *< 
 
 \ 
 
 'Vi 
 
 ■X 
 
 
Dr. Albert Haller’s 
 
 I f 
 
 PHYSIOLOGY; 
 
 BEING A 
 
 COURSE of LECTURES 
 
 . f 
 
 UPON THE 
 
 Visceral Anatomy and Vital 
 Oeconomy of Human Bodies: 
 
 INCLUDING 
 
 The lateft and moft confiderable Discoveries and 
 Improvements, which have been made by the 
 moft eminent Profeffors, through all Parts of 
 Europe, down to the prefent Year. 
 
 Compiled for the Ufe of the University of Gottin- 
 gen ; now illuftrated with ufeful Remarks ; with an 
 Hijiory of Medicine ; and with a Nofology, or Dodfrine 
 of Difeafes. 
 
 VOL. II. 
 
 LONDON: 
 
 Printed for W. Innys and J. Richardson, in Pater - 
 Nojier Row, 
 
 M.DCC.LIV, 
 
\ 1 . 9 -' 
 
 DEPOSlTfiO 
 Iff ISSTT. 
 
 Hist. Hl£i>" 
 
 VauU 
 
CONTENTS 
 
 O F 
 
 H E 
 
 SECOND VOLUME. 
 
 Lect. XIV. the Senfe of ‘Touch and 
 
 Feeling. Page 
 
 I 
 
 20 
 
 28 
 
 36 
 
 56 
 
 91 
 
 I 10 
 
 XV. Of the Tajle. 
 
 XVI. of the Smelling. 
 
 XVII. Of the Hearing. 
 
 .XVIII. Of the Sight. 
 
 XIX. Of the internal Senfes. 
 
 XX. Of Sleep 
 XXL Of Hunger and Thirjl^ Foods 
 
 , and Drinks. n 8 
 
 XXII. Of Mafication and Saliva. 1 26 
 XXIII. Of Deglutition. 
 
 XXIV. Of the Stomach and Di- 
 
 gejiion, 
 
 XXV. Of the Omentum. 
 
 XXVI. OJ the Spleen. 
 
 XXVII. Of the Liver and Bile. 
 ,XXVIII. Of the Pancreas. 
 
 XXIX. Of the [mail Inteftines. 
 
 XXX, Of the Chyliferous Vtjfels. 
 
 138 
 
 H 7 
 
 162 
 174 
 1 “ I 
 205 
 209 
 12:^ 
 
 XXX 
 
iv Contents of the Second Volume. 
 
 Lect. XXXI. Of the large Intejlines. 231 
 
 XXXII. Of the Kidneys^ Bladder and 
 
 Urine. 243 
 
 XXXIII. Of the Male Genitals. 261 
 
 XXXIV. Of the Virgin Womb. 284 
 
 XXXV. Of the B regnant Womb. 297 
 
 NOSOLOGY. 
 
 Lect. I. Of Relaxation. P2ge33i 
 
 II. Of Rigidity. 343 
 
 III. Of Plethora. 351 
 
 IV. Of Atrophy or Inanition. 366 
 
 V. Of Fevers of all Kinds. 371 
 
 VI. Of Fevers eruptive. 398 
 
 VII. Of the Meafes and Small-pox. 40 1 
 
 ^ VIII. Small-pox in f articular 410 
 
 IX. Of Intermittents. 42 8 
 
 X. OJ Inflammations. 434 
 
 XL Concluflon and Recapitulation, 461 
 
A N 
 
 Historical Introduction 
 
 Concerning the 
 
 ORIGIN and PROGRESS 
 O F 
 
 PHYSIOLOGY and MEDICINE. 
 
 §. I. will be readily allowed by the wifer 
 I part of the world, that the trite pla- 
 tonic adage, advifing man to a know- 
 ledge of himfelf Qzavrov) ftrikes more at 
 
 the prieft and phyfician, than the red; of fo- 
 ciety ; iince the latter is obliged to carry his 
 difquifitions much deeper than the curious 
 painter or ilatuary, even to the innermod: or- 
 ganizations and adlions of each part, as far as 
 armed fenfe and found reafon will condud; him; 
 in order to underftand, or explain, every change 
 and appearance resulting from the body only, 
 or from the body and mind conjuniffcly, whe- 
 ther in a healthy or a difeafed date : ; while the 
 fortiaer, lefs concerned about the organizations 
 of the body, or its mutual connexions with the 
 mind, advances much higher by the fcale of 
 natural and revealed truth, in determining the 
 \Yl. I. 2. : leli- 
 
li Progrefs of Phy/iology 
 
 religious and moral ftate of them both, either 
 for the prefent or the future. Man then, is 
 one divifible effence, compounded of animal 
 body and intelledlual foul j yet fo that his iden- 
 tity or perfonality refides in the laft, as thefupe- 
 rior part, which is however incompleat, with- 
 out a duly difpofed and organifed body, as the 
 medium of all her operations in life. It is 
 enough, that we know fhe is, becaufe fhe ope- 
 rates, thinks, and reafons j and that {he always 
 will be, becaufe {he is immaterial, therefore un- 
 extended, and has no power not to be. As for 
 the operations of the foul, after {lie is feparated 
 from the body by death, they muft be purely 
 intelledlual ; like thofe of angels or fpirits, and 
 confequently fuch as w'e can have no notion of 
 while {he is connected to body, without whofe 
 medium we can naturally have no perceptions, 
 either of ourfelves or of an external w’orld *. 
 
 §. II. Our body then, in its primitive {fate, 
 is gradually built up, from gelatinous or {limy 
 fluids, {hooting out firft into cob- web-like 
 threads and plains, whereof the moll part are 
 by degrees moulded into two fprings, which 
 like thofe of a watch, we {hall diftingullh into 
 heart and fanguiferous fyllem, as the 
 fufee or main fprings and (2.) the ejiccphalou^ 
 and appended nervous fyflem, as the pendu- 
 
 [Arillot. i. de part. anim. 5. & Cicero i. Tufc. 
 qureftion.] Anima iit animus, ignifve, nefcio : nec me 
 - ' piidet.nercire quod nefciam. — non videtur, fed ex fundtio- 
 2 -." -.iTibus dcprehenditur [Apuleius de mundoj : eamque im- 
 . ; ni.'.>rtalem effe, & ab intemu liberani [Plato, io.de re- 
 b’jb.j Morta carcut animra [Ovid. 15. Metam.j 
 
 lum- 
 
and cf Medicine. ill 
 
 ium-fpring, or regulator. To thefe two fprings 
 there are fubfervient, a fet of correfponding hy- 
 graulic wheels, or intermedia-e fyftematical 
 organs, called vifcera, glands, &c. ferving either 
 to the faculty of nutrition, fenfation, motion, 
 or procreation, in their mod extenlive latitudes: 
 all which are moved or adluated by a fort of 
 endlefs or circular chain of globular and albu- 
 minous juices, intermixed all together in the 
 heart and arteries j thence feparated into vari- 
 ous forts and conliftencies, in different parts, 
 and returned again (fo much as are found of 
 them) into commixture as at firfl: while the 
 morbid or unfound parts are thrown off by cer- 
 tain emundtories or out-lets. And this is the 
 moft contradled or aggregated view that can 
 be had of the human body, at once, confidered 
 as an animated and hygraulic automaton. 
 
 §. III. It is therefore from the fuperb and 
 fo much admired fabric of our body as the 
 immediate refidence and interpreter of an im- 
 mortal foul, that medicine properly begins to 
 draw the firfl lines of her ample landfcape : for 
 pbyfic has been allowed by the wife men of all 
 ages to begin where philofophy ends ; and 
 they have equally granted, that all the lines of 
 wide philofophy center in him., whofe animal 
 body is both the head and epitome of the whole 
 terraqueous world * j to travel through and 
 graphically defcribe the numberlefs regions of 
 
 * Unde Porpbyr. devlta Pythag. o avScMTro? 
 ju-of. V. Pfal. vii). 6. & Cicero. - i. de teg.bui. auteri 
 
 non dicam In hoimm : fed hi cmni cash atque terra rdtioni 
 dlvinitus. 
 
 a 2 which^ 
 
IV Progrefs of Phyfiohgy 
 
 which, under health and difeafe, is the proper 
 obje(5t of medicine. But here we often carefs 
 and admire the defpicable matter, inftead of the 
 infinitely wife form given to it by the fignet of 
 omnipotency j for if we do but refled: either 
 upon its mucaginous origination, in the firft 
 months of pregnancy, before it has any ability 
 to converfe with the foul, or upon its putrila- 
 ginous diflfolution into an abominable vapour 
 (into which a very few days of fplendant fun, 
 in a hot climate, will wholly convert it, except 
 the fkeleton of bones) after it is thrown off, 
 like a worn-out-garment, from the celeflial 
 inhabitant ; we fhall rather quit the matter for 
 the form, and even make that only a ftep to 
 look up after the adorable fignet, which firft 
 gave the admirable imprefiion. 
 
 §. IV. Our primitive anceftors, not yet ac- 
 quainted with thofe luxuries and abufes of na- 
 tural benefits, which were afterwards fo much 
 cultivated, and are now fpread to the prejudice 
 of human perfedion throughout the world, 
 lived contentedly on the tender roots and plants, 
 of their own and nature’s tillage, joined with 
 the mealy pulfes or grain of the field, and en- 
 riched by oily and fucculent fruits of the tree 
 and bufli The fimplicity of their archi- 
 
 * Gen. c. i. V. 29. h Cic. 6 e nat. dcor. & Offic. lib. 
 1 . terr ^7 gigKUiilur,, ad ujus homir.nm omnia crea- 
 
 ‘i:ii — Tuvra evim Joeta frugihus^ ts vario leguminum ge- 
 7urf cuts jnaxima largitate fundi t ea ferarumne an hominujn 
 anf't gignere videtur ? ^lid de vitibus divetijque dicam . — 
 'C..;:um fide cuffodia, iamque amans deminorum adulatio ? 
 fig id de ksbus quorum ierga ad onus-, cervices ad jugum f iff c. 
 
 tedure. 
 
and of Medicine. V 
 
 tedlure, both as to cloathing and habitation, 
 equalled that of their diet. A warm fkin 
 wrapped about their wailb and fhoulders, Vv'ith 
 another upon ftubble, for their couch j a natu- 
 ral grot or cavern, fheltered by an agreeable 
 thicket, and bordering upon a refrefhing fpring 
 or rivulet, compleated the. retinue of their ap- 
 parel, and the grandeur of their hotel. They 
 bellowed their pride, envy, and intemperance 
 in labouring the earth, in training their flock, 
 inflru6ling their children, and providing a little 
 dinner or fupper for themfelves and cattle ; 
 which, next to their religious obligations, it 
 was the height of their ambition to fee fafe and 
 found, fleeping round them at night. This 
 ■flmplicity of life made them healthy, and 
 even hardened to a proof, againfl the incle- 
 mencies of air, aliments, and mofl diftempers 
 that now afflidt the puny race of mankind ; but 
 could not fecure them from wounds, bruifes, 
 burns, fradlures, difiocations, and other acci- 
 dents that fo earnefl'y call for chirurgical aid. 
 
 §. V. Therefore as furgery, out of neceffity, 
 became the earliefl as well as the mofl fenfible 
 part of medicine ; fo anatomy, for the fame 
 reafons, always followed clofe to her heels : 
 and both were obliged to make fome figure in 
 the world, before the fkdl of phyficians could 
 be called to the bar of pradtice. There is no 
 room to doubt, but our firfl fathers were fo 
 wife and void of fuperflition, that if they hap- 
 pened to break a bone, or diflocate a joint, they 
 had a ready recourfe to the next dormitory or 
 tomb, and confulted the figures or connedtions 
 a 3 
 
 
vi Progrefs of Phy/iohgy 
 
 of the bones, to relieve themfelves • in the fame 
 manner as pain and neceffity would indantly 
 oblige them to try various fubftances for the re- 
 lief of burns, wounds, &c. For thefe endea- 
 vours for relief, we fee now naturally exerted in 
 every injured perfon, who knows nothing either 
 of phyfic or furgery. The neceffity which de- 
 pendents are under, to confult their fuperiors, 
 for relief in all cafes of diftrefs, made the oldeft 
 patriarchs, priefts, and princes, the wifefc ana- 
 tomifts, no lefs than the ablefl: furgeons and 
 phyficians. Some of thefe, who were oftener 
 called upon for help, invited by a natural curio- 
 lity, no lefs than a defire of being ufeful, and 
 carefifed with the honours or rewards that at- 
 tend on gratuity, doubtlefs took into his cufio- 
 dy the firfi: natural fkeleton, either of man or 
 beaft, that fell in his way, cleanfed by the re- 
 turning dews or rains, and diiledted or dried by 
 the difiTolving rays of the fun. Thus began the 
 earlieft, and the eafieft part of anatom}^, ofteo- 
 logy ; which, with the fituations of the liga- 
 ments, joints, nerves, tendons, and larger ex- 
 ternal blood-veffels, made one of the mofb ufe- 
 *ful and necelfary branches of princely learning ; 
 to be employed in the murdering wars, that 
 ever plagued mankind from the firfi offspring 
 of Adam. Thus the art of healing, as yet 
 chiefiy chirurgical, and railed from repeated 
 pradlices on the vidlims of inclement wars, or 
 unavoidable accidents, was for many }xars 
 ydlodg^d in the hands of a few elders, prieils, 
 k and icl>6ol-men, among the Hebrews andcon- 
 'g tig nous 'nations of the call j who taught it tra- 
 
 ditionailv 
 
 7 
 
and of Medicine. vii 
 
 dltionally as a moft ufeful branch of philofo- 
 phy, from the father or mafter to the fon or 
 engaged pupil ['sreTroii^BVf^vivoi ) : from which 
 laft a filial obedience and perpetual gratitude 
 were ever folemnly enjoined and expected ; 
 fince the birth in arts, fciences, and learning, 
 appeared even offuperior value to that of nature. 
 Examples of this are hereafter notable in the 
 munificence of great Alexander, to his pre- 
 ceptor Ariflotle ; in the oath of allegiance pre- 
 fcribed by Hippocrates to his pupils, &c. 
 
 §. VI. Soon after the flood the art of healing 
 feems to have extended, together with monarchy, 
 near Mefopotamia, under Phoebus kingofAlIy- 
 ria; whence itfpread with arts and languages into 
 iEgypt and Chaldea. For it appears by the 
 chronographical monuments wrote concerning 
 the affairs of iEgypt, by order of king Ptolo- 
 meus Philadelphus, under the care of the 
 learned Manethus, of the facerdotal order, 
 tranfcribed and handed down to us by the trufty 
 Synceilus [of the eighth century, in his Greek 
 hiftory of the dynaflies of the kings of ^gypt, 
 in whofe antiquities he appears greatly to have 
 rivalled both Herodotus and Diodorus Siculus 
 (pag. 54. and 56. cap. 6.] “ That Mercurius, 
 “ firfi: king of the Thebans, among other 
 “ things, wrote hooks or Jkim upon anatomy- \ 
 “ for he was a phyficiani' pe^ovrai fStCXoi avot^ 
 To^iKoci ijv, &c. The fame is alfo 
 
 confirmed to us by Clemens Alexandrinus, of 
 equal credit, and near fix ages older that iSyn-'^ 
 cellus j who tells us (Stromat. lib. i. p. 634.'b.)l.: 
 “ That out of forty two differ tations left by 
 
vlii Frogrefs of Ply fiology 
 
 “ Mercurlus, fix of them appertained to the 
 “ philofophy of the ^Egyptians ; and the other 
 “ fix related to the art of healing, of which 
 “ the firft was anatomical, upon the confiruBion 
 “ of the h mat body I’ ra kcz- 
 
 7 acTJc£U'^?. It is therefore not without reafon, 
 faid by Pliny ( 1 . 29. c. 2.), that the Egyptians 
 claim phyfic as an art invented amongfl them. 
 For this Mercurius flourifhed foon after the 
 death of Noah ,^Gen. ix. 28 ), a whole thoufand 
 years before the ^fculapian inventor of the 
 Greeks (whofe fon Machon, is by Homer 
 (II. B.) mentioned at the fackage of Troy) ; 
 fifteen ages before the times of Hippocrates, and 
 near twenty before the days of Galen. 
 
 §. Vfl. It is not to be wondered, that Mer- 
 curius ^Egyptiacus fhould have been fo early 
 able to leave feveral volumina or friins upon 
 anatomy in the temple of Memphis ; if we 
 contider the opportunities thofe had of know- 
 ledge in the fubjed, who were often both pa- 
 triarch, prieif, and king, as well as phyfician 
 to their fubjeds. For under thofe charaders, 
 there were many ample fountains laid open to 
 them ; fuch as (i.) the orthotomia, or jufl 
 manner of flaying, cutting, and preparing ani- 
 mals for facrifice, taught bv God to our firft 
 parents, and required by him from their fuc- 
 ceffors, v;ho learned it traditionally before Mo- 
 , /es, and afterwards by praefeript, till at length the 
 -Icruclfixbn of cur Saviour fet the emblem ofiiim 
 MalidegGen'. c. iv. v. 4.). For it is not to be 
 ' fupppfed, but Cain and Abel were fully, in- 
 n ftruded by their father in all points required to 
 
and of Medicine. lx 
 
 a juft adminiftration of facrifice ; otherwife 
 God would not have refufed to take by fire 
 from heaven the offering of the former, for of- 
 fending him by a wilful concupifcence, in not 
 facrificing the beft of his produce ; for which, 
 and malicioufly murdering his brother, as 
 God’s favourite, and a type of our Saviour ; 
 he Cain was cut off from the family of Adam, 
 as a type of the unbelieving Jews, and deftined 
 to be accidentally fhot from Lamech (Gen. iv. 
 23.}. — (2.) From the fuperftitious andflowly- 
 dreaming infpections of the internal parts of 
 animals facrificed to idols by Gentiles j which 
 was probably a very early corruption made by 
 fome of the defcendants of Noah. — (3.) From 
 the dextrous killing, cutting-up, and difplaying 
 to advantage the feveral parts of large animals, 
 by the art of butchery 3 which foon became a 
 profeffion, after a licence was given by God 
 for men to eat flefla, in the days of Noah (Gen. 
 ix. 4.).— (4.) From the care which all princes 
 and great men took to have their predeceffors 
 accurately embalmed; which muft have been 
 executed with very great exadfnefs, fince we 
 are told (Gen. 1 . 2. and 3.) in the original, that . 
 feveral phyficians were employed- forty days in 
 embalming Jacob Ifrael ; and that this was 
 the ufual time for them to be employed in fuch 
 a work^. — And laftly, (3.) from the frequent 
 and ample wounds that ever befel men, either 
 accidentally or in wars: which laft gave 'even 
 to philofophers very juft notions .-of anatpmy,^' 
 fince the learned Galen himfelf admiresll'and’-'- 
 praifes (de ufu part. 4. 14.) the great know»- 
 
 ledge ' 
 
X Progrefs of Phyfiology 
 
 ledge and Iklll of the poet Homer, who wrote 
 about nine or ten ages before himfelf, and be- 
 fore chriftianity. See feveral elegant flowers of 
 anatomy in his Iliad. Lib. iv. ver. 517, & feq. 
 Lib, V. ver. 65, & feq — Lib. v. ver. 305, & 
 feq.— Lib. xi, ver. 577.— -Lib. xii. ver. 384. 
 &c. 
 
 REMARK. 
 
 * The great recorder of antiquity, Herodotus 
 (Euterpe, cap. 87. & 88.), who wrote his hiftory 
 near five ages before chriftianity, defcribes three 
 methods of embalming in ufe among the .Egypti- 
 ans, of which only one could be of any confiderable 
 fervice to anatomy \ which we fliall therefore de- 
 fcribe, without prefuming to determine whether it 
 be the fame with that praftifed upon Jacob, Jo- 
 feph (Gen. 1 , ver. 2. & 3.-— ib. ver. 25. ult.), and 
 the other patriarchs, or not. “ Firft the diredtor, 
 having laid out the body, and marked how far 
 “ the cutter was to open the left fide •, this laft ex- 
 “ trafted the brain through the noftrils, and cut 
 “ throw the marked fide with an Egyptian 
 pebble : \vhich being eftedled, he immediately 
 “ took to his heels •, becaufe thereupon it was 
 “ buftomary for thofe pirefent to curfe him, and 
 . through ftones alter him. Next came thofe 
 called the curers, falters, and anointers of the 
 body, as they were moft efteemed in their pro- 
 ‘‘ fefiions ; and. now one of thefe extracfed the 
 our.s,' and other vifcera of the body, except the 
 “ liearr. and kidneys, through the incifipn that had 
 --.been made,: after this, another wailaed the ven- 
 . - ^ers with Phoenician wine, charged with per- 
 and then the body, thus wafhed, was 
 i(^?kuf|pf^vely anointed for the fpace of thirty days, 
 Lh'%lfam of the cedar-tree, and other coftly 
 refervatives : next, the. ftomach and guts, 
 
 “ which 
 
and of Medicine. xi 
 
 “ which had been before extrafled, were Huffed 
 “ with myrrh, caffia-wood, and other perfumes 
 “ (except incenfe or frankincenfe), and then fewed 
 “ up in the body, which they now faked with 
 nitre” [i. e. a fait of the ancients, more lixivial 
 or like pot-afh than our nitre] “ for the fpace of 
 “ feventy days, as the longeft term that the body 
 “ could bear the fait. This time being elapfed, 
 
 “ the walked body is next rolled up in fine linen 
 “ fwaths, fpread like a plaifter with gums, which 
 “ the ^Egyptians generally ufe inftead of glue. Be- 
 “ ing thus covered to a juft thicknefs, they make 
 “ a hollow image or cafe of wood, correfpond- 
 “ ing to the dead original ; which being thus in- 
 “ clofed, they repofit in fome clofet or cell of a 
 “ chamber,” [or funeral dormitory] “ ftanding 
 “ upright on its feet.” 
 
 2. Thus fmall, rude, and natural (n°. i, fu- 
 pra) was the birth of thofe now copious and 
 myfticai profefiions we call anatomy and medi- 
 cine, feen amongft the eariieft offsprings of ne- 
 ceffity ; which latter part, medicine, had its 
 firft rudiments laid by (i.) accident; (2.) in- 
 ftindt, and (3.) promifcuous experiment. — By 
 accident y we mean the difcovery of medicines 
 undelignedly made, like what we are told by 
 M. Geofrey of the celebrated bark j viz. that a 
 number of the trees being blown down into an 
 adjacent lake, gave fuch a bitter tinfture to the 
 water, that no perfons would ufe it, nor any 
 cattle drink it : kill at length an Indian, urged 
 with fevere thirff, in an intermittent fever," ea- 
 gerly took two or three large draughts, which 
 cured his diftemper, and gave fuch reputecto 
 the waters, that they were £bon exHaufted i 
 
y.il Progrefs of Phyfiolcgy 
 
 and when the lake, filled by the next rains, 
 was found without its bitternefs and virtues, it 
 was concluded they both arofe from the mace- 
 rated trees which had been formerly blown 
 into it, as indeed they were foon convinced by 
 expei'imenL — By iuJUna we mean that difcre- 
 tion, which in different degrees is diffufed 
 through all animals, directing them to choofe 
 what is good, and avoid whatever is evil or 
 defirudlive to them ; v/hich faculty is pofTeffed 
 by man in a degree far fuperior to the reft of 
 the animal creation. We fee the fond and 
 familiar beaft we call a dog, having a fenfible 
 membranous ftomach like that of ourfelves, 
 with a much more fharp or corroding faliva 
 and ftomach juice, will naturally endeavour to 
 aihry his hungry pain by the firft (even dry) 
 hone that comes in his way, reducible to the 
 grinding powers of his teeth, and makes it more 
 an abfurbent to acrimony, than a matter of 
 nourilhment ; whence the dry chalky fa:-ces 
 tl'.ence left, called album grsecum. The fame 
 docs the green-ficknefs-girl with flates, chalk, 
 wall, aftrcs, &c. from an offending acid and 
 debility. But if putrid flefh miakes an offend- 
 ing alcaly on the ftomach of dog or cat, they 
 naturally fall to eating of acefcent grafs, &C. 
 in fevers alfo, nature rejedts what is bad, and 
 generally craves for what is falutary to the 
 diftemper.— By promifcuous expeti-nent, we 
 remedies found by hafty or indifcriminate 
 rtf jni)|jh,iiot .pointed out by flow reafon or in- 
 as, c. g. if a peafant cuts or burns his 
 a niuTiber of odd things (that come firft 
 
arid of ivdediolne. 
 
 to hand) are Imnaediate’y applied, and thole 
 which hurt or heal are accordingly remarked. 
 
 In this way many valuable remedies have been 
 firft found by vulgar hands, that have come af- 
 terwards to a better ufe under the higheil in 
 our profeffion ■, to inflance only in fome late 
 lixivial medicines for the fione or gravel, &c. 
 
 In this manner, accident, inflind:, and loofe 
 experiment drew fome of the firfl lines of 
 phyfic ; improved afterwards by degrees into a 
 profeffion, like other human arts and fciences. 
 
 3. Afterwards phyfic went on improving 
 among the Greeks, in a much more fenfibk 
 way, viz : ( i .) by expofing their fick in the moft 
 public ways and markets obliging pafiiengers 
 to afk about their diftempers, and inform them 
 if they had known any thing ferviceable in the 
 like cafes ; (2;) by appointing certain perfons 
 i chiefly priefts from the temples of Apollo and 
 7$lfculapius, as the mofi; learned and able), to 
 pradife in the difeafes of fome one part, as the 
 eye, ear, &c. by which fuch gained much 
 wealth and honour to their families, within 
 which they hoarded and cramped up the artj (3.) 
 by writing down privately each their particular . 
 obfervations (n°. i. fupra), philofophical, ana- 
 tomical, or medical ; and by regiftering pub- 
 lickly the principal remedies that had been 
 found ufeful, upon tables in the pillars and 
 
 i^]grotos faos in publico proponebant, i.t prsbtfreun- - 
 tium quivis, fi quid vel ipfe eodem morbo confl.ifiatuyyeJ ' 
 iimiliter laboranti opitulatus medelas noflbt, id aegcotanti'-.. 
 iigniiicaret. Plutarch, lat. viver.d. - 'b'-' 
 
xlv Prog7'efs of Phyfology 
 
 walls of thofe temples -j', which were peculi- 
 arly dedicated to their phyfical deities, Apollo, 
 and iEfculapius. A fragment of one of thefe 
 Greek tables, ftill preferved at Rome, and pub- 
 iifhed in the collections of Gruterus, runs thus: 
 Lucius being afflicted with a pain in his fide, 
 implored the affiftance of the God iEfcula- 
 plus ; whereupon the oracle directed him 
 “ to go to the altar, to take fome of the aflaes, 
 “ mix them with wine, and apply them to the 
 “ aching-fide : which done, he grew well, 
 and gave thanks to the god, and his health 
 to the fervice of his country.” Wood afhes 
 fteeped in wine would doubtlefs form a fucce- 
 daneum to what we now call opodeltoch ; and 
 be of ufe to rheumatic pains of the fide, or 
 other parts. Sometimes, in cafes of flerility 
 and weaknefs, they were ordered to put a 
 hatchet or fome iron inftrument in the cleft of 
 a recent oak, and take the crocus or ruft formed 
 upon it by the aftringent, fubacid fap, &c. 
 'Thus the faid temples were a fort of hofpitals, 
 to which the fick repaired for advice j which 
 they here received, either in dreams or by ear, 
 whenever the devil or his priefts thought fit to 
 make their difclofures ; which they often did 
 to the beft of their power, in order to fix thofe 
 honours and worfiiips upon themfelves, which 
 were due only to almighty God. 
 
 .. . 4 .. Thus went on phyfic, improving in the 
 -/ ‘hands of priefls, and a few Greek philofophers, 
 
 , Nunc c3ea, nunc fuccurre mihl, nam pofle mederi, 
 
 docet tempHs, multa tabella tuis. Tibult. lib. l. 
 
 . which 
 
and of Medicine. xv 
 
 which laft had fchools, chiefly phyfical, at 
 Rhodes, Coos, Cnidos, and Epidaurus, where 
 Pythagoras, Heraclitus, and Democritus were 
 for fome time teachers : but the moft confi- 
 derable of them was the fchool of Cos, in the 
 ifland Coos; where Herodicus, w'ho intro- 
 duced the gymnafia or exercifes into medicine, 
 and his fon, the great Hippocrates ■*, were edu- 
 cated. And this leads us to the birth or fecond 
 aera of phyfic, which now, too perfed: and formi- 
 dable to be any longer confined within the womb 
 of philofophy, loudly called for fome hand to 
 deliver her from the cramping chains and fecret 
 cabinets of feled priefls, philofophers, and to- 
 pical pradifers ; that fhe might come freely 
 abroad as a liberal fdence, to improve know- 
 ledge, andbe improved herfelf, under no other re- 
 ilraints than thofe of invariable truth and com- 
 mon utility. This talk then was referved to 
 the great Hippocrates, from whofe time we 
 date the genuine nativity of phyfic, in all her 
 branches ; from ivhence forw'ard, to the midfl 
 of the laft century, we date her puerile growth 
 
 * i^lfculapius, quoniam adhuc rudem & vulgarem hanc 
 fcientiam paulo fubtilius excoluit, in deorum numerum 
 receptus eft. Hujus deinde duo filii Podalarius & Ma- 
 chaon Bello Trojano ducem Agamemnonem fequuti non 
 mediocrem opem commilitoribus fuis attulerunt. Homer. 
 
 II. b. — Deniocriti autem difcipulus, Hippocrates Cous, pri- 
 mus quidem ex omnibus memoria dignis ab ftudio fapien- 
 tias difciplinam hanc feparavic. Celfus in prsf.-^ Hippo- 
 crati honores, quos Herculi, decrevit Graecia. i; Pirn.- . 
 37. Medicinam quae a rrcjanis temporibus in notle den-,.* \ 
 fillima latuerat, ul'que ad Peloponneliacum belluitj,‘‘revo-'W^/ 
 cavit in lucem ; h inftituit hanc quae Clmicpi vocJatyr.?^"’ 
 Plin. lib. 29. b, I. 
 
XVI 
 
 Progrefs Phyjiology 
 
 and minority • when our Britifli Hippocrates 
 qualified her to plead rationally and juftly in 
 all her caufes : and being now near the fum- 
 mit of her perfedtion, the prefent pofture of 
 affairs in the medical world, leave me in fome 
 doubt, whether we are not fhortly to expedt 
 her declenfion. 
 
 §. VIII. The firfl inventor or refiorer of 
 medicine among the Greeks, is faid to have 
 been Apollo ; one of v/hofe fons or fucctfibrs, 
 ^fculapius, came the next to him in honours 
 and repute, for confiderably improving or en- 
 larging the bounds of healing ; which from the 
 time that this laft: great profefTor was killed by 
 a clap of thunder, buffered a fort of extindlion 
 or interregnum for near 500 years; ’till in the 
 reign of the wife Perfian king Artaxerxes, it 
 was again refiored, by the fplendour of Hippo- 
 crates, one of the faid Afclepian or yTfculapian 
 family, in the ifland Coos. [Ifido’ us Hilpalen- 
 fis. Orig. iv. 3. 4.] He renewed the divine ho- 
 nours tributary to his inventive anceftors, Apollo 
 and ^fculapius, by confecrating temples to 
 their fervice, in which the mofi fuccefsful re- 
 medies for difeafes Vv^ere recorded : and when 
 thofe temples were afterwards deftroyed by fire, 
 he with great judgment reduced his colledtions 
 into a liberal fyftem ; and firfi; inflituted the 
 clinical or bed-lide pradlice, that has ever fince 
 been followed, inftead of obliging the fick or 
 ji^ured to repair for help to the temples. [Pli- 
 ,'Mhs fecuhdus, hift. nat. 29. i.] Thusphyfic, 
 Jfi';^|feted by /ipcllo^ and amplified by Mjcula- 
 ifWS was at length perfected among the Greeks, 
 
and of Medicine. xvli 
 
 by their facceffor Hippocrates ; for which he 
 had equally with his anceftors, divine honours 
 paid to his memory, by the paganifm of thofe 
 days and countries : to which Celfus, his Latin 
 imitator, four ages after, juft before Chriftianity, 
 under the emperor Juftus, readily fubfcribes him- 
 felf (in pref. lib. i.) j for that Hippocrates had 
 firft feparated phylic from polymathy, and ge- 
 neroully communicated its precepts, reduced to 
 a plain fyftem, which his anceflors had co'n- 
 cealed or reftrained within their own families 
 
 2. Paufanius, the Grecian, who lived after 
 Celfus at Rome, in the fecond age of chriflia- 
 nity, in the tenth book of his defcriptions of 
 Greece ; tells us, that among other prefents to 
 the delphle temple of Apollo, there was kept 
 one, given by Hippocrates, and of a very great 
 antiquity j being the figure of a man in brafs, 
 wafted even to the bones by a confumption. — 
 In this probably might be feen fome of the ear- 
 lieft and jufteft lines of anatomy, as fhe had 
 as yet appeared to the anceftors of Hippocrates. 
 
 3. This laft father and glory of medicine, 
 fuch, not only to his learned countrymen; the 
 Greeks, but to all more remote and lefs po- 
 lifhed nations, and even to all diftant ages, fo 
 long as phyfic herfelf fliall fubftft j was defend- 
 ed from the fame name in the phyfical line, 
 from Tpfculapius (n". i. fup.) born an. mundi 
 3512, in the city of Cos, of the ifland Coos, 
 near the Attic continent j and flourifhed in the 
 adjacent countries, about five ages before, thd" 
 coming of our faviour. Hippocrates, likebtfaer 
 great genuifes,. fet Out even young, in his 
 
 * V. loc. citat. fub. p. XV. 
 
 VoL. L b feffion f 
 
xviii Progrefs of PhyfioJc^y 
 
 feffion s and having quickly accomplilhed his 
 ftudies in philology, rhetoric and logic, under 
 Gorglas Leontius j in geometry, aftronomy, 
 and philofophy, under Democritus of Abdera ; 
 and in all the branches of meaicine, under his 
 two great medical anceftors, his grand-father 
 Hippocrates, and his father Heraclides, who 
 v/ere defcended the 14th family, in a right 
 line from the two fons of ySifculapius, Podaii- 
 rius and Machaon, (mentioned as princes by 
 Homer, at the fackage of Troy; and after pro- 
 moted, the former to be king of Caria, in the 
 leffer Afia ; and the latter fovereign of Mefene, 
 included as a peninfula betwixt the Tygris and 
 Euphrates, in the Babilonic part of Afia.). He 
 fpent fome of his days in the academical difci- 
 plination of medical youths, in his native city, 
 where an iEfculapian m-ufaeum had been ereft- 
 ed by his ancefiiors to teach them ; for whom 
 he prefer ibed didaftical aphorifms, before he 
 wrote his fyfiiem, and before the conflagration 
 of the medical temples (n°. i. fup.) ; but the 
 majority of his life was fpent, like that of the 
 other great phyficians and philofophers of thofe 
 times, perpetually itinerant. 
 
 4. Although he was archiater to Perdicas 
 king of Macedon, courted and carelTed by all 
 the greateft kings, princes, and philofophers of 
 his day ; yet he always appeared as the grave 
 \^-anLp wore a fort of cowl or ca- 
 
 if or. the conveniency of travelling, and 
 ■jj^-VlpareS. no labours by land or fea, to relieve 
 J|;|^yf'-pi^d.^|alamities of his country. He always 
 a (Iridt regard for the principles of 
 
and of Medicine. xix 
 
 truth > honour, and the moral mconomy of his 
 wife miftrefs, nature, as gave him a laudable 
 contempt over the wealth, pleafures, and ho- 
 nours of the great 5 which, with his learned 
 works, amicable and humane difpofition to 
 people of all ranks, have left him a glorious 
 memory, untainted with the ufual pagan cor- 
 ruptions. His incefiant travels through all 
 parts of Macedonia, Thrace, and Theffalia, 
 were equally ufefuL to his country, as enter- 
 taining and inftrudlive to himfelfj becaufe he 
 always kept a journal, into which he tranfcribed 
 all adverfaria or obfervations that appeared wor- 
 thy of notice : although this gave occafion for 
 thofe who envied his great character, to fufpedt, 
 and even to fay, that he procured the confla- 
 gration of the public library belonging to the 
 phyfle-fehool of Cnidos ; becaufe having thus 
 fecured its flowers, he might the better fend them 
 out to the world, as thofe of his own growth 
 or culture ; which was in reality a malicious ca- 
 calumny, for having efpoufed the caufe of 
 truth, in oppofltion to the falfe dogmata taught 
 by that fchool, who judged every difeafe that 
 occurred to be of a new kind. 
 
 5. Many of his adverfaria were probably col- 
 ledled from the inferiptions, temples, philofo- 
 phers, and phyfleians vifited in his tours 3 but 
 ftill the bulk mufl: be aferibed to his own great 
 genius and extenfive pradtice ; for by his b\yn 
 confeflion, “ He never travelled or entered'anjy^;^: 
 “ boufe but when he had a call to fuccqur5:|hb 7 
 “ diftreflTed.” His magnanimity and patri6#i&ye ,^ 
 appeared remarkably in refufing to aflift Ar^ 
 b 2 taxerxes. 
 
XX Prog refs of Phjfology 
 
 taxerxes in a plague that ravaged his army, 
 who offered him a fee of 15,000 guineas, with 
 other honours and advantages ; but he returned 
 for anfwer to his Perlian majefty, that he was 
 too rich to accept honourably any proffers that 
 could be made from barbarians, the declared 
 enemies to Greece. He always inculcated cha- 
 rity to his growing difciples, by advifing them 
 to take up with the common neceffaries of life, 
 as a proper meafure for their ambition j in 
 which he fet them a good example, by as readily 
 attending the poor for nothing, as the rich for 
 large fums. This generous difpofition led him 
 to refufe a fee of i 500 guineas from the city 
 of Abdera, for a vifit to their great philofopher 
 and fenator Democritus, fufpedled of madnefs, 
 to whom he had been formerly a pupil in pti- 
 lojophy, Macrobius fays of him, that he could 
 neither deceive, nor be deceived. His charity 
 gained him from every body the love of a fa- 
 ther j and his merits raifed him more than all 
 the honours that are due to mortal man. The 
 people of Argos eredled a ftatue of gold to his 
 memory ; and thofe of Athens ordered for him 
 crowns of the fame metal. The two greateff 
 men of the fucceeding age, Plato and Ariftotle, 
 propofed him as a pattern to form themfelves 
 by j and Ariftotle chofe his ftile to be a rule 
 for his writings 5 which has made him more 
 concife and methodical than Plato. 
 
 But at length, in a very advanced age, 
 The/gfeat Hippocrates himfelf was crulhed in 
 T|i^|falia, by the jaws of the common de- 
 vourerj from whom he had refcued multitudes; 
 
 and 
 
&nd of Medicine. xxi 
 
 and was emtombed with due honours in the 
 way betWixtLariffa and Gortona. Every where, 
 for a long time after his death, Hippocrates had 
 idol facrifices offered to him^ even much againfl 
 his natural inclinations, which declared For no 
 other facrifice than that of diligent ftudy in his 
 writings, and a cai-eful tryal of their truth and 
 reafonabienefs in pradlice. What a pagan 
 phyfician writes to his friend Eucrates, is re- 
 markable to this purpofe. I have, fays he, a bra- 
 zen Hippocrates, of near a cubit in length, 
 who when the lamp before him is out, takes 
 a tour ail round my houfe, rattling and rum- 
 maging over all my boxes, mixing or jumbling 
 together my medicines, throwing open my 
 doors, &c. and this, more efpecially if we de- 
 lay the annual facrifice that is ufually made to 
 him. I muft therefore declare that Hippo- 
 crates the phyiician ftill requires facridce, and 
 is highly difpleafed at neglefting the feflivals of 
 divine worfhip to him, when the hated feafon 
 returns : but he takes it kindly enough to be a 
 guefl in the feaftings, to have his head crowned, 
 and a libation of wine or mead poured out to 
 him. — For the principal parts of this life of 
 Hippocrates, we are beholden to the learned 
 Sieur A. Dacier [in his elegant verfion of fe- 
 veral of the moft ufeful books of Hippocrates : 
 cntillcdOEuvres d'Hippocraies. &c. 12°. 
 
 But his writings we fhall mention more, p^'ti- . 
 cularly hereafter. 
 
 §. 9. The works of Hippocrates arefinB||^f j 
 as much fuperior in point of merit, as fHiy'Tf©: 
 prior in point of time to thofe of his . Mhfihan 
 b 3 . Mfdjioile y 
 
xxii Progrefs of Ph^fiology 
 
 ^rijiotle j who was born near a quarter of an ag« 
 after his deceafed anceftor, and iiluftrious pattern 
 to him for learning, ant. Chrift. an. 384: being 
 the fon of Nichomachus, phyfician to the great 
 Alexander’s grand-father, Amintas; and diredtly 
 defcended in the y^ifculapian line. But Ariftotle 
 being left early an orphan, the appetites of his 
 youth mifed him from his ftudies. and foon 
 fquandered his eftate, which obliged him to 
 take the military charadsr ; but that ill fuiting 
 his genius, was foon relinquid:ed to renew the 
 purfuit of his philofophical ftudics at Athens, 
 where he io faid to have been under Plato from 
 the age of 10 to 37 3 d-tning which time good 
 part of iris living was gained by vending per- 
 fumes, and medical noflrums, his patrimony 
 being now entirely exhaufted. Here, laying 
 afide all indulgencies for that of clofe ftudy, 
 with eating little, and fleeping lefs, he foon got 
 a-head of the Platonic fchool ; and gained him- 
 felf a reputation, that after the deceafe of Plato, 
 reached the ear of king Philip of Macedon, 
 who made him prcEceptor to his fon, the great 
 Alexander, then about 143 whofe education, 
 in ail parts of polymathy, Ariftotle comipleated 
 in about eight years. Being afterwards ful- 
 pedred of partaking in a conspiracy againft his 
 young mafter, all favours ceafed from that 
 quarter, and obliged him to return to the ly- 
 -xajum or fchools of Athens, which were now 
 
 f iy^ to him by the magiftrates, that he might 
 chair of the deceafed Plato, to which 
 had a famous concourfe of fliudents. 
 the difpleafures of - Alexander wore 
 
 cfF> 
 
and of Medicine. xxiii 
 
 off, and by degrees turned into munificent pre- 
 fents and affiftances, that greatly conduced to 
 the perfedion of philofophy, and the comple- 
 tion of xA.riftotle’s ample works ; which have 
 been iince made the ffandard of philofophy, 
 through all ages, as thofe of Hippocrates were 
 for phyfic, until the beginning of the laff cen- 
 tury, when the face of both received a prodi- 
 gious metamorphofis for the better, by a difco- 
 very of the circulation, and a chain of im- 
 provements in mechanical knowledge. The 
 works of Ariftotle were left at his death to his 
 difciple Theophraftus, with a charge never to 
 publifh them. The executors of Theophraftus 
 buried them under ground, and after they had 
 fo lain near a couple of ages, they were found 
 diverfely, bought and fold, and in great danger 
 of perifhing, until Andronicus of Rhodes, a 
 little before the appearance of chriftianity, got 
 them fair copied, and difpofed in good order ; 
 from which time, the dodrines of Ariftotle 
 ftouriftied, and gradually fpread at Rome, un- 
 der all the Casfars, and feveral of their fuccef- 
 fors. The church, indeed, at firft fufpeded 
 them of too much libertinifm, until St. Jerom, 
 and St. Auguftin, cleared them of it. In the 
 ftxth age, Boetius turned him into Latin ; and 
 in the eighth century, Damafcen commented 
 him, and reduced him to an abridgment. In the 
 dawn of the 13th age, his works being abufed 
 to countenance wicked opinions, caufed: th&f 
 church to fupprefs them, until they were^g^i^f: 
 approved and reftored to the univerfiBi^|;"iiS|^"^ 
 Europe by pope Urban V. in 1366, and-f^cpU 
 
 b 4 las 
 
xxlv Progrefs oj Phyfiology 
 
 las V.in 1448. fince when they have reigned uni-? 
 
 ' verfally, down to the middle of the laft century. 
 
 2. Under the reign of the great Alexander, 
 when all branches of polymathy were taught 
 by the fame praeceptor, and in tolerable per- 
 fection ; his wife tutor Ariftotle feems to have 
 firft made an offset of philofophy, from the 
 'Other branches of the great polymathic tree, 
 and likewife to have made a partition betwixt 
 philofophy and philology j as Hippocrates had 
 a few years before made a divifion of phyfic 
 from them both. Pliny tells (lib. 8. c. 16.), 
 that at one time the munificent gratitude of 
 Alexander to his wife mafter, devoted feveral 
 thoufand perfons to his fervices in natural hiflo- 
 ry, and to the forwarding his voluminous works 
 of philofophy ; together with a fum, which 
 (according to Athenaeus Deipnofophiflus, lib. 
 9. c. 13.) appears indeed prodigious, in refpeCt 
 to the rate of money at that day; viz. 800 ta- 
 lents, equal to about 500,000 crowns fferling. 
 The laff author therefore obferves, it is no 
 wonder that Ariftotle fliould be able to raife 
 fifty volumes, upon the hiftory of anitnals, 
 from fo ample a fund of wealth, with the ob- 
 fervations and helps of fo many correfpondents, 
 throughout all the regions of Afia and Greece. 
 Whatever advantages Ariflotle might make of 
 anatomical fragments from his predecelfors 
 ' (particularly Alcmaeon, Empedocles, or even 
 piDCmocrItus, and Hippocrates himfelf, who 
 but' a few years before him), of which, 
 -howler, there are no apparent hgns ; he was 
 yerceftainly in as eminent a degree the prince 
 ' of 
 
and of Medicine. xxr 
 
 of philofophers, as Hippocrates was, in refpc( 3 : 
 of phyficians. The advances which the phiioi 
 fopher gave to anatomy, though chiefly com- 
 parative, are by no means inconflderable ; and 
 although his books concerning the hiftory and 
 generation of animals have, in many places, ab- 
 furdities, and even falflties, feemingly too grois 
 to be imputable to fo learned an author : yet 
 our great Harvey thought his time well be- 
 ftowed, both in reading and ftudying of him, 
 when he was employed on that fubjedl. Among 
 other particulars, you may fee good hiflories of 
 generation, by the egg and incubation (Hill, 
 lib. 6. cap. 3.), In the next book, he gives a 
 true defcription of the difpolition of the human 
 foetus, and the gradual completion of the orga- 
 nized parts, fo as to be evidently the founder 
 of the anthropogenetical fyftem, which implies 
 a fucceffive organization and appofltion of the 
 parts, efpoufed by his no lefs admirer than cor- 
 rector Dr. Harvey himfelf, and now more 
 largely proved and explained by ourfelves, in 
 the prefent compendium, §. 857. 
 
 §. 10. As Hippocrates laid only the firft 
 (tones of anatomy, fo his fyftem is proporti- 
 onably the mbft fcanty, and the leaf! ufeful ; 
 whence his vifceral anatomy would fall much 
 fhort of the compafs of a good jlheet ; but as he 
 appears to have excelled in the knowledge and 
 practice of furgery, at leaft as a director, ,fo his 
 accuracy and anatomical (kill appear more amf. 
 ply and evidently extended, in his accounts oD, 
 the bones, joints, &c. that have a nearer-a-Ui- 
 ance to affiftances from the hand. As Hippo.^ , 
 
 crates 
 
xxvi Trogrefs of Phyfohgy 
 
 crates found it experimentally more inftrudlivc 
 to himfelf, and falutiferous to his patients, to 
 remark the naked fads, courfes, and operati- 
 ons of nature^ medicines, and difeafes them- 
 felves, unmixed with precarious fpeculations 
 from any philofophy ; fo he appears no friend 
 to any one theory, more than the evident and 
 fenfi-ble qualities of heat and cold, denfe and 
 rare, foiid or fluid, &c. apparently connected 
 to the objeds under his enquiry. If this aver- 
 lion to theory will not entitle him to any ho- 
 nour in founding the dogmatical or reafoning 
 fed, we apprehend his fyftem has fufrered no 
 material lofs by it, unlefs the philofophy of 
 thofe times had been more perfed : or even if 
 his great fucceiTor Galen had altogether purfued 
 the fame method, his works would have been 
 doubtlefs as much more improved in their pradi- 
 cal ufefulnefs, as in their brevity. 
 
 2. His PRACTICE was generally to leave the 
 whole courfe of the difeemper to nature, under 
 a due regimen, until fome very urgent fy.mptom 
 or change called for his afliftance ; and then he 
 as- boldly attacked it by remedies, equally po- 
 tent j fuch as exceflive blood-letting, ad deli- 
 quium, exceflive dofes of draflic medicines, 
 that both vomit and purge, hot and cold bath- 
 ing, cupping, undions, clyfters, &c. In acute 
 difeafes, he relied principally on plenty of 
 emulflons, hydromels, grewels, and a v.^atery 
 - 4kt,y^iving cordials when the heat feemed too 
 2 ^^^v|ind' bleeding, bathing the feet, &c. when 
 ^^^amtoo higli ; patiently waiting for the con- 
 c^^on of the morbific matter, - by the powers 
 6 of 
 
md of Medicine. xxvii 
 
 of nature, and as diligently watching the out^ 
 lets, to which it had a tendency, where he 
 then always promoted the difcharge, if it feem- 
 ed to require affiftance, from evacuants. He 
 dire6l:s caftor and myrrh for hyfleric fits, fup- 
 prefled menfes, and moft diforders: of women. 
 
 He gives vinegar in quinlies, and ardent fevers, 
 with hiccups, vomitings, phrenzy, peripneu- 
 mony, and pleurify : alfo for vifcidities in 
 chronics, dropfies, external pains, inflammati- 
 ons, and cutaneous dei.edations, &c, Garlick 
 for cold phlegm, and eryfipelas of the lungs. 
 jdlum to cure haemorrhages, uterine difcharges, 
 and procure conception. Spices for phlegmatic 
 diftempcrs of women, and to promote the 
 menfes. Recent ox-galh to loofen the bowels, 
 kill worms, purge children, relieve dropfies, 
 &c. ’* Cantharides in dropfies, and to provoke 
 the menfes. Diet of onions in a jaundice, and 
 to provoke conception. Long abftinencies from 
 food, for the cure of dropfies, jaundice, diarr- 
 haeas, gouty or rheumatic pains, affhmas, and 
 diforders of the lungs, or fpleen. Clyjiers for 
 pains, inflammations, and over-fu!nefs in the 
 head ; dry, hot, and windy cholics, pains of 
 the abdomen, womb, pleurify, fevers, pains 
 of the loins, &c. Concu[jions towards replacing 
 the bones; and to the dlfcovering of confined 
 pus or matter. Cupping for pains in the head 
 and eyes, bruifes, peripneumony, pains of the 
 hip and other parts. Elaterium to purge 
 expel the foetus, or purge in cancers, ulcefs^j 
 jaundice, fore-throat, &c. FriSiions^ with pi|, • ' 
 to flrengthen weak joints, and relax ftilf dfresf r. 
 
 ■ Cold- ■ 
 
xxviii Trogrefs of Phyjiology 
 
 Co>d-bath, for faintings and hyfteric fits, rc- 
 ftrain the menfes, prevent mii'carriage, rheu- 
 matic pains, &c. bu" to be cautioufly avoided 
 in diforders of the lungs and liver, tabes, &c. 
 Galbaniim^ as a uterine medicine, and an ex- 
 pectorant in a peripneumony. ymiiper-berrieSy 
 to provoke urine. He calls eggs lac pulli ; and 
 advifeth ajfes-milk in exceffive fluxes from the 
 bowels, or womb ; for flow-fevers, confumpti- 
 ons-purulent, diforders of the lungs, gout, &c. 
 Lintfetd in wounds and ulcerations j and out- 
 wardly in emollient anodyne fotus’s. Sower 
 oranges^ or fmelling-apples, in drinks for fevers. 
 Mecoiiinum for exceffive fluxes and pains of the 
 uterus. Honey as a refolvent in fevers and 
 phlegmons j as a peCtoral in coughs, and a 
 laxative in clyflers. Mint as a cordial and a 
 fliomachic 3 for jaundice, and vomitings, &c. 
 Myrrh, for moft diforders of the flomach, and 
 menfes ; and to cleanfe ulcerations in the mouth, 
 gums, and other parts. Nitre from i^lgypt 
 (redifh, and more lixivial than ours), forquin- 
 fies, pleurifles, gouty and rheumatic pains j alfo 
 to purge phlegm from the bowels, water in 
 an anafarca j for fcirrhoflties in the womb, or 
 elfewhere. Origanum for cold-phlegm, drop- 
 lies, jaundice, &c. -Egg-t, their whites to be 
 given in fevers, not ardent, in the drinks 3 and 
 their yolks for coughs in children, exceffiive 
 uterine fluxes, &c. Po^y-juice for hylleric 
 and convulfive diforders, heClic fevers, 
 'p'^ia^es of the bowels, &c. The water from 
 ^pitch or tar, and the pitch cr tar itfclf, inwardly 
 ulcers, to expel water from the womb, 6ce. 
 r‘. : Pepper 
 
V 
 
 dnd of Medicine. xxix 
 
 "Peppery topically for the tooth-ach, and for 
 cramps. Cerus of leadj for diforders of the 
 eyes, Ikin, and {harp ulcerations. Penny-royaly 
 for fevers, and hyfterical diforders. Refn of 
 turpentine, for inward ulcerations, and exceffive 
 fluxes, uterine, &c. RoJe-IeaveSy for a diarrhasa, 
 diabetes, and uterine relaxations. Elder-berrieSy 
 to purge, in dropfies and uterine diforders. 
 Scammonyy root and juice, to purge in hip-gout, 
 jaundice, nephritic complaints, &c. Squilly to 
 , purge in uterine and pthifical cafes. — Tappingy 
 for a dropiy, and empyema. Whey-drinking, 
 for the cure of ulcerations, confumptions, fe- 
 vers and gouts. Ajfa-fatida, for hyfterics, pe- 
 ripneumony, pleurify, jaundice, &c. and in a 
 larger dofe to purge bile. Sulphur, for ulcers, 
 pulmonary and cutaneous diforders. Frankin- 
 cenfe, for ulcerations, puerile afthma’s,ftomachic 
 and uterine diforders. Vence-j'eBion,^ with a 
 large orifice to relieve diflending pains of the 
 head, eyes, throat, lides, oppreihons at the 
 heart, and mouth of the ftomach, fuppreffed 
 urine, &c. but to be omitted when the pains 
 are to be fuppurated, &c. 
 
 3. This may fuffice to give us fome notions 
 of the chief articles in the materia medica of 
 Hippocrates, with the ufes to which he applied 
 them j and this, we fee generally in a confor- 
 mity with our pradfice at the prefent day. His 
 phyfiological and nofological fleill were {fill 
 much more fuperior. He had a happy readi- 
 nefs and fliarpnefs of penetration into the.jftate 
 of a patient and his diforder, from all collateral 
 fymptoms 3 by which, and from long obfer^a- 
 
XXX Progr^fs of Phyfiology 
 
 tion, he was almoft infallible in his prefages of 
 their crifes, turns, and future events. In points 
 of furgery, himfelf and his Latin imitator or 
 tranfcriber, Celfus, have both of them per- 
 formed to a wonder. His morbid cafes or 
 hiflories are fully and mod: accurately ftated j 
 and with fuch an impartiality to truth and in- 
 tereft, that few, if any, can be hnce compared 
 to him ; for he does not fcruple to own the 
 leafc circumftances of his unfuccefsful pradlices. 
 His aphorifms, engliihed by Dr. Sprengal, with 
 his tradls upon regimen of the non-naturals 
 (elegantly turned into French by Sieur. A. Da- 
 cier, and in part englifhed by Dr. Clifton), 
 afford not only the beft part of his pradlice, 
 but are filled with a fenfible philofophy, con- 
 cording with the circula ion, and able to endure 
 the teft of the prefent and future ages j as you 
 may fee plainly in the nervous, ufeful, and fevere 
 tryals to which Dr. Gorter has lately fubjedled 
 each of his aphorifms, in point of found prac- 
 tice. V. Comment, in Aphor. Hippoc. Lug, 
 Bat. 4to. 1740. & feq. 
 
 4. He juflly, with ourfelves, divides the bo- 
 dy into retaining folids (ra and in- 
 
 cluded fluids (ra luKrxofievci ) ; under which laid, 
 he ranks the movers of the body and 
 
 mind, now called nervous fpirits. He diflin- 
 guifhes the red blood from the yellow and wa- 
 tery ferum ; and obferves, that in the firfl: there 
 is contained a fibrous fubftance, which being 
 ydrawn out from it, the reft will not congeal. 
 
 ainly to have known the perfpi- 
 tion and inhalation, that obtains 
 
 through 
 
 Heiappears pi 
 tat ion, ex ha la 
 
and of Medicine, xxxi 
 
 through all parts of the body ; on which Dr. 
 Kaw (a relation of our great Boerhaave’s) has 
 given us a profefTed, elegant, and ufeful treatife, 
 entitled Perfpiratio Hippocratica. And it is no 
 lefs plain, that he knew the blood and juices 
 had a circum rotation or return through thefe- 
 veral parts of the body ; although he knew not 
 how or which way it was carried on, by the 
 nature and organizations of them. See the re- 
 markable paffage in lib. de infomniis, n°. 13. 
 But fince either abridgments, or whole co- 
 pies of fo confiderable an author,® are in the 
 hands of almofi; every one of the profeffion ; in- 
 ftead of further details, we refer them to the 
 original j of which the late Venice edition, 
 1737, tranflated by Cornaro, is the moft ufeful, 
 to a novice or a bufy praditioner, on account of 
 two indexes, each as big as the original work 5 
 which is here turned (1.) into a fyftem in al- 
 phabetic order, by Marinelli ; (2.) a concord- 
 ance, or index, by P. M. Pinus. 
 
 5. Only we fliall by the way remark one 
 thing furpriling to fome, why in the midft of 
 fo accurate attention to all the other figns, both 
 diagnoftic and prognoftic, that are at this day 
 regarded by the greateft phylicians all over 
 Europe, Hippocrates fhould have taken fo little 
 notice of the pulfe, as barely to mention it in 
 a very few places. To this we. anfwer, that 
 his clofe repeated and ingenious obfervation of 
 refpiration *, {now commonly as much^-ne- 
 gleded, as the pulfe was by him ) in regard to" . 
 its magnitude, frequency, ftrength, facility^. - 
 &c. with their degrees and oppolites, (howed'-'.f 
 
 botftr 
 
xxxii Progre/s of Phyfiology 
 
 both to his eye and ear, all and more of the? 
 fame inftruftions than he could learn from the 
 pulfe j which being only a confequence of the 
 former, and of the fame import^ eahly fluflu- 
 ating or deceptive in various parts, and under 
 various influences, he often neglefted it as lefs 
 to be trufted, and not fo apt to furprife or found 
 his fame in predid;ions : although he has left 
 ViS enough to flaow, that he confulted the pulfe 
 of the arteries, as a fign in all fuch cafes as he 
 judged to require it. 
 
 R E M A R K. 
 
 Here I mufl: confef?, that although I cannot 
 aquiefee with the learned Dr. Nicholls, in his late 
 elegant preleflion,^ de anma medica, Lond. 4to. 
 1750. in allowing the mind any other operation 
 upon the body than what is re-a6lional, direftive 
 and conformable to the imprelTions which the body 
 itfelf, firfl: organized, conveys to her, fo as to de- 
 termine her re-adlion, which in confeious changes 
 we call the will yet I muft own, that an after- ' 
 thought, upon what in my younger days feemed 
 an abfurdity, has made me admire the wifdom of the 
 ancients, in giving the fame name to the diaphragm 
 ((p^£VEj), which is ufed to denote the mind, of whofe 
 various ftates or conditions it is no lefs an index than 
 to thofe of the body. For this part is adtuated by 
 the common fpring of nature, the atmofphcre, at 
 the birth, before there are any powers of will, to which 
 it afterwards pays certain degrees of obedience. 
 This part appears to be the regulator of the heart, 
 and by that alfo of the encephalon, and by both of 
 vthg bodily atfedtions or impreffions upon the con- 
 ^ feipus mind ; and this even on the firfl day of birthj 
 .Ibhg before flie has any confeious determinati- 
 ons of will and on the lad day of life, long after 
 both will and confeioufnefs have ceafed ; fo on the 
 
 ether 
 
a? 2 ci of Medicine. xxxiii 
 
 other hand, the re-a6ting mind returns her opera- 
 tions primarily and principally by the nerves of 
 thefe parts, to the reft of the body, in producing 
 all the morbid affections, afcribed either to ele- 
 vating, or depreffing and forrowful, paflions of all 
 kinds. Hence the natural languages, or vocal cla- 
 mours of all animals immediately refult, expreffive 
 of their then confcious ftate, to any ear they can 
 reach : for as the mere tones of voice, conformed to 
 the intentions of the will in man, are able to exprefs 
 different fenfes by one and the fame word, fo there 
 is hardly an obferving perfon, but what can readily 
 determine, if they hear the voice either of man or 
 beaft, articulated or not ; whether it arifes from a 
 paffion that is forrowful, joyous, or indifferent : 
 for whenever the mind, has fo far deferred the fo- 
 ciety of the body from any infirmity thereof, as to 
 be incapable of paffion or will, ffie can return no 
 effedts of them upon the body, and confequently 
 can return none of their effedts again by the voice 
 or other adlions of the body. Hence there is an 
 elegant paper in one of the philofophical tranfadli- 
 ons, intimating the way of judging people^s general 
 and prefent difpofitions, both of body and mind, 
 by the natural and common keys or tones of the 
 voice. But to trace this matter through man, and 
 other animals in general, is a fubjedt indeed curious, 
 ufeful, and elegant, but too long for this place. . 
 
 §. XI. After Hippocrates had made phyfic a 
 liberal and diftindf art, to be further perfefied 
 by obfervation and pradtice, his works cpliti- 
 nued, making fome improvement in the hands 
 of his fucceffors, the Afclepiads, or defcendants- 
 of iEfculapius, until about the dawn of chriftia-.^ 
 nity, both the original and the additions 
 accurately digefted and improved into a km^^' 
 
 VoL. I. c new 
 
xxxlv Trogrefs of Pkyfiology 
 
 new fyflem, by a learned Greek, named Arf- 
 Tj^us Cappadox^ in four books, entitled, Con- 
 cerning the caufcs and Jigns of acute and ckrcriic 
 difeafes-, of which the Oxford edition, by Dr. 
 Wigan and Mr. Mattaire (fob 1723), is as near 
 good as any fince made. This phyfician, who 
 feems by his writings to have pradifed at or 
 near Rome, has given us more exad and beau- 
 tiful hiftories of difeafes, than are to be found 
 in the reft of the ancients ; and his methods of 
 cure are proportionably m.ore elegant; but un- 
 fortunately the whole is in many places imper- 
 fed, by the lofs of whole chapters. He feems 
 to appear with all the fuperiority over Hippo- 
 crates that time and colledions could aifbrd 
 him ; and is not equalled, either in method or 
 elegance, by any writer after him. He is the 
 firft that applied cantharides for the ufe of 
 blifters ; he ufed bleeding ad deliquium in a 
 quinfy, and applies much to the mafculine 
 pradice of the Romans, by diet, exercifes, 
 bathings, fweatings, fomentings, &c. But his 
 elegant deferiptions are moft valuable, becaufe 
 juft, compad, in one continued narrative, and 
 placed in a good order. The like we may fay 
 of the Latin Hippocrates, Celsus, who wrote 
 foon after him, in a choice Roman didion, 
 
 ‘ equal to the maieftic and elegant Ionic dialed 
 of AretEEUs’s Greek. Therefore if we add thefe 
 to the learned expofitor of Hippocrates, Ga- 
 EEN, who flourilhed foon after Celfus, and in 
 ; the fame great city, we ftiall hardly meet with 
 writers worth notice afterwards, unlefs it be 
 ■-X'Trallian, down to the end of the ijthcen- 
 
and of Medicinet xxxv 
 
 tury ; or even in the following 1 6th age, little 
 more was done than varioufly cutting and 
 carving, contrading or dilating the dodrines of 
 thofe fathers, after divers forms and manners. 
 
 Of Celfus, you may confult the Padua edition, 
 
 8vo. 1746. in which are contained Morgagni’s 
 elegant .obfervations and remarks in five or 
 fix epiftles. 
 
 REMARK. 
 
 * Thofe who are curious to trace the fteps by 
 which medicine has defcended from the hands of 
 Galen, into our own, at the prefent day, may com- 
 pare him, or his abridgment, by Lacuna, with (i.) 
 ^diCohus Sylvius, Parifian profeffor^ then {i.) Rio- 
 lani opera, fob Par. 1610. &feq. (3.) Sennerti ope- 
 ra. (4.) River a opera. (5.) Etmulleri opera, 
 
 (6.) Hoffmanni opera. (7.) and laftly, the theoreti- 
 cal and pradical courfes of our late illuftrious Eu- 
 ropean .ffifculapiusj Bcerhaave *, the former given us 
 by Dr. Haller., re-printed with the text, in feven 
 volumes 4to. Ven. 1744, and the latter half pub- 
 lifhed, and now on the anvil, by Dr. Sv/ieten, at 
 the imperial court ; to which add the works>^of his 
 diligent and well commended fcholar. Dr. Gorter. 
 
 §. Xll. The great luminary of medicine, 
 Galen, whofe works have eclipfed all thofe of' • 
 his cotemporaries and fuccelfors, down to the . ' . 
 times of Plarvey, founfhed at Rome, dupipg--* 
 the latter part of the fecond age of chriftidnJiy, ■* / 
 was by birth an i\iiatic, or Greek, born at the 
 city of Pergamus, fon to the expert . rn^tthefaa- . 
 tician and archited:, Nicone, an. Chrifti. 
 
 After compleafmg his ftudies at Alexandr|lfl^^J 4 gjT^ , 
 began his pradice, at the age of .3,4 
 
 c 2 ■ ^^"7./ 
 
 L: \ '■ 
 
xxxvl Progrejs oj Puyfioiogy 
 
 after travelled to Pvome, where he wTote his fo 
 much admired and voluminous .works, filled 
 with learning of all kinds. He afterwards re- 
 turned into his own country, but w'as foon re- 
 called to be chief phyfician to the emperors 
 Antoninus Pius, and Verus ; after whofe de- 
 ceafe, he retired again into Afia, and there died 
 in an advanced age. Galen has fupplied to us 
 the common fountains from whence the phy- 
 fiology of the human body has been taught, 
 for near fifteen ages after him, down even to 
 the times of Harvey j and although he is gene- 
 rally tedious in his exprefiions, often unfettled 
 in his opinions, and frequently gives us confufed 
 intermixtures, by tranferibing both the human 
 and comparative anatomy, intermixed together; 
 yet he is ftill a very deferving and profefied ana- 
 tomift, the laft of the Greeks, the mofl emi- 
 nent of all the ancients, and far from deferving 
 many of thofe aggravating refledlions thrown 
 upon him by Vefalius; more efpecially that of 
 having never traced the human body itfelf, by 
 his own labours ; the contrary of which is evi- 
 dent, throughout his book de ufu partium ; 
 and from the pafiTage (lib. 3. cap. 2. de comp. 
 
 . med.), wdiere he tells us, the bodies of barbari- 
 'ans, killed in the battle of Mark Antony (an. 
 174.), were given for difiedtion to the Roman 
 phyficians. We are probably obliged to Galen 
 for the works of Hippocrates himfelf, no lefs 
 ■ than for many remarkable palTages of the anci- 
 ents', that are not elfewhere to be found. In his 
 Glfaif'ltreatife on the ufe of the parts of man’s 
 ■’ 4 f^' 6 av, he evidently deferibes the foramen ovale, 
 , - and 
 
and of Medicine. xxxvii 
 
 canalls arteriofus in the fcetus, the true courfe 
 of the blood through the lungs, with the ufe 
 of the valves, &c : he has left us alfo a number 
 of autographicaldefcriptions, and experiments on 
 living animals, no lefs ufeful in phyfiology than 
 pradlice ; in which laft he appears throughout 
 truly the great man in all his works, which 
 with thofe of Hippocrates and Celfus, will ever 
 continue to be a pleafurable and inftrudtive en- 
 tertainment to all who have judgment, time,, 
 and ability to read them. Galen’s books con- 
 cerning the powers of fimple medicines, have 
 been tranfcribed, with but little alteration, into 
 Oribafus, Mtius^ and Paulus JEginita j and 
 they alfo form the chief part of what the Ara- 
 bians have afterwards given us upon the fubjedt 
 of Ample medicines. His diftindlions of the 
 various kinds, caufes, and fymptoms of all dif- 
 eafes j particularly fevers, IhoW the penetrating 
 depths of his genius, above any of his prede- 
 ceffors ; and his perfect acquaintance with the 
 philofophy of Ariftotle, that then flourifhed at 
 Rome. His Ax books concerning the know- 
 ledge of the feats or parts affeded, in difeafes, 
 are both valuable and admirable, beyond other 
 parts of his works, of which they were proba- 
 bly fome of his laA ; and are preferable not on- 
 ly for their good method, and more compad 
 didion, but for the juAnefs and validity of tHe 
 diagnoAic Agns, propofed for difcovering the 
 more obfcure difeafes, and for the many obfer-. 
 vations he has given us from pradical anat(^y. . 
 Nor are his merits lefs in prognoAics, . thj^^„^-" 
 miotics 5 only we muA difregard the ufelefldx-^' 
 c 3 
 
xxxvlii Progre/s of Phyfiology 
 
 ceffes, to which he has, in complalfance to 
 Ariftotle, extended the peccant qualities of hu- 
 mours ; and the endlefs variety of pulfes, that 
 are not perceptible to the niceft a-nd mod expe- 
 rienced touch. His three books upon the na- 
 tures or powers of aliments, have continued 
 the ground-work of all that has been faid on 
 diet by his fucceffors 5 and his difquifitions into 
 all the kinds of foods, with their relations to an 
 eafy or difficult digeftion in the Ifomach, (how 
 the greatnefs of his judgment, and the extent 
 of his experience; which are both of them dill 
 more confpicuous in his fix books upon the pre- 
 fervation of prefent health ; in which, beddes 
 the aliments, he confiders their relations to the 
 feveral ages of man, from the birth and up- 
 wards, advifing, in conformity to the age, 
 fuitable exercifes, fridlions, bathings, evacua- 
 tions, wines, and foods, contrary to the morbid 
 difpofitions. Of thefe books, formerly Sandfo- 
 rious, and latterly Sir John Floyer, have made 
 a very good ufe both in their pradice and 
 writings. Sir John tells us, that Sandforius 
 made his great difeoveries upon the important 
 fubjedb of perfpiration, from rcfledting on the 
 following pafl'age of Galen’s fixth book de fani- 
 tate tuenda. Mgrotare ciitan [blent icl hu- 
 morum n)itio, vel redundantia. Uhl igitur 
 qiicd exhaJat d corpore minui eft in quee ac- 
 cepit \ redundantlee orirt morbi ftlent. ^are 
 projpiciendurn ef, ut eorum uus edir.tur. cff b:- 
 . ' ^y^ftfuntur refpechi eorwn ques expelhintiLr^ fer'vetur 
 hy ' "^ fonve?iiensmediocritas. Servabitur fane u mo- 
 X : 'duifi ponderetur in nobis utnfque quantitas. Et 
 
and of Medicine. xxxlx 
 
 pori'o de nutrimenti, 'vel quantitate^ 'oel quali^ 
 tate, vel etiam utraqiie detrahimm. This by 
 the way may ferve as one Inflance, how ufeful 
 a cool reading of the ancients may be in the 
 hands of able profeffors, even merely to excite a 
 fpirit of invention, and aftord difcoveries, which 
 perhaps the ancients themfelves were very little 
 acquainted with. As for furgery, it muft be 
 owned Galen falls very Ihort of his predecefibrs, 
 Celfus and Hippocraies: and indeed he feems 
 to have been not very fond of it, when he tells 
 us, that “ as an emperor mull: fometimes go 
 “ and fight himfelf for a foldier j fo a phylician, 
 “ in cafes of neceffity, mufl make ufe of his 
 “ hands.” However, he has largely enough 
 treated upon inflammations, tumors, wounds, 
 ulcers, blood-letting, cupping, fcarification, &c. 
 
 §. XIII. ’Tis univerfally allowed by all good 
 profeffors, that Hippocrates, Ariftotle, and Ga- 
 len, form together a triumvatic fydem of the 
 ancient anatomy j which, if digefted would 
 even at this day make a very formidable ap- 
 pearance, and go near to equal the mod: conh- 
 derable additions that have been fince made by 
 others, even down to the arifing of the three 
 greateft luminaries of modern difTedion j viz. 
 Vefalius of Paris, Euftachio of Rome, and 
 Harvey of London. But thofe who through 
 choice or incapacity dedre to be difencumbered 
 with the volumes of the triumvirate, may reft fatis- 
 fied with a marginal abridgment of them, that 
 attends the anatomical fyftem ofCafparBauhmf, 
 
 * Cafpari Bauhini Theatrum anatomicum Fraifichforti 
 1621. & 1640. 4to. . 
 
 c 4 whieh. 
 
3d Progrefs of Phyfjology 
 
 y/hichj joined with the faid luminaries, 
 and the trails of accurate Riolan will very 
 well bring down the date of anatomy to the 
 midd of the lad century j and then the lad edi- 
 tion of Bartholin joined wdth that of Ver- 
 heyn will reduce it to the dawn of our pre- 
 fen t age. 
 
 2. Thofe who defire to be acquainted with 
 fome of the principal matters contained in mod 
 of the Greek and Latin writers, who followed 
 after Galen, down to the reditution of learning 
 by the art of printing, in the middof the 15th 
 age, may confultDr. Frcind’s hidory of phyfic, 
 for that period. For in reality, the additions 
 made to the art of healing in that interval, are 
 fo incondderable, that if we except half a dozen 
 writers, the red may he over-looked without 
 any fenfible lofs. Of thefe the nrd confiderable 
 author, contemporary with, or near to the time 
 of Galen, is Ccelius Aurelianus, Siccends ex 
 Africa, in his eight books, de morbis acu- 
 tis & chronicis, qto. Amdelod. 1722. who is 
 not only jud in his figns and defcriptions of 
 
 * Riolani Archiatri Enchiridiion Anatomicum cum 
 diflertationibus adjeclis. 8vo. Paris. 1658. Animadverfio- 
 iies Anatomic-.e, 410. Load. 1649. 
 
 f Thom. Bartholini Anatomia quinta vice ad circula- 
 tionem reformata Lug. Bat. 1686. 
 
 ■ X Philippi Verheyen Anatome, Lovanienf. 410. 1693. 
 without which fyftem, you will meet with the gold picked 
 from the drofs, in Dr. James KeilPs anatomy of the hu- 
 - man body abridged, 1 2mo. Lond. 1698. or rather Dr. 
 Drake’s Anthropographia ; in which you have alfo many 
 ■ -\of‘the figures and obfervations of the ingenious Mr. 
 '.Xowper. . 
 
 difeafes. 
 
and of Medicine. xli 
 
 difeafes, but has preierved to us many fignifi- 
 cant fragments, from the ancients of his day, 
 that are otherwife loft to us. Among other 
 particulars, he takes notice of the haemorrhoides 
 or piles, in the coats of the bladder, that 
 bleed periodically, or at uncertain intervals ; 
 and is a cafe that occurs fometimes in our days, 
 no lefs than his. Oribaf.us^ of Pergamos, who 
 flouriftied phyfician to the emperor Julian, in 
 the midft of the fourth age; was a pagan, like 
 his mafter, by whofe order he gathered feventy 
 books, under the name of collcds, from the 
 moft eminent ancients; of which only the firft 
 1 5, with the 24th and 25th, are preferved to us. 
 Phy lie appears thence to be already degenerating, 
 at leaft v/ith Oribaftus, towards recipe and fu- 
 perftition. However, he has many pertinent 
 fragments of the loft ancients ; and the difeafes, 
 of which he is the firft deferiber, may be feen 
 in Dr. Freind. Mtius Amidenus, who next 
 flouriftied in the clofe of the fifth age, one of 
 the firft among the chriftian phyficians, is more 
 ample than Galen, in refpedl to furgery. He 
 highly commends and describes feveral kinds of 
 cauteries ; and ufes fcarifications of the ancles in. 
 dropfies. He treats of blood-letting, finapifms, 
 clyfters, peflaries, the bites of animals, hernise, 
 abfeefles, feirrhi, cancers, and enceyfted tumors. 
 He has freely compiled from his predeceflbrs, 
 and tranferibed almoft the whole of Oribafius, 
 upon fimple medicines, into his fecond book. 
 But in points of furgery, he appears much ful|gf^. 
 than Oribafius ; although he fubjoins an infinite, 
 number of recipes to each diftemper, with IbJ^ 
 
 detaifj 
 
xlli Progrefs of Phyfology 
 
 details of their virtues j which are plain Indica- 
 tions of the idle, ignorant, and fuperftitious 
 condition into which the art of healing was 
 then about to dwindle ; together with the 
 language and the other learning of the empire, 
 Alexander Pralltan of Lydia, in the lelTer Aha, 
 fiourlfhed in the midft of the fixth age, under 
 Juftinian ; faid to have been a good chriftian 
 and phyfician to St. Leo the great : though one 
 of the laft in order, is the hrft upon the line 
 of merit, next to Galen. For he has given us 
 a concife, juil, and fyftematical delcription of 
 all difeal'es and their medicines, from heaa to 
 foot j but without including lurgery, or the difeafes 
 of women. In his pradlice or curative part, he 
 has greatly excelled both Hippocrates and Ga- 
 len ; he lubdues quinfies by repeated blood- 
 letting, an haemoptoe, by bleeding in the foot, 
 coolers for erylipelatous fevers, worm-wood 
 for batlard-tertians, &c. He is one of the firft 
 that commends bleeding in the jugular 3 and 
 remarks the aftringent virtues of rhubarb, &c. 
 A compendium of him may be feen in Englilh, 
 by Dr. Milward; Lond. 8vo. 1734. Trahian 
 -quotes his predeceflbr ^Ltius, as he himfelf is 
 * jquoted by his fucceffor, Paulus yEgineta, in the 
 ■.-clofe of the feventh century. JEgineta is the laid 
 -upon the Greek iid, and has fupplied the parts 
 of furgery, and midwifry or difeafes of v\omen, 
 which Trallian had omitted, and from whom 
 in moft places he has largely tranfcribed. His 
 ,;,,defcriptions of difeafes are compadl, and taken 
 V.^hi^fly -from Galen and Oribafius. You have 
 \:his works in Latin at Paris, 1532. fol. and from 
 . ■ the 
 
and of Medicine, xliJi 
 
 the prefs of Aldus at Venice, with notes, 8vo. 
 1553, and 1554. 
 
 3. After the Roman language and arts had 
 been ruined in Italy, by the Lumbards, and 
 thofe of the Greeks much declined in the eaft, 
 about the clofe of the fixth age ; foon after 
 there arofe a crafty impoftor, Mahomet, who 
 in the beginning of the feventh age, endeavour- 
 ed to fupprefs learning and arts in others, the 
 better to eftablifh his own empire and fuperftiti- 
 ons; although at the fame time he is faid to have 
 known fo much of medicine himfelf, as to 
 write a book of aphorifms. He and his fac- 
 jceflbrs removed phyfic, with the fchools from 
 Alexandria, among thefalfe priefts and prophets 
 of their own tribe, to cities called Harran and 
 Bagdat ; and after carrying their empire with 
 the rapidity of a torrent, over moft parts of 
 Perfia, y^rabia, iEgypt, Alia, Paleftine, and 
 Africa, they tranllated what was thought va-, 
 luable of the fciences, into their native Saracen, 
 or mixed Arabic language, and foon fulfered 
 both the lirfl; fountains, and the learned lan- 
 guages, to perilh in favour of their own. In 
 the beginning of the eighth century, they be- 
 came makers likewife over a great part of 
 Spain, where their MulTelmen alfo obliged the 
 remains of the fciences to fpeak their own dia- 
 Ie6t. Phyiic rather loling than gaining in the 
 hands of the Arabs, however maintained- its 
 bulk, and gained fome things, while it loft 
 others; particularly their own pra 4 lice, often 
 lead them to milder and better medicines, th^ 
 w_hat had been ufed by the Greeks,; only by-^^: 
 
 much: 
 
xliv Progrefs rf Phyfiohgy 
 
 much neglediing the Hippocratic knowledge 
 of dihempers themfelves, they ran almoft en- 
 tire into the Galenic forms and compolitions. 
 Among thefe flourilhed Serapion^ in the clofe 
 of the eighth century j John of Damafcen in 
 the midfl; of the ninth ; Rhazes, praefedl to the 
 hofpital of Babylon, in the dawn of the tenth 
 age. His works (how him to have been one 
 of the greateft Arabian phylicians, as they make 
 a conliderable folio ; Bafil. 1544. and include 
 all branches of phylic and furgery, with many 
 things new, and ufeful in each : here we have 
 mercury fublimate, and many other chemicals, 
 a proper defeription and cure of the fmall-pox 
 and meafles, &c. At the clofe of the tenth 
 age, Haly-Abbas gave a full compendium of 
 phyfic. In the dawn of the i ith age, Avicenna^ 
 of Buchara, or Ulbec in Tartary, who has 
 compiled a large fyftem from the Greeks, 
 Avenzoar was a Spanidi Arab, native of Sevile, 
 and prssfedt of the hofpital there, in the 1 2th 
 age : contrary to the cuftom of the time and 
 place, he pradlifed both furgery and phyfic, 
 together with great judgment and fuccefs, and 
 has left many good obfervations, rare cafes, ufe- 
 , f«l and new medicines, &c. fol. 1496. & feq. 
 'Venetiis. Averrea was alfo a native of Cor- 
 duba in Spain, a fubtle Ariftotellian ; but after- 
 wards taught, and died in the city of Morocco, 
 an. 1 166. leaving nothing remarkably ufeful in 
 his works. After him followed Mefue^ who 
 :e^■ceIled in* the Galenic pharmacy. 
 
 The Arabian phyfic, was, in the clofe of 
 iith age, put into a Latin drefs, by Con- 
 
 Jlanus 
 
and of Medicine* xlv 
 
 ft anus the African, of Carthage, who is faid to 
 have lived 39 years in the city of Babylon. He 
 in the year 1087, carried it to Salernum^ by 
 Naples, the firft and oldeft fchool of Italy; 
 where he left his feven books de Morborum 
 cognitione & curatione ; the manufcript of 
 which is faid to be ftill kept at Vienna. He 
 afterwards died at Monte-Caffina ; and his 
 works were printed, Bafil. 1536, & 1539. fol. 
 This Schola Salernitana, is the oldeft for phyfic 
 in Europe, and grew up from an unknown 
 origin, ’till it got a conf^derable name in the 
 midft of the i ith age, by fending rules of diet 
 in verfe, for our prince Robert, an. 1 06a, fon to 
 William the conqueror : and in the clofe of the 
 1 2th age, it got the name of the Hippocratic 
 college, configned from abbot Joachim. 
 
 §. 14. As the reviving arts in general began 
 to lift up their heads in that quarter of Europe, 
 which we call Italy; fo phyfic and anatomy 
 made their more early and confiderable ap- 
 pearances in that country, efpecially the fchool 
 of Salernum, by Naples, before they travelled 
 on to France, Germany, and Britain. The 
 firft dawnings of anatomy were probably in Si- 
 cily, under the emperor Fred. II. who at the 
 clofe of the 13th age, erected Sardinia into, a 
 kingdom, for his fon Ellzo, who died under 
 confinement at Bologna ; for he enadled a lavv, 
 that none fhould be allowed to pradife in fur- 
 gery, who were not difiedors in Anatomy : but 
 his firfl phyfician, Martian, got leave to reduce 
 it to a public adminiftration, every -five year,^- 
 at which all phyficians and furgcons were.'fd' 
 
xlvi Progrefs of Phy/tology 
 
 their attendance. Soon after this, Mundinus 
 became fo celebrated a profeflbr at the univer- 
 fity of Bononia, in the entrance of the 14th 
 century (where anatomy had been taught for 
 an age and a half before him), that a public 
 law was obtained for obliging all dodlors in 
 Italy to lediure out of no other book than that 
 publifhed under the name of Mundinus, at 
 Bononia, in the year 1315 s in which, howe- 
 ver, as well as his commentator J. B. Carpus, 
 there is fo much rufticity, both in the didioa 
 and the defcribed matter, that the book has 
 little to recommend it, more than its antiquity. 
 
 2. But in the midft of the faid 14th age, 
 flourifhed Guido deChauliac, who being in ho- 
 ly orders, was no lefs chamberlain and chap- 
 lain, than principal phylician to feveral pontiffs 
 of the holy fee; but is much more confiderable 
 for his writings in furgery, than for the col- 
 leded abridgment he has left us upon anato- 
 my. He was an eye-witnefs to the general 
 plague that invaded, not only Italy, but all 
 Europe, in the year 1348; and of which fo 
 many died, here at London, that in the faid 
 year 50,000 were buried in the church-yard 
 of the charter-houfe only : which plague he af- 
 terwards defcribes in his works, wrote in 1363, 
 at Avignon (which had from the year of the 
 faid plague, been made a retirement for the 
 pontificat), under his mafter Urban the V. who 
 is himfelf faid to have been the fon of an En- 
 glifh phyfcian. In the days of Guido, fur- 
 g'ery had been fo far loft, that the beft pro- 
 feflbrs in Europe, four of whom were in the 
 4 facer- 
 
and of Medicine. xlvii 
 
 facerdotal order, fcarce knew how to treat a 
 fimple wound. Rogerius of Venice, and Ro- 
 land of Parma, knew no better than to poultice 
 them with a few herbs, mixed with wine and 
 honey ; Bruno of Padua, and Theodoric, bi- 
 fhop of Cervia, relied upon fweet wines, mixed 
 with reftringents j Salicetus, profeffor of Vero- 
 na, and Lanfranc of Milan (who wrote his 
 works at Paris, in the end of the 13th age), 
 preferred the ufe of fweet-ointments and plaf- 
 ters ; nor is any thing better propofed by John 
 of Gaddefden, under king Edward II. and III. 
 in his Rofa Anglica ; but the Germans treated 
 their wounds by charms, and mixtures of oil 
 and cabbage. 
 
 3. Guido being a man of letters, one of 
 much reading, and affifted by the pontifical li- 
 braries, took upon him to relieve this dearth of 
 chirurgical knowledge (that had prevailed, 
 from the time when medicine paffed, from 
 Paulus fEgineta, into the hands of the Arabi- 
 ans, at the clofe of the fixth age, among whom 
 it lay buried from Europe fix ages more), by 
 recolleding the operative parts, as far as they 
 had been treated in Galen, ^Egineta and the 
 Arabians ; not neglecting what he thought ufe- 
 ful in his cotemporaries, Theodorus, Salicetus 
 and Lanfranc. The former, Theodorus, though 
 averfe to all operation, had recommended tur- 
 pentine as the beft application, for wounds, of 
 the nerves ; with a double ligature, upon the 
 artery, to be divided, for fuppreffing an has- 
 morrhage. Salicetus had approved futures fin- 
 wounds of the abdomen. Lanfranc had treated : 
 
 on 
 
xiviii Progrefs af Phyfwhgy 
 
 on the operations for the ftone, hernias, and 
 dropfies; although tapping the abdomen for 
 the laft, he fays, was always fatal in the end. 
 He firfl condemned the ufe of tents, and advifed 
 futures of tranfverfly wounded tendons, in 
 which Thcodoric had been timorous. 
 
 4. Guido, however laudable in his writings, 
 and experienced in his pradlice, is not to be 
 commended for ufing futures in lithotomy, and 
 caftration for the cure of hernize. He both 
 ufed and defcribes the trepan for wounds of the 
 brain, while others trufted only totopicals; he 
 ufed futures of the tendons, with good fuccefs, 
 and defcribes a great number of inftruments for 
 various purpofes ; and among them are forceps 
 for the tying up of arteries, &c. From all 
 which he has defervedly gained the repute of 
 being an Hippocrates, or reftorer of forgery to 
 Europe alfu the firh that feparated or planted 
 off furgery from phyfic, reduced it to a diflindt 
 fyflem, and confirmed it by his own repeated 
 obfervations and experiences whereas the off- 
 fet of pharmacy, is much later. 
 
 5. Some time after Guido, men of letters 
 began to perceive the merits of Hippocrates, 
 Celfus, and Galen, above the Arabians ; who 
 had been as yet the ftore-keepers and retailers 
 of learning, from the feizure they made of it, 
 together with Spain, in the dawn of the eighth 
 century, even down to the 12th and 13th age, 
 when by retailing the Greek learning in their 
 own drefs at Toledo and-Corduba, they ac- 
 quired great fame, by a condux of dudents from 
 the-' other, at that time ignorant countries of 
 
 , ’ 1 ' Europe; 
 
and of Medicine, 
 
 xllx 
 
 Europe ; where the returning ftudents appeared 
 fo rfluch more learned than their neighbours, 
 as gave occalion for a rumour, that Demons 
 protelled and taught the arts, about thofe cities 
 of Spain, where even block-heads might be- 
 come learned for their ftipend. 
 
 6. From thefe aucient Moorifli univerfifies 
 of Spain, aftrology, phyfic, and chemilfry 
 were learned’ and carried into France, by Ar- 
 noldus de Villanova ; and by Peter d’Albano, 
 to Padua, at the clofe of the 13 th age. But 
 they no lefs than our Oxford R. Bacon, fuf- 
 fered for thbif extraordinary knowledge, by the 
 popular, blit unjufl imputations of dealing in 
 magit'or foreery.— -During the fourteenth cen- 
 tury, arts and fciehces made veryinconfiderabie 
 advances in Europe, until the refugee Greeks, 
 expelled from their , metropolis, by the Turk, 
 and the difcovery of the art of pfi’ptfhg in the 
 midfl; of the 1 5th age, revived the drooping 
 fpirits of Minerva!, and amply difTaftrl true' and 
 ufeful knowledge through all , tHe veins of 
 Chfiftendom. The Greeks havipg ,op'ened the 
 learned treafures of their country in ‘Italy, they 
 were fo’on fent abroad at an eafy f ate by print- 
 ing,- both in their ptiniitivt, and in the Roman 
 drefs. Celfus came out at Florence in 147S, 
 and -dt Milarr in 1481. Antrotle and Theo- 
 phraftus at Venice, under Aldus, in 1499; 
 and foon after, from the fame prefs, came Di- . 
 ofcorides, Galen, Hippocrates, PaUlus, -&c. 
 
 In the dawn of the i6th age, fome of the' . 
 (harper wits, who had digefled upon the fa^f^p F 
 thers of learning, began to perceive, . that all% 
 
 Vpl. I. 
 
 d 
 
1 Progrefi of Phyfiology 
 
 though Ariftotle and Galen had been pe- 
 remptorily ereded as the touch-ftone for all 
 truths ; in behalf of which, a philofopher could 
 have no where any quarter further than he had 
 their arguments to fupport himj yet they found 
 the fprings of nature, no lefs than thofe of hu- 
 man underftanding, continued to be ftill the 
 fame ; and that even thefe oracles were no 
 further meritorious than as they had faithfully 
 trodden in the fteps of nature herfelf, at whofe 
 tribunal Vefalius was one of the firfl who with 
 a laudable courage, called over the juftnefs of 
 their titles ; upon the fumming up of which, 
 as Ariftotle and Galen were found preferable to 
 the Arabians, fo Hippocrates and his imitator 
 Celfus, appeared fuller of truth than them all, 
 Thefe meafures foon bred a party, chiefly in 
 France, who difcarding the absurdities and idle 
 theories of Galen and Ariftotle, efpoufed no- 
 thing but what they canvafed by the rule of fen- 
 iible experience, and plain reafon, under the 
 name of the Hippocratic fed ; becaufe Hippo- 
 crates, regardlefs of all nominal authorities, 
 has perfued the fame courfe. In this lift, after 
 Velalius, vve rank Jacobus Sylvius, our Britilh 
 Cajus, and Sir Thomas Linacer, Baillonius, 
 Duretu?, and their refpedive difciples Jacotius, 
 Heurnius, Mercurialis, Fcefius, &c. whofe 
 writings are therefore at this day both legible 
 -and inftrudive. 
 
 §. XV. Vefalius was born in the beginning 
 C>f the 1 6 th age, with a fpirit for the reftitution 
 of anatomy, to which he applied lb arduoufly, 
 
 di-Vithat he gave public ledures in Lovain and Pa- 
 
 ■': # • - 3 
 
Cftd of Medicine. li 
 
 'ris, by the age of i8; and became fuccef- 
 iively its profeflbr to the univerfities of Padua 
 and Bononia. He was at laft fixed in that of PI- 
 la, by a falary of 200 pounds fterling per an- 
 num, at his 23d year of age j a fum at that 
 time egregious. His cavilling difpofition how- 
 ever made him unhappy in himfelf, and defpi- 
 cable to moll: of the learned y and after pub- 
 lilhing- his fyftem, he feems to have entirely 
 thrown up anatomy from his 29th year; being 
 then called to the ferviee of the imperial court 
 and army, in which he made an excellent fur- 
 geon. He is faid to have ended his life un- 
 timely, in a voyage to Jerufalem, 1564, either 
 devotional or penal. In his great v/ork [de cor<~ 
 pons htimain fabricdy fol. Bafil. apud Oporin. 
 1543, & 1555.) lib. 1. he gives us an excellent 
 •ofteology, freed from the miflakes and abfur- 
 dities of Galen, whofe errors he feverely re- 
 futes, illufirated with neat and ftrong figures, 
 drawn and cut with great art. In his fecond 
 book he gives us 18 tables of the mufcles, of 
 which the firfi:, fecond, third, and fourth, re- 
 prefent the ftrong life, and have therefore been 
 ufually followed, as models for painters, &cv 
 His defcriptions are alfo much more minute 
 than had as yet been given; but excelling as 
 they both are, they have notwithftanding their 
 faults, in great numbers. In his fixth book 
 he has reftored the true figures and fituations 
 of the mediaftinum, pericardium, and heart, 
 ■conformable to their natural appearances in the 
 human body ; which till then had been cor# 
 rupted by his predeceflbrs, in copying fio^ 
 d 2 - . brutes: 
 
lii Prcgrefi of Phyfiology 
 
 brutes. His figures of the brain are the firfi: 
 that can bear infpedion. He is the firft that 
 figured and defcribed the valvula pylori, with 
 the fpinal lymphatic glandules behind the oefo- 
 phagus, and the epiploidal or fat appendices 
 of the colon. It muft yet be owned, that the 
 courfe of the arteries and veins, as figured to us 
 by Vefalius, and copied by his fucceflbrs, are as 
 defeftive as any part in his book ; and fall infi- 
 nitely Ihort of the Euftachian accuracy. The 
 fame may be faid of him in refpedt to the geni- 
 tals of the female, which he copies chiefly 
 from brutes, as well as the kidneys. His dif- 
 fedtions of the eye, are from cattle ; and his 
 perfeverance in alTerting a feventh mufcle 
 that is in them, to be alfo in the human eye, 
 after being admonifhed by Fallopius, is both 
 obftinate and egregious ; as is alfo his denial of 
 the optic or blind pore in the nerves, &c. 
 
 §. XVI. Barthol. Euftachio flourilhed as 
 public profefihr at Rome, cotemporary with 
 Vefalius, and has well merited the title of the 
 prince of anatomifts, both ancient and modern. 
 He learnedly refcues Galen from many wrong 
 and malignant accufations of Vefalius, and 
 fliows his defcriptions were of the human, and 
 not of the monkey Ikeleton ; but in fome places 
 is himfelf culpable of vindicating a falfity. 
 He firfl; defcribes the tube, called after his 
 name, with the bone fhapes ; and in treating of 
 the teeth, he has almofl: quite exhauflied the 
 fubjedt, and given us a fair fpecimen, how 
 com pleat a fyfiem we might have expedted from 
 -him, ,had he been healthy and able to have gone 
 < through 
 
and of Medicine '. liii 
 
 through it. In his pofthumous tables, which 
 will ever remain the mafter* piece, betwixt an- 
 cient and modern anatomy, he gives figures of 
 ikeletons, much more corred: than thofe of 
 Vefalius, only rather too fmooth, or from too 
 young fubjeds ; to which he has fubjoined fe- 
 parate views of the moll: difficult bones, from a 
 difmounted fcull ; the multiform or fphenoidal 
 bone is elegant, and in the upper iaw you fee 
 the antrum afcribed to Highmore, and largely 
 noticed by Mr. Cowper, in the fyftem of Drake. 
 Euftachio gives us many fyllematical tables of 
 the mufcles, truly drawn from nature, and dif- 
 pofed according to their ftrata or lituations, from 
 the furface to the bones of the body ; thefe he 
 propofes as a continued critic upon the more de- 
 fedive tables of Vefalius ; and has in many 
 parts rivalled the fuppofed difcoveries of Mr, 
 Cowper, and other profefled mufcular anato- 
 mifts of the prefent age, in the face, larynx, 
 pharynx, ear, genitals, eyes, &c. Thefe ta- 
 bles appear to have been formed on the fame 
 plan, and with the fame induftry ufed in the 
 late mufcular tables of Albinus j which are 
 finiffied in the highefi: perfedion. He not only 
 reftores the heart to its natural and juft pofi- 
 tion, but alfo gives an elegant view of its pro- 
 per arteries and veins, with thofe of the lungs, 
 and his valve at the coronary vein. tab. 15, and 
 16. In his figures of the encephalon and 
 nerves, thofe of tab. 17, 18, are incomparable, , 
 both for labour, corrednefs, and fulnefs : and; , 
 thofe following to the 24th table, in which thj^:-^^' 
 courfes of the nerves amongft the bones and 
 d 3 mufcles 
 
liv Progrefi of Phyfiohgy 
 
 mufcles are graphically viewed, continue the 
 wonder of all wife anatomifls, and as yet without 
 a fellow ; as are thofe of the blood veffels in the 
 fame manner, while thofe of Vefalius, Willis, 
 Vieuffens, Cowper, and others, drawn like the 
 twigs of a tree apart from the body, are almoft 
 a continued puzzle, either ufelefs, or but little 
 inftrudtive. Since Euftachio excelled in the 
 neurography, it has continued, and now re- 
 mains the lead; finifhed of any branch of ana- 
 tomy. He has reduced the oefophagus to its 
 true figure and fituation, with refpetS to the 
 larynx, trachea, fpine, and flomach } in which 
 laft he fhows the difference of its figure, be- 
 twixt being full and empty, the ligaments that 
 join its cardia and pyloris, the true courfe and 
 figure of the duodenum, colon, liver, fpleen, 
 and pancreas j with the mefentery, in which 
 you haye plain traces of the lymphatic or ladleal 
 veffels, and their glands, which lead to the re- 
 ceptacle of the chile and thoracic du6t, by him 
 larselv defcribed in his book of the 'vnia azy- 
 gos, or fine pari. His figures of the liver ex- 
 cel mod: of the prefent day ; and his varieties 
 of the urinary paffages are as elegant, as their 
 defcriptions are exquifite ; as are alfo the parts 
 of generation, with their blood-veflels, both 
 male and female : for in the firft you fee the 
 earlied: figures of the feminiferous tubuli, vefi- 
 cles, caput and oculi galinaginis, at the neck 
 of the urethra, corpus cavernofum, &c. His 
 tab. 14. and 15. on the female genitals, fhow 
 adonifhing indudry : for here you have the cli- 
 toris and its mufcles, the fphinder, vaginae, 
 
 hymen. 
 
and of Medicine, Iv 
 
 hymen, and vafa uteri in their perfedllon ; with 
 the communicant vefTels of the round liga- 
 ments, uterine tubes, ovaries, &c. He fliows 
 the uriniferous du£ts and their papillae, open 
 into the pelvis ; which laft he gives in its true fizc 
 and fituation, to correfl what Vefalius had given 
 us from brutes : the oblique entrance of the 
 ureters into the bladder, without valves ; the 
 fituation of the right kidney, lower than the 
 left, to corredf the oppofite and current error ; 
 and proves by ligature on the ureters, no urine 
 can enter the bladder but through them. His 
 exquifite figures of vefiels throughout the body, 
 are fuch as prove him to be acquainted with feve- 
 ral forts of injedfions j as he in fome meafure in-r 
 deed owns, by declaring water may be urged 
 from the renal blood-veflels, into the pelvis and 
 uretur. In tab. 39 and 40. you have an ele- 
 gant difledtion of the human eye, with all its 
 parts ; to corredt the mifleading cuts given by 
 Vefalius, from cattle. His defcriptions of theor- 
 gans of hearing, are equally well known, as 
 they are perfedt. But his elegant plates lay loft 
 to us ’^till about 40 years pafi: ; and have had 
 no fignificant explanation, ’till one w'as lately 
 given by his laudable imitator, Albinus. 
 
 §. XVII. But to come nearer home, in the 
 midft of the unlearned 13th century, flourifhed 
 in the univerfity of Oxford, Roger Bacon, a 
 francifcan, and fellow of Merton college, who 
 by great ingenuity and experimental labours, 
 penetrated not only into phyfic, but alfo the 
 principal inftruments and operations of che-» 
 mhlry, optics, and mechanics, to a degree that 
 
 d 4 fo 
 
Ivi Progrefs of Ph^fiohgy 
 
 fo far furprized the more philofophic part of 
 the Vv^orldj that they univerfally gave him the 
 title of Dr. Mirabilis; while the more ignorant 
 and fuperftitious part cenfured him for. a diabo- 
 lical conjurer, and by malicious accufations, 
 procured him great troubles from his fuperiours, 
 who were too eafily milled in his prejudice. 
 After he had been cited for necromancy to the 
 holy fee, by the fuperiour of his order, al- 
 though he cleared himfelf by a profeffed 
 treatife (de nullitate magise), his companions 
 of the college always continued fo jealous of 
 him, as to intercept every body from his converfa- 
 tlon, and would allow his books no place in their 
 libraries. Thefe and other difficulties, brought 
 on him by the difclofure of fome furprizing 
 experiments, unknown to the day, made him 
 doubtlefs more referved in what he afterwards 
 communicated by his writings ; concerning 
 chemical experiments, burning-glaffies, gun- 
 powder, mathematical inflruments, and optical 
 lenfes, applied in the way of microfeope, te- 
 ' lefcope, or magic-lantborn, &c. Wherein he 
 fliows himfelf to have anticipated his country in 
 philofophic learning by feveral ag|s, in thofe 
 of his manuferipts, which make a choice part 
 in the Bodleian library of Oxford. See Dr. 
 Plot. Hift. Ox. c. 9. Freind’s Hift. of phylic. 
 vol. 2. Father Bacon laments the unlearned 
 flate of the clergy, univerfally feen in his day ; 
 and obferves, there were but three or four 
 whom he knew meritorious of the title, wife, 
 pf. learned inffiu’rope, among whom he reckon^ 
 ^ ViF 
 
and of Medicine, Ivii 
 
 Villanova, whofe works were public at Lyons, 
 fol. 1520 j and Dom. de Garbo, whom he 
 terms the doctor of experiments ; and has left 
 us a treatife de Casna & Prandio. Rome, 
 1545. fol. 
 
 §. XVIII. From the time of the good friar, 
 mechanical and experimental knowledge, which 
 lay the only true bafis of medicine, made very 
 inconfiderable advances j ’till towards the clofe 
 of the lixteenth age, an illuftrious lord chan- 
 cellor of the fame name, arofe as the great lu- 
 minary, no lefs of philofophy, than of law to 
 England. This great man firll boldly declared 
 among us, that though he ought always to 
 fpeak honourably of Ariftotle, yet he muft in 
 the main condemn his philofophy, as a bundle 
 of infignificant and difputable notions, pro- 
 ductive of no manner of benefits to human life: 
 which he afterwards made appear by his own 
 labours, in fhowing the difference betwixt fpe- 
 culative and experimental knowledge in phi- 
 lofophy. Lord Bacon was born, fon to chan- 
 cellor Nicolas Bacon, at York-houfe, in the 
 Strand, 1560, and was from his infancy re- 
 markable for quicknefs of wit, and depth of 
 penetration. Although he had been 19 years 
 chancellor, he died at lafl fubfifting on chari- 
 ty, at the earl of Arundel’s, High-gate, 1626; 
 and was buried at St. Michael’s, near St. Al- 
 ban’s, from which town he had his title of 
 baron. The additions made to the fciences, as 
 well as to phyfic and philofophy, by this great 
 man, are too numerous and well known for u&r 
 
Iviii P>'Ogr-efs tf Phyjiology 
 
 to infift upon here, fince his learned and exten- 
 five works are now become a material part in 
 every good library. But his Atlantis^ defcribing 
 a collegiate body of wife men, labouring each in 
 their way to promote natural knowledge, is the 
 more remarkable, as it excited the learned, and 
 gave birth not only to our royal fociety, but to 
 all the like academies of Europe j in which 
 learning has by their means been fince raifed 
 to the higheft points of perfediion. While 
 lord Bacon was improving experimental know- 
 ledge in England, the like works were carried 
 on by Gallileo in Italy, whofefcholar Torricelli 
 invented the barometer ; and by the difquifi- 
 tions of fvlerfennus, in France: but as for M. 
 des Cartes, in the Low- Countries, his nobility 
 and mathematics only ferved to make him 
 more infamous as a philofopher ; fince deferr- 
 ing the rule of plain reafon and jufi: experi- 
 ment, by which he propofed to ered his 
 fyftem, he has only buried himfelf and his fol- 
 lowers in a cloud of idle abfurdities, that too 
 long blinded moft of his French neighbours, to 
 the light of a better philofophy. Gallileo was 
 native of Florence, profeffor at Pifa, and aftro- 
 nomer to the grand- duke de Medicis ; after 
 whofe name, he called the fubfidiary little 
 moons that he difcovered, revolving about Ju- 
 piter, Satellites Medicei. After the ice had 
 been once broken up by lord Bacon, many able 
 heads and hands cheerfully fucceeded him in 
 extending and clearing the channels of Icience; 
 ■gmong whom the honourable Mr. Pvobert 
 
end of Medicine, lix 
 
 Boyle, and fir Ifaac Newton appear the earlieft 
 and mofl: confpicuous upon the lifl: : infomuch, 
 that at this day, a philofopher is faid to be no 
 where able to make a better repaft, than from a 
 difh of old Englifli Bacon, well Boyled, and 
 carved out by Newton. The advantages that 
 have enfued from the mechanical philofophy 
 of this lafi: gentleman, in all arts, fcienccs, and 
 occupations of life through Europe, before and 
 after the clofe of the lafi; age, would alone fill 
 a very large volume; and fince Dr. Keill and 
 others have in a feries of fifty years paft brought 
 down his fyftem by experimental courfes, to 
 be the plain objedt of our fenfes, no lefs than ^ 
 of our intelled:ual reafonings, the ftudy of his * 
 philofophy is become equally a pleafing amufe- 
 ment, as an improving inftrudtion, even to the 
 weakeft ages and fexes. 
 
 §. XIX. But our own profeflion has of 
 late years received no lefs improvements, than 
 philofophy herfelf. For while the lafi; was 
 advantageoufly laid out upon the anvil, by lord 
 Bacon, a man equally great in the line of iEf-^ 
 culapius, ftruck a new and unextinguifhable 
 light to phyfic in all her branches ; by ena- 
 bling us to underftand the manner, operations, 
 and effedls of the circulation of the blood ; the 
 main fpring of all the various motions in the 
 living body, and the only key to all the changes 
 that can happen in it, either under the in- 
 fluences of health, aliments, medicines, or dif- 
 eafes. This important difeovery, after it had; 
 been fome years made, privately taught, and by 
 
Ix Prcgrefs of Fhyjiology 
 
 degrees cleared up, by the great Dr. Williatn 
 Harvey was afterwards publi(hed to the 
 world, by a printed treatife in the year 1628, 
 Our Britifh Hippocrates, who pulled off the 
 blind-fold from phyfic, was born at Foikefton 
 in Kent 1576, was afterwards fcholar m Dr. 
 
 Cajus’s 
 
 * Ndw as the Harveian doSrine of the circulation 
 (§.. XIX.), is the grand rule by which the knowledge and 
 pradlice of phyficians in general muft be raifed, fquared, 
 and modelled, through all future ages and nations ; and as 
 it is alone the true light that can guide us fafely and fen- 
 fibly through the whole phyfiological and nofological clue 
 of medicine : w'e may prefume, that no lover of truth and 
 (mankind, will be difpleafed to fee here a tranfcript of fo 
 many of the great author’s own words, as will fuffice to 
 give us a plain view of his difcovered circulation of the 
 blood, through the heart and extreme parts of the body; 
 which with fome other collateral hints, of great impor- 
 tance, have fince furniflied a large part to this compen- 
 dium, as we Aiall point out by occafional references to the 
 fedions ; which will give a further explanation of each article. 
 ——After offering his enquiries for the public good, to 
 the candid reception of his royal mailer, Charles I. whom 
 he falutes as the true heart of his people ; from whence the 
 vital ftreams of truth, honour, jullice, clemency, liberty, 
 and property mull flow through all conliderable members, 
 to the mutual happinefs of himfelf, and downward even 
 to the leaf! individuals in the Britilh conflitution ; he then 
 b.ecfins by telling us the motives for putting the prefs to the 
 labour of fweatmg in his writings. 
 
 Circulaiio Harviana. 
 
 I. Cum raultis vivorum diflecTlionibus animuni ad ob- 
 fervandum primum appuli, quo cordis motus ufum & uti- 
 litates in animaiibus per autopfiam, & non per libros in- 
 venirem; plane rem arduam reperi, ut motum cordis foli 
 
 Deo cotTnitum effe, poene opinarer. Tandem majori 
 
 -mdies, & difquihtione, & diligentia ufus, multa viva .n- 
 tfo^fpidendo, multifque obfervationibus collatis, reni atti- 
 .^iile, & ex hoc labyrintho me extricatum evafifie, fimulque 
 
 motum. 
 
and of Medicine, Ixi 
 
 Cajus’s coHege, Cambridge, from whence he 
 went out dodior, after having hrft fpent about 
 five years in the anatomical and medical empo- 
 rium of that day, Padua, in Italy. After fome 
 pradice, his merits appeared in the great 
 judgment of Charles I. fufficient to entitle him 
 
 the 
 
 Circulatio Harviana. 
 
 rnotutn, & ufum cordis, & arteriarum, quern defidera- 
 bam, comperturn habere ms exiftimabam. Ex quo non 
 folum privatim amicis, fed etiam publics in prseleAonibus 
 meis Anatomicis, Academico more, proponere fenrentiam 
 
 nonverebar. Tandem amicorum precibus, partim etiam 
 
 aliorum per motus invidia,hasc typis mandare publicecoaAus 
 
 fui. viz. an. 1628. lam denique noflram de 'circuitu 
 
 fanguinis fententiam ferre, & omnibus proponere. liceat. 
 
 2. Primum itaqua aperto pedtore, & difledta capfula, 
 
 .cor immediate, obfervare licet, Cor aliquando moveri, ali- 
 quando quiefcere ; elTe etiam tempos in quo movetur, & 
 
 in quo motu deftituitur. In quiete, ut, in morte, cor 
 
 laxum, fiaccidum, jacet : In motu, erigatur cor, & in 
 tnfacronem fe furfum elevet ; fic uf illo tempore ferire. 
 Undique contrabi, magis vero fecundum latera, ita ut, & 
 
 longiufculum, & colledum appareat. Ex his mihi videi- 
 
 batur manifeftum j motum cordis elTe fecundum dudtum 
 omnium fibrarum conftridtionem ; fecundum ventriculosco- 
 ardlari, & contentumfanguinem protrudere; &eodem tem- 
 pore pulfus forinfecus fentitur & contenti fanguinis protrufio 
 
 cum impetu a conftridtione ventriculorum. Neque ve- 
 
 rum eft, quod cor extentionefanguinem in ventrieulos attra- 
 here, fed dum laxatur & ooncidit, fanguinem ab auriculis re- 
 cipere. 
 
 3. Eo tempore quo cordis fit Syftole, (i .). arteriae dila- 
 tantur, pulfum edunt, & in fua funr Diaftole. (2.) Quando 
 finifter ventriculus cefiat ccntrahi, cefiat pulfus arteriarum. 
 (3.) Item fedla quavis arteria vel perforata, in ipfa fyftole ' 
 ventriculi finiftri propellitur foras fanguis ex vulnere cum 
 
 impetu. j-Ex his manifeftum, quod arteriarum Diadole 
 
 fiat eo tempore, quo cordis. fyftole. Denique arteriar- 
 
 rum pulfum fieri ab impulfu fanguinis e ventriculo finiftro, ■ ■ ' 
 quo & pulfum semulari, five fint majores, vehementio;rei^-'^ 
 
 • Irequentes, celeres \ omnes enim rhythmum, quantitafr^' 
 
1x1$ Progrefs of Phyfdlogy 
 
 the guardian of his health; and during the fuf- 
 ferings of that prince, the dodlor’s perfon, 
 writings, and eftates, bore proportionably a 
 large (hare. His great genius at invention, 
 and his anatomical fkill, were not limited to 
 the heart and generation only ; but equally ex- 
 tended 
 
 Circulatio Harviana, 
 
 $i ordinem fervant cordis pulfantis. Quare pulfus arteria- 
 rum, nil nifi impulfus fit fanguinis in arterias. 
 
 4. Praster haec obfervanda funt quae ad auricularum ufum 
 fpeiSant, quorum duo funt auricularum, ventriculorum 
 duo. Qi^iatuor funt motus, loco, non vero tempore, 
 diftin£ti. Simul enim ambae auriculs moventur, & fimul 
 
 ambo ventriculi. Duo funt motusj unus auricularum, 
 
 alter ventriculorum : qui fimul non Hunt ; fed praecedit 
 motus auricularum, & fubfequitur cordis ; ut motus ab au- 
 
 riculis incipere, & in ventriculos progredi videatur, * 
 
 Cum jam languidiora omnia, emoriente corde, inter hos 
 duos motus, tempus aliquod quietis intercedit.— — — Sic prius 
 definit cor pulfare quam auriculae, ut auriculae fupervivere 
 dicantur; primus omnium definit pulfare finifter ventri- 
 culus, deinde ejus auricula, demum dexter ventriculus, ul- 
 timo (reliquis celfantibus ultimo) in dextra auricula vita rc- 
 
 manere videatur.- Dum fenfim emoritur cor, videre 
 
 licet, poft duas vel tres pulfationes auricularum, aliquando 
 cor unum 'pulfum lente & aegre peragere & moliri. Ut 
 hinc pateat quod in ventriculos fanguis ingrediatur, non 
 attra£lione, aut extenrione cordis, fed pulfu auricularum 
 
 immilTus. Sed & prater haec aliquoties a me obferva- 
 
 tum fuit (poftquam cor ipfum, & ejus auricula etiam dex- 
 tra, a pulfatione quad mortis articulo quiefcerent) in ipfo 
 fanguine qui in dextra auricula eontinetur, obfcurum mo- 
 tum, & undationem, ac palpitationem fuperfuilTe, tamdiu, 
 quam calore imbui videretur. Tale quiddam eviden- 
 tiflime, intra feptem dies ab incubatione, in ovo, cernitur. 
 In eft primum ante omnia gutta fanguinis, quae palpitat ex 
 qua incremento fadlo, fiunt cordis auriculae ; quibus pul- 
 fantibus, perpetuo ineft vita. Turn etiam cordis corpus 
 procreatur ; fed per aliquod tempus albidum apparet & 
 f^xangue, & immotum. Quinetiam in feetu humano vidi, 
 
 circa 
 
and of Medicine. Ixiii 
 
 tended through the reft of the human fabric, 
 that fell under his ledlures, in the royal college 
 of London, to which he was a liberal bene- 
 fador. But the rebellious devaftations under 
 his poor mafter, were here equally unmerciful 
 to the learned, as they had been to the political 
 
 world ; 
 
 Circulatio Harvtana. 
 
 circa pfirtcipium tertii menfis, fimiliter cof foi'matum, fed 
 albidum & exangue, cujus tamen auriculis fanguis inerat 
 uberrimus & purpureus. Unde auriculum, prius quam cor 
 ipfum vivere, & poll etiam emori. 
 
 5. Ego ex his tandem & hujufmodi obfervationibus re** 
 pertum iri confido, motum cordis ad hunc modum fieri. 
 
 * Primum f'efe contrahit auricula, fanguinem conten- 
 
 tum, in ventriculum conjicit ; . quo repleto, cor fefe eri- 
 gens, contrahit ventriculos, & pulfum facit: quo fangui- 
 nem continenter protrudit in arterias ; dexter ventriculus 
 in pulmones per vas illud, quod revera, & conftitutione 
 & officio, h in omnibus arteria eft; finifter ventriculus in 
 aortam, & per arterias in univerfum corpus. In iftis cor- 
 dis motibus, fit portionis fanguinis e venis in arterias tra- 
 
 dudlio, & exaudiri in peftore contingit. Motus itaque 
 
 & adlio cordis eft ipfa fanguinis transfufio, & in extrema 
 ufque, mediantibus arteriis, propulfio ; ut pulfus, quern 
 nos fentimus in arteriis, nil nifi fanguinis a corde impulfus 
 
 fit. Quibus viis fanguis, e vena cava in arterias, vel e 
 
 dextra ventriculo cordis in finiftrum deferatur. Fiftulam 
 five arteriam, vel arterise analogon, aperte tranfmittere, 
 turn vifu, turn fefta arteria (exinde fanguine fingula puifa- 
 tione cordis profiliente) oculis palam confirmari pofle con- 
 
 ftat. Uti ex autopfia eodem modo e venis in arterias 
 
 fanguinem pulfu cordis traduej, palam eft : quje via tarn 
 patens, aperta & manifefta, ut nulla difficultas, nullus hae- 
 fitandi fit locus. 
 
 6. Hue ufque de transfufione fanguinis e venis in arte-? 
 rias, & de viis per quas pertranfeat, & quomodo pulfu 
 cordis, tranfmittatur difpenfeturque. Nunc vero, de co- 
 pia & proventu iftius cum dixero ; adeo nova erunt & in- 
 audita, ut verear, ne habeam inirnieos omnes homines.^' 
 Taqtum confuetudo, aqt femel ijnbibi'ta doiSIrina — — Aniv*>' 
 
 madver;f\>i 
 
Ixiv Progrefs of Phyfahgy 
 
 world j fince, as the dodor affures us, they^ 
 broke into his apartments during his abfence, 
 and deflroyed thofe written fruits of his long 
 labours and ifudies, that ought to have ren- 
 dered perpetual honours to his immortal name, 
 and fervices to all pofterity. However, wha€ 
 
 he 
 
 Circulatia Harviana, 
 
 madverti tandem, venas inanitas & omnino exhauftas, & 
 arterias ex altera parte, nimia fanguinis intrufione, difrup- 
 ^as fore ; nifi fanguis aliqua via ex arteriis denuo in venaa 
 renrearet, & ad cordis dextrum ventriculum regrederetur : 
 unde coepi egomet mecum cogitare, an motionem quaii in 
 circulo haberet : quam poftea veram efle reperi, & fan- 
 guinem, e corde per arterias, in habitum corporis & omnes 
 partes, protrudi & impelli, a finiftri cordis ventriculi pulfu 
 (quemadmodum in pulmones) & rurfus per ve'' las in ve- 
 nam cavam, & ufque ad auriculam dextram renrreare ; que- 
 madmodum ex pulmonibus ad finiftrum ventriculum, ut 
 ante diffum eft. Q^iem motum circularem eo pafto no- 
 
 minare liceat. Sic contingit in corpore, partes omnes 
 
 fanguine calido fpirituofo(& ut dicam) alimentativo nutriri, 
 foveri, vegetari ; in partibus fanguinem refrigerari, coagu- 
 lari, & quafi effcetum redJi ; inde ad principium, videlicet 
 cor, tanquam ad fontem reverti ; ibi calore natural!, po- 
 tent!, fervido, denuo colliquari ; 5c fpiritibus praegnantem, 
 inde rurfus in omnes partes difpenfari. Ita cor princi- 
 
 pium vitae 5c Sol microcofmi appellari meretur, cujus virtute 
 5c pulfu fanguis movetur, perficitur, vegetatur, 5c a cor- 
 ruptione 5c grumefadtione vindicatur, toti corpori funda- 
 
 mentum vitse, audlor omnium. His pofitis, fanguinem 
 
 circumire, revolvi, propelli 5c remeare, a corde in cxtre- 
 mitates, 5c inde in cor rurfus, 5c fic quafi circularem mo- 
 tum peragere, manifeftum puto. Supponamus quan- 
 
 tum fanguinis finifter ventriculus in dilatatione (quum re- 
 
 pletus frc) contineat ; ego in mortuo reperi ultra ^ ij. 
 
 Supponamus firhiliter, quanto fefe contrahit cor tanto mi- 
 nus continere, atque inde quantum fangnnis in arteriam 
 magnam protrudatur : (protruditur in Syllole enim aliquid 
 femper, ex fabrica valvularum) verifimili conjedfura ponere 
 licet, in arteriam immitti partem quartam ; ita in homine 
 
 protrudi, 
 
and of Medicine. Ixv 
 
 he has divulged upon the circulation through 
 the heart, and the bufinefs of generation, are 
 enough to fhow us the depths of his penetra- 
 tion, and the diligence of enquiry with which 
 he always traced the fteps of nature, in every 
 part of the body j as alfo of the ingenuity of his 
 
 re- 
 
 Circulatlo Harviana. 
 
 protrudi, fingulis cordis pulfibus, fupponamus ^ £ fangui- 
 nis, qui, propter impedimentum valvularum, in cor re- 
 
 meare non poteft. Cor una femihora plus quam mille 
 
 pulfus facit ; imo in aliquibus, & aliquando bis, ter, vel 
 quater mille. Jam multiplicatis drachmis, videbis una 
 femibora talem proportionatam quantitatem fanguinis, per 
 cor in arterias transfufam j quas major eft copia quam in 
 univerfo corpore contingat reperiri. Similiter, in ove, aut 
 cane, plerumque non continetur plus quatuor libris fangui- 
 nis ; quod in ove expertus fum. In quavis propulfione 
 proportio fanguinis exclufi debet refpondere quantitati prius 
 contentae, & in dilatatione replenti ; uti in contradlione 
 nunquam nihil vel imaginarium expellit, fed femper aliquid fe- 
 cundum proportionem contraftionis. Quare concludendum, 
 fi uno pulfu in homine, cor emittat ^ 15, & mille fiant pul- 
 fus in una femihora, ccntingere eodem tempore, libras Ih 
 xlj, & ^ viij, (ft ^j, lb Ixxxiij & ^ iiij) contingere in una 
 
 femihora transfufas (inquam) efle de venis in arterias. 
 
 Interiam hoc fcio, & omnes admonitos velim, quod ali- 
 quando ubericri copia pertranftt fanguis, aliquando mi- 
 nore ; & fanguinis circuitus quandoque citius, quandoque 
 tardius peragitur, fecundum temperamentum, aetatem, 
 caufas externas & internas, & res naturales & non natura- 
 les, fomnum, quietem, vi6tum, exercitia, animi pathe- 
 
 niata, & fimilia. Arterias autem nullibi faoguinem e 
 
 venis recipere, nift tranfmiffione faifa per cccr, ex ante 
 diftis, patet. Quare, iigando aortam ad raditem cordis, 
 & aperiendo jugularem, vel aliam arteriam, ft arterias ina- 
 nitas & folum venas repletas confpexe'ris, mirari non con- 
 
 venit. Hinc caufam aperte videbis, ' cur . in Anatome 
 
 tantiim fanguinis rcperiatur in venis, parum veto in arteriis j 
 cur multum in dextro ventriculo, parum in ftniilro; caufa 
 forfan eft, quod de venis in arterias nullibi datur tranfttu^" 
 VoL. I, e . , t ■ . ni$ 
 
Ixvi Progrefi of Phyficlogy 
 
 reflections in deducing their phyfiological and 
 practical ufes. As his great difcoveries and 
 doctrines of the circulation appeared plainly 
 deftru6tive of the whole foundation and fabric 
 of medical theory, as it then flood tottering on 
 the fancies of Ariflotle and Galen j it accord- 
 ingly 
 
 Circulatto Harviana. 
 
 nifi per cor ipfum & per pulmones. Prseterea hinc pa- 
 
 tet, quo magis, aut vebementius arteriae pulfant, eo ci- 
 tius, in omni fanguinis hoemorrhagia, inanicum, iri, cor- 
 pus. Hinc etiam in omni lipothymia, omni timore & 
 
 hujufmodi, quando cor languidius & infirmius, nullo im- 
 pctu pulfat, omnem contingit hcemorrhagiam fedari & co- 
 
 hiberi. Hinc etiam eft, quod corpore mortuo, poft- 
 
 quam cor cefliivit pulfare, non poftit, vel e jugularibus, vel 
 cruralibus venis & arteriis apertis, ullo conatu, maflaE 
 fanguineae plus quam pars media elici. Nec lanio, ft bovi 
 jugulum prius fecuerit, totum fanguinem exhaurire inde 
 
 poterit. Hinc omnis tumoris caufa (ut eft apud Av'icen.'\ 
 
 5c omnis redundantiae opprimentis in parte ; quia vias in- 
 grcffus apertae, egreflus claufae, inde humorem abundare, 
 
 5c in tumorem partem attolli necefle eft. Hinc etiam 
 
 contingat, quod, quoufque tumor incrementum capefcit,. 
 Ego e curru delapfus aliquantum, frontc percufTus, quo loco 
 arteriie ramulus e temporibus prorepit, ftatim ab ipfa per- 
 cuftione, fpatio fere viginti pulfationum, tumorem ovi 
 magnitudine, abfque vel calore vel multo dolore, paflus 
 fum; propter videlicet arteriae vicinitatem, in locum con- 
 tulum, fanguis, afFatim magis 5c velocius, impingebatur. 
 
 Hincapparet, qua de caufa phlebotomia, fupra feflio- 
 
 ncm ligamus, non infra ; quia per arterias impellitur in ve- 
 nas, in quibus regreftus per ligaturam prsepeditur, ideo ve- 
 nae turgent^ 5i diftentas impetu per orificium ejicere pof- 
 funt ; foluta vero ligatura, viaque regrelTus aperta, 
 ecce fanguis non ampliiis, nifi guttatim decidit : 5c quod 
 omnes norunt ; fi vel vinculum folveris vel ftridte nimis 
 Conftrin.xeris, turn non exit, quia fcilicet via, ingreftus 5c 
 m.ftuxus fanguinis per arterias, intercepta eft ftriefa iila li- 
 gatura; aut regreftus liberior datur, per venas, ligatura 
 folata.-— -Aniplius obfervandum , quoJ in adminiftranda 
 
 pble- 
 
and of Medicine. Ixvli 
 
 ingly Toon met with violent oppofitions from 
 the pens of feveral (otherwife learned and judi- 
 cious) prbfelTors, who thought it but right, re- 
 ligioufly to proftitute their fenfe and reafon to 
 the blind authorities of thofe fathers. Thus 
 Riolan, and others at home, as well as abroad, 
 
 flood 
 
 Circulatlo Harvlana. 
 
 phlebotomia quandoque contingat, hanc veritatem confir“ 
 mari. Nam, redte brachium quanquam ligaveris, & fcal- 
 pello debito modo diffecueris, apto orificio & omnibus rite 
 adminiftratis ; tamen fi timer, aut quaevis alia caufa, aut 
 animi pathema lipopfyehia adveniat, ut cor languidius pul- 
 fet, nullo modo fanguis exibit, nifi guttatim : prsefertim II 
 
 ligatura ftriftior paulo fafla fit. Ratio eft, quia com- 
 
 prelTam arteriam languidor pulfus & impellens vis infirmior 
 recludere & fanguinem infra ligaturam trudere non valet : 
 imo per pulmones deducere, aut e venis in arterias copiofe 
 
 transferre, enervatum & languidem cor non poteft. Sic 
 
 eodem modo, & eifdem de caufis contingit mulierum men- 
 
 ftrua, & omnem hsemorrbagiam fedari. Ex contrariis 
 
 etiam hoc patet ; quoniam, redintegrato animo, amoto 
 metu, cum ad fe redeunt, jam adaudlo robore pulfificante, 
 arterias ftatim vehementius pulfare (etiam in parte ligata) in 
 carpo moveri, & fanguinem per orificium longius prolilire, 
 continuo videbitur. [V. Le<ft. IV. per tot. & §. itS-]* 
 
 7. Haeftenus de copia pertranfeuntis fanguinis in cor & 
 pulmones, centrum corporis, & fimiliter ab arteriis in venas 
 & habitum corporis. Reftat, ut explicemus, quomodo per 
 venas ab extremitatibus ad cor retro fanguis remeet, & quo- 
 modo ven^e fint vafa deferentia eundem ab extremitatibus 
 ad centrum: quo fafto, tria ilia propofita fundamenta pro 
 circuitu fanguinis, fore aperta, vera, ftabilia, & ad fidem 
 
 fufficientia taciendam, exiftimamu=. Hoc autem, ex 
 
 valvularum, qure in venarurn cavitatibus reperiuntur, ufu, 
 & ocularibus experimentis, fatis erit apertum. Sunt nam- 
 que in jusularibus deorfum fpeclantes, & fanguinem fur- 
 fum prohibentes ferri : nam ubique fpeftant, a radicibus 
 
 venarurn, verfus cordis locum. Ego, uta iietiam, ali- 
 
 auando reperi in emulgentibus & ramis mefenterii, venam 
 Cavam & porta m fpedlantes. Sed o^nino y^lvulae fadf©- 
 
IxvKi Prcgrefi of Phyftology 
 
 flood many years infenfible to all the convidli- 
 ons of plain reafon, and the mofl cogent de- 
 monflrations by ocular experiments, merely 
 that the blind authorities of Ariftotle and Ga- 
 len might not be over-turned, by this more cer- 
 tain and folid balls upon which medicine is atpre- 
 
 fent 
 
 Circulatio Harvlana. 
 
 funt, ne, a venis magnis in minores, moveretur fanguls» 
 & fic illas dilaceraret, aut varicofas efficerit ; neve a cen- 
 tre corporis in extrema, progrederetur. Ego illud fas- 
 
 pifiime in diffedlione expertus fum, fi, a radice venarum 
 initio fa£lo, verfns exiles ramos fpecillum immitterem 
 (quanto potuerim artificio) ob impedimentum valvularum 
 longius impelli non potuifle ; contra vero forinfecus a ra- 
 mulis radicem verfu^, facillime. Et pluribus in locis, val- 
 vulse binae ad invicem pofitie & aptatse funt ; adeoque venae, 
 \v£ patentes & apertae fint, regredienti fanguini ad cor, 
 pregredienti vero a corde omnino occlufae, 
 
 8. Coniprehenfa vena cava, fanguinifque curfu intercep- 
 to, per al quod fpatium infra cor, videbitur, a pulfu fta- 
 tim poene inaniri ilhm partem intra digitos & cor ; fan- 
 guine exhaufto a cordis pulfu, fimul cor albidiori multo co- 
 lore efie ; etiam in dilatatione fua, ob dcfeclum fanguinis, 
 minus & languidius tandem pulfare, fic ut emori denique 
 videatur: cum contra ftatim, foluta vena, color &: dilatio- 
 
 nis magnitudo redeant cordi. Poftea fi rdinquas ve- 
 
 nam : & artcrias fimiliter, per aliquam diftantiam a corde, 
 ligaveris vel comprefleris ; videbis contra, illas vehementer 
 turgere in parte coniprehenfa, & cor ultra modum diftendi, 
 .purpureum colorem contrahere ufque ad livorem, 6c tan- 
 dem opprimi fanguine, fic ut fufFocatum iri credas : foluto 
 vero vinculo, rurfus ad naturalem conftitutionem, in co- 
 
 lore & magnitudine piilfus redire cerneres. Ecce jam 
 
 duo genera mortis ; extinfto ob deledium ad cordis dextrum 
 6c fuiyocatio ob cdpiam ; hie ad oculos utriufque exemplum 
 habere licet, & dicfcam veritatem autopfia in corde con- 
 
 tirmure. Saiiguini itaque motu opus eft, atque tali, ut 
 
 ad cor rurfus revertaiur ; nam in externas partes immotus 
 coagularetur : mctu en:m in omnibus calorem gtnerari 5c 
 cienfervari videmus, quiete evanefeere. Cum itaque fan- 
 
 guis 
 
and of Medicine. Ixlx 
 
 fent fupported, and upon which fhe muft ever 
 hereafter reft, fo long as nature herfelf fhall 
 endure. Others at length, that could not with- 
 ftand their own eyes, and the juft fentence of 
 all Europe in its favour, were invidioufly for 
 depriving our Britifti Hippocrates of the ho- 
 nours 
 
 Circulatlo Harvlana, 
 
 guis in externis partibus fubfiftens, a frigore extremorum & 
 aeris ambientis geletur ; ut rurfus a fonte calorem oninino prae- 
 fervationem fuam repetat, & revertendo redintegret necefle 
 
 eft. Videmus, a frigore exteriore, extremitates ali- 
 
 quando algere, ut lividi & nafus & manus & genae, quafi 
 mortuorum, appareant ; quia fanguis in ipfis (qualis cada- 
 verum, locis pronis, folct decumbere) confiftat : unde 
 membra adeo torpida & asgre mobilia evadunt, ut vitam 
 pene amififle videantur. Nullo modo profeefto rurfus (prs- 
 fertim tarn cito) calorem, colorem & vitam recuperarent, 
 nifi novo ab origine affluxu & appulfu caloris foverentur. 
 
 Hinc obiter petenda ratio eft, cur moerore, ainore, 
 
 invidia, curis & hujufmndi confe£tis, tabes & extenuatio 
 contingant, aut cacochymia & proventus cruditatum, quae 
 morbos plurimos inducunt & homines conficiunt ; omne 
 namque animi pathema, quod cum dolore & gaudio, fpe, 
 aut anxietate bumanas exagitat mentes, & ad cor ufque 
 pertingit, & ibi mutationem a naturali conftitutione, in- 
 temperie & puifu & reliquis facit, illud in principio totum 
 alimentum inquinando & vires infirmando, minime mi- 
 rum videri debet, quod varia genera morborum incurabili- 
 um, in membris & corpore, fubinde procreet ; quando qui- 
 dem totum corpus, in illo cafu, vitiato alimento & inopia 
 
 calidi nativi, laborat. Praeter haec cum alimento vivant 
 
 omnio animalia interius concofto, neceffe eft concodfionem 
 perfeftam elTe, fimul & diftributipnem ; & proinde locum 
 & conceptaculum, ubi perficiatur alimentum & unde deri- 
 vetur in fingula msmbra. 
 
 9. Sunt infuper problemata confequentia, ad fidem faci- 
 
 endam a pofteriore non inutilia. Videmus in contagione, 
 
 iiftu venenato, & ferpentum aut canis rabidi morfu, in lue 
 venerea, & hujufmodi, illsfa particula conta£la, tamen 
 totijni habitum contingere vitiari ; luqs venerea, illaefis ali- 
 
 63'.. - quando 
 
Ixx: Progrefs of Phyftohgy 
 
 nours due from fo great difcoveries, by fifhing 
 them out from the dark waters of his predeceffors ; 
 but all their arguments alledged, prove only that 
 forae imagined the blood had a kind of circu- 
 larly returning motion within the vefTels, in a 
 manner to them unknown •, or that they had on- 
 ly 
 
 Circulatio Harviana. 
 
 quando genitalibus, primo omnium vel fcapularum, vel 
 capitis dolore, vel aliis fymptomatibus, fefe prodere folet. 
 Vulnere, fadlo a morfu cjiiis rabidi, curato, febrem tamen 
 & reliqua horrenda fymptomita fupcrvcnifTe expert! fumus. 
 Quoniam, in particulam imprefTum contagium, una cum 
 rcvertente fanguine ad cor ferri & totum corpus poftea m- 
 quinare poil'e, hinc patet. In tertianae febris principio, 
 inorbifica caula cor petens, circa cor & pulmones quando 
 immoratur, anhdofos, fulpiriofos & ignavos facit ■, quia 
 principium aggravatur vitale, & fanguis in pulmones im- 
 pingitur, incraflatur, non traiil'it (hoc ego ex difle£Iione 
 illorum qui in principio accefiionis mortui funt, expertus 
 loquor) tunc femper pulfus frequentes, parvi & quandoque 
 inordinati funt ; ab adaudlo vero calore, attenuata materia, 
 apertis viis & tranfitu 1a£lo, incalefcit univerfum corpus, 
 pulius majores fiunt & vehementiores, ingravefcente pa- 
 rox') fmo febrili. Calor, fciiicet praeternaturalis, accenfus 
 a corde, inde in totum corpus per arterias difFunditur, 
 una cum materia morbihca, quae eo modo a natura exfu- 
 
 peratur & difiblvitur. Cum etiam exterius applicata 
 
 medicamenta vires intro, excrceant fuas, ac fi intro fumpta 
 efTent, (colocynthis & aloe ventrem folvunt, cantharidcs 
 urinas movent, allium plantis pedum alligatum expedlorat 
 & cordialia roborant, & hujus generis infinita) hinc con- 
 itat forfan non irrationabiliter dici, venas per orificia, ah 
 exterius admotis, abforbere aliquid & intro cum fanguine 
 deferre, non alio modo, quam illas in mefenterio, ex in- 
 teflinis chylum exfugunt ad jecur una cum fanguine ap- 
 
 portant. Plant-animalia difta, Oftrea, Mytili, Spon- 
 
 giae & Zoophytorum genera omnia, cor non habent ; pro 
 coide enim toto corpore utuntur, 5t quafi cor, hujufmodi 
 anim^il eft. Cor reite difcernere attamcn in apibus, muf- 
 tis, trabronibus 3c hujufmodi aliquando (opc perfpicilli) 
 
 licit. 
 
and of Medicine. Ixxi 
 
 ly begun to form a loofe idea of the mode, in 
 which a little part of the circulation was effect- 
 ed (See §. 62. following) ; nor was any of 
 thofe obfcure paffages noticed by Dr. Har- 
 vey, who propofed the tracing of nature 
 herfelf, and experimenting on living brutes, as 
 
 the 
 
 Circulatio Harviana. 
 
 licit. — — Pulfans qurddam intueri, etiam in pediculls, in 
 quibus & tranfuum alimenti per inteftina (cum tranfluci- 
 dum fit animal) inftar maculae nigrae cernere infuper dare 
 
 poteris, multiplicantls illius fpecilli ope. Sed in exan- 
 
 guibus & frigidioribus quibufdam, ut cochleis, conchis, 
 fquillis cruftatis & fimilibus ineft pulfans particula, quafi 
 veficula quaedem vel auricula fine corde, rarius contradio- 
 nem faciens, & quern non, nifi aeftate aut calidiori tem- 
 peftate, difcernere licet ; in his pulfu aliquo opus eft, ad 
 alimenti diftributionem, propter partium organicarum vari> 
 ctatem, aut denfitatem fubftantiae : fed rarius fiunt pulfatio- 
 
 nes, & quandoque omnino non, ob frigiditatem. Hoc 
 
 etiam infedlis videtur contingere, cum hyeme lateant, vel 
 plantae vitam tantummodo agant : fed an idem etiam qui- 
 bufdam fanguineis animalibus accidat, ut ranis, teftiidini- 
 bus, ferpentibus, hirundinibus, non injuria dubitare licet. 
 Unde & veriftimum iilud {Arijlot. de part, animal. 3,) quod 
 
 nullum fanguineum animal careat corde. Sic quibuf- 
 
 cunque infunt pulmones, illis duo ventriculi cordis, dexter 
 &linifter; & ubicunque dexter, ibi fmifter quoque ineft; 
 nbn e contra. Cum fpongiofi, rari & molles lint ipfis 
 pulmones, ad protrufionem fanguinis per ipfos vim tantam 
 non defiderant ; proinde in dextro ventriculo fibre, pau- 
 ciores & infirmiorts, nec ita carnofse, aut mufculos smu- 
 lantes: in finiftro vero funt robuftiores & plures, carno- 
 ftores & mufculofi ; quia fmifter ventriculus majori robore 
 & vi opus habet, quo per univerfum corpus longius fan- 
 gikinem profequi debet. Hinc etiam medium cordis poffi- 
 det, & triplo craffiorem parietem & robuftior eft finiller 
 ventriculus dextro. Hmc omnia animalia, etiam homines, 
 quo denfiori, duriori & folidiori habitu funt carnis, eo ma- 
 gis fibrofum, craffum, robuftum & mufculofum habent cor. 
 
 IQ, V^Ivul4rum fiiniliter ufumconfidera ; quae ideo faCia;, 
 e 4 'i' • . na 
 
% 
 
 Ixxii Progrefi of Phyjiology 
 
 the foie rules to guide his difquifitions. Thus 
 if it be plain, that Hippocrates and fome others 
 have known and declared, that there was both 
 a circulation and a perfpiration throughout the 
 body ; ’tis equally evident, from their writings, 
 that they neither knew' the antecedent caufes, 
 
 the 
 
 Circulatlo Harvlana. 
 
 ne femul emifius fanguis in cordis ventriculos regeratur. 
 Differentia ventriculorum incipit in robore, quia dexter 
 duntaxat per pulmones, finifter per totam corpus inipellit. 
 
 In aliquibus hominibus, torofis videlicet & durioris 
 
 habitus, dextram auiiculam ita robuftam, & cum hcertu- 
 lis & vario fibrarum contextu intius affabre concinnatam 
 reperi ; ut aliorum ventriculis robore videretur squipol- 
 Jere : & mirabar fane quod in hominibus diverus, tanta 
 
 effet differentia. Sed notandum, quod in foetu auriculae 
 
 longe majures, quam pro proporticne infunt j quia, ante- 
 quam cor fiat, aut fuam fundfionem praeflet, (ut ante de- 
 monftratum eft) cordis quafi officium fadunt. Primum, 
 dum foetus, quafi vermiculus mollis, ineft folum pundum 
 fanguirieum, five veficula pulDns, & urabilicalis venae por- 
 tio, ja principio vcl bafi dilatata ; pcftea cum foetus deli- 
 neatus, ifta vehca carnofior &; robuftior fada in auriculas 
 tranfit, fuper quas cordis corpus pullulare incipit, nondum 
 nllum ofHcium faciens publicum : formato veto fcstu, cum 
 jam diftinda olfd a carnibus font, S: perfeclum elf animal 
 & motu.m habere fentitur, turn cor quoque, intus pulfans 
 habetur, & (ut dixi} utroque ventriculo fanguinem e vena 
 
 cava in arteriam transfunoit. Sic natura divina, cor ad- 
 
 didit gradibus, tranuens per omnium animalium conftitutio- 
 nes ut ita dicam, ovum, vermem, fcetum, he. Arteriae in fua 
 tunicarum craftitie h robore tantum a venis difFerant, quia 
 fuifinent impetum impcilentis cordis & proruinpentis fan- 
 
 guinis. Hinc, cum natura perfeda nihil tacit fruffra, 
 
 & in omnibus he fufiiciens ; quanto arteriae propinquiores 
 cordi funt, tanto migis a venis in conftitutione dlfferunt, 
 A, robuUiores funt & iigamentofe magis ; in uitimis vero 
 dilTeminationibus ipUrum, ut manu, pede, cerebro, mefen- 
 terio, fper;iiaticis, ita conftitutione hm.les funt, ut oculari 
 tunicarum infpedione, alterum ab altero internofcerc diffi- 
 cile 
 
 J 
 
and of Medicine. Ixxlii 
 
 the modes of operation, nor the immediate 
 effedts of them j which, as Dr. Pitcairn has, in 
 his vindications, amply and elegantly proved, 
 make the eifential parts of every fcientifical dif- 
 covery. 
 
 §. XIX. The publication of Dr. Harvey’s 
 great difcovery to the world, foon excited a 
 
 fpirit 
 
 Circidatio Harviana. 
 
 cile fit. Hoc autem juftis de caufis fic fe habet ; nam quo 
 longius arterise diftant a corde, eo minore muito vi, i£tu 
 
 cordis per multum fpacium refrafto, percutiuntur. Ad- 
 
 de, quod cordis impulfus, cum in omnibus arteriarum, 
 truncis & ramulis fufficiens fanguini effe debeat, ad divifio- 
 nes finguias quafi partitus imminuitur ; adeo ut ultimae di- 
 viliones capillares arteriofe videantur venae, non folum 
 coniTitutione, led & officio & fenlibilem pulfum aut nullum 
 aut non femper edant, nili cum pulfat cor vehementius, 
 aut arteriola in quavis particula dilatata aut aperta magis 
 eft Inde fit ut in dentibus quandoque & tuberculis, quan- 
 doque in digitis fentire pulfum poffimus, quandoque non. 
 Unde puercs (quibus pulfus femper funt celeres & fre- 
 quentes) hoc uno figno febricitare certo obfervavi ; & fimi- 
 liter in tenellis & delicatulis, ex compreffione digitorunx, 
 quando febris in vigore eftet, facile ex pulfu digitorum 
 
 percipere potui. Ex altera parte, quando cor languidius 
 
 pulfat, non folum, non in digitis, fed nec in carpo aut 
 temporibus pulfum fentire contingit, ut in lipothymia, 
 hyftericis fymptomatibus, afphyxia, debilioribus & mori- 
 turis. Eodem modo in pulfuum fpeculatione ; cur vide- 
 
 licet ifti lethales, aut contra ; & in omnibus generibus, 
 ipforum caufas & prsfagia contemplando, quid ifti fignifi- 
 
 cent, quid hi, & quare. Simdlter in crifibus & expur- 
 
 gationibus naturae, in nutritione, praefertim diftributione, 
 
 alimenti, limiliter & omni fluxione. — Denique in omni 
 
 parte medicinae, Phyfiologica, Patholosica, Semeiotica, 
 Therapeutica, cum quot problemata determ'nari poffint 
 ex hac data veritaCe St luce ; quanta dubia foivi & quot ob- 
 fcura dilucidari, animo mecum reputo, campum invenio 
 fpatiofiffimum, ubi longius percurrere & latius expatiari 
 adeo polTum, ut non folurn in vokmien excrefceret, praeter 
 
 ‘ . inftitutum 
 
Ixxlv Progrefs of Phy/iokgy 
 
 fpirit of emulation, and employed all the Euro- 
 pean profelTors of anatomy, to trace the heps 
 thereof, both in living and dead fubjeds ; and 
 in both to examine all parts with more labour 
 and care than they were hitherto ufed to be- 
 flow : the confequences of which were, very 
 
 confi- 
 
 Clrculatlo Harviana. 
 
 inftitutum meum, hoc opus, fed mihi forfan vita ad finem 
 faciendum deficeret. 
 
 II. Quantum pulmones in textura & mollitie, ab ha- 
 bitu corporis & carnis recedunt, tantum difFert venje 
 arteriofae tunica, ab aortas. Semper base omnia ubique 
 proportionem fervant, in hominibus : quanto enim ma» 
 gis torofi, mufculofi & durioris fint habitus, & cor ha- 
 beant robuftum, craflum, denfum & fibrofum magis, 
 tanto auriculas & arterias proportionabiliter in omnibus, 
 craffitie & robore habent magis refpondentes. Hinc qui- 
 bus animalibus, leves ventriculi cordis intus funt, abfquc 
 villis aut valvulis, & pariete tenuiore (ut pifeibus, avibus, 
 feipemibus H quam pluribus generibus animalium) in illis 
 arteriae parum aut nihil a venis differunt in tunicarum 
 craflitie, Amplius, pulmones tarn ampla habent vafa, ve- 
 nam & arteriam, ut truncus arteriae excedat utrofque ra- 
 mos crurales & jugularts ; caufa ell, quia in pulmonibus 
 S: corde promptuarium, fons & thefaurus fanguinis & offi- 
 
 cina perfeftionis eft. Vita ig'ttur in fa7iguiuc conjijiit, (uti 
 
 etiam in facris nojlris legimus). Crebra enim (ut dixi) 
 vivorum dill'eiftione expertus fum, moriente jam animali, 
 nec amplius fpirante, cor tamen aliquandiu pulfare, vitam- 
 que in fe retincre. Q^uefeente autecn corde, motum vi- 
 deas ill apiiuilis fuperllitem, ac poftremb in auricula dex- 
 tra ; ib que tandem ceii^nte omni pulfatiope, in ipfo fan- 
 guine undulationem quandam, & obfeuram trepidationem, 
 five palpitationem (extremum vitas indicium) reperias. Et 
 cuilibet cernere eft, fanguinem ultimo calorem in fe retine- 
 re : quo iemel prorfus extin£lo, ut jam non amplius fan • 
 guis ell, fed crusr ; ita nulla poftliminio ad vitam revertendi 
 fpes rcliqua. At verd, turn in ovo, turn in moribundis 
 animalibus-, puftquam omnis pulfnio difparuit ; ft vel 
 pundo falienti, vd dextrie cordis auiicul^ levem fomitem 
 admo’. cris5 videbis illico^ motum, puliaiionem, ac vitam 
 
and of Medicine. Ixxr 
 
 confiderable anatomical difcoverles, of a lefler 
 order, by different profeffors, in all quarters of 
 Europe j according as each of them had chofen 
 particular provinces of the human body, to be 
 the proper objeds of their ftrider enquiries and 
 experiments. Injections of water, milk, ink, 
 
 &c. 
 
 Ctrculatlo Harviana. 
 
 a fanguine redintegrari ; modo is calorem omnem innatum, 
 
 fpiritumque vitalem baud penitus amiferit. ^ihus dare 
 
 conftat^ fangui-nem e£'e partem genitalem^ fontem vita^ pri^ 
 mum vivens & ultimo mortem, fedemque animae primarium ; 
 in quo (rai'quam in fonte) calor primo, & praecipue abun- 
 dat, viiietque ; & a quo reliqua omnes totius corporis partes 
 
 calore inpuente foventur, (sf vitam obtinent. Propterea^ 
 
 fanguis ubique in corpore reperitur ; nee ufpiam id acu 
 pungere, vel minimum Icalpere queas, quin fanguis ocyus 
 profluat'. tanquam, abfque eo foret, nec calor partibus, 
 nec vita fuperefiet, Ideoque, concentrate, fixoque leviter 
 fanguine ( Hippocrates, f nominavit) 
 
 veluti in lipotbymia, timore, frigore externo, & febrium 
 infulta contingit ; videas illico totiim corpus frigefeere, 
 torpere, & paliore livoreque perfufum languefcere : evo- 
 cato autem rurfus fanguine, per adhibita fomenta, exerci- 
 ■ tia, aut animi paffionts, (gaudium nempe, iramve) hui ? 
 quam fubito omnia calent denuo, florent, vigent, fplen- 
 dentque ? bine caulTas perfpicere liceat, non modo vitas, 
 in genere, fed longioris etiam, aut brevioris aevi; fomni, 
 vigiliarum, ingenii, roboris, &c. Nanque ejus tenuitate 
 (ait ibid. Ariji.) iA munditie, animalia fapientiora funt, 
 fenfumque mohiliorem obtinent : Semilitcr, vel timidiara, vel 
 animoja ; iracunda, iA furiofa evadunt ; prout fell, fanguis 
 torum vel diluius, vel filris multis crafijque refertus fuerit, 
 
 Nec vitae folum fanguis autor eft ; fed, pro ejus vario 
 
 diferimine, fanitacis etiam, morbonimque caufiae contin-’ 
 gunt. Qinnetiam venena, quae forinfecus nobis adveniunt 
 (ut i£ius venenati) nifi fanguinem inficerent, damnum nul- 
 lum afFerrent. Adeb nobis ex eodem fonte, vita & fanitas 
 profluunt. Si fanguis nimis eliquefcai (inquit Ariji.) agro- 
 tant. Namque in cruorem ferofuni abit adeb, ut quidam fu~ 
 4'irem cruer^ium etgfuddrint. — ■^Arijlttteles qupque, ut fan- 
 guinem 
 
Ixxvi Progrefs of Phyfiology 
 
 &c. were firft ufed to trace the veflels, by Eufta- 
 chio, Harvey, Highmore, Gllffon, Willis, Bartho- 
 lin, 5cc. which were afterwards changed for fuet, 
 or other hardening matters, by the ingenious 
 Swammerdam j from whom his friend Ruyfch 
 received them, and by their dexterous adminiftra- 
 
 tion, 
 
 Circulatlo Harvlana. 
 
 gulnem alendi gratia inftitutum putavitj ita eundem etiam, 
 veluti e partibus, comp .fitum cenfuit. Nempe ex craffi- 
 ore, h atra, quae in fundum pelvis, inter concrefcendum, 
 fubfidit : eaque pars illi dcterior habetur : Sanguis enim^ 
 inquit, fi integer eji^ n bely iff dulcis faporis ejl 5 Jedy ft vtl 
 tiaturd, vel mot bo ft vitiaiuSy atrior cernitur. Ex parte 
 etiam fibrosa, five fibris, conliare voluit ; iifeiue demptisy 
 (air) fanguis n^que concrejcity nequc fpijfatur. In fanguine 
 praeterea fanlem agnovit ; Sanies, inquit, fanguis incodius 
 ef\ aut quia nondum perc'>£iuSy out quid in feri modum di- 
 lutus fuerit. Atque hunc figidiorem efie, ait; fbras z\x- 
 
 tem partem fa^gulms terrenam elFe llatuit. Qiiapropter 
 
 fanguis varie tlifcrt pat : adeo ut quibufdam is fit ferofior, 
 tenuior, & quafi fanies, feu ichor ut in frigidioribus ; qui- 
 bufdam verb craffior, fibrofior, & terreftrior, &c. non- 
 nullis (vitiati fciL temperamcnti) fanguis atrior: aliis autem 
 jnuiidts, fincerus, & floridus, qualis prsecipue confpicitur. 
 ■— — Unde confiat, turn Medicos, turn Arifotehm, fangui- 
 nem ex parcbus & difierentiis quadantenus fimilibus con- 
 fiituere. Quippe priurquam coip >ris quifpiam vifu difcer- 
 nitur, fanguis j m genitus adtus eft, palpltatque (ut 
 Arifoiihsy ait) intra venas, pulfuquo funul quoqusverfum 
 movetur ■, fdufque otnmutn hurnorum fp 07 fus per tctum corpus 
 animaliun eft. Jemper, quandiu vita fervatur, fervet. 
 Q^iir.imo ex vario iplius motu, in celeritate aut tardi'ate, 
 vdrementia aut debilitate he. eum & irritantis injuriam, 
 h fuventis commodum perfentifeere. manifeftum eft. 
 Quippe fanguis, dum in corpore naturaliter fe habet, fimi* 
 laris ubique conftitutionis apparet. Quamprimum autem 
 extravafatur, caloremque naiivum exuit ; protinus, (ceu 
 difiimilai-e qu'ddarnl in diverfas partes abit. Partes porib 
 aiicC fibrofa; h denfiores (reliquarum vinculum:) alite fero- 
 fae, qutbus coagulatus thrombus innatare foiet. Atque in 
 
and of Medicine. Ixxvii 
 
 tion, with other artifices, acquired no fmall degrees 
 of profit, andextenfive reputation ; the magnifier 
 or microfcope, began alfo to be firfi; applied to 
 anatomy by Dr. Harvey and by the two laft 
 gentlemen. Dr. Harvey firfi: publifhed upon 
 the motion of the heart and blood, at Franc- 
 
 * See his obfervations on the heart of infefls. p. Ixx. fub £nem. 
 
 fort, 
 
 Circulatlo Harvtana. 
 
 hoc ferum, fanguis tandem fere totus degenerat. Partes 
 autem iftse non infant vivo fanguini, fed a morte foium 
 corrupto, & jam difl'oluto. Jn calidloribus & robuftis ho- 
 minibus alia fanguinis pars cernitur qu« ineo foras odu£lo 
 5c grumefcente fuperiorem locum occupans condenfatur, 
 5c gelatinem ex cornu cervino, feu mucaginem quandam, 
 aut albumen ovi craffius plane refert; locumque fupremum 
 
 in fanguinis difgregatione obtineat. Deinde in venre 
 
 feiSlione, fanguis hujufmodi profiliens (qui plurimus abundat 
 hominibus calidas temperaturae, robuftis, 5c torofis) lon- 
 giore filo impetuque vehementiore (tanquam e fiphone eli- 
 fus) exfilit: ideoque earn .calidiorem, 5c fpiritalem magis 
 judicamus ; quemadmodum 5c' genitura foecundior, fpirici- 
 bufque plenior aeftimatur ; quae longe, valideque ejicitur. 
 — — DifFere quoque plurimum hanc mugaginem, ab icho- 
 rofo Sc aquosa ilia fanguinis parte, quse (ceu reiiquis frigi- 
 dior) aquofa 5c faniofa pars, crudior magi'fque incodfa eft, 
 quam ut in puriorem & perfedliorem fanguinera tranfiere 
 polHt. Quin certum eft, non modb partem, illam, fed 
 5c univerfum fanguinem, in faniem ichorofam corrumpi 
 poffe. Pefolvuntur nempe in materiam, unde primo com- 
 ponebantur ; ut fal in lixivium, unde orus eft. Similiter 
 jn omni cachexia, fanguis emiflus copiofo fero abundat : 
 adeb, ut interdum vix quicquam grumofi appareat, fed 
 omnis fanguis una fanies videatur : ficut id leucophlegma- 
 tia experimur, 5c animalibus exfanguinibus naturale eft. 
 Virginibus cacheflicis, febrique alba laborantibus, ut reli - 
 quo earum corpori, itajecori etiam pallidusinhaeret color; 
 penurias fanguinis in corpore manifeftum indicium. — — 
 Dum autem aflero, vitam primo ac principaliter in fan- 
 guine refidere : nollem bine perperam concludi, omnem 
 phlebotomiam effe periculofam, aut noxiam : vel, cum 
 Vuigo, credi, quantum fanguinis detrahitur, tantundem ft- 
 
 mul 
 
Ixx^viii Progrefs of Phyfiology 
 
 fort, 1628; about which time, Afelli of Mi- 
 lan, alfo publi/hed his difcovery of the ladleals 
 in a dog. Pecquet of Paris, wrote on the re- 
 ceptacle and dud: of the chyle (1651.), that 
 had been defcribed before him by Eufta- 
 chio. Bills and Jollif efpied the lymphatic 
 
 veffels 
 
 Clrculatia Harviana. 
 
 mul vitse decedere ; quod facrse paginae, vltam la fanguinC 
 cOnftituerint. Quotidiana enim experientia notutn eff, 
 fanguinis miffionem effe plurimorum morborum falutare 
 auxilium, & inter remedia univerfalia prsecipuum : utpote 
 ejus vitium, vel abundantia, maximam morborum cater- 
 vam conftituat ; & oportuna evacuatio, a morbis pericu- 
 lofrffimis, morteque adeo ipsa faeae liberet. Quantum 
 cnim fanguinis ex arte detrahitur, tantundem vitae ac falu- 
 
 tis additur. Id ipfum nos Natura docuit, quam Medici 
 
 fibi imitandam proponunt : haec enim, larga & critica eva- 
 cuatione per nares, menftrua, aut hsemorrhoidas, afFedlus 
 faepe graviffimos tollit. Ideoque adolefcentes, qui pleniore 
 viftu utuntur, vitamque ii\ otio tranfigunt, nifi circa de- 
 cimum oclavum, aut vicefimum aetatis annum (quo tem- 
 pore fanguinis copia, una cum corporis incremento accu- 
 mulari folet) aut fpontaneo per nares, vel loca inferiora 
 effluvio ; aut aperta vena, a fanguinis onere liberentur > 
 plerunque febribus, variolis, capitis doloribus, aliifque mor- 
 bis & fymptomatis gravioribus periculofiflame aegrotanf. 
 Quod refpicientes Vetcrinarii^ omnem fere jumentorum 
 medelam a venae feflione aufpicantur. Ultimo jam ex- 
 perimentum hoc admirabile (unde cor ipfum, membrum 
 icilicet principialiflimum, vix fenfile appareat) non retice- 
 
 bimus. Nobiliffimus Adolefcens, & illuftriflimi Vice- 
 
 comitis de Montegonuro in Hibernia filius primogenitus, 
 cum adhuc puer effet, ingens ex inlperato lapfu nadlus eft 
 infortunium ; coftarum nempc fmiftri lateris fra£l:uram. 
 Abfcefius fuppuratus, magnam tabi quantitatcm profudit ; 
 faniefque diu e cavitate amplilTima manavit : uti ipfe mihi, 
 aliifque (qui aderant) fide digni narrarunt. Is circa annum 
 setatis fure decirruim odfavum, aut decimum nonum, per 
 Galliam & Italiam peregrinabatur ; indeque Londinum ap- 
 puiit. Interea vcro perampluni hiatum in peclore aper- 
 
 tuta 
 
and of Medicine. Ixxi.t 
 
 veflels (1650.); which had been tranfiently 
 feen upon the liver before them, by Afelli. 
 Wharton (1656.), Steno (1662.), and Nuck 
 (1690.), dived into the glandules in general. 
 Swammerdam (1664.), and de Graaf (1668.), 
 ixamined the parts of generation } Harvey 
 
 ' (1651.), 
 
 Ctrculatio Harvlana. 
 
 turn geftabat; adeo, ut pulmones (uti credbum eft) in eo 
 cerncre, ac tangere liceret. Id cum fereniffimo Regi Ca~ 
 rolo, ceu miraculum, nunciaretur ; me ftatim, ut quid rei 
 eflet perfpicerem, ad Adolefcentem mifit. Quid faiftum ? 
 Cum primum accederem, videremque juvenem vegetum, 
 & afpeflu quoque, habituque corporis laudabili praeditum ; 
 aliquid fecus, atque oportuit, nunciatum arbitrabar. Prse- 
 mifsa autem, ut mos eft, falutatione debita, expofita- 
 que ex mandata Regis eum adeundi caufsa; omnia illico 
 patefecit, nudamque lateris finiftri partem mihi aperult ; 
 ablata fcil lamelli, quam tutelae gratia adversus idlus, 
 aliafque injurias externas, geftabat. Vidi protinus ingen- 
 tem peftoris cavitatem, in quam facile tres meos prio- 
 res digitos, una cum pollice immitterem : fimulque in pri- 
 mo ejus ingreflii partem quandam carnofam protuberantem, 
 reciprocdqueextrorfum introrfumque motu agitatam depre- 
 hendi, manuque caute tradavi. Attonitus rei novitate, 
 iterum iterumque exploro omnia ; &, cum diligenter fatis 
 inveftigata eflent ; certum eram, ulcus antiquum & peram- 
 plum (citra Medici periti auxilium) miraculi inftar, ad fani- 
 tatem perdudtum effe, parteque interiore membrana vefti- 
 tum, & per marginis ambitum firma cute munitum. Par- 
 tem autem carnofam (quam ego primo intuitu, carnem 
 aliquam luxuriantem credideram, aliique omnes pulmonis 
 partem judicabanr) ex pulfu, ejufque differentiis, feu rhyth- 
 mo, (utrifque manibus carpo & cordi fimul admotis) & ex 
 refpirationis collatione plane perfpexi, non pulmonis lobum 
 aliquem, fed cordis conum efle ; quern caro fungofa ex- 
 (trefcens (ut in fordidis ulceribus fieri folet) exterius, muni- 
 minis inftar, obtegebat. Concamerationem iftam, a fub- 
 nafcentibiis ford. bus Adolefcentis famulus injeftionibus te- 
 pidis quotidie liberabat, laminamque itnponebat; quofafto, 
 herus fanus, & ad quselibet exercitia ac itinera promptus, 
 
 tuto 5c. jucunde vitam degebat, Refponfi vice.igitur. 
 
 Ado- 
 
Ixxx Progrefs of Phyfwhgy 
 
 (1651.), Needham (1666.), Hoboken (i669.)> 
 and Kerkring (167c,), the foetus, and itsapper- 
 tinents. Gliffon illuftrated the liver ( 1654.) j 
 Verfung (1643.), and de Graaf (1664.), the 
 pancreas; Ruyfch (1665.), the fpleen and 
 lymphatics; Willis ( 1664.), Vieufens (1685.), 
 and Ridley (1695.), the brain and nerves, while 
 Ruyfch went on with the blood-veffels. Willis 
 (1673.'!, and Peyer ('1677.), fcrutinized the 
 ftomach and guts; Bellini (1662.), and Mal- 
 pighi (1666.) the kidneys; Borelli, and Lower 
 (1669.), the heart; Highmore (1651), Schnei- 
 der (1655.), and Cowper (1698.), the inner 
 nares ; Briggs, the eye (1685.), and Duverney 
 (1683.), the organs of hearing, &c. all which, 
 with lefler difcoveries and obfervations, you 
 will find worked up into the fyftems of the lafl 
 age, recommended at §. XIII. although, as we 
 have before obferved (§.XVL), you will perceive 
 a great many of thofe fuppofed newdifcoveries, al- 
 ready anticipated above an age before, by the great 
 
 prince 
 
 Ciyculatio Harviana. 
 
 Adolefcentem ipfum ad fereniffimum Regem deduxi ; ut 
 fcm admirabiiem & fingularem, propriisiple manibus iradta- 
 ret, atque oculis intueretur : nempe, in homine vivente & 
 vegeto, citra ullam oft'enfam, cor fefe vibrans, ventricu- 
 lofque ejus puifantes videret, ac manu tangeret. Faftumque 
 eft, ut fereniffimus Rex, una mecum, cor fenfu raftus pri- 
 vatum effe agnofceret. Q^iippe adolefcens, nos ipfum tan- 
 gere (nifi v;fu, aut cutis exterloris fenfatione) neutiquam 
 
 jntciligebat. Simul, cordis ipfius motum obfervavimus ; 
 
 nempe, illud in diaitole introrfum fubduci & rctrahi ; in 
 fvftolc veto, emergere denuo 6c retrudi : herique in corde 
 fvdoien, qqo tempore diaftole in carpo percipiebatur ; at- 
 que proprmiti cordis motum & fundtionem, efle fyftolen : 
 denique, Cor tunc pecftus ferirc, 6^; prominulum efie ; cum 
 cng'tor furfuni, 6c in fe contrahicur. 
 
and of Medicine. Ixxxi 
 
 prince of anatomifts, Euilachio. See §. XVL 
 foregoing. 
 
 §. XX. Thofe who defire to be ftili better 
 critics in the anatomy and phyfioiogy of the 
 prefent day, beyond the lengths which our pre- 
 fent Compendium will conduct them, may 
 confult our learned anatomifi:, Dr. Halier’s notes 
 on Boerhaave j for the lake of form, thofe re- 
 printed at Venice, 4m. feven vol. 1)44. & fea. 
 to which add the eight fupplementaj volumes of 
 Theles, intended to fupply tlaeir cerects, lately 
 imported by Mr. Nourle. in the Strand. The 
 learned AdveiTaria and Epiftles of that great or- 
 nament to anatomy, and to all Italy. Morgag- 
 ni ; the improved fyftem of Winflow, that is 
 daily expedfed from under the care of Dr. 
 Aftruc : the works of Albinus ane’ R.uyfch, &c. 
 The principal writers from Elippocr tes to Har- 
 vey may be briefly furvcAcd in the Blbliogra- 
 phia '■'^natomica of Dr. Douglas. Lug. Bat 1727. 
 L. Keifleri. ^ Compend Anaf. Amfl. 1750. 
 For figures, thofe of EuftaebJo, explained by 
 Albinus, Leids, 1-744. Thofe pompous tables, 
 wb:Cn are by fome afcribed to "wammerdam, 
 firfi; publifljed with a bad explanation, by Dr. 
 Bidio and afterwards with a better, by Mr. 
 Cowper, are fo flnelly defigned, by Lairefle, 
 and engraved by Van Gunfl:, that the fair co- 
 pies of them will hardly ever fail of efteem, 
 although they fall very flaort of anatomical 
 truth. Many of the figures are inv'erced, fa 
 
 * See alfo his Oratio de incrementis anatomise in hoc 
 fevuh XVIIi. and Geor; ii Frankii Bona nova "anatomica 
 ■rib i’eculi inventa, 4to Heidelb. &c. • f ^ 
 
 \ ,Yol. I, f . that 
 
Ixxxli Progrefs of Phyfiohgj 
 
 that you cannot fee them rightly, but by look- 
 ing at them in mirror ; as thole of the heart 
 and lungs, tab. 22. and 24. alfo of the liver, 
 tab. 37. The figures, no lefs than the vafcu- 
 lar and nervous ftrudture of the vifcera, are 
 often very vvide of nature ; fometimes fupplied 
 from fancy, and bad preternatural figures. But 
 the mufcles are fine, ftrong, and lively j the 
 general fituations of the vifcera, in the venters, 
 well reprefented, and the bones are no lefs 
 beautiful : only as the mufcles are fadly difledt- 
 ed or prepared, for the draughts, fo the bones 
 are copied from bad fpecimens, fuch as are too 
 fmooth, young, female, or unexercifed, yield- 
 ing no juft ideas of the afperities, by which 
 the mufcles are inferted into them. — Thofe, on 
 the contrary, which have been given us by the 
 great Euftachio of our age, Albinus, are every 
 way finifhed to perfedlion, fo as to reprefent 
 even the very diabits of the foetal and adult 
 bones and mufcles, as in a painting : and thofe 
 figures of the vifcera, that are now publifhing 
 in numbers, by a very learned anatomift, au- 
 thor of this treatife. Dr. Haller, at Gottingen, 
 in Germany, are equally finiftied and praife- 
 worthy ; as are alfo the plates of the gravid • 
 womb, now in the prefs, by the ingenious Mr. 
 Hunter. The mufcular fyftem, printed in co- 
 lours at Paris, by M. Gautier, 1745. & feq. 
 fall very fliort of thofe that were publiftied by 
 CoLircelles, (icones mufculorum Capitis Leidae, 
 J743.), which fliow us that Le Blond’s art of 
 printing things to the life by a due mixture of 
 tile primitive colours, red, blue and yellow, may 
 
 both- 
 
and of Medicine. Ixxxiii 
 
 both elegantly and ufefully be applied to anato- 
 my j as Dr. Martin of Chelfea, has formerly 
 fhown us in Botany. Thofe who defire truth 
 .and cheapnefs together, can purchafe no fet of 
 anatomical figures, equal to thofe of Euftachio 
 and Albinus, lately publifhed by MefiT. Knap- 
 tons, in Ludgate-ftreet ; but bad figures, like 
 bad habits in mufic or other fciences, ought 
 carefully to be fliuned by all learners in anato- 
 my, as they corrupt the ideas, or fix imprefiions 
 that are afterwards not eafily corredled, but 
 from viewing nature herfelf, under a good pro- 
 fefibr. 
 
w "/"''-. . ' ■ ■ ■ ’r.ij: • , ■ 
 
 ^ ^ -y. . 
 
 ■' , - , ' ' ■ ■ ■ 
 
 -r.?-- i ;■.' ,, ... . - 
 
 ■V' ■"' ’ ' ■ ■..■-■r-iB’ IS; . ; 
 
 » * ' , -r* ■ • ^ * 
 
 ’v\. [y.iiy. •' I K' '■' .:5r,'„0^ ; j': •-■ 
 
PHYSIOLOGIA; 
 
 O R, A 
 
 COURSE of LECTURES 
 
 O N T H E 
 
 Vl scERAL Anatomy and Living 
 Oeconomy of the Human Body, &c. 
 
 LECTURE XIV. 
 
 Of the fenfe of touch and feeling. . 
 
 §. 421. ^“W" H E other ufe and office of 
 g the brain andnerves (§.401.) 
 
 K befides motion is to 
 
 that is, to fuffer a change 
 from the adtions or impreffions of external 
 bodies, and thereby excite other correfponding 
 changes or reprefentations in the mind. We 
 ffial], therefore, firft lead our examination to 
 each of the fenfes in particular, and then con- 
 fider, what is common to all of then7 j with 
 VoL. II. ‘ B the 
 
2 
 
 ^enfe of T’ouch, &c. 
 
 the changes which follow from thence in the 
 common fenfory and in the mind. 
 
 §. 422. The fenfe of touch is underflood in 
 a twofold manner ; for, by this term, in gene- 
 ral, we call all changes of the nerves, arifing from 
 heat, cold, roughnefs, fmoothnefs, weight, 
 moiflure, drynefs, or other affedlions of exter- 
 nal bodies, in Vv^hatever part or organ they are 
 applied, to caufe a change. In this fenfe, 
 the touch or feeling is afcribed to almofl all 
 parts of the human body, to fome more, to 
 others lefs ; for thus even pain, pleafure, hun- 
 ger, third, anguidi, itching, and the other 
 fenfations belong to the fenfe of feeling. 
 
 §. 423. But, in a fomewhat different and 
 more proper acceptation, the fenfe of touch is 
 faid to be the change arifing in the mind from 
 external bodies, applied to the fkin, more efpe- 
 cially at the ends of the fingers. For, by the 
 fingers, we more accurately diftinguifh the tan- 
 gible qualities of things than by other parts of 
 our body. 
 
 424 Indeed, this fenfe does not eafily 
 diftinguifh any particles by the fkin, which it 
 does not touch ; but lince the touch is 
 niore peculiarly afcribed to the cutaneous pa- 
 pilla3, therefore the ftrudlure of the flcin is to 
 b6 firft defcribed. That part then, which is 
 called the true Jkin^ is compofed of a thick 
 cellular network, whofe fibres and plates are 
 clofely compadled and interwove together in an 
 intricate manner, which renders it porous, and 
 capable of contradling or dilating. Within 
 "this fubftance run many fmall arteries, which 
 3 come 
 
Senfe of 'Touchy &c. 3 
 
 come from the fubcutaneous ones, which* 
 though neither large nor of a very great length* 
 are yet numerous in fome parts of the Ikin, 
 which look red as in the cheeks 5 but in other 
 parts of the flcin, they are fewer in number. 
 But the veins of this part arife in great num- 
 bers from the fubcutaneous network, and the 
 nerves likewife in the dcin are very numerous, 
 but they vaniih or difappear fo faddenly, that it 
 is very difficult to trace the ultimate extremi- 
 ties of' them. Betwixt the fkin and mufcles 
 is placed the cellular fabric, in mofb parts reple- 
 niffied with fat, but in fgme, as the penis, red 
 part of the lips, &c. it is empty or de- 
 ftitute of fat. There are very few parts in the 
 bo'dy of man, where the ficin is immediately 
 joined to the mufcular fibres, without any re- 
 paration by fat or cellular fubflance j but we 
 have an instance of this in the forehead and 
 upon the ears; and though the dartes of the 
 tefticle has no mufcular fibres, it is not with- 
 out the cellular fubftance. There are fome 
 places, indeed, where tendinous fibres are in- 
 lerted into the fkin, as in the neck, in the 
 palms of the hands, and foies of the feet. 
 
 §. 425. Throughout the whole furface of the 
 ficin in mofl; parts of the body, but with fome 
 difficulty, you will find it to have a rough ap- 
 pearance after the cuticle is taken off ; but in 
 the human body, thefe are fo obtufe, that un- 
 lefs you underftand them to he very minute gra- 
 nulations, they are raifed hardly any vifible 
 height above the fxin ; but in the ends of the 
 fingers, there are larger round papillc? feated in 
 B 2 cavities 
 
4 ^enfe of I’ouch, See. 
 
 cavities of the cuticle, and receiving nerves 
 very diflicultly feen ; namely, a little mount or 
 protuberance formed of fmall vefTels, with one 
 or more fmall nerves wrapt up together in the 
 cellular fubflance. Thefe, in the lips and 
 glans penis, after long maceration, appear vil- 
 lous or down-like, and are feen moft evidently 
 of all in the tongue, from the fabric of which, 
 we conclude, by analogy, with refpedl to the 
 other cutaneous papillae. 
 
 §. 426. Over the furface of the fldn Is placed 
 another covering, which is not fo liable to be 
 injured by the air, and which coheres with the 
 fubjacent fkin, by an infinite number of fmall 
 bloodlefs vefiels, and by hairs which pafs 
 through its fubflance. The outer furface of 
 this covering, of an horny fabric, is dry, infen- 
 fible, and not fubjedt to putrefadlion ; but being 
 deftitute of vefiels and nerves, it appears in a 
 particular manner wrinkled and fcaly. This is 
 called the epidermis or cuticle^ which is perfo- 
 rated by an infinite number of pores, fome 
 larger for the fweat, and others fmaller for the 
 perfpirable vapours, out of whofe dudls, ex- 
 panded and cemented by the interpofition of a 
 condenfed glue, the fubflance of the cuticle is 
 probably compofed. By prefihre or burning, 
 the cuticle grows thicker, by the addition of 
 new plates or fcales, formed betwixt the fkin 
 and thofe which lie outermofl ; and this is 
 called a callus. But even naturally, in blacks, 
 the cuticle has tw^o diftindl plates. 
 
 §. iizy. The inner furface of the cuticle is 
 snore foft and like a pulp, fomewhat like an 
 
 half 
 
Senfe of Touchy &c. ^ 
 
 half fluid or a concreted mucus ; whence, by 
 macerating fome time in water, it feparates 
 from the former, eafily in blacks and tawny 
 moors, but more diflicultly in Europeans or 
 white people j for the feparation follows in that 
 part, where they differ in colour, as we alfo 
 fee in the palate of brutes. This furface of 
 the cuticle lies incumbent on the fldn itfelf, 
 whofe papillae, in thofe parts Vv^here they are 
 to be found, are received into the foft cuticular 
 alveoli or fockets. This is commonly called 
 rete Malpihgiamitny although it be certain, there 
 are no perforations viflble through it, like thofe 
 of a fleve. 
 
 §. 428. That this reticular body is compofed 
 of a humour, tranfuding from the furface of 
 the true fldn, feems very probable. As to the 
 fabric of the cuticle itfelf, it is obfcure ; for 
 fince it is both call; off, or regenerated, infen- 
 fible, and deftitute of veffels, it does not feem 
 to belong to the organical parts of the body. 
 Whether or no it be the outer part of the Mal- 
 pighian mucus (§. 427.) coagulated and con- 
 denfed by the air and by preffure, after being 
 perforated with a number of exhaling and in- 
 haling dudls, the mouths of which are ce- 
 mented together by the interpofed condenfed 
 glue ? and whether or no we are not perfuaded 
 to this opinion by. the mucous expanflon upon 
 the membrane of the tympanum i to which, 
 add, the diflblution of it in water, obferved by 
 the more eminent anatomifls ; [which experi- 
 ment is by others denied in the cuticle of 
 blacks.] 
 
 B 3 §• 249- 
 
6 Senfe of 7 ’ouchy See. 
 
 § 429. Moreover, to the hiftory of the 
 fkin, belong the febaceous glandules, both 
 limpleand compound (§. 202 to 205 ), which 
 are feated in many places under the fkin in the 
 cellular fabric ; from whence perforating the 
 fkin by their excretory du6t, they pour out a 
 foft half fluid liniment, to oil the cuticle, of an 
 harder conflftence in the face, but more oily 
 in the groins and arm-pits, v/ith which the 
 fkin being anointed, flflnes and is defended 
 both from the air and outward attrition ; and 
 from thefe the hairs frequently arife. They 
 are found feated in all parts ot the body, that 
 are under a needhty of being more imme- 
 diately expofed to the air, as in the face, where 
 there are a great number of the compound 
 fort, or wherever the fkin is liable to any 
 great attrition, as in the arm-pits, nipples, 
 groins, glans penis, nympha?, anus, hams, 
 &c. where they moftly fend out hairs. If it be 
 aiked, whether thefe follicles are feated in all 
 parts of the fldn r we anfwer. that although 
 andomy "does not eVery where demonffrate 
 them, yet it feems probable, that they are in 
 no part abfent, as may appear fi'om the fordes 
 or raucous filth coHedled about the whole fur- 
 face of the body, feemingly of the febaceous 
 kind. But there is another fort of liniment 
 or oily ointment poured out upon the ikin 
 from the fat itfelf, by its particular pores, with- 
 out the intervention of glands (§. 202.) ; and 
 this more efpecially, where the ikin is clothed 
 with hair, as in the fcalp. 
 
 §• 430- 
 
Senfe of Touchy &c. 7 
 
 §. 430. Again, both the hair and nails are 
 appendages to the fkin. The former are fcattered 
 almoft over the v/hole furface of the body, in 
 moll parts Ihort and foft, but longer upon the 
 head, mouth, cheeks and chin, with the bread 
 in men j alfo upon the fore-part of the limbs, 
 in the arm-pits, groins and pubes. Of thefe, 
 the fhorter grow out of the fkin, but the longer 
 arife with a bulbous root, which is membra- 
 nous, fenlible and vafcular, feated in the cel- 
 lular fubllance beneath the fkin, wherein the 
 medullary and particular coloured bulb or root 
 is contained. The covering of this root or bulb, 
 filled with a pulp, palfes out in a cylindrical 
 figure through a pore, or opening of the fkin to 
 the cuticle, which is extended along with it, 
 fo as to form a capfule to the hair itfelf, which, 
 by this means, is rendered permanent and in- 
 corruptible 3 but beyond the furface of the cu- 
 ticle, the covering of the hair is not demon- 
 flrable, though the fpungy and cdllular matter 
 be continued through the whole length of, the 
 hair. The hairs grow naturally in the cellular 
 fubflance under the fiein, but, by difeafe, they 
 are fometimes formed within the fat of other 
 parts. They grow continually, and are re- 
 newed again, after being cut by a protrufion 
 of their medullary fubllance from the fkin 
 outward, under a produdtion of the cuticle. 
 When the hairs are defiit'ute of this medulla 
 in old people, they dry up, fplit, and fail olf. 
 From the faid medulla, the hairs alfo receive 
 or change their colour. They feem to per- 
 fpire through their extremities, and pofhblv 
 B 4 through- 
 
S Senfe of Touch, &c. 
 
 throughout their whole furface, as we may 
 conclude from the conftant force of protrufion 
 in their medulla, which, in the plica polonica, 
 wants a boundary to terminate it. [To which 
 add, the luminous ftreaks or rays that come 
 out from the hairs of an animal eledlrified. 
 The fubcutanous fat or oil feems to follow and 
 tranfude through the medullary tradt and pores 
 of the hairs.] 
 
 431. The nails are of the nature and fa- 
 bric of the cuticle, like which they are alfo 
 infenhble and renewable, after being cut or 
 fallen off. They are found placed upon the 
 backs of the ends of the fingers and toes, 
 which they fupport to make a due refiftance in 
 the apprehenfion of objedts, having the ner- 
 vous papillary bodies, that ferve the organ of 
 touch, placed under their lower furface. They 
 arife with a fquare root, intermixed with the 
 periofieum, a little before the lafi; joints, from 
 betwixt the outer and inner firatum of the 
 fkin, and pafling on foft, go out by a lunar 
 cleft in the external plate of the jlcin, where 
 the cuticle returns back, and enters into a clofe 
 adhefion with the root of the nail, together 
 with which it is extended forward as an outer 
 covering. [The nail itfelf is of a foft tender 
 fabric where it firfi: arifes, partly covered by 
 the fkin ; but, by age and contadl with the air, 
 it, in time, hardens into a folid, horny, and 
 elafiic body, compofed of long hair-like threads, 
 cemented together by interpofed glue, and di- 
 fiinguifliable from each other by intervening 
 .C^ki or furrows, by which one may be able to 
 
 fplit 
 
Senfe of Touch, &c. 9 
 
 fplit them into a number of lefler orders. 
 The nail thus formed extends itfelf to the ex- 
 tremity of the finger, and is in this tradt lined all 
 along internally within its concave furface, by 
 an expanfion of the true Ikin, and fubjacent pe- 
 riofteum intermixed, the filaments of which 
 arife firfl: fiiort, and are afterwards continued 
 of a greater length, ’till they become longefi: 
 of all at the extremity of the nail to which 
 they cohere. Thefe are mofi; intimately con- 
 nefted into the root of the nail. Over or 
 upon the outer furface of the nail, home part 
 of the Ikin is again folded, but at liberty and 
 diftindt about it. The tendons, however, do 
 not reach quite fo far as the nail.] 
 
 §. 432. The cellular fubftance is without 
 fat only in a few places, to allow a necefiary 
 motion to the Ikin. Where it is replenllhed 
 with it, ferves to defend the warmth of inter- 
 nal parts from the cold air, to render the ikin 
 moveable upon the mufcles, to fill up the ca- 
 vities betwixt the mufcles themfelves, and to 
 render the whole body white and uniform. 
 The fidn, cuticle, and its Malpighian mucus, 
 ferve not only to limit the external bounds of 
 the body every where, but likewife v/here 
 they feem to be perforated, paifing inward they 
 desenerate bv degrees. For the cuticle is ma- 
 nifeftly extended into the anus, urethra, va- 
 gina, cornea of the eye, auditory pafiage, 
 mouth and tongue, nor is it wanting even iri 
 the ftomach itfelf and inteftines, although, by 
 the perpetual warmth and'moifture, its fabric 
 be altered, and extended or relaxed into their 
 
 villous 
 
10 
 
 Senfe of Touch, &c.' 
 
 villous covering. Thus the true fkin is con- 
 tinued into the internal fabric of the palate, 
 tongue, .pharynx, noftrils, vagina, &c. where 
 it degenerates always into a white, thick, pul- 
 py, commonly called nervous coat of thofe 
 parts. 
 
 §.433. What has been hitherto advanced, 
 is fufficient to enable us to underhand the na- 
 ture of touch. The papilla, feated in the 
 larger winding ridges at the ends of the fingers, 
 regularly difpofed in fpiral folds, are, by the 
 attention of the mind, a little raifed or ereded, 
 as appears from frights or fliiverings, as we fee 
 in the nipples of women, in the handling of 
 tangible objeds, and by light fridion, where- 
 by, receiving the impreflicn of the objed into 
 their nervous fabric, it is thence conveyed, by 
 the trunks of the nerves, to the brain. This 
 is what we call the touch, wherebv we become 
 fenfible chiefly of the roughnefs of objedts, in 
 which fome perlons have fo fharp a ienfation, 
 that they have been known to dillinguifli co- 
 lours, by touching the furface only. Ey this 
 fenfation we perceive heat, when it exceeds in 
 bodies the heat of our fingers; and weight 
 likewife, when it preffes mere than is ufual. 
 Humidity we judge of by the prefence of wa- 
 ter, 'and a foftnefs or y eliding of the objed ; 
 hardnefs from a yeilding of the finger ; figure 
 from the limits or rough circuraferibed furface j 
 diflance from a rude calculation or dtimate 
 made by experience, to which the length of 
 the arm ferves as a meafure ; fo the touch lerves 
 to corred the miflakes of our other fenfes. 
 
 §■ 434 - 
 
n 
 
 Senfe of T^ouchy &c. 
 
 §. 434. The mucous body of Malplghius 
 moderates the adtion of the tadlile objedt, and 
 preferves the foftnefs and found ftate of the pa- 
 pillae. The cuticle excludes the air from wi- 
 thering and deftroyihg the fKin, qualifies the 
 impreffions of bodies, fo that they may be only 
 fufficient to affedt the touch, without caufing 
 pain; and therefore, when it is become too 
 thick by ufe, the fenfe of feeling is either loft 
 or leffened ; but if it be too thin and foft, the 
 touch becomes painful. The hairs ferve to de- 
 fend the cuticle from abrafion, to preferve and 
 increafe the heat, to cover and conceal fome 
 parts, and render the membranes of others ir- 
 ritable, which nature reouired to be o-uarded 
 from the entrance of infedis; and perhaps they 
 may ferve to exhale fome ufelefs vapours. The 
 nails ferve to guard the touch, that the papillae 
 and ends of the fingers may not be bent back 
 by the refiftance of tangible objedls : at the 
 fame time they increafe the power of apprehen- 
 fion, and affift in the handling minute objedls. 
 In brute animals they generally ferve as wea- 
 pons of offence, and might be of the fame ufe 
 to man, if they w’ere not cut off. 
 
 §. 435. But thefe are not all the ufes of the 
 fidn, for one moft important office of that in- 
 ftrument, is to perfpire or exhale from the bo- 
 dy a large quantity of humours and other mat- 
 ters, to be carried off by the air. Accordingly, 
 the whole furface of the Ikin fweats out a va- 
 pour, by an infinite number of fmall arteries, 
 either coiled up into papillae, or fpread on the 
 fkin itfelf, v/hich pafs oat, and exhale through 
 
 cor- 
 
12 Senfe of T’ouch^ &c. 
 
 correfponding pores of the cuticle; although 
 the courfe or diredtion of the veffels which pour 
 out this vapour be changed in paffing from the 
 fkin to the cuticle. Thefe exhaling veflels or 
 arteries, are eafily demonflrated, by an injedtion 
 of water or filh glue into the arteries ; for then 
 they fweat out from all parts of the fldn an in- 
 finite number of fmall drops, which being 
 transfufed under the cuticle, rendered impervi- 
 ous by death, raife it up into a blifler. 
 
 §. 436. In a living perfon this exhalation is 
 many ways demonftrable. A clean looking- 
 glafs, placed againft the warm and naked fkin, 
 is quickly obfcured by the moift vapour. In 
 fubterraneous caverns, where the air is more 
 dcnfe, it more plainly goes off into the air, 
 from the whole furface of the body, in the form 
 of a vifible and thick cloud. 
 
 §. 437. Whenever the motion of the blood 
 is increased, while at the fame time the fkin is 
 hot and relaxed, the fmall cutaneous pores, in- 
 flead of an invifible vapour, difcharge fweat ^ 
 confining of minute, but vifible drops, which 
 run together into larger drops, by joining with 
 others of the fame kind. But thofe parts 
 chiefly are fubjedt to fweat which are hotted: ; 
 that is to fay, where the fubcutaneous arteries 
 are largeft, and have a greater adlion from 
 their reflflance, as in the head, bread:, and fold- 
 ings of the fkin. The experiment before men- 
 tioned (§. 435.) together with the fimplicity of 
 nature herfelf, joining with the vifible thicknefs 
 or cloiidinefs of the cutaneous, and pulmonary 
 exhalation (§. 436.) fufliciently perfuades us. 
 
Se 7 ife of ‘Touchy &c. 13 
 
 that the perfpirable matter and fweat, are dlf- 
 charged through one and the fame kind of vef- 
 felsj and differ only by the quantity and celerity 
 of the matter ; but together with the fweat is 
 intermixt the febaceous humour of the glands 
 (§. 427.) and the fubcutaneous oil, which be- 
 ing more plentifully fecreted, and diluted with 
 the arterial juice, flows out of an oily and yel- 
 low confiftence 3 and chiefly gives that fmell 
 and colour to the fweat for which it is re- 
 markable. Hence we find it more foetid in the 
 armpits, groins, and other parts, where thofe 
 glandules are moft numerous or abundant. 
 
 §. 438. Concerning the nature of perfpira- 
 tioriy we are to enquire by experiments, and by 
 analogy, with the pulmonary exhalation, which 
 more frequently and abundantly perfpires a va- 
 porous cloud of the fame kind, more efpeclally 
 vlfible in a cold air. That what flies off from 
 the body in this exhalation is chiefly water, ap- 
 pears from experiments, by which the breath 
 being condenfed in large veffels, forms or ga- 
 thers into watery drops. Agreeable with this, 
 we find the obfcuring vapour condenfed by a 
 looking-glafs, to be extremely fubtle, fo as 
 wholly to fly off again from It ; and the fame 
 is confirmed by the obfi:ru6ted matter of per- 
 fpiration paffmg off by urine, or frequentlv 
 changing into a diarrhoea j and from the eafy 
 paffage of warm liquors in the form of perfpi- 
 ration, by a hot air ; or elfe by the urinary paf- 
 fages in a cold air. The water of thefe vapours 
 is chiefly from what we drink, but is in part 
 
 fupplied 
 
14 Senfe of Touchy See. 
 
 fupplied from the inhalation of the fkin. Fre- 
 quently, even the particular fmell of the ali- 
 ments may be plainly perceived in the perfpi- 
 ration. 
 
 §. 439. But that there are befides water fome 
 volatile particles intermixt, of an alcaline na- 
 ture, is evident, as well from the nature of our 
 blood, with the Ikilful diftindion which dogs 
 make of their mafters by the feent, and the 
 coniiderable mifehiefs which evidently follow 
 in acute difeafes from a retained perfpiration ; 
 how frequently does it turn inwards, fo as to 
 caufe a palenefs of the urine, or elfe corrupt the 
 air externally, and fpoil it for refpiration ? This 
 volatile alcaline matter arifes from the 4 iner par- 
 ticles of the blood, attenuated by perpetual heat 
 and triture, and changed into an acrimonious 
 nature. Thcfe afford the feent, which is clofe- 
 ly followed by dogs ; and thefe form the elec-= 
 trie atmofphere, which is frequently feen lumi- 
 nous about men and other animals. 
 
 §. 440. The quantity of our perfpiring moif- 
 ture, is very large, whether we confider the 
 extent of the organ, by which it is feparated, 
 the abundance of vapours derived from the 
 . lungs only ; or barely take a review of the ex- 
 periments made by Sandorius, in which five 
 [others fay three and four] pounds out of eight 
 of the food and drink taken into the body in a 
 natural day, were found to fly off by perlpira- 
 tioii only, exclufive of any of the vilible dif- 
 charges, and without making any addition to 
 the weight of the body. But the cutaneous 
 
 exha- 
 
Senfe of I’ouch, &c. i ^ 
 
 exhalation is even much larger than this ; fince 
 it not only throws off fuch a quantity of the 
 ingefted food and drink, but likewife what is 
 added to the blood by the way of inhalation 
 (§. 444.) which entering often in a very confi- 
 derable quantity, is thus again expelled. But 
 different difpofitions of the air, and of the hu- 
 man body, caufe great variations in thofe mat- 
 ters. In warm countries, in the fummer 
 months, and in young exercifed perfons, more 
 goes off by tranfpiration from the body, and 
 Icfs by the urine. But in cold climates, during 
 the temperate or winter feafons, in aged or in- 
 aflive perfons, more goes off by the urine than 
 by the infenfible difcharge, v/hich is likewife 
 the cafe in temperate climates, and feafons ; but 
 even there, with animal food, and fermented 
 drinks, the perfpiration exceeds the urine. The 
 difference of time after feeding does alfo in 
 fome meafure vary the quantiiy tranfpired ; but 
 in general it is molt copious at that time when 
 the greater part of the digeiled nourifhment is 
 conveyed into the blood, and therewith atte- 
 nuated fo as to be fit for exhalation. It is na- 
 turally diminifhed in deep, even in the warmer 
 climates, unlefs It be increafed by the heat of 
 bed cloths. 
 
 §. 441. In general, a plentiful and uniform 
 perfpiration, with drength of body, are good 
 figns of health 5 for whenever it abounds from 
 too great weaknefs, it is obferved to do more 
 mifehief than none at all. It is thus a fign of 
 health, becaufe it denotes a free pervious difpo- 
 
 fition 
 
i6 ^enfe of ’Touchy &c. 
 
 fition of the veflels, difperfed throughout the 
 whole body, together with a complete di- 
 geftion of the nourilhment, the greater part of 
 which is perfectly attenuated into a volatile or 
 vapory difpofition; When it is diminifhed, it 
 indicates either a conftridion of the fkin, a 
 weakTefs of the heart, or an imperfedt digehi- 
 on of the aliments. Pe|-haps in too great a 
 perfpiration the nervous fpirits themfelves are 
 evaporated. This difcharge is, by moderate ex- 
 ercife, increafed to fix times that of an idle per- 
 fon, even to an half or whole pound in an 
 hour, aided by ftrong and open vefibls, by warm, 
 watery and vinous drinks, with animal food of 
 an eafy digeftion, and a heavy, temperate or 
 moderately warm air, affifted with joyful affedli- 
 ons of the mind. The contrary of thefe either 
 lefifen or fupprefs the perfpiration. However, 
 the continuance of life does not depend on a 
 fcrupulous exadlnefs in the quantity of this dif- 
 charge, which is fo eafily increafed or diminifli- 
 ed by flight caufes; which is fhut up by paints, 
 in many Indian nations, and is inconfiderable 
 in many animals, without any fenfible injury. 
 
 §. 442. The fweat is evidently of a faline 
 nature, as appears both from the tafle, and 
 from the minute chryftals which appear to 
 (hoot upon the cloaths of fuch as work in glafs- 
 houfes^ as well as by diftillation, which fliows 
 the fweat to be of an alcaline nature. Hence it 
 is, that by this difcharge, the moft malignant 
 matter of many difeafes is thrown off from the 
 body. But in reality, fweat is always a preter- 
 natural 
 
Senfe of Touchy 5 cc. 1 7 
 
 natural or morbid difcharge, from which a per- 
 fon ought always to be free, unlefs by violent 
 exercife, or other accidents, his conftitution is 
 for a fliort time thrown into a difeafed ftate. 
 Nor is it unfrequent for fweats to do confider- 
 able mifchief in acute difeafes, by wafting the 
 watery parts, and thickening the reft of the 
 blood, at the fame time that it renders the falts 
 more acrimonious. By a too violent motion of 
 the blood, the fweat is rendered extremely fetid; 
 and is fometimes even red, or mixt with blood 
 itfeii ; being eledlrized, it fometimes is lucid. 
 
 §. 44. V The ufes of perfpiration are to free 
 the blood from its redundant water, and throw 
 out thofe particles, which by repeated circulati- 
 ons have become alcaline, or otherwife acrimo- 
 nious, and poftlbly to exhale therewith an ex- 
 tremely volatile oil, prepared from the fame 
 blood. The fame perfpiration likewife quali- 
 fies and foftens the cuticle, which is a neceftary 
 medium, extended before the tender fenfible 
 papillas. 
 
 §. 444. But the fame fkin that m.akes this 
 exhalation into the air, is likewife full of fmall 
 veftels,’. which inhale or abforb thin vapours 
 from fhe air, either perpetually, or at leaft 
 when it is not very cold; more efpecially when, 
 the air is damp, the body unexercifed, the 
 mind opprefted with grief, or both under con- 
 ditions contrary to thofe which increafe perfpi- 
 ration before mentioned (§. 430.). Thefe veins 
 are demonftrated by anatomical injedlions, which 
 if thin or watery, fw^eat through them in 
 
 VoL. II. C . the 
 
1 8 Senfe of Touch, See. 
 
 the fame manner as through the arteries 
 (§• 43 5O ; moreover, the manifeft operation of 
 medicines in the blood, which were exhaled into 
 the air, or applied to the fkin, prove the fame; 
 fuch as the vapours of mercury, turpentine, 
 faffron, Bath-waters, mercurial plafters, tobac- 
 co, callaquintida, opium, contharides, arfenic, 
 with the fatal effeds of contagious or other poi- 
 fons entering through the fkin ; as in the vene- 
 real infection; to which add the living of ani- 
 mals, almofc without drink in hot iflands, which 
 abound with moifl vapours, from which, how- 
 ever, they fweat and pifs plentifully enough. 
 Laftly, fome extraordinary morbid cafes have 
 demonftra'-ed this, in which a much greater 
 quantity of urine has been difeharged than the 
 quantity of drink taken in. The proportion of 
 this inhalation, is difficult to affign ; but that it 
 is very great in plants, more efpecially in the 
 night time, appears evidently from certain ex- 
 periments, which may be feen in the vegetable 
 flatics of Dr Hales. 
 
 §. 445. Thefe cutaneous veffels both ex- 
 haling and inhaling, are capable of contradion 
 and relaxation by the power of the nerves. The 
 truth of this appears from the effeds of paffions 
 of the mind, which if joyful, increafe the cir- 
 culation, and relax the exhaling veffiels, fo as to 
 yield eafier to the impulfe of the blood ; from 
 whence, with a ffiortening of the nerves, there 
 follows a rednefs, moifture and turgekence of 
 the fkin. Thofe paffions, on the contrary, 
 which are forrowful, and retard the circulati- 
 on, 
 
^enfe oj Touch, See. 19 
 
 on, contradl the exhaling veffels, as appears from 
 the drineft and corrugation of the fkiiij like a 
 goofe-Jkin after frights; and from a diarrhaca 
 caufed by fear. But the fame affedtions feem 
 to open and increafe the power of the inhaling 
 vefl^ls, whence the variolous or peftilential con- 
 tagions are eafily contradled by fear. 
 
 C 2 
 
 LEG- 
 
20 
 
 LECTURE XV. 
 
 Of the Tcife, 
 
 §. 446. I ■'"'ROM the fenfe of touch, and Its 
 organ, there is but a fmali differ- 
 ence or tranfition to that of the tafe ; which 
 appears by certain experiments to be feated in 
 the tongue chiefly •, for even the mofl; re- 
 lifliing bodies applied to any other part of the 
 mouth are hardly more than felt, exciting fcarce 
 the leafl: fenle of tafle in the mind, if they are 
 not uncommonly acrid and penetrating : and 
 even that fenfe which is fometimes occafloned 
 in the ftomach, cefephagus and fauces, from a 
 rifins: of the aliments, feems alfo to be owinar 
 to the tongue, to which the taftable vapours are 
 conveyed. 
 
 §. 447, Only the upper and lateral edges of 
 the tongue are fitted to exercife the fenfe of 
 tafte. But by the tongue we underftand a 
 mufcular body, broad and falcated in man, and 
 lodged in the mouth, whofe poflerior and lower 
 parts are varioufly connedled to the adjacent 
 bones and cartilages, while it remains moveable 
 in its anterior and upper part. In thofe porti- 
 ons of the tongue, which make the organ of 
 tafte, the fldn grows to the adjacent mufcu- 
 lar fibres, being continued from the fkin of the 
 face and mouth, only here it is always foft and 
 pulg-like, ft'orn the-,perpetual warmth and 
 moifture. From this min of the tongue arife 
 
 innu- 
 
21 
 
 Of the T^afe. 
 
 innumerable papillce, of a more confiderabic 
 bulk here than in other parts. Of thefe there 
 are feveral kinds : the firft of them are difpofed 
 in a rank on the back part of the tongue, on 
 each fide the foramen caecum. Thefe, furround- 
 ing that opening like a circle, are for the mofl 
 part conical, having a deep finus in their middle, 
 but are otherwife hard, and but indifferently 
 difpofed for tailing. There are fome other pa- 
 pillae of the fame kind found fcattered before 
 thefe upon the back of the tongue. 
 
 §. 448. The other kind of papillae are like 
 mufhrooms, lefs and flenderer than the former, 
 of a very cylindric, and fomewhat oval figure, 
 placed at fome fmall difiances from each other, 
 upon the upper furface of the tongue, where 
 they grow fharper pointed, as they lie more 
 forwards, and are moft numerous on the fides 
 of the tongue. The third fort of papills, which 
 abound mofiin number, are fpread largely over 
 the tongue, betwixt the former, with their api- 
 ces fomewhat inclined and fiudluating before, 
 towards the tip of the tongue ; and thefe w'hich 
 are likewife moft numerous in the fides of the 
 tongue, are highly fenfible, and make the true 
 organ of tafte : as for the intermediate, arterial 
 and venal pile, or villi, which ferve for ex- 
 haling and inhaling thin juices, they have no- 
 thing in common with the tafte itfelf, unlefs 
 that by feparating and pouring out a thin juice 
 from the blood upon the back of the tongue, 
 they conduce to foften the papillae, and difiblve 
 the faline or fapid particles. [In the upper and 
 back part of the tongue, are feated many round 
 
 C 3 fimple 
 
22 Of the Tajie. 
 
 fimple muciferous glandules, furnifhed each 
 with one or more out-lets, compleated either 
 by an hemifpherical membrane, or by the flefh 
 of the tongue. Some of thefe open into an ob- 
 fcure foramen, or rather antrum crecum^ of an 
 uncertain figure, and feated in the midft of the 
 largeft nipples of the tongue, §. 44.8.] 
 
 §. 449. Thefe papills have doubtlefs fmall 
 nerves detached into them, befides numerous 
 vefTels, although they are difficult to trace ; for 
 we obferve, that larger nerves go to the tongue, 
 than almofl in any inftance which we have 
 in other parts : for befides the nerve of the 
 eighth pair, which being one of the principal 
 of the three branches, enters the bads of the 
 tongue, deeply covered by the cerato-gloffus, 
 near the os hyoidcs ; there is alfo a confiderable 
 nerve that goes to the tongue, and its mufcles, 
 from the ninth pair, which having inofculated 
 with the firft nerve of the neck, and with the 
 large cervical gaglion, it fends a branch down- 
 ward, and frequently joins the eighth pair; but 
 conflantly communicates with the fecond and 
 third of the neck, from whence its branches 
 afcend to the mufcles arifing from the fternum; 
 and frequently communicate with the phrenic 
 nerve j after which the reft of its trunk goes 
 to the tongue. This communicates, by many 
 branches, with the fiftii pair in the cerato-glof- 
 fus, and is more efpecially fpent in the genic- 
 gloffus. Laftly, the third branch of tlie fifth 
 pair havir>g fent up or received the cord of the 
 ■■n|aanum, and given other branches to the 
 iiiic.rnal pteryogoides, with the maxillary and 
 
 fublin- 
 
Of the Tafle. 23 
 
 fublinqual glands, pafles with its principal trunk 
 behind the cerato-gloffus, where it joins the 
 ninth pair, and enters the tongue, deeply in 
 company with the artery ; together with which 
 it is extended to the tip of the tongue, w h re 
 it becomes cutaneous. To this nerve, the e- 
 fore, if there be any prerogative or preference, 
 the fenfe of tafte is to be more efpecially af- 
 cribed. [Laftly, the nipples or papillse of the 
 tongue are of a hard texture, each papilla hav- 
 ing its pulpy fabrick made up by a number of 
 fmall nerves, arteries and veins, conjoined or 
 wound up together into a button or protube- 
 rance, by a firm cellular fubftance.] 
 
 §. 450. Over the papillae of the human 
 tongue is fpread only a fingle mucous and fe- 
 mipellucid covering, which flridly adheres to 
 them, and ferves them as a cuticle. But in 
 brute animals, a perforated raucous network re- 
 ceives the papilla, which are in a manner 
 wrapped up in cafes or capfules of this mucous 
 body, covered with the cuticle. 
 
 §. 451. Under thofe papillae are fpread the 
 mufcles which make the flefhy body of the 
 tongue ; which are very numerous, and hardly 
 extricable in the human tongue : in the low^er 
 part, it is in a great part made up of the genio- 
 glolTus raufcle, extended outwards, from the 
 meeting of the chin, and diftributed like rays 
 into the fubftance of the tongue. The upper 
 and lateral parts are compofed by the ftyloglof- 
 fus, whofe fibres run to the tip of the tongue ; 
 which in its middle part, betwixt the former 
 mufcles, is compofed of one proper to itfelf, 
 
 C 4 called 
 
24 Of 
 
 called llngualU^ which arihng from before the 
 pharynx and origin of the ftylo-glolTus, only 
 lower, goes out forward, and terminating be- 
 twixt the faid geniogloffus and ftylog ofius, 
 makes up a very conhderable part of the tongue. 
 The back pait of the tongue is made up of the 
 fibres of the ceratogloifus, which afcend up- 
 ward and backward ; and by the fibres of the 
 cerato-gloffus, a mufcle diftindt from the for- 
 mer, which arifes from the fmall bones, and 
 next ad;acent bafis of the os hyoides ; from 
 whence pafling outward, with Its lateral porti- 
 ons, covered by the genioglofius, it joins the 
 ftylogloffus, and difappears in the tongue. By 
 the action of thefe mufcles, the whole tongue is 
 moveable in all diredlions, and capable of 
 figuring its own fubftance, fo as to form a hol- 
 low, by the elevation of the ftyloglofii, which 
 it again flattens by the ceratoglofii, but con- 
 trails itfelf into a narrow and almoli cylindrical 
 figure, by the tranfverfe fibres from one fide to 
 the other, together with which there are many 
 other orders of fibres, intermixt with a thick 
 fat ; fo that they cannot be traced in the human 
 tongue. 
 
 §. 452. The arteries of the tongue are nu- 
 merous : one that is larger and deeper afeends 
 in a ferpentine courfe from the outer carotid, 
 and extends to the tip of the tongue ; and a 
 lelfer fuperficial artery, incumbent on the fub- 
 lingual gland, either arifes from, or inofculates 
 with the preceding ; or elfe there are various 
 fmall branches derived from the pofterior labi- 
 als I and from the branches proper to tire lips, 
 
 or 
 
of the I’afe. 2^ 
 
 orthofe of the tonfils. The veins of the tongue 
 are variouily wove, and difficult to defcribej fome 
 of which lying deep, accompany the nerve of 
 the ninth pair ; and others that are fuperficial 
 accompany the mental artery, and inofculating 
 with the former, fends out the ranular vein ; 
 but all of them meet together in a large vein, 
 which is one branch of the internal jugular 
 coming from the brain. Thefe veins varioufly 
 communicate with the adjacent complications 
 or net-works belonging to the tonfils, pharynx, 
 thyroid-gland and fkin ; and in the back of the 
 tongue, before the epiglottis, there is a commu- 
 nication betwixt the right and left lide of the 
 venal plexus. 
 
 §. 453. The papule? of the tongue, which 
 are larger and fofter than tho'e of the fkin, per- 
 petually moift, perform the office of touch 
 more exquifitely than thofe of the fmall and 
 dry cutaneous papilla j and from hence the 
 tongue is liable to a ffiarper degree of pain : 
 moreover, naked falts are not otherwife per- 
 ceived than under a fenfe of moifture or of pain. 
 But the papills of the tongue being raifed a 
 little protuberant, to perform the office of tafle, 
 from falts diffolved in, water, or faliva, and ap- 
 plied againft their tips or fummits, are affedted 
 in a particular manner ; which being diflin- 
 guiffied by the mind, and referred to certain 
 daffies, are called favour? or tajies^ either four, 
 fweet, rough, bitter, faline, urinous, fpirituous, 
 aromatic, or pungent and acrid, with others of 
 various kinds, refulting partly from pure falts, 
 and in part from an intermixture of the fubtle 
 
 animal, 
 
26 Of the Tajie. 
 
 animal, or vegetable oils, varioufly compound- 
 ed and changing each other : but all cauftic 
 falts, or fuch as are acrid in a high degree, ex- 
 cite pain inftead of tafte. If it be enquired, 
 whether the diverfityof flavours arifes from the 
 different figures which are natural to falts ? and 
 whether this does not appear, from the cubical 
 figure in which fea-falt (hoots, the prifraatical 
 figure of nitre, or the particular configuration 
 of vitriol, fugar, &c ? We anfwer, that this does 
 not feem probable, for even taftelefs chryftals 
 have their particular configurations j and the 
 tafte arifing from very different falts, and dif- 
 ferently qualified objeds of this fenfe, are too 
 much alike each other, and at the fame time 
 too Inconflant or changeable to allow fuch a 
 theory as for example, in nitre. The mecha- 
 nical reafon, therefo e, of the diverfity of fla- 
 vours, feems to refide in the intrinfic fabrick or 
 appofitioii of their elements, which do not fall 
 under the fciutiny of our fenfes, 
 
 §. 454. But the nature or difpofitlon of the 
 covering with which the papillsB are cloathed, 
 together with that of the juices, and of the ali- 
 ments lodged in the idomach, have a confider- 
 able (liare in determining the fenfe of tafle ; in- 
 fomuch, that the fame flavour does not equally 
 pleafe or affedt the organ In all ages alike, nor 
 in perfons of all temperatures ; nor even in one 
 and the fame perfon at different times, who 
 (liall be differently accuflomed in health or va- 
 rioufly difeafed. In general, whatever contains 
 lefs fait than the faliva itfelf, feems inlipid. 
 
 §• 45 S' 
 
Of the Tiijle. 27 
 
 §. 455. The fpiritaous parts, more efpeci- 
 ally of vegetables, either penetrate into the pa- 
 pillae themfelves, or elfe are abforbed by the ad- 
 jacent pile or villi of the tongue, as may ap- 
 pear from the fpeedy recmital of the drength by 
 vinous or aromatic liquors of this kind, even 
 before they are received into the domach. 
 
 §. 456. Nature defigned the difference of 
 flavours to be felt by the tongue, that we might 
 know and didinguida fuch foods as are mod ia- 
 lutary ; for in general, there is not any one 
 kind of aliment healthy, that is of a difagreeable 
 tade ; nor are there any ill faded that are fit for 
 our nourifhment. For it mmd be obferved, that 
 we here take no notice of excefs, by which the 
 mod healthy food may be prejudicial. In this 
 manner nature has invited us to take neceffary 
 food, as well by pain called hunger, as by the 
 pleafure arifing from the fenfe of tade. But 
 brute animals, who have not like ourfelves the 
 advantage of learning from each other by in- 
 drudtion, have the faculty of didinguifhing fla- 
 vours more accurately, by which they are ad- 
 monifhed to abdain cautioufly from poifonous 
 or unhealthy food j and therefore it is, that her- 
 bivorous cattle, to which a great diverfity of 
 noxious plants are offered amongd their food, 
 are furnifhed with fuch large and long papilla?, 
 of fo elegant a drudure in the tongue, of which 
 we have lefs need. 
 
 L E C- 
 
28 
 
 LECTURE XVI. 
 
 Of Smelling. 
 
 §• 457* ^ fame life, likewifc, of dif- 
 
 ^ tinguirhing prejudicial from fa- 
 iutary food, the fenfe of fmelling conduces, by 
 which we even difcern and are admonifhed to 
 avoid, before it comes either to our touch or 
 tafte, to which it might be otherwife dangerous, 
 when of a malignant nature; although conti- 
 nual pradtice even in this faculty, has alfo ren- 
 dered it more ufeful and accurate among brute 
 animals than in ourfelves. For men who have 
 been brought up wild by themfelves, without 
 debauching the fcent by a variety of fmells, have 
 been obferved not to make any difficult choice 
 in gathering herbage or aliments for their food. 
 Finally, the powers and virtues of medicinal 
 plants, are hardly to be better known than by 
 the fimple teflimony of tailing and fmelling. 
 From hence it is, that in all animals, thefe or- 
 gans are placed together: and from hence the 
 fmellins; is flrong^er, and the organs larger, in 
 thofe animals which are to feek their prey at a 
 confiderable diftance, or to reject malignant 
 plants from among thofe that are fit for food. 
 
 §. 458. The fenfe of fmelling is performed 
 by means of a foft pulpy membrane, full of 
 pores and fmall vefl'els, which lines the whole 
 internal cavity of the noftrils, being thicker up- 
 on the feptum and principal convolutions, but 
 
 tiiinner 
 
Of Stnelling, 2^ 
 
 thinner in the finufles. Within this mem- 
 brane, are diftributed abundance of foft nerves 
 throughout the middle of its fabric, from the 
 firft pair, (§. 37 i.)j which defcend through 
 the holes of the os cribrofum into the feptum 
 narium, but, in fuch a manner, that it is very 
 difficult to trace them to their extremities and 
 into the feptum. Other lateral nerves come 
 from the fecond branch of the fifth pair, in 
 company with the blood-veffels, and forae from 
 the infra-orbital-branch in the maxillary finus. 
 Moreover, the fore-part of the feptum ]ias a 
 fmall twig from the ophthalmic of the firil 
 branch belonging to the fifth pair. 
 
 §. 459. The arteries, which go to the nofe, 
 are marty, feveral from the internal maxillary 
 branches, from the three nafal ones, to wit, 
 the upper and the lateral, from the ophthalmic 
 branch of the internal carotid, from branches 
 of the palatine artery, and from the infra- 
 orbital within the finufles. The veins run to‘- 
 gether in company with arteries, and form a 
 large plexus, by uniting upon the external pte- 
 rygoide mufcle, and communicate with the 
 finufles of the dura mater ; from whence they 
 open together into the outer branch of the in- 
 ternal jugular. The laid arteries fupply the 
 nourifhment, warmth, and mucus, neceflary 
 to thefe parts. 
 
 § 460. The neceflary reduction of the hu- 
 ma ' head, to that of a round figure, has in us 
 given, to the organ of fmelling, but a fmall 
 extent of furface , but to enlarge this the more, 
 nature has made the internal parts of the nofe 
 
 2 ' varioufly 
 
30 Of Smelliiig. 
 
 varloufly hollow and complicated. Firfl then, 
 by the nares or internal nofe, we underftand 
 the multiform cavity, which begins before 
 from the nodrils, and, extending tranfverfely 
 backward, over the roof of the palate under 
 the os criborfum, terminates at the cavity of 
 the fauces. This cavity is divided into two, 
 by a fepium or partition of bone, which de- 
 fcends above from the plate of the cribrofum, 
 but below is formed by the vomer, and in its 
 fore-part is compleated by a triangular carti- 
 lage, -whofe furface is largely extended and 
 very fenfible. 
 
 §. 461. Moreover, the lateral furfaces of 
 the nares are increafed by the fpiral volution of 
 the ojfa turbinata j the uppermoft of which 
 are fmall turns or folds of a fpiral figure, 
 from the upper part of the os cribrofum. The 
 middle fold belongs to the fame, fomewhat ob- 
 long like a couch or fliell, internally convex, 
 externally concave, riling into an edge on each 
 fide, and all over rough with little finuofities 
 or excavations, and inwardly filled with fpungy 
 ceils or recedes ; the whole being fufpended in 
 a tranfverfe pofition, and fupported or proped 
 by particular eminences in the bones of the pa- 
 late and upper jaw. The lowermoft turbina, 
 fomewhat like the middle ones, do like them 
 refemble the figure of a mufcle- fliell, but 
 longer j for the moft part diftindt or divided 
 from the former, but fometimes conjoined by 
 a bony plate, which is moft frequently of a 
 membranous nature. This bony appendix, 
 
 being 
 
Of Smelling. 3 1 
 
 being extended upwards in a fquare form, ferves 
 to complete the maxillary finus. 
 
 §. 462. From hence the cavity of the nares 
 is enlarged or dilated by various finuffes, which 
 are a fort of receflcs or appendages to the whole. 
 And firft, the frontal or uppermoft finufles, 
 which are not always prefent, are of an irre- 
 gular figure, intercepted betwixt the anterior 
 and pofterior plate of the frontal bone, where 
 it forms the fuperciliary protuberances; and 
 thefe, being not found in a foetus, feem to 
 arife from the adion of the corrugator and 
 other mufcles, which draw the anterior plate 
 of this bone outward, fo as to increafe the 
 diploe into large cells, in the fdme manner as 
 we obferve in the maftoide procefs, from the 
 like caufe. Thefe open in the upper part of 
 the nares, into the anterior cell of the os pa- 
 pyraceum. 
 
 §.463. In the fecond place come the 
 vioideal f nujj'es^ which are four or more, on 
 each fide, in the outer part of the os cribrofum, 
 like the ceils of an honey-comb, compleated 
 above by the cellular or fpungy middle part of 
 the os frontis, and before by the os unguis ; 
 from whence they open by many fmall tubes, 
 in a tranfverfe pofition, into the upper part of 
 the nares. With thefe are continuous the cells 
 in the pavement or bottom of the orbits and 
 thofe, engraved in the os planum and maxillare, 
 are continued from them outward. In a third 
 place, this finus is contiguous on each fide with 
 the cavity or (inm of the tnukiform bone, ex- 
 tending largely on each fide towards the os 
 • , cribrofum 
 
32 Of Smelling. 
 
 cribrofum and palatinum, which is itfelf form- 
 ed, in a dry preparation, by a cartilage of large 
 extent in the foetus, and by a folid bone, which 
 gradually widens under the integuments, with 
 an ample cell, either fingle or divided, and 
 opening forv^^ard, by its aperture or foramen, 
 into the fuperior part of the meatus narium. 
 
 §. 464. The laft, lovvermoft, and biggeft 
 finus, which, in a foetus, is inconfiderable, 
 but, in an adult, very large, is that formed in 
 the bone of the upper janv by feveral thin bony 
 plates. The opening of this into the nofe, is 
 betwixt the os unguis, bone of the palate, and 
 the proper lamella or plate, which accedes to it 
 from the bottom of the os turbinatum. Which 
 opening is fo much leiTened by the furrounding 
 membranes, as to form only a moderate round 
 aperture in the fpace betwixt the middle and 
 bottom of the os fpongiofum. 
 
 §.465. The nerves of the nofe, being al- 
 rnoil naked, required a defence from the air, 
 which is continually drawn through the noftrils 
 by the ufe of refpiration ; nature has, there- 
 fore, fupplied this part, which is the organ of 
 fmeiling, with a thick infipid mucus, very fluid 
 in its flrft feparation, and not at all faline, but, 
 by the air, condenfes into a thick dry crufl:, 
 more conflflent here than in other parts of the 
 ■body. By this mucus, the nerves are defended 
 from drying, and guarded from pain. It is 
 poured out from many fmall arteries of the 
 noftrils, and depofited partly into numerous 
 cylindrical duds, and partly into round vifible 
 cripts or cells 3 from whence it flov\'s out all 
 ' . ove4 
 
Of Smelling. 33 
 
 over the farface of the olfadory membrane, 
 which is therewith anointed on all fides. In 
 the feptum, runs down forward a long fmus 
 to a conliderable length, which is common to 
 many muciferous pores : this mucus is accu- 
 mulated in the night time, but in the day ex- 
 pelled by blowing the nofe, or fometimes more 
 powerfully by fneezing ; and may offend by 
 its excefs or tenuity, or irritate, by too great 
 thicknefs, the very fenfible nerves ; from 
 whence a fneezing is excited for its removal. 
 But the finuffes of this part, which abound 
 with mucus, are this way varioufly evacuated, 
 agreeable to the different poftures of the body, 
 by which always fome of them are at liberty to 
 free themfelves, whether the head be ered, or 
 inclined forward or laterally ; yet fo, that gene- 
 rally the maxillary and fphenoidal finuffes are 
 more difficultly emptied than the reft. More- 
 over, the tears defcend, by a channel proper to 
 themfelves, into the cavity of the nofe, by 
 which they moiften and dilute the mucus, 
 
 §. 466. To the extreme parts of the nares 
 or organs of fmelling, is prefixed the nofe, 
 lined inwardly with a membrane of the fame 
 nature, compofed of two bones and ufually fix 
 cartilages, two of which are continued toge- 
 .ther into the middle feptum (§. 240,). Thefe 
 cartilages render the nofe moveable by its pro- 
 per mufcles, fo as to be ralfed and dilated by a 
 mufcle common to the upper lip, and to be 
 contraded together into a narrower compafs, 
 by the proper depreffor and compreffor mufcle 
 pulling down the feptum. Thus it form's; an 
 ' Vci,. II. 1 ) , -aerial 
 
34 Of Smelling. 
 
 air-engine, which, for the reception of fmells, 
 can take air in a larger quantity by dilating, 
 then contrading again by elafticity, when the 
 air is afterwards abundantly thrown out. 
 
 §. 467. The air, therefore, filled with the 
 fubtle and invifible effluvia of bodies, confifi;- 
 ing of their volatile, oily, and faline particles, 
 is, by the powers of refpiration (§. 282.), 
 urged through the nofe, fo as to apply the faid 
 particles to the almoft naked, and conftantly 
 foft olfadory nerves, in which a kind of feel- 
 ing is excited, which we call fmelling ; and by 
 this fenfe, we diftinguiffl the feveral kinds 
 of oils, falts, and other matters, difficultly re- 
 ducible to clafihs, which hereby we perceive in- 
 diftindlly j whence they are difficultly recalled 
 to memory, though the odours, already eftab- 
 liffied, are fufficient enough for our purpofes. 
 This fenfe ferves to admonifli us of any per- 
 nicious putrefadlion, of any violent acrimony, 
 or of a mild, foapy, and ufeful difpofition in 
 bodies. And as fait, joined with an oil, is the 
 objedl of tafte, fo a volatile oil, aided with 
 falts, ferves to excite fmells ; whence the affi- 
 nity of the two fenfes, which conjundtly affilf 
 and move each other, may be ealily underftood. 
 But the particles, which excite fmell, are more 
 volatile, as thofe, belonging to the tafte, are 
 ‘ more fixed, whence the ditference in thefe or- 
 gans may poffibly confifi: in the thick mucous 
 V cuticle, w'hich, being fpread over the tongue, 
 intercepts the adion of the more fubtle faliny 
 effluvaa from a<fting upon the tafte, which yet 
 
 eafiiv 
 
of Smelling, 
 
 35 
 
 eafily efFeft the fofter and lefs covered nerves 
 of the internal nofe. 
 
 §. 468. Smells have a very ftrong adlion, 
 but of Ihort continuance ; becaufe they are ap- 
 plied immediately, by the mod minute par- 
 ticles, to nerves which are very near to the 
 brain itfelf, and almoft naked ; from thence 
 too proceeds the force of poifonous vapours, 
 and the refrelhment from agreeable odours, by 
 which fome perfons are effedtually recalled to 
 themfelves out of a dead fwoon, or even after 
 drowning. From hence comes that violent 
 fneezing, which often arifes from acrid par- 
 ticles ; and a loofenefs or purging of the 
 bowels, from the fmell of fome medicine^ 
 with the power of particular antipathies. From 
 hence is derived the pernicious effedts of excef- 
 five fneezing, more efpecially blindnefs from the 
 near confent or fociety of the nerves. But 
 amongd the various parts of the nofe, the fep- 
 tum, and more efpecially the os turbinatum, 
 have a confiderable (hare in the organ of fmel- 
 ling ; fince thefe are parts multiplied in quick- 
 fcented animals, fo as to form beautiful fpires 
 in hounds and other quadrupedes : and in fifli, 
 who fmell by water, they are formed like the 
 teeth of a comb, in an elegant manner. 
 
 M 
 
 ■ V ' . • 
 
 D 2 
 
 E C 
 
xvn. 
 
 LECTURE 
 
 Of Hearing. 
 
 §. 469. A S the fenfe of frrtelling diftin- 
 Jf\^ guiilies the fmall bodies which 
 float in the air, fo that of hearing perceives the 
 daflic tremors or impulfibns of the air itfelf. 
 Therefore, we obferve the fenfitive organ of 
 the ear to be compofed in a different manner 
 from that of any of the other fenfes, as it is 
 made up, for the moft part, either of hard 
 bones or elalfic cartilages and membranes, 
 which are the moft exquifitely enabled to re- 
 ceive and communicate the neceffary tremors. 
 
 §. 470. The external part of this organ, 
 called the auricle o? outer ear, is a cartilagi- 
 nous funnel, conneded, but with a fort of mo- 
 bility, before and behind, to the bones of the 
 temple, by means of a ftrong cellular plate, 
 and Irkewife by its own proper ligaments and 
 mufclos. This cartilage is of a very compound 
 figure, the outer eminence of which, called 
 helix, begins above by a loofe tape, is carried 
 round at liberty about the edge of the upper 
 part of the cartilage, upon the pofterior fide 
 of which, it terminates in the fame loofe man- 
 Withiji the body of the cartilage, fur- 
 T'- TO’^^cled by the former, arifes a double or bi- 
 " Furcated eminence, meeting together in one 
 called the antlelix, which terminates in a 
 small and hort tongue or protuberance, called 
 
 the 
 
Of Hearings 37 
 
 the antitragus. The remaining part of the 
 ear, called the concha or (hell, is before hol- 
 low, behind convex, growing gradually deeper, 
 with a crooked line or ridge running through 
 its middle, under the denomination of the 
 concha, which is immediately joined with the 
 meatus auditorius, before which ftands a round 
 moveable appendix of the cartilage, as a de- 
 fence, called the tragus. This whole cartila- 
 ginous body of the outer ear is only furrounded 
 by the fkin which is thin, and by the cellu- 
 lar fubftance which is empty ; and is reple- 
 nilhed with many fcbaceous glandules, w^hich 
 fupply an ointment. This part is governed or 
 diredted by certain mufcles, which generally 
 lofe their ufe and adtion from the cuftom of 
 binding the head in children, which we are 
 otherwife to fuppofe they were deiigned by na- 
 ture to perform. The uppermoft of thefe 
 mufcles arifes thin from the frontal and from 
 the aponeurofis of the cranium ; whence it is 
 broadly fpread over the aponeurofis of the 
 temple mufcle, and is inferted into the ear, at 
 the fide of the anonymous cavity. The po- 
 fterior mufcles, which are two or three, more 
 or lefs, are more robuft than the former in A 
 tranfverfe pofition, and, arifing from the fame 
 aponeurofis, are inferted into the convex part 
 of the conch near the maftoidal bone j the ca- 
 vity of which conch, they, doubtlefs, are defigned 
 to open or enlarge. The anterior mufcle is one -^ 
 of the leaff, which, being fpread upon the - 
 aponeurofis of the temporal, is inferted alrnofl 
 franfverfcly into the origin of the helix. Rut 
 
 D 3 / the 
 
Of Hearing. 
 
 the lefTer mufcular portions, which, though 
 fhort, and not very conlpicuous, look of a red 
 colour, are probably of ufe to make fomc 
 change in the figure of this part. The tranf- 
 verfe niufcle of the outer ear, which, for a 
 long way, con'|oins the helix with the antihc- 
 liX; ferves to open the auricle. The antitragic 
 muicle, defcending from the root of the anti- 
 helix to the antitragus, ferves to relax or widen 
 * the entrance of the conch. The tragicus, 
 which lies upon the tragus, dilates or opens the 
 entrance to the auditory paffige ; and the fmall 
 mufcle of the larger notch or inciffure, that 
 lies betwixt the tw'o cartilages of the auditory 
 paffage, forming the tragus and antitragus, 
 ferves to bring them nearer together, and to 
 render the meatus itfelf more tenfe and ela- 
 fiic. The remaining mufcies, the longer or 
 larger and the ieffer of the helix, have hardly 
 any great ule, unlefs it be, to tighten or brace 
 up the cartilages, whenever we attend or liflen 
 to the hearing of weak founds , and, by draw- 
 ing together the cartilages, they likevvife render 
 the auditory paffage more firm and tremulous. 
 
 §. 471. To the concha is connected the 
 mcafits auditoriuHy fomewhat of a round com- 
 preffed figure, leffening as it bends inw'ard, for 
 - .a confiderable part bony, and bent forward in 
 “ its middle. But, in its anterior and outer part, 
 it is, in fome meafure, made up by three im- 
 perfect rings, arifing from the concha and 
 tragus, and united together, and to the bone 
 itfelf, by intermediate flefh, membrane, and 
 cartilage. Upward and backward, the meatus 
 
Of Hearing, 39 
 
 is completed by a mere membrane. This is 
 the (late of it in adult perfons ; for in the 
 foetus and new-born infant, the meatus is 
 wholly cartilage, and becomes afterwards, in 
 part, a bone by degrees. 
 
 §. 472. Through this auditory pafTage, are 
 continued the cuticle and true fkin, gradually 
 extenuated and exadtly flretched over the fur- 
 face of the bone, by which it is rendered ex- 
 tremely fenfible of any itching pleafure or 
 pain, and, being replenifhed with irritable 
 hairs, is, by them, admonilhed of any fordcs 
 or wax abounding, and guarding from the en- 
 trance of fmall infedts. But, in the cellular 
 fubftance under the iliin, which is here more 
 firm, and makes up the greater part of the 
 membrane (§. 471.), in a fort of reticular 
 manner, are feated numberlefs round follicles 
 or cells of a yellow colour, which pour out 
 their contents by fliort dudts into the cavity 
 of the auditory paflage ; at firfl; of an oily con- 
 fiftence, but afterwards it becomes more thick, 
 bitter, and inflammable like wax. This lini- 
 ment defends the fenfible fkin and membrane 
 of the tympanum from injuries of the air, 
 and keeps out or catches any fmall infedls ; 
 but, when accumulated in too great abun- 
 dance in thofe, who are flothful or uncleanly, 
 it may be the caufe of deafnefs, or a difficulty ' V 
 of hearing. 
 
 §.473. Into this deferibed cartilaginous fun- 
 nel of the ear, the fonorous waves of the air 
 flow, which, from principles of mechanics, it ]i 
 muil, of courfe, colledt together. The ela- 
 
 D 4 ftic 
 
40 Of Hearing. 
 
 flic air only receives fonorous tremors or im- 
 puUions, and transfers them, either alone or 
 principally, much after the fame manner as wq 
 fee water, without air, transfer any impulfe 
 that is given to it. From hence, the forefaid 
 found is increafed in air that is condenfed, 
 and is loft in a velfel emptied of its air. But 
 the medium receives thefe tremors, either from 
 fome body ftriking againft it, or from the air 
 itfelf colliding againft another body, or laft- 
 ly, from the collifion of two bodies againft: 
 each other in the air. But the body, which 
 produces found, ought to tremble or vibrate 
 in all, even the leaft of its particles. From 
 fuch a tremor, the contiguous air is beat into 
 waves, whereby the parts of the air, that lie 
 outermoft, are comprefled and fly back again, 
 fo foon as their eiafticity gets over the impulfe, 
 whence the air flies again towards the fonorous 
 body, where it is now more loofe and rarefied, 
 to be there again comprefled by impulflon ; and 
 in the fame manner, the anterior and outer por- 
 tion of air, furrounding that which is impel! _d, 
 is, by the adion of the latter, comprefled and 
 removed farther from the trembling body, yet 
 fo as to return again in its proper time by the 
 force of eiafticity, driving its contents to the 
 tremulous body for the exciting of a new wave. 
 Thefe ofcillations or impulflons of the air are 
 required to fucceed each other with a certain 
 velocity ; and, in order to render them audible, 
 they muft not be fewer than thirty in a fecond 
 of time. But as thefe fonorous waves are 
 more frequent in a given time, fo much fliarper 
 
Of Hearing. 4 1 
 
 is the found heard, and the more ftrongly does 
 if affedl us, ’till we come to the moft acute of 
 audible founds, which have 7520 tremors in a 
 fecond. 
 
 §. 474. Acute founds are, in general, yield- 
 ed from bodies that are hard, brittle, and vio- 
 lently fhook or hruck ; but grave founds are 
 from the contrary. As to any medium be- 
 twixt acute and grave founds, there is none 
 but what is arbitrary. Cords, or other bodies, 
 that yield the fame number of vibrations in a 
 given time, are faid to be unijm j as thofe 
 which make double the number of ofcillations 
 in that time, are faid to yield a tone that is 
 an odtave or eight notes higher j and other 
 proportions betwixt the numbers of the vi- 
 brations have different names affigned to them 
 in a mufical fcale. The (hotter cords pro- 
 duce (harper tones, and the reverfe, in a pro- 
 portion diredtly as their lengths j as thofe, 
 which are more fcretched, afford (liarper founds 
 in a fubduplicate proportion to their tenuity, or 
 to the weights, or powers by which they are 
 (Iretched, as one may eafily perceive, by expe- 
 riment, either in a violin or monochord. 
 
 §“ 475* found, thus produced, whe- 
 ther acute or grave, ftrong or weak, is carried 
 through the air with ^ celerity equal to about 
 1038 Paris feet in a fecond, and that with a 
 uniform velocity, without abating in the larger 
 diftances. But a contrary wind, cauling the 
 vibrations to extend more (lowly, retards the 
 progreffion of found about xr of its velocity, , 
 vO iikewiie denfty and drynefs of the air in- 
 
 creafe 
 
42 Of Hearing. 
 
 creafe the found, as a rarefadlion and moifture 
 of the air kffen it. Hence, in fummer time, 
 founds move fwifter ; and in Guinea, it has 
 been obferved to pafs at the rate of 1398 Pari- 
 fian feet in one fecond of time. 
 
 §. 476. The found, thus every way extend- 
 ed, meets with certain particles in all adjacent 
 bodies, even in water and mercury, to which 
 it communicates fimilar tremors or vibrations, 
 not only fuch as are in unifon with the original 
 tone, and which yield a found, in a more par- 
 ticular manner, fenfible, but alfo it excites tre- 
 mors lefs fenfibly, even in the other parts of 
 bodies, which vibrate in the various proportions 
 of the fcale. From hence it is, that every 
 found, which we hear, is a mixture of the 
 original tone, produced by the trembling body 
 in conjundlion with fecondary tones generated 
 from the elaftic tremors of the lurrounding bo- 
 dies. The ftrength of found is increafed, if 
 one audible or primary tone tollows the other 
 fo clofely, that their fucceflion cannot be di- 
 flinguifhed by the ear j but if they follow each 
 other fo flowly as to be diftinguiihable by the 
 ear, they produce an echo ; but to produce 
 this, requires an interval of fix parts of a fe- 
 cond of time, or the difiance of no feet be- 
 twixt the refledting or echoing body and the 
 ear. 
 
 §. 477. Sounds, being elaftic, are reflected 
 from hard bodies in angles, equal to thole of 
 their incidence. But the fame found, ufhered 
 into the open air, and dilating through an im- 
 inenfe fphere, grows proportionably wealcer ; 
 
Of Hearing. 43 
 
 but if it be ufhered through a tube, in a cy- 
 lindrical lhape, the ftrength of it is more con- 
 fined together, or elfe, by being colleded into 
 the focus of a parabola or ellipfis, it becomes in- 
 creafed, as we obferve in fpeaking trumpets, 
 from which the voice goes out parallel to the 
 focus of the parabola, without fcattering the 
 fonorous rays. 
 
 §. 478. Therefore the fonorous waves of the 
 elaftic air, being driven into the cartilaginous 
 funnel of our ear, which is naturally inclined 
 forward and outward in an high fituadon, are 
 repelled and colledted together, by alternate 
 reflections from its elaflic fides, into the cavity 
 of the concha, from whence it proceeds thro’ 
 the auditory paflfage, with a force fo much 
 ftronger, as the furface of the outer ear is 
 larger than the light or feCtion of the faid au- 
 ditory pafTage, through which, however cy- 
 lindrical, the fame force is continued entire 
 forward, and increafed by new refonances, ex- 
 cited from the percuffion of the elaftic carti- 
 lages and hard bones, fo as to mix impercep- 
 tibly with the primitive found. 
 
 §. 479. Moreover, the bottom or end of the 
 faid auditory pafTage is terminated internally by 
 a thin membrane, called the membrana tympanic 
 which, in adults, is of a roundifh figure, and 
 placed with an obliquity ; but fo, that, from 
 its upper appendix, it projects inward like a 
 fhield, whilll the part, which lies above its 
 middle, projects into the cavity of the meatus 
 like a fhield. This membrane of the tympa- 
 num is compofed of leveral plates, the firfl or 
 
 outer- 
 
44 Of Hearing. 
 
 outermoft of which is white and mucous ; the 
 other is a true Ikin, continued from the mem- 
 brane of the meatuSj and replenihied with 
 fmall nerves and blood-veffels ; the third is a 
 dry, rattling, fplendid, and pellucid mem- 
 brane or plate, without blood-veflels ; and the 
 innermoft is the vafcular perioftium of the tym- 
 panum. This membrane is not naturally per- 
 forated with any opening, fo far a§ I have been 
 able to difcover. It is conftantly fo ftretched 
 in the fulcus or groove of the bony ring, in 
 which it is contained, that there is no part of 
 the human body to be found more tenfe or 
 more tremulous than this. Upon the furface of 
 this membrane, and more elpecially upon its 
 conical cavity pointing inward, the fonorous 
 waves ftrike, after they have received their laff 
 refledions fi'om the auditory palTage, by which 
 the elaflic fabric of this membrane is forced 
 into ol'cillation. 
 
 §. 480. The forefaid membrane is flretched 
 over a cavity of the os petrofum, called the 
 ty7npammi^ which is, for the mod: part, of a 
 roundifli figure, but not regularly fo ; being 
 divided in its middle into two by a promontory, 
 and in the adult, is increafed backward by the 
 cells of the maftoide bone, which are abfent 
 in the foetus. But alfo, in its upper and ante- 
 rior part, the tympanum has hollow cells, and is 
 lined with a vafcular membrane, receiving 
 fmall branches from the internal carotid, and 
 from a branch of the artery of the dura m.ater, 
 which lafl pafies through a fiffure in the aqua- 
 dudt, and it has others from the external arte- 
 
 • V.'.' • 
 
Of Hearing. 4^^ 
 
 lies of tfie tympanum and from the ftyloma- 
 lloidea. It is commonly full of a rriuciis, 
 poured into it from the Euftachian tube, and is 
 divided by various membranes into a kind of 
 cells. 
 
 §. 481. Within this cavity, three of the 
 larger bones of hearings together with a fourth, 
 which is lefs, are fufpended moveably. And 
 hrft, the malleus or hammer lies, with its up- 
 per round head refting upon the concavity of 
 the tympanum, from whence the handle of it 
 is extended down, acrofs the membrane of the 
 tympanum, betwixt the innermofl plate of it 
 that lies next the tympanum and the internal 
 dry plate before^mentioned (§. 479.), ’till, 
 having reached as low as the middle of the 
 membrane, it terminates by a very clofe cohe- 
 lion, with a broad extremity a little incurvated 
 outwards. The fame bone is, moreover, con- 
 nedled and fuftained by a peculiar ligament of 
 its own, joining it to the longer leg of the 
 incus j and another membrane ferves as a fe- 
 curity near the longer procefs of the malleus. 
 This bone drives outwards the membrane of 
 the tympanum, which is fpread over the Ihorter 
 and conical procefs of its handle. From the 
 fame place of this bone a broad, long, and 
 flat procefs, goss out forv/ard into a fulcus of 
 the tube. It is articulated with the incus by 
 two heads, having protuberant lines with 
 fulcus in the middle, aiid all of them ob- 
 lique. 
 
 48a. In the malleus, are corhmonly de- ' 
 fcribed three mufcles, the fa'il and internal of. 
 
 which, 
 
46 of Hearing. 
 
 which, called tenfor tyfnpaniy being the largefl, 
 is lodged in a particular groove within the 
 tube, with which it proceeds parallel, and bend- 
 ing round a pnlly, is inferted by its tendon 
 outward into the beginning of the handle. 
 The fecond mufcle arifes from a fulcus, but ex- 
 ternally in the fame tube, is fhorter than the 
 former, and carried back almoft in the fame 
 manner, but without being refledted, it ad- 
 heres by a conhderable extent to the longer 
 procefs. The third mufcle of the malleus, 
 which arifes from the auditory paffage, paifes 
 through a notch in the broken or interrupted 
 ring of the tympanum, and is inferted juft by 
 the fhorter procefs into the malleus ; and this, 
 which is, by fome, faid to relax the membrane 
 of the tympanum, has never been found or fcen 
 neither by myfelf, nor by many other eminent 
 anatomifts For the reft, by means of the 
 tenfor of the malleus, the n>embrane of the 
 tympanum is difpofed for the hearing of weak 
 founds ; as the other mufcle ferves to moderate 
 in too violent founds, by drawing the malleus 
 from the incus j by which, therefore, the 
 propagation of the fonorous tremors is inter- 
 rupted. If the membrane of the tympanum 
 be broke, or the bones of hearing diflocated, 
 the perfon becomes, at firft, hard of hearing, 
 and afterwards perfedlly deaf. [This part is 
 the feat of that flight hearing, which is pro- 
 pagated through theTones of the Ikulh] 
 
 §. 483. The malleus returns the tremors 
 impreffed upon the membrane of the tympa- 
 num, to the incus, which is a fhort thick little 
 
 bone, 
 
Of Hearing. 47 
 
 bone, articulated with the former behind, by a 
 broad furface, with two fulci and a middle emi- 
 nence. The fhorter leg of this bone, whofe 
 little body is bifurcated, being fufpended by a 
 ligament, is held firm into a fulcus proper to 
 the bone. It defccnds a confiderable length 
 parallel to the malleus, and by a fomewhat 
 crooked extremity, is adapted to the fourth or- 
 bicular bone, which it receives, convex on one 
 fide, flatter on the other, and refting upon the 
 flapes, to which its protuberances are imparted. 
 
 §. 484. The flapes, aptly enough fo called, 
 from its figure, lies inclined, but more back- 
 ward than forward, with a hollow head that 
 receives the incus, from whence proceed two 
 little crooked legs ; but below, its oval bafis is 
 occupied by a foramen or aperture of a corref- 
 ponding figure, commonly called the fenefra 
 ovalis. Here the legs, which are fulcated in- 
 wardly, are conjoined by a tenfe membrane af- 
 fixt to the hollow bafis. This bone of the 
 flapes Is covered by its own mufcle, which be- 
 ing included in a bony papilla or cafe, fends out 
 a very fmall tendon, which is inferted under the 
 incus, into the head of the flapes. Hence it 
 feems to draw the flapes, that it may lie higher 
 up, under the back part of the feneflra ovalis, 
 and pafs out of it before. Thus the nervous 
 pulp of the veflibulum, is prefied by the bafis of 
 the flapes, and by the air of the tympanum. 
 The whole courfe or feat of the flapes, is fepa- 
 rated from the refl of the tympanum, by a 
 membrane proper to itfelf. 
 
 
48 Of Hearing. 
 
 §, 485. There are various channels whlfch 
 pais out from the cavity of the tympanum. The 
 larger of thefe ‘is that which goes out forward 
 from the anterior fide, betwixt the multiform 
 and temporal bonCj emerges and opens into a 
 correfponding elliptical and diverging cone, part- 
 ly membranous, and in part made up of carti- 
 lages ; it opens by a very ample elliptical aper- 
 ture, turning inward and forward behind the 
 nares, into the cavity of the fauces : this, which 
 is called theEuftachian tube, is lined with a po- 
 rous rhembrane, full of crypts and mucous 
 cells, continued from and like unto the mem- 
 brane of the nares. This is the tube, which 
 by the adtion of the circumjacent mufcles may 
 be comprefTed and clofed, and probably a little 
 relaxed and opened again, by the circumflex 
 mufcle of the moveable palate. By this canal 
 the infpired air enters into the tympanum to be 
 changed or renewed^ and the furrounding mu- 
 cus of the little bones and other parts are this 
 way depofited ; nor is it at all improbable, 
 that the air enters by this tube, to fupport the 
 tympanum, when it is preffed inward by the 
 more violent founds ; for founds themfelves, re- 
 ceived into the mouth, are this way conveyed to 
 the organ of hearing. In infpiration, the air 
 prefl'es the membrane of the tympanum out- 
 ward ; and from thence proceeds that clafliing 
 or whifpering noife, by which the hearing is 
 obfeured, when the mouth is held wide open in 
 yawning ; for then the air entering more abun- 
 dantly through the cavity of the tube, to the 
 
 tvrapa- 
 
Of Hearing, 49 
 
 tympanum, refifts the tremors of the external 
 air. 
 
 §. 486. Two other patTages lead from the 
 tympanum to ih^Jabyrinth^ or innermoft cham- 
 ber of the ear. And again, the feneftra ovalis, 
 not covered by any membrane, leads into the 
 vefibulum^ v^^hich is a round cavity, formed in 
 a very hard part of the os petrofum, that lies 
 near the inner part of the tympanum. In the 
 fame cavity, alfo, open the five apertures be- 
 longing to the three femicircular canals, Thefe 
 are formed of a diftindt hard fhell, very firm 
 and perfedt, even in a fcetus, which being fur- 
 rounded with a fpungy bone, are lodged in a 
 cavity of the os petrofum j which in adults is 
 extremely hard, extended into large femicircles, 
 which have an ample opening betwixt them. 
 The larger pofterior and lower of thefe circles, 
 is perpendicular ; alfo the middle and upper one 
 is placed towards the perpendiclar : but the 
 outermofl and leafl; is horizontal. The inner 
 mouth or aperture of the uppermoft of thefe, 
 meets with the upper opening of the pofterior 
 ring, and both join into one. 
 
 §. 487. But the cochlea is a part flill more 
 wonderful, feated in an inclined pofture, wdthin 
 the anterior portion of the os petrofum. Into 
 one part of this cavity opens the veftibulum, 
 and into the other the fenejlra relunda of the 
 tympanum, which is concealed behind a pro- 
 tuberance in the bottom of the tympanum. 
 The cochlea itfelf, is made up of a nucleus of 
 boite, of a conical figure, with its apex inclined 
 inward, divided by a middle fulcus, both through 
 
 VoL. II. E its 
 
Of Hearing. 
 
 its bafis and through its whole length, and per- 
 forated with innumerable fmall foramina into 
 the tubes which are called fcalae. About this 
 nucleus are wrapt two turns and a half of a 
 canal, which even in the fcetus is made up of a 
 diftind; fhell-like fubftance, peculiar to itfelf ; 
 and in the adult is united into one, with the ad- 
 jacent bone: and this winding canal diminiflies 
 gradually in a conical figure, from the two 
 forementioned openings towards the tip of the 
 nucleus, and is bilocular, or made up of two 
 apartments, divided by a partition, called lanella 
 Jpiralis. This, at its larger end, is bony, and 
 extended out of the nucleus, at right angles, 
 into a cavity; is flriated and every way wrapt up 
 by the internal perioflium, as in acapfule. Ano- 
 ther external part hereto belonging, is a mem- 
 brane which likewife divides the canal : thus 
 there are formed two diftindl femicanals, called 
 fcalee ; the interior and pofterior of which be- 
 gins from the feneffra rotunda, where it is fhut 
 by a membrane ; and the other begins before, 
 from the veftibulum. In the tip of the cochlea 
 is formed a third funnel-like cavity, which 
 opens into the fcalas by a fmall tube, and com- 
 municates with them on each fide; but in ma- 
 ny bodies it alio comnrunicates with the cavity 
 of the bucket, that is filled with the nerve. 
 
 §. 488. The blood-vefi'els of the outer ear 
 come from the proper auricular branches of the 
 temporals ,; _^thoie to the membrane of the tym- 
 panum are either from the temporal, from the 
 ftylomafioideal, or from both; thofe of the 
 - meatus auditoriuo c.^me from the former ; tiiol'e 
 ' • to 
 
ty Hearing. 
 
 to the tympanum, were defcribed (§. 480,) and 
 the veflels belonging to the veftibulum, coch- 
 lea and femicircular canals, are from the verte- 
 brals, and ftylomaftoideals. 
 
 §. 489. It now remains, that we defcribethe 
 nerves deftined to the fcnfe of hearing, of which 
 the principal is that called the /event h (§. 371.). 
 This nerve enters into the internal auditory 
 finus of the os petrofum, in the blind end of 
 which it divides, fending off the fmaller up- 
 ward, through the opening of a canal in the 
 finus ; whence palling tranfverfely, it is afterwards 
 bent behind the tympanum ; in this part def- 
 cending, it gives off a branch through a pecu- 
 liar channel to the tympanum, which afcends 
 betwixt the malleus and incus, and goes out of 
 the tympanum, through a fillure behind the ar- 
 ticulation of the low^er jaw, afterwards inferting 
 itfelf into the nerve of the tongue (§. 449.) the 
 reafon of which fecret communication is ob- 
 fcure, but ferves to explain the confent of the 
 teeth, fet on an edge by lliarp founds, a removal 
 of their pain by burning the ear, 6cc. The red; 
 of the nerve efcaping by the lides of the ftyloide 
 procefs, is diflributed through the external ear, 
 the parotid gland, a large part of the face, and 
 upper part of the neck, both cutaneous and muf- 
 cular ; and in the face forms numberlefs inof- 
 culations, both betwixt its own branches, as well 
 as with thofe of the firft, fecond, third, and 
 fifth pair ; and it likevv^ife communicates with 
 the eighth pair, and the third cervical pair. But 
 to the immediate organ of hearing it fends either 
 no branches, or at lead: very fmall ones. The 
 E 2 outer 
 
^2 Of Hearing. 
 
 outer ear again receives other nerves in its fore 
 part, from the third branch of the fifth pair, and 
 in its back part to the fecond and third of the 
 cervicals. 
 
 §. 490. But the [oft portion of the auditory 
 nerve arifes larger, but more obfcure, from the 
 fourth ventricle of the brain itfelf (§. 371.) and 
 enters by very minute threads through exceed- 
 ing fmall holes of the inner auditory finus, 
 which go in part to the veftibulum, and in 
 part to the cochlea. The branches in the vef- 
 tibulum, form a pulp-like tender membrane, 
 which is every way extended through the femi- 
 circular canals. The other part entering the 
 cochlea, has an obfcure termination. 
 
 §. 491. With rcfpedt to the nerve, which is 
 diftributed through the veftibulum, and femi- 
 circular canals, there is no doubt but It is ftruck 
 by the tremors of the external air, propagated 
 to the ftapes, from whence the tremors imme- 
 diately pafs through the oval feneftra, to prefs 
 upon the naked pulp of the nerve. That part 
 of the nerve which enters the cochlea, is alto- 
 gether obfcure in its termination, although it be 
 probable, that fmall branches from thence pafs 
 through the little foramina (§. 487.) to the pe- 
 ridiftium of the cochlea, and to the membra- 
 nou$;part of the fpiral partition. Whether or 
 iio the tranfverfe nervous filaments pafs out from 
 the nucleus of the cochlea, all the way fuccef- 
 livgly ftiorter through the fpiral plates? and 
 whether, by this mechanifm, it becomes the or- 
 gan of hearing ? are curious queftions, w'hich 
 we are yet hardly able to refolve from anatomy; 
 
 though 
 
Of Hearing. 53 
 
 though this feems repugnant to the courfe which 
 we obferve nature takes in brute animals, in 
 birds, and in fifhes, who all hear very cxquifitely, 
 without any cochlea. However this may be in 
 the human body, it is there probable, that the 
 fpiral plate, fpread full of nerves, is agitated with 
 tremors from the ofcillations of the membrane 
 of the tympanum, by which the air in the ca- 
 vity of the tympanum is agitated, fo as to prefs 
 the membrane of the round feneftra, which 
 again agitates the air contained in the cochlea. 
 
 §. 492. The preceding conjedure is indeed 
 elegant, fince the fpiral plates make up a tri- 
 angle, ending in a fhort point towards the tip, 
 by which it may be conceived to contain an in- 
 finite number of nervous cords, continually 
 fliortening in their length j and by that means 
 adapted an harmonical unifon or confonance, 
 (§. 484.) according to the variety of acute and 
 grave founds, fo as to tremble together at the 
 fame time with mofl of them ; namely, the 
 longed: cords in the bafis of the cochlea, with 
 grave founds, and the fhorteft cords nearer the 
 tip or apex, with the diarper founds. [¥/he- 
 ther founds are perceived in the middle fetni- 
 circular canals, which yet are faid to be abfent 
 in the elephant ?] 
 
 §. 493. P'rom what has been faid, it appears, 
 that the elaftic waves or tremors of the aif, ar- 
 rive through the outer ear and auditory paffage, 
 to the membrane of the tympanum ; and from^ 
 thence the tremors are more accurately conveyed , 
 through the fmall bones, in two ways,' to the 
 vedibulum •, but in a more confafed uncertain 
 E 3 manner 
 
54 ' Q/" Branny. 
 
 manner through the air of the tympanum, to 
 the round feneftra and cochlea. Of more than 
 this we are not certain : but by undoubted ex- 
 periments, tremors, and even elaftic founds com- 
 municate themfelves by the internal euflachian 
 tube, and through all the bones of the fcull, fo 
 as to imprefs their force upon the auditory nerve. 
 The diftindlion of founds, as to acutenefs and 
 gravity, doubtlefs proceeds from the celerity of 
 the tremors excited in the hearing nerve, ac- 
 cording as they fucceed each other more fwiftly 
 or flowly, in a ihort time ; in order to which, 
 it is not necelTary the mind {hould number 
 them j ’tis fufficient that (he perceive their num- 
 bers to be different, and that this difference ex- 
 cites a variation in her thoughts and ideas thence 
 arifing. Whether the harmony or agreeable- 
 nefs of founds arifes from the number of parts 
 founding together in unifon ? and whether 
 the mind, ignorant of herfeif, numbers the de- 
 grees of confonance, fo as to pleafe herfeif in a 
 majority of them ? thefe are queflions denied 
 by the moft expert muficians, who make it ap- 
 pear, that there is an agreeablenefs, and that 
 very confrJerable, in founds, approaching the 
 lead; to a confonance, and which lies in a pro- 
 portion very difficult to determitie. Why founds 
 often become too fharp for the ear ? Our audi- 
 tory nerves feem to be flrained upon the fpiral 
 plates, in fuch degrees as to be in danger of 
 breaking, after the manner drinking glaffics 
 may be broke by lharp founds ; and as the hear- 
 ing is fometimes almofl loft for a while, by the 
 
 violently 
 
Of Hearing. 
 
 violently fhrlll whiftlings of the inhabitants of 
 the Canary iflands. 
 
 REMARK. 
 
 This loud whiftling that benumbs the ear for a 
 time, is performed by fixing the firft joints of the 
 index and middle finger, at about half an inch 
 afunder, upon the lower incifive teeth, which ferve 
 to cut the wind thus blown violently thro’ a fort of 
 tube, of about half an inch cubical ; whofe fides 
 are the two fingers, met by the lips above and be- 
 low. Thus the air, flrongly cut by the lower 
 teeth, whiffles infinitely louder than when cut by 
 the foft lips only ; fo that it may be heard two or 
 three miles : and if this tube be over-blown, it 
 will ftupify any ear, or even occafion a temporary 
 deafnefs to fome ears, that may have the organs in 
 a certain degree of tenfion ; much as looking at 
 the fplendid noon fun, will caufe a fhort blindnefs 
 in weak eyes. 
 
 E 4 
 
 LEC; 
 
LECTURE XVIII. 
 
 Of the Sight, 
 
 §. 494. S the organ of hearing perceives 
 Jf\^ the tremors of the air, fo the 
 fight perceives thofe of light ; and as the firft 
 conlifted chiefly of bony organs capable of mak- 
 ing a refonance ; here, on the contrary, the 
 greater part of the eye is compofed of pellucid 
 humours, capable of refrading the more fubtle 
 medium of light ; but the complexity of this 
 organ was neceflary for the defence of its ten- 
 der parts, and from the diverfity of the feveral 
 humours, to be contained each in their proper 
 coverings or integuments. 
 
 §. 495. Outwardly, a defence is afforded to 
 this organ by the eye-brow or fuperciliumy 
 which is a protuberance of the fkin, fuflained 
 by mufcles, at the bottom of the forehead, full 
 of thick hairs, marfhalled in a regular order, 
 and capable of being pulled down by the adlion 
 of the frontal, corrugator, and orbicular muf- 
 cles, fo as to afford a fhade to the eve in too 
 flrong a light. After this office is finifhed, the 
 eye-brow is raifed again, by the infer tion of the 
 frontal mufcle, thin and fleflay, immediately 
 under the continuous fkin, into a tendinous cap 
 faffenened to the flcull, which cap being of a 
 large quadrangular figure, is drawn backward 
 by the occipital mufcle. A depreffion of the 
 eye-brow ferves alfo to exprefs concern of the 
 
 mind 3 
 
Of the Sight. 
 
 mind j as an elevation of it denotes the mind to 
 be in a ferene quiet ftate. This guide alfo con- 
 duces to throw off the fweat and retained duft, 
 or the infers v/hich might fall into the eye. 
 
 §. 496. The eye-lids or palpebrte, are placed 
 ftill nearer guards before the eye. Here the 
 folds of the fKin, which are thinly extended, 
 from that of the face, run out in a confderable 
 length, and are reflected back with the cellular 
 fubftance, interpofed betwixt the outer and in- 
 ner plate, the latter of which becomes then a thin 
 vafcular membrane, and therefore of a red co- 
 lour, extended before the globe of the eye, and 
 fpread in its foremoft part upon the fclerctica, 
 under the denomination of conjundliva tunica. 
 This production of the fkin is every where co- 
 vered by another of the cuticle, even where it 
 is clofely conjoined with the cornea. The up- 
 per eye-^lid is larger and more moveable j the 
 lower is fmaller, and rather obfequious to the 
 motion of the ocher parts, than moved by any 
 particular forces of its own. The nerves which 
 give fenfibility to the eye-lids, are numerous, 
 from the firft branch of the fifth pair, and like- 
 wife from the fecond j and they abound with 
 arteries from the ophthalmics, and from the 
 branches of the tem.porals, internal maxiliaries, 
 infraorbitals, and others of the face. 
 
 §. 497. That the eye-lids might Ihut toge- 
 ther more exaClly, they have each of them a 
 cartilaginous arch, called tarfus, upon their mar- 
 gins, which meet together, which is fiender, 
 of a lunar figure, extenuated outw'ard, and 
 ferves to hinder the eye-lid from falling into 
 
 wrinkles. 
 
5^ Of the Sight,- 
 
 wrinkles, while it is elevated or deprefled. The 
 elevation of the upper eye-lid is performed by a 
 mufcle, called, from its office, and arifingfrom 
 the dura muter, where that departs from the optic 
 nerve and degenerates into the perioflium of the 
 orbit; from thence the elevator mufcle gradually 
 fpreading, is extended by its expanfion to the 
 tarfus. This elevator is confiderably affifted in 
 its adlion, by the frontalis, and by various con- 
 nexions with the orbicularis, drawn up or di- 
 lated by the former. The upper eye-lid is de- 
 prefTed by the orbicularis mufc'e, which is broad 
 and thinly fpread round the orbit, under the 
 ficin of the eye-lids, to each angle of the eye, 
 which ferve as fixed points to this mufcle ; and 
 it adheres to the os frontis, where that bone 
 joins the upper jaw, and then its fibres are in- 
 ferted into the os frontis, and neareft parts of the 
 upper jaw. The fame mufcle ferves to elevate 
 the lower eye-lid, and covers the eye in fuch a 
 manner that no duft or light can enter it in deep. 
 The lov/er eye-lid is deprefied by a double por- 
 tion of fibres, inferted into the upper lip. Fi- 
 nally, that the protuberant margins of the eye- 
 lids might not injurioufly beat again fl; each 
 other, the cilia or rails of hair are placed fpread- 
 ing outwards, in a row, from the edges of the 
 eye-lids, of different lengths, which by croffing 
 each other make a blind or fhade. Thefe are 
 of ufe in more diftinX vifion, by excluding 
 the extraneous or more fcattered rays, when we 
 require a diflinX reprefen tation of any objeX. 
 
 §. 498. That the eye-lids rubbing againfi; 
 each other, might not grow together, 
 
 they are 
 fupplied 
 
Of the Sight. 59 
 
 fuppHed with a row of febaceous gJanduleSy firfi: 
 noticed by Meibomius ; namely, about thirty little 
 gut-like cells, or more in each eye-lid, placed in 
 general, according to the length of the lid, 
 without ever branching, but compofed of pecu- 
 liar blind finufes, which end at laft in one larger 
 ferpentine du6t, opening by a mouth in the 
 margin of the eye-lid itfelf. Thefe difcharge 
 a foft liniment, which mixes and wadies off 
 with the tears. 
 
 §. 499. But the perpetual attrition of the 
 eye-lids afcending and defcending againfl: the 
 globe of the eye, is prevented by the diftilling 
 humour, called tears^ which preferve alfo the 
 tendernefs of the membranes and of the cornea, 
 and ferve to wafh out any infedls or other Iharp 
 corpufcles. Thefe form a faline pellucid liquor, 
 that may be evaporated, and never ceafes to be 
 poured over the anterior fur face of the eye, but 
 never runs over the cheeks, unlefs colleded to- 
 gether in a larger quantity, from fome caufe. 
 This liquor is exhaled partly from the arteries 
 of the conjunctiva, as we fee from an imitation 
 of nature by injeCling water j and it is in part 
 believed to proceed from a gland feated in a re- 
 cefs of the orbit of the os frontis, fomewhat 
 hard, and of the conglomerate kind, intermixed 
 with fat, and painted with many blood veffels 
 from the apthalmics and internal maxillaries ; 
 and interfperfed with many fmall nerves ariling 
 from a peculiar branch of the firft trunk of the 
 fifth pair. From this lacrymal glandule in 
 horned cattle defcend three, four or more vifible 
 duCtSj which open on the inner fide of the con- 
 junctiva, 
 
6o Of the Sight. 
 
 jundlva, upon the eye-lid ; but in man we 
 are not fufficiently certain of thcfe duds ; 
 and for my own part, I have never been able to 
 fee any. The feparation of the tears is increafed 
 by the more frequent contradion of the orbi- 
 cular mufcle, either from irritation, or fome 
 forrowful paffion, by which means the tears are 
 urged over the whole furface of the eye, and 
 conjundiva, which they wafh. 
 
 §. 500. After the tears have performed their 
 office, fome part of them flying off into the air, 
 the reft, that they might not offend by their 
 quantity, are propelled by the orbicular mufcle, 
 towards its origination next the nofe, to a part 
 which is the loweft of the palpebral margins ; 
 which not being furrounded by the tarfus, does 
 therefore not meet exadly together. Here a 
 caruncle full of cebaceous hairy follicles, of an 
 oblong figure, interpofes and feparates the meet- 
 ing of the eye-lids, at the fame time furnilhing 
 a liniment to thofe parts which have none of 
 the Meibomian duds. Before this part is extend- 
 ed a fmall portion, like a little eye-lid, which 
 defcending perpendicularly, joins the true eye- 
 lids : but at the beginning of this fpace, betwixt 
 the eye-lids, in which the tears are colleded, 
 both in the upper and lower margin, a little 
 papilla ftands out, having each of them one 
 opening, furrounded by callous fleffi, which are 
 perpetually open, unlefs when convulfively 
 clofed. This opening, which is called the 
 pun5lum lachrjmale^ drinks up the tears from the 
 fin us, in which they are colleded, and this 
 partly by tabular attradion, and partly by im- 
 
Of the Sight. 6 1 
 
 pulfe, from the orbicular mufcle. If thefe 
 points or openings are obftrutled, the tears run 
 over and excoriate the cheek, 
 
 §. 501. From the faid point or opening, pro- 
 ceeds a fmall dudl, both from the upper and 
 the lower eye-lid, much wider than the open- 
 ing itfelf, but thin and included in the fkin that 
 covers the caruncle ; from whence going tranf- 
 verfely, they both join together, and are infert- 
 ed by two mouths near the uppermoft part of 
 the lachrymal Jack : for thus is called a cavity, 
 formed in the os unguis and upper jaw, lined 
 with a membrane, which is at firll: ligamentary, 
 but afterwards red and pulpy, continued from 
 the membrane of the nares, and is fomewhat 
 of an oval figure. From the fame facculus, is 
 continued a duft, which defcends a little back- 
 ward into the nares, opening there by an ob- 
 lique, oblong aperture, at the bottom of the 
 meatus, covered by the lower os fpongeofum. 
 Through this paflage the fuperfiuous tears 
 defcend into the nofe, which they In part 
 moiften (§. 465.). [A mufcle is by fome af- 
 cribed to this fack 3 but it is not yet fufficlently 
 confirmed to enter the lifl; with the others.] 
 
 §. 502. The globe of the eye^ properly fo 
 called, comprefied before, but longer than it is 
 broad, is feated in the cavity of a bony orbit, 
 which is almofl of a conical figure, made up 
 by feven bones, which are in the back part, and 
 on the inner-fide perforated, or interrupted by 
 large fifiTures, from whence the bones widend- 
 ing forward, defend the cavity on all fides. But 
 as this is larger than the eye itfelfj the excefs 
 
 is 
 
6 2 Of the Sight. 
 
 is on ail fides occupied by a very foft fat, fur- 
 rounding the globe of the eye, that It may both 
 fill and have a free motion within the orbit. 
 
 §. 503. The eye begins from a confiderable 
 nerve, by the expanfion of whofe coats or tu- 
 nics, thofe of the eye itfelf are compofed. The 
 origin of this optical nerve we have already 
 deferibed (§. 371.); hs progrefs is acrofs 
 under the crus or footftalk of the brain, where 
 it joins with its fellow nerve from the other 
 lidc, and coheres therev/ith for a confiderable 
 length, by a large portion of m.edullary fub- 
 flancc, but yet without intermixing ; fo that the 
 right nerve only bends tlms to the right eye, 
 and the left to the left eye, as we are alTured 
 from experiments. The nerve, therefore, thus 
 enters the orbit a little infledted, of a figure 
 fomewhat round, but deprefied ; and is inferred 
 into the globe of the eye, not in the middle, 
 but a little nearer to the nofe. 
 
 §. 504. The nerve having reached the eye, 
 depofitsthe inner plate of its dura mater, which 
 it received in the opening of the fphsenoidal 
 bonej and this being expanded and rende.'-ei 
 thicker, makes up the firft coat of the eye, 
 called fclerotica. The other outer plate of the 
 dura mater, receding from the former, makes 
 up the perioftium of the orbit ; but tlie pla ma- 
 ter, which is in this nerve very diftindt and full of 
 vefiels, expands Itfelf as before, fo as to form a 
 thin dark coloured lining to the fclerctica. The 
 remaining inner medullary part of the nerve, 
 continued from the brain, but divided into fila- 
 ments by the cellular fubflance, appears at firit 
 
 contraCLcd 
 
Of the Sight; 63 
 
 contra (fled into a depreffed white conical pa- 
 pilla, after which it is again expanded upon the 
 inner membrane of th» eye, fo as to form the 
 retina, 
 
 §. 505. The fclerctica is in general white, 
 tough, and furnilhed with few velTels, refemb- 
 ling the nature of the cutis or Ikin, of a figure 
 completely enough globular, but comprefifed or 
 flattened before, and of a greater thicknefs back- 
 ward ; to the fore-part of this globe, cut off cir- 
 cularly, is prefixt obliquely, a portion of a more 
 convex or lefs fphere, pellucid and made up of 
 many fcales or plates, replenifhed with a clear 
 water and pellucid vefl'els, very diflicult to de- 
 monftrate j this part, which is extremely fen- 
 fible, and almofl; circular, yet broader at the 
 nofe than towards the temples, is termed the 
 cornea, through which the light paffes into the 
 eye. This greedily imbibes water, and fweats 
 it out again. Before the anterior and flatter part 
 of the fclerotica, and alfo before the cornea, the 
 conjunctiva is detached from each of the eye- 
 lids, and clofely conjoined bv a proper cellular 
 fubflance, that may be inflated (§. 496.), which 
 is replenilhed with veffels, partly red, and partly 
 pellucid continuations of red ones. 
 
 §. 506. The origination of the chcroides^ is a 
 white circle, terminating the fubflance of the 
 optic nerve, in that part where the retina and 
 the central artery are expanded from it, and 
 periorate it by many fmall foramina. From 
 hence it Jpreads witiiin the fclerotica, concen- 
 trically adhering thereto by a cellular fubflarice 
 and many vcflels, which enter from, the cho- 
 
 roiues 
 
Sa Of the Sight. 
 
 roides into the fclerotica. This membrane Is 
 outwardly of a brown colour, but inwardly of 
 a more rufiet brown, or almoft black, both 
 which colour and furface are feparable by mace- 
 ration, the innermofl being dillinguifhable by 
 the name of tunica Ruyfchiana. When this has 
 extended itfelf as far as the beginning of the 
 pellucid cornea, it there joins itfelf more accu- 
 rately to the fclerotica, by a cellular fubftance, 
 from whence going off almoff circularly in a 
 different courfe, it forms a kind of rim, called 
 C7"biculus ciliaris : namely, the coat, which was 
 before fpherically expanded, now fubtends cir- 
 cularly from the arch of the cornea, a little con- 
 vex outwardly, and with a deficiency in its 
 middle ; from whence a circular parallel por- 
 tion is taken out, fo as to form a foramen or 
 hole, called the pitpi!^ which is feated nearer 
 towards the nofe, and is larger toward the 
 temple. The anterior part of this round rim, 
 is called the //zh, and the back part feparable 
 from the former, by maceration, is from the 
 colour wdth which it is painted, called uvea. 
 Upon both fides appear numerous ftripes, extend- 
 ed like rays of various colours, in different 
 people ; but the concentrical orbicular fibres of 
 the pupil are neither vifible to the eye, nor by 
 the microfcope, not even in an ox, as far as I 
 have been able to obferve ; only there is one 
 diflindt ring of obfcure fibres in the body or in- 
 ner margin of the uveal circle. In the numan 
 fetus, and in chicklings of the egg, the pupil 
 is clofe flrut ; fo that the iris extended, makes 
 up a perfect circiil^?£l^in. The other part ot 
 
Of the Sight. 65 
 
 the circle which furrounds the pupil, is vafcu- 
 lar. This by degrees contradls itfelf after the 
 birth, and leaves a free paffage for the rays to 
 enter through the pupil. 
 
 §. 507. Behind the uvea, from the fame 
 circle, by which the choroides and fclerotica 
 join together and outwardly adhere to the cor- 
 nea, arife thick ftripes, extended from the cho- 
 roides, elegantly wrinkled with parallel veflels, 
 fpread under them, which are conjoined by fea- 
 ther-like loofe and thin footflalks, into the re- 
 tina, every way fpread with a good deal of 
 black paint, and departing, after the manner of 
 a perforated ring, inward from the tunica cho- 
 roidea, they fpread upon the vitrious humour ; 
 and laftly, adhere to the capfule of the cryftal- 
 line lens, and are called by the name of the n- 
 liary ligaments. [The origin of the black pig- 
 ment we are as yet unacquainted with ; nor can 
 any glandules be found, which fome have af- 
 figned for its feparation.] 
 
 §. 50S. But the retina^ which is truly a con- 
 tinuation of the medulla, from the optic nerve, 
 is next expanded into a fphere concentric, with 
 the choroides extremely tender, and almofl; of a 
 mucous confiftence, diffolvable by a blaft ; and 
 this immediately embraces the vitrious body. But 
 when the retina has extended itfelf as far as the 
 ciliary procefies, it follows their courfe, making 
 their Ifripes and fmall arteries its, foundation or 
 fupport, in its courfe to the cryftalline lens, to 
 the^ capfule of which it adheres; and if we may 
 believe the obfervations of: fome anatomifts, 
 fpreads upon its furface. , To, my enquiry, there 
 VoL. II. F . . ■ leems 
 
66 Of the Sight. 
 
 feems to be rather folds or plates than fibres, 
 difiinguirhable in the retina. [It contains 
 many Imall hlood-vefl'els, and is covered over 
 by a white nervous fubftance, which is, by 
 many, counted a proper membrane of the re- 
 tina.] 
 
 §. 509. Thefe coats of the eye, which In- 
 vefi: and fupport each other, after the manner 
 of an onion or other bulbous root, give a fphe- 
 rical figure to the eye, and include its humours^ 
 by which name are underftood commonly three 
 fubflances, the one a folid, the other a foft 
 body, and the third truly a liquor. Firfi; 
 then, the common furface of the retina is, on 
 all fides, filled by the principal or 'vitrious hu- 
 mour, which is contained in a thin pellucid 
 membrane of its own, of a cellular fabric, in 
 the intervals of which is confined a mofi; clear 
 liquor, a little denfer than water, which en- 
 tirely evaporates by heat, like the aqueous hu- 
 mour, from which nature it does not eafily de- 
 generate, even in old people. [It has vefiels 
 from thofe of the retina, which appear plainly 
 enough in the eyes of fheep and oxen.] 
 
 §. 510. But in the fore-part of the vltrious 
 body, behind the uvea, there is an orbicular 
 deprcffion or fnus connderably deep, into the 
 cavity of which the crsfalline lens is received, 
 though that be lefs properly ranked in the 
 clafs of humours. The figure of this lens is 
 made up of two elliptical convex portions or 
 fides, the foremoft of which is flatter, and the 
 pofierlor m.ore gibbous. The flrudlure of it 
 is that of concentric plates or fcales, fucceeding 
 
 each 
 
Of the Sight, 6 j 
 
 fjach other, and compofed by the fibres them- 
 felves, elegantly figured and contorted. Be- 
 twixt the cryftaline leaves, is alfo contained a 
 pellucid liquor, which, in old age, tarns to a 
 yellow colour. The innermoft fcales lie clofer 
 together, and form, at lafi:, a fort of continued 
 nucleus, harder than the reft of the lens. [Its 
 arterial veffels are continued through the vitreous 
 body from thofe of the retina ■, and the veins re- 
 turn in company With thofe of the ciliary liga- 
 ment, §. 507.] This whole lens is contained 
 in a ftrong, thick, elaftic capfule of a pellucid 
 membrane, which is lined backward by tho 
 uvea, and fuftained by the ciliary proceftes in- 
 lerted into it (§. There is alfo acellular 
 
 circle furrounding the lens, formed by the two 
 plates of the vitrious membrane, the foremoft 
 of which adheres to the lens by a broad cir- 
 cle, and the innermoft is continued behind the 
 lens, together with its capfule; by Vv'hich means 
 a fpace is formed, which, by inflation, re- 
 iembles a ring. 
 
 §. 511. Laftly, the aqueous humour^ which 
 is extremely clear and fluid, and renewed again, 
 if it be let out, is feated ia a fmall fpace of a 
 curve-lined triangular figure betwixt the uvea 
 and cryftaline lens, and in a larger chamber 
 that is before betwixt the iris and the cornea.. 
 This humour feems to exhale from the fmall 
 arteries of the iris, uvea, and ciliary proceffes, 
 being again ablorbed into fmall veins of the 
 fame parts while fome portion of it is drunk 
 up and exhaled through the cornea. This 
 F 2 humour 
 
68 Of the Sight. 
 
 humour alfo waters the uvea and capfule of 
 the lens. 
 
 §. 512. The eye, thus framed, is outward- 
 ly furrounded with mufcles, for its government 
 and diredtion. Namely, into the circle of the 
 fclerotica, which is next to the cornea, are in- 
 ferred four ftraight mufcles, arifing from the 
 dura mater of the optic nerve at the bottom of 
 the orbit, where, departing from the nerve, 
 they cohere with the periofleum, forming, as 
 it were, one circle ; from whence, going for- 
 ward, their bellies lie round the bulb of the 
 eye, and terminate again by their aponeurofes, 
 meeting together in another circle into the fcle- 
 rotica. Of thefe, the elevator is tne lead:, and 
 the abdudtor the iongeft. The office of thefe 
 mufcles appears very plainly in each of them 
 apart, fince, being bent round the convex bulb 
 of the eye, as about a pully, they muft, of 
 courfe, elevate, deprefs, or turn the globe of 
 the eye, cither to the nofe or to the temple. 
 Moreover, two of them, ading together, may 
 turn the eye in a diagonal becwixt the former 
 >diredions, as upwards and outwards, upw'^ards 
 and inwards, &c. Laftly, when all the four 
 ftraight mufcles are contraded together, there 
 is no doubt but they draw the wffiole eye to- 
 wards its origin within the orbit, by which 
 .means the cryftalline lens is moved nearer to 
 the retina. 
 
 §. 513. But the two oblique mufcles of the 
 eve are of a more compound fabric ; the upper 
 of thefe, arifing toge^er with the redi, is 
 long and {lender, afcending forward to a notch 
 
 in 
 
Of the Sight, 69 
 
 in the os frontis, which is completed by a 
 double ligament, cartilaginous on each fide, 
 and hollow in the middle, almoft quadrangular 
 for fuftaining the tendon of the mufcle. 
 Through this canal paffes the tendon of the 
 obliquus fuperior, which being again refledled 
 backward and downward, included in a cap- 
 fule of its own, is inferted into the globe of 
 the eye behind the ftraight mufcles. This 
 draws the globe forward and upward, in a 
 manner out of the orbit, that the eye may take 
 in a larger field of vifion ; it alfo turns the 
 pupil inward and downward. The other 
 lefjer oblique mufcle, arifing from a finus of 
 the lacrymal foramen in the upper jaw, af- 
 cends immediately outwards from the os uh- 
 guis round the globe of the eye, and is in- 
 ferted by its tendon into the fclerotica behind 
 the external redlus ; whence it appears, on its 
 part, to turn the eye downward and outward, 
 and of courfe contrary to the former to diredl 
 the pupil upward and inward. 
 
 §. 514. But there are other more minute 
 mufcular motions performed in the eye, which 
 pre-fuppofe a knowledge of the nerves be- 
 longing to this organ. And firlt, we have 
 already fpoke of the optic nerve (§. 503, 504.). 
 The fourth pair goes only to the larger oblique 
 mufcle, and the fixth pair belongs to the exter- 
 nal redtus. The third and fifth pair produce 
 the principal nerves in the eye; and of thefe, 
 the firfl; branch of the fifth produces the oph- 
 thalmic nerve, and fends off a fmall nerve from 
 its entrance into the orbit, to the eye-lid and 
 
 F'3 lacry- 
 
70 Of the Sight. 
 
 lacrymal glandule 5 it then conjoins with the 
 fecond branch of the fifth pair, and with the 
 temporal branch of the third and fifth pair. Af- 
 ter having ^entered into the orbit, its trunk di- 
 vides into two j of which the upper and larger 
 fubdivides into two, which are fpent upon the 
 forehead and eye- lids 3 ’'ut the lower, going 
 inwards above the opt;''' nerve, fends out long 
 flender filaments to the outer part of that 
 nerve, which, joining with another filament of 
 the third pair, makes up the ophthalmic gan- 
 glion. Finally, having given off a nerve, run- 
 ning to that of the nofe (§. 45^.), it is then 
 fpent upon the parts of the internal angle of 
 t^e eye. 
 
 §. 515. But the principal dignity of the 
 third pair lies, in giving off a branch upwards 
 to the flraight mufcles of the eye, and to the 
 eyerlids j and then, going forward with its 
 trunk under the optic nerve, it fends out three 
 branches together to the lower and lefs oblique, 
 and to the internal flraight mufcle 3 after this, 
 or often before, (from its trunk, andfometimes 
 from a branch of the lower obliquus) afeends 
 out another fliort and much thicker nerve, 
 which fometimes joins the root of the fifth 
 (§. 514.)} or is fometimes folitary, which, 
 under the abdudlor mufcle, conftantly forms 
 the oval opthalmic ganglion. From that gan- 
 glion, and fometimes from the trunk of the 
 third or fifth, go out four or five ciliary nerves 
 in a crooked courfe, playing round the optic 
 nerve in their courfe to the globe of tl>e eye, 
 yvhere they enter .the fclerotica almofc in its 
 '• •• middle;, 
 
Of the Sight. 7 1 
 
 triiddle, in company with its longer fmall ar- 
 teries or veins ; and running thence hraight 
 forward through the choroides, they pafs vi- 
 iibly to the iris, and feemingly to the ciliary 
 proceffes. Upon thefe nerves, depends mani- 
 fedly the feniibllity of the iris, which con- 
 tracts itfelf in all the Wronger degrees of light, 
 and dilates , itfelf in all the weaker degrees ; 
 and from thence too the pupil is enlarged, in 
 viewing all remote objeCts, as it is contracted 
 fmaller when we look at things very near the 
 eye. The caufe of the dilatation feems to be 
 an abatement of the powers refifting the aqueous 
 humour ; as we fee, for example, in the dila- 
 tation that enfues from weaknefs, fainting, cr 
 death. The conflriClion is, indeed, more ob- 
 fcure, or perhaps arifes only from a ftronger 
 influx of humours into the colourlefs veffels of 
 the iris, by which the faid veffels are extended 
 together with the iris, tvhich is thereby elon- 
 gated, fo as to flmt up the greater part of the 
 pupil. In children, the pupil is more fenfible, 
 and more evidently contraCled or dilated ; but 
 in old people, the parts of the eye, growing 
 callous, it becomes, at lad, almod immove- 
 able. Other fmaller nerves are extended from 
 the fame ganglion to the fclerotica. 
 
 §. 516. Another more obfcure and lefs eafdy 
 demondrable motion in the eye, is that of the 
 ciliary proceffes (§. 507.), which, lying in- 
 cumbent upon the furrows of the vitrious 
 membrane, feem, by their aClion, to prefs back 
 that body, fo as to bring the lens forward, and 
 feparate or remove it farther from the retina. 
 
 F • 4;- [As 
 
72 Of the Sight. 
 
 [As for any fphindter of the pupil, or a con- 
 flridor of the cornea, mentioned by fome 
 writers of note, or even moving fibres, which 
 others have imagined proper to the cryftalline 
 lens, they are in no wife fupported by anatomy, 
 nor are they confiftent with the perpetual hard- 
 nefs of texture, obfervable in the lens and cor- 
 nea of moft animals ] 
 
 §.517. Moreover, to the hifi:ory of- the eye, 
 belongs a defcription of the veflels, which, in 
 this part, have a beautiful fabric. But all of 
 thofe which belong properly to the feveral 
 parts of the eye itfelf, come from the ophthal- 
 mic artery^ a branch of the internal carotid 
 (§• 33 ^ )- This, creeping along under the 
 optic nerve, fends out, as principal branches, 
 the upper and lower ciliaries, one or more ; the 
 lacbrymalis, from whence the pofterior running 
 to the nofe, and internal part of that belonging 
 to the arch of the tarfus; afterwards the mufcu- 
 laris inferior, the anterior recurrent to the nofe, 
 the uppermofi: mufculares, and the palpebralis; 
 from whence, with the former branch, fprings 
 the arch of the tarfus. LalHy, it goes out for- 
 ward to the face and adjacent parts of the nofe. 
 But the ophthalmic branches, belonging to the 
 inner fabric of the eye, are the pofterior and 
 middle ciliaries, which, arifing from the trunks 
 before- mentioned, and playing round the optic 
 nerve, in four or more branches, in a ferpentine 
 courfe, go partly in with the optic nerve at its 
 firfi: entrance, and are partly extended further 
 to near the middle of the fclerotica, where they 
 fend in twenty or more little arteries to the 
 
 cho- 
 
of the Sight. 73 
 
 choroides, which make firft beautiful ramifi- 
 cations upon the external furface of that mem- 
 brane, round and like the branches of trees; 
 from whence they proceed inwardly in a more 
 diredt courfe, and extend fome of their branches 
 as far as the cohefion of the iris, with the cor- 
 nea and choroides (§. 506.) ; and here each 
 branch, dividing to the right and left, and in- 
 termixing with others of the fame kind, at lafi: 
 go to complete the arterial circle of the uvea. 
 
 §. 518. But to the compofition of the fame 
 circle, concur many other fmall arteries ; as the 
 anterior ciliaries^ which, arifing from the muf- 
 cular branches of the ophthalmic, hear the 
 origin of the pellucid cornea, perforate the 
 fclerotica by twelve or more branches, and to- 
 gether make up the circle of the pupil. From 
 that circle, and likewife from the fore-men- 
 tioned arterial ciliary arteries, independent of 
 the middle circle, are diftributed veffels, both 
 on the anterior face, which makes the iris, 
 and on the pofterior face of the uvea, toge- 
 ther with the ciliary procefies ; the veffels are 
 diftributed, both ftraight and ramified ; the 
 iris is full of a liquor of a bluilh colour, other- 
 wife brown ; and the uvea is fpread with a good 
 deal of a black paint, without v/hich it is na- 
 turally white, and fends fmall pellucid branches 
 even into the chryftalline lens, as I have truly 
 feen. 
 
 §. 519. But from the fame ophthalmic and 
 its trunk, or from the lacrymal branch, or 
 from one of the ciiiaries, one or more branches 
 enter into the optic nerve ; the principal of 
 
 thefe. 
 
74 0 / Sight. 
 
 thefe, being fingle, penetrates through the me- 
 duila of the nerve, and, going out of the 
 middle or apex of the papilla (§. 504.), divides 
 in the center of the retina, from thence fpread- 
 ing its branches every way in company with 
 the retina itfelf. Sometimes a fecond or leffer 
 branch goes along the center of the nerve to 
 the retina, and is, in like manner, ramified 
 through it. It is probably from thefe branches, 
 that the minute pellucid ones of the vitrious 
 tunic are produced. The center of thefe ar- 
 teries, entering the retina, is the celebrated 
 poriis opticuSy or blind point of the antients. 
 
 §. 520, The veins of the eye, in general, 
 being branched like trees in the choroides, 
 conduce but little to the formation of the circle 
 of the uvea. They arife from the ophthalmic 
 vein, which here comes from the vein of the 
 face, and, going cut of, or under the bony or- 
 bit, is inferted into the cavernous finus. The 
 internal veins of the eye are fewer in the mid- 
 dle of the fclerotica, which they perforate with 
 larger trunks, and form buflies or trees, fome- 
 v/hat bigger and more anterior than thofe of 
 the arteries ; and another vein perforates the 
 center of the optic nerve, and is fpent in the 
 retina like the artery. The pellucid or watry 
 vefl'els differ not in their courfe, from thofe 
 which convey blood. There are alfo lympha- 
 tic veffels faid to have been feen by feme in the 
 retina, but the obfervation has not been often 
 enough repeated for us to depend on. 
 
 §. 521. So far, with refped: to the anatomy 
 of the eye i but tlaat the action of this organ 
 
 lies 
 
Of the Sight. 75 
 
 lies wholly in the reception of light, excepting 
 only a few doubts, appears very plainly from 
 phyfical and mechanical experiments. Light 
 then is a matter either the fame, or very nearly 
 approaching to that of fire (§. 2.), extremely 
 fluid and fubtle, penetrating through all even 
 the hardefl; bodies, without receiving altera- 
 tion from any length or diflance in its courfe, 
 moving with fuch a very great velocity, as to 
 run through the great orb to us in the fpace 
 of about fixteen minutes and an half. The 
 light we have in our atmofphere proceeds ei- 
 ther from that of the fun, whofe body feems 
 to have the power of impelling to us, in right 
 lines, the matter of light, which is confufedly 
 fpread around, or elfe it proceeds from foms 
 other ignited point or lucid body j from 
 v/hence the rays fpread every way, as from a 
 center to all points of a large fphere, fo as to fall 
 upon the furfaces of bodies ; from whence again 
 it is refledfed into the eye from the enlightened 
 furfaces in angles, equal to that of their inci- 
 dence, fo as to render the bodies, from whence 
 it thus flow to the eye, both vifible and of 
 fome colour. 
 
 §. 522. It is nov/ fufficiently evidenced from 
 experiments, that light is compofed of rays in 
 right lines, almoft without any phyfical breadth 
 or thicknefs, and yet that each of. thefe rays 
 are again feparable into feven other permanent 
 and immutable rays of a leflTer kind. The 
 known properties of thefe rays are, that all of 
 them, conjoined together, conftitute a white 
 v/hich, being refraded by the minute 
 
 furfaces 
 
7 6 Of the Sight. 
 
 furfaces of bodies, are fubdivided into rays of 
 a red colour, which are more conftant or per- 
 manent, hard and lefs refrangible; next to 
 which follow thofe of an orange, of a yellow, 
 green, blue, and indico or violet colour ; of 
 w^hich thofe are always weaker and more refran- 
 gible, w’hich are farther diftant in order from the 
 red rays. A fbadow arifes from a deficiency in 
 the rcfledled rays. Thofe primitive rays, va- 
 rioufly compounded together with (hade, make 
 up all the variety of colours. The colours 
 then, which feem proper to bodies, arife hence, 
 that the minute furfaces of their conftituent 
 folid particles, by which their pores or va- 
 cuities are limited, do, according to the diffe- 
 rence of their thicknefs, denfity, &c. refledt or 
 feparate the rays of light, fo as to fend more of 
 one kind or colour to the eye than another ; 
 whilft moft part of the remaining rays are loft 
 by repeated refledions within the pores of the 
 fubftance, fo that the ftrongeft and thickeft 
 particles refled a white colour ; thofe next, in 
 denfity and fize, a red colour, ’till at laft the 
 minuteft furfaces refled a violet colour. Thofe 
 bodies are opake, which retain the rays with- 
 in their fubftance, without permitting any to 
 pafs through them ; which feems to follow 
 from the largeivefs and the number of the pores, 
 to the fides of which the light is attraded, 
 which pores are filled with fome matter that has 
 a power of refradion, difi'erentfrom that which 
 the light fuffers from t^e parts of the body it- 
 felf. [Thefe principles we embrace ’tiil a new 
 tiicory, that places the diveriity of colours. 
 
Of the Sight, yj 
 
 like thofe of founds, in vibrations of different 
 celerities, fliall be better eftabliihed j although, 
 in reality, we are but little concerned, as to 
 our experiences, in this or any other theory.] 
 
 §. 523. Thefe rays, falling obliquely upon 
 the furface of liquors of various denfities, pals 
 through them with a change in their diredtion, 
 by varioufly receding from, or approaching 
 nearer, to a perpendicular ; and this is called 
 their refraction. In general, the denfer the 
 medium, the more are the rays bent towards 
 the perpendicular, excepting only inflammable 
 liquors, which, by a peculiar property, draw 
 them more to a perpendicular, than in proportion 
 to the denfity of the liquor. The proportions 
 of the angles of incidence, to thofe of re- 
 fradtion, are obferved to be conftant enough, 
 fo that the line of the radius of refradtion from 
 air into water is to the line of the angle of in- 
 cidence, as 4 to 3 5 and in the radius, palling 
 from air into glafs, the fine of the incidence is 
 to that of refradtion, as 1 7 to 1 1 ; and from 
 water into glafs, as 51 to 44. 
 
 §. 524. Rays, which come through the air 
 with but little divergency, (as do thofe of the 
 fun on account of their immenfe diffance, or 
 as, in general, do any rays that come from 
 the diltance of above 100 feet) falling out of 
 the air upon a denfer body, are fo refradted, as 
 to meet together in one point, which is called 
 their fccm j and this point always falls within 
 the axis or radius that is perpendicular to the 
 furface whence it becomes permanent and 
 unchangeable, fo that the focus of rays, paf- 
 
 ling 
 
Of the Eight. 
 
 fmgfrom air intoafphereof water, will bediftant 
 from the axis one femidiameter of the fphere* 
 And in a globular glafs, it will be diftant a fourth 
 part of the diameter; but in a convex lens of 
 glafs, that is part of a fphere not lefs than 
 thirty degrees, and equally convex, the focus 
 will be likewife diftant one femidiameter, yet 
 fo that the rays will meet not in a fingle point, 
 but in a little circle. 
 
 §. 525. Therefore the rays of light, whe- 
 ther diredl or infiedled, fall, in fuch a manner, 
 upon the tunica cornea of the eye, as to form 
 ' a mofi; fharp cone betwixt the lucid point and 
 the membrane upon .which they are fpread. 
 The bafis of which cone 'will be the furface of 
 the cornea, and the apex in the radiant point, 
 yet fo that every ray in this cone may, without 
 any fenfible error, be reckoned parallel with 
 each other. Among thefe, there are fome rays 
 refledted back from the cornea, without ever 
 penetrating the furface ; namely, all fuch as 
 fall upon that membrane, in a greater angle 
 than that of forty degrees ; and other rays, 
 which enter the cornea, at very k/'ge angles, 
 but lefs than the former, and fall in betwixt 
 the uvea and fides of the cryftalline lens, are 
 fuffocated or loft in the black paint that lines 
 the uvea (§. 506.), and the ciliary proceftes 
 (§• 5^7‘) 5 thofe rays only fall upon the 
 furface of the lens, which enter the cornea at 
 fmall angles, not much diftant from the per- 
 pendicular, or at moft not exceeding twenty- 
 eight degrees. By this means, all thofe rays 
 are excluded, which the refrading power of 
 2 the 
 
Of the Sight. 79 
 
 the humours in the eye could not be able to 
 concentrate or bring together upon the retina ; 
 without which they would paint the objedt too 
 large and confufedly. 
 
 §. 526. Thofe llender rays, therefore, com- 
 ing thus to the thick cornea, which is denfer 
 than water, and forms the fegmsrit of a fphere, 
 fuffer thus a greater power of refraction, and 
 pafs through it in a more confiderable degree 
 towards the perpendicular, namely,, about a 
 fourth part ; but thefe rays, falling with but 
 little convergency upon the aqueous humour, 
 which is fmall in quantity, and almofl like wa- 
 ter, making there no focus, becaufe of the 
 nearnefs of the humour to the cornea, go on 
 nearly parallel, or little converging to the 
 next adjacent furface of the very pellucid or 
 cryftalline lens ; becaufe their divergency was 
 conhderably corrected by the refraCting power 
 of the cornea. Moreover, the cornea, being 
 convex, and part of a kfs fphere than that of 
 the fclerotica, receives and colleCls a greater 
 number of rays, than if it was flatter, with a 
 lefs furface. 
 
 §. 527. The refracting power of the cryflal- 
 line lens, which exceeds that of water, may 
 be underflood, from its greater hardnefs, den- 
 flty, or weight, which, by fome certain expe- 
 riments, is computed to be equal with the re- 
 fracting power of the diamond, fo as to make 
 the refracted angle half that of the incidental 5 
 or, by other experiments, if the lens be com- 
 pared with glafs, its refraCtion will be fome- 
 what lefs namely, about ons and an half. In 
 
 this 
 
8 o Of the Sight. 
 
 ^ this lens, therefore, and more efpeclally in its 
 pofterior very convex fide, the rays will con- 
 verge much together, and pafs thence into the 
 vitrious body. 
 
 §. 528. This vitrious body is denfer than 
 water, in which it finks to the bottom, but 
 rarer than the cryftalline lens, and continues to 
 bend the rays towards the perpendicular, ’till, 
 at length, in a well-formed eye, the rays, 
 coming from the point of diftind; vifion, are 
 concentrated into a very fmall part of the re- 
 tina, where they paint an image of that objedt 
 from whence they comej but in a pofition inverted, 
 from the neceffary decufiation or crofllng of the 
 rays. The manner, in which the images of 
 obje£ls are thus painted, may be feen experi- 
 mentally in an artificial eye, or by a natural 
 eye, when the back- part of the fclerotica is 
 cut off, and a piece of paper placed to receive 
 the objeft. But the image we fee is painted on 
 the outer fide from the optic nerve, within the 
 bounds of the vifual axis, yt' fo that it is not 
 a mere point, but has fome degrees of breadth ; 
 fince we fee many objedts at once, whole 
 images muft be in difiindt points of the painted 
 field. And there an objeftis feen the more di- 
 ftindl, becaufe the rays arrive thither nearly 
 perpendicular. But frequently this point of 
 vifion does not fall on the fame place in both 
 of the eyes. [When the lens has been couched 
 or difplaced, the vitrious body with a weaker 
 refrading power, ufually fuffices to bring the 
 vifual rays together, to a focus.] 
 
 §■ 529- 
 
Of the Sight. 8 r 
 
 §. 529. But fince the necefTary offices of 
 human life require a diftincft objed: to be paint- 
 ed upon the retina, not only by the rays which 
 come from one certain diftance, but likewife 
 by rays which come from very different 
 parts, more or lefs diftant ; therefore nature 
 has made the lens moveable by the powers be- 
 fore-mentioned (§.512, 516.) j for, without 
 this motion of the lens, we fee objeds that 
 are either remote, or very near, after a man- 
 ner, indiftindly. [This art of feeing diflind- 
 ly, we learn by experience, it being unknown 
 to an eye lately couched of a catarad.] Alfo, 
 in an artificial eye, the ufe and neceffity of this 
 motion may be plainly perceived. Therefore 
 too great a divergency of the rays, as in thofe 
 which come from objeds very clofe to the eye, 
 is correded by a removal of the lens farther 
 from the retina, fo as to bring the focus of the 
 diverging rays upon the retina itfelf, which 
 would otherwife have fallen behind the eye ; 
 for the refrading power of the eye being de- 
 termined, that, which will unite the focus of 
 rays, coming from the diflance of three feet, 
 fo as to make them fall perfedly upon the re- 
 tina, will not be able to colled together into 
 the fame point, thofe rays which come from 
 the dffiance of three inches ; and rays ftiil 
 more diverging will meet together yet far- 
 ther behind the eye, if they are not colleded 
 together by a greater refrading power. 
 
 §. 530. But thofe rays, v/hich come from 
 parts very remote, and v/hich may be, there- 
 fore, counted parallel, will meet together be- 
 
 VoL. II. G- fore 
 
82 Of the Sight. 
 
 fore the t:etina, in the vltrious body, and again 
 feparate according to the nature of rays from 
 the point of concourfe, as if it was a lucid 
 point; to remedy which, therefore, thofe powers 
 (§. 5 i6.) remove the cryftalline lens back from 
 the cornea, nearer to the retina, that the rays, 
 which come together from a certain diftance to 
 the lens, may be alfo united together, at a certain 
 proportionable diftance on the retina. For an 
 eye, that will colled: the rays, coming from feven 
 inches, fo as to unite them on the retina, will 
 colled thofe together, fooner or before the re- 
 tina, which come from three feet. It was, there- 
 fore, perfedly neceftary for the eye to be made 
 thus changeable, that we might be able to fee 
 diftindly at various diftances. But the point 
 of diftind vifion is in that part of the retina, 
 where the given objed is painted in the leaft 
 compafs pofiible. [The powers, caufing the 
 vifual rays to unite or converge together on the 
 retina, are often very different in the two eyes 
 of one and the fame perfon, fo as to render one 
 eye nearly prefbyoptical or long-fighted, and 
 the other myopticai or fhort-fighted.] 
 
 §.531. But this artifice (§. 529.) of the eye 
 is, however, not alone fufficient in all peifons. 
 For there are now a greater number of people 
 than formerly employed in a ftudious or fe- 
 dentary life, and taken up with the obfervation 
 of more minute objeds, by whieh the cornea 
 is rendered more convex and denfe, and the 
 cryftalline lens more folid and of Ids fegments, 
 while the eye itfelf, by the weight of the hu- 
 mours, is more elongated, and the reft of the 
 liumours themfelves are probably more denli- 
 
Of the Sight. 83 
 
 fied ; rnany or all of which circumftances at- 
 tend the eyes of one perfon. In fuch, the iris 
 is fenlible in a fmall lightj whenccj by wink- 
 ing or {training the eye-lids, they are deno- 
 minated myopes, (hort or near-fighted j in thefe, 
 the point of diftind: vifion is very near to the 
 eye, from one to feven inches from before the 
 cornea j but they fee remoter objedls more ob- 
 fcurely, without being able to diftinguith their 
 parts. The rcafon of this is evident, lince, 
 from the fore-mentioned caufes, there is a 
 greater refradting power of the humours, by 
 which the diftant, and confequently parallel 
 fays, are obliged to meet in their focus before 
 the retina; from whence, fpreading again, they 
 fall upon the retina in many points. Thus 
 alfo to a good eye, the fenfe of objects, which 
 are too near the cornea, is confufed, becaufe 
 the rays, coming from thence, are fpread all 
 over the retina, without being colled:ed to- 
 wards the center. 
 
 §. 532. The remedy for this fault in the 
 fight is to corredl it in its birth or beginning, 
 by viewing diftant places, by keeping the eyes 
 from minute or near objedts, and by the ufe of 
 concave glaffes, or by viewing things through 
 a fmall hole, by which the light is weakened. 
 When the diforder is confirmed, the remedy is 
 a concave lens, which takes off a degree of 
 the refradting power in the humours, cornea, 
 and cryftalline lens, in proportion, as it is more 
 concdve, by which means the focus of rays, 
 from remote objects, is removed farther behind 
 the cornea, ib as to fall upon the retina. This 
 G 2 glafs 
 
^4 Of the Sight. 
 
 glafs ought to be a portion of a fphere,> 
 whofe diameter is equal to the diftance of di- 
 ftindl vifion from the naked eye, fquared by 
 the diftance of diftindt vifion in the armed 
 eye, and divided by the excefs betwixt them., 
 [Age itfelf advancing, gives fome relief to the 
 fhort-fighted j for children are, in a manner, 
 naturally myoptical : but, as the eye grows 
 older, it becomes flatter, in proportion as the 
 folids grow ftronger, and eonfradling to a fhorter 
 axis, the converging powers of the lens and 
 cornea are diminifhed.] 
 
 §. 53 3. Another diforder of the fight, con- 
 trary to the former, troubles people, who are 
 often looking upon very diftant objedts, and is 
 more efpecially familiar and incurable in old 
 people i whence the perfon, thus difordered, 
 is called prejbyopus. In fuch a one, the cornea 
 and cryftalline lens are flatter, and the humours 
 of the eye have a lefs refradling power. Hence 
 near objedls, whofe rays fall very diverging up- 
 on the cornea, appear confufedly, becaufe the 
 converging or refradling powers of the eye are 
 not fuflicient to bring the rays together in a 
 focus upon the retina, but the rays go on fcat- 
 tered through the retina, and throw the point 
 of their pencil behind the eye ; from whencq 
 vifion is confufed. The point of diftindl vifion, 
 among prelbyopi, or old or long-fighted peo- 
 ple, is from the diftance of fifteen to thirty 
 mehes. 
 
 §. 534. Such perfons are, in fome meafure, 
 relieved by looking through a black tube held 
 before the eye, by the ufe of which the retina 
 i grows 
 
Of fheSighC 85 
 
 grows tenderer, and the rays come in a more 
 parallel diredion. The remedy here is a con- 
 vex lens of glafs, which may caufe the rays to 
 converge and unite together fooner in a focus, 
 that it may fall not behind the eye, but upon 
 the retina. The diameter of the fphere, of 
 which fuch a lens ought to be a portion, is de- 
 termined as before, (§. 532.) 
 
 §. 535. The medium betwixt fhort and 
 long-lighted is the beft, by which a perfon ca« 
 fee diftindly enough objedls, that are both 
 near and remote 5 and of this kind we reckon 
 an eye, that is able to read diftindlly at the di- 
 ftance of one foot. But to this are to be ad- 
 ded other necelfary conditions, fuch as a per- 
 fedl clearnefs of the humours, a due mobility 
 of the eye itfelf, and its parts, a fenlibility of 
 the pupil and retina, neither too tender nor 
 too tough. 
 
 §. 536. But the mind not only receives a re- 
 prefentation of the image of the objedl by the 
 eye, imprefled on the retina, and transferred 
 to the common fenfory or feat of the foul j but 
 Ihe learns or adds many things from mere ex- 
 perience, which the eye itfelf does not really 
 lee, and other things the mind conliders or in- 
 terprets to be different, from what they appear 
 to her by the eye. And firll, the magnitude of 
 an object is judged of by an optical angle inter- 
 cepted, as the balls of a triangule betwixt the 
 cornea, and as the point of a cope betwixt the 
 radiant objedt:. From hence, things very near 
 feem large, and remote objedls feem fmall. 
 Hitherto may be referred the power of micro- 
 G 3 fcopes^ 
 
86 Of the Sight. 
 
 fcopes, by which objeds are made to appear to 
 us fo much larger, as the diftance of the fo- 
 cus of the lens or magnifier is lefs than the di- 
 ftance of diftindt vifion; when, in reality, they 
 do not appear larger, only more diftindl and 
 lucid} whence the mind judges them to be 
 larger or nearer. 
 
 §. 53 7. The ftrength of vifual light likewife 
 js proportionable to the fame angle, in the ex- 
 ternal day-light} and the multitude or number of 
 the rays, joined with the fmallnefs of the feat, 
 which they affedl in the retina, occafions near ob- 
 jedts to appear brighter, and diftant objedls more 
 obfcure ; or if a remote ohjedl appears bright 
 by its own light, the mind reprefents it either 
 as one large, near at hand, or both. 
 
 §. 538. p'ace a diftant objedl appear- 
 ing to the eye, is eftimated by the concourfe 
 of two lines, drawn from the center of the 
 feeing eye, ’till they meet together, or join in 
 the Ipace that lies betwixt the point in which 
 the objedl appears vifible in the right eye, 
 to the fame point in the left eye } which, 
 lines, if they no where interfedt each other, 
 will reprefent the objedt double, or, if they 
 meet upon each other, we place the feat of the 
 objedt in the point of interfedtion. B^itdifance 
 we are not able to fee, only we judge of it 
 from the _ diminution of magnitude before 
 known, as Well as from the angle intercepted 
 betwixt the two optical axes, together with the 
 weaknefs of the light, and palenefs or faint- 
 pefs of the image, coming from the objedl 
 in conjunflion yv;ith the number of interme- 
 diate 
 
Of the Sight. 87 
 
 diate bodies, whofe diftances were before known 
 to us. But we find all things are fallacious, 
 that are not founded in the infallible wifdom 
 of the creator, but arife by experiences in the 
 judgments of mankind. 
 
 §. 539. Thus the convexity or protuberance 
 of a body is not feen, but is afterwards judged 
 of by experience, after we have learned, that 
 a body, which is Convex to the feeling, caufes 
 a certain mode or habit in light and (hadow. 
 Hence it is, that microfcopes frequently per- 
 vert the judgment, by tranfpofing or changing 
 the fiiadows. 
 
 §. 540. The vifible Jifuation of the parts of 
 an objedt are judged by the mind to be the 
 fame with that which they naturally have in 
 the objedt, and not the inverted pofition, in 
 which they are painted upon the retina. But 
 k is certainly a faculty innate or born with the 
 eye, to reprefent objedls upright to the mind, 
 whenever they are painted inverted upon the 
 retina : for new-born animals always fee things 
 upright, and are never miftaken in enquiring 
 for their mother. And men, who have been 
 born with cataradls, without ever being able 
 to fee, are obferved, upon couching the cata- 
 radls, to fee every thing in its natural fituation, 
 without the ufe of any feeling or previous ex- 
 periences. 
 
 §. 541. One thing, which impofes upon 
 the mind, is, the continuance which external 
 fenfations make, during almoft the fpace of the 
 fecond of a minute, after they have been con^ 
 veyed to the fenforlum by the eyes j whence 
 
 G 4 they 
 
88 Of the Sight. 
 
 they are reprefented to the mind, as objeds 
 really prefent. From hence proceeds the idea 
 of a fiery circle from the circumrotation of a 
 lucid body ; and from hence proceeds the con- 
 tinuance of the fhining image of the fun, and 
 fometimes of other bodies, after they have 
 been viewed by the eye. 
 
 §.542. If it be queftioned by fome, whe- 
 ther it be true, that the objedl is painted upon 
 the retina ? or whether this painted image be 
 not made upon the choroides ? or whether 
 this new opinion be not confirmed by the ex- 
 periment, that fliows the part of the eye to be 
 blind or infenlible, where the optic nerve enters 
 Into it ? and whether this be not explainable, 
 becaufe no choroides being there, the naked 
 retina is incapable of feeing ? we anfwer, that 
 this late fuppofition is inconfiftent with known 
 obfervation, by which the retina is evidently a 
 rnofi; fenfible expanfion of the nerve, while 
 the choroides has only a few nerves, with 
 fmall veffels, w^hich are certainly blind. ’Tis 
 alfo oppofed by the great variety of the cho- 
 roides in difierent animals, while the conftant 
 uniformity of the retina is equally as remark- 
 able j to which add the black membrane, that 
 is interpofed betwixt the retina and choroides, 
 in fome kinds of fith. Finally, anatomy de- 
 monltrates, that the choroides is feated in thq 
 blind part of the eye, but of a white colour. 
 Moreover, from this experiment, we have a 
 reafon, why the optic nerve is inferted on one 
 fide, and not in the optical axis of the eye. 
 For thus, excepting one inftance, when there 
 
Of the Sight. S9 
 
 is any objedt in the interfedion of lines drawn 
 through the center of the optic nerves, it is 
 always feen by one eye, that it may be able to 
 aflifl the other, whofe blind part is turned 
 towards the objed. 
 
 §. 543. Whether we can fee but one objed: 
 diftindly at a time, and that placed diredly 
 before the retina of the eye that fees diftindly? 
 and whether the mind perfuades herfelf (he fees 
 many objeds, partly from the continuance of 
 the ideas they excite, and partly from the ce- 
 lerity of the motion in the eye ? we anfwer in 
 the affirmative, with refped to diftind vifion ; 
 but it would be too much to afkrt this, with 
 refped to indiftind vifion. If it be demanded, 
 from whence proceeds the blindnefs, that hap- 
 pens to fome in the day-time, and to others in 
 the night ? we anfwer, that the nodurnal 
 blindnefs is familiar to many countries in the 
 hotteft climates, and to old people, who live 
 under a very hot fun •, but the diurnal blindnefs 
 is familiar to thofe who have inflamed eyes, 
 and to young perfons of an inflamed habit, 
 whofe eyes are, therefore, extremely tender. 
 Thus the one is produced from too great a 
 tendernefs of the retina, as the other proceeds 
 from an hardnefs or infenfibility of it. Whence 
 proceeds the nodurnal fight of animals ? from 
 a large dilatable pupil, from a tender retina, 
 and from a ffiining choroides, flrongly re- 
 fleding the light. Whence is it, that we are 
 blinded by paffing from a light into a dark 
 place ? becaufe the optic nerve, having fuffered 
 |he adion of ftronger caufes, is, for the pre- 
 
Of the Sight. 
 
 fent, lefs afife<fl;ed or moved by weaker caufes. 
 Whence have we a pain, by paffing fuddenly 
 from a dark place into the light ? becaufe the 
 pupil, being widely dilated in the (Mrk, fud- 
 denly admits too great a quantity of light be- 
 fore it can contradl ; whence the tender retina, 
 which is eafily affe£led by a fmall light, feels, 
 for a time, an impreffion too fharp or ftrong. 
 Whether fee we with one eye or with both ? 
 frequently with one, and more efpecially the 
 right eye j but when both are employed toge- 
 ther, we fee more objeds, and more plainly ; 
 and we alfo diflinguiih more points of the fame 
 objed, and judge better of their diflances. 
 
 LEC- 
 
9 ? 
 
 LECTURE XIX. 
 
 of the internal Senfes, 
 
 §. 544. T TITHERTO we have confidered 
 J[ J[ the fenfes as they are, each of 
 them apart. It is now common to them all, 
 that the tender pulp of the nerve, being ftruck 
 or impreffed by external objeds, conveys a 
 change by the nervous fpirits, to that part of 
 the brain where the imprcffed fibres of the nerve 
 firfi: arifc from the arteries (§. 383.)* We 
 know nothing more, than that new thoughts 
 are thus excited in the mind ; which we call 
 perceptions, with refped to the thinking mind 
 herfelf, and ideas withrefped to the objeds from 
 whence they arife. Perception is therefore ex- 
 cited whenever any of theforementioned changes 
 in fome of the fenfible organs, are transferred to 
 their firft origin ; for the thought or fenfe by 
 which the perceiving nerve itfelf is affeded, is 
 no exprefs image or idea of the objed. The 
 idea of rednefs has nothing in common with 
 rays but little refrangible, and feparated from 
 the feven portions of which rays of light are 
 compofed ; and much lefs is it confiftent with 
 optical principles for the image painted by rays, 
 upon a foft white nerve, to be conveyed through 
 a moft opake body, in a long courfe of perfed 
 darknefs, to the origin within the thalami. 
 There is nothing in the pain of burning that 
 can reprefent to the mind its fwift and fubtle 
 
 matter. 
 
92 Inter 7 ial Senfes, 
 
 matter violently moved, by the particles of 
 which the continuity of the nervous threads is 
 broke or deftroyed. There is nothing in the 
 idea of a fharp found, from a chord of a certain 
 length, that can inform the mind the faid chord 
 trembles 2000 times in the fpace of a fecond. 
 But it Is eftabliOied as a perpetual law, by the 
 creator, that certain changes, made firft in the 
 nerve, and then in the common fenfory, lhall 
 produce certa'ui new correfponding thoughts in 
 the mind, which have an indiffolvable connec- 
 tion with each other; fo that, although what we 
 perceive in the world be arbitrary, yet that it is 
 real and not falfe, appears plainly from the per- 
 petual agreement of fimilar thoughts arifing 
 from fimilar affedions of the fenfitive nerves, 
 in all perfons at the fame time, from one objed, 
 or in one perfon at different times. 
 
 §. 545. It appears from certain experiments, 
 that the firfi: origin of every perceiving nerve, 
 is always diftind; and that the change which 
 is firfi excited by the external objed in the faid 
 nerve (§. 54.4.) continues in the origin of that 
 nerve for a confiderable time ; and alfo that 
 thofe changes are fo claffed and laid up within 
 the faid part of the brain, that thofe are neareft 
 together, which were either contemporary or 
 nearly fo, or which have fucceeded next in 
 courfe ; or lafUy, which have a relation to the 
 fame fubjed, or were excited by fimilar ob- 
 jeds ; infomuch, that it is certain, new fpecies 
 or ideas are alwavs conveved a2:ain to the fame 
 part of the brain, where others of the like kind 
 are referved ; for otherwife the arbitrary figns 
 
 of 
 
internal Senfei. gj 
 
 of words and letters would never be able to re-i 
 new the fame old ideas again in the memory j. 
 nor could difagreeable ideas, returning into the 
 mind, without the afliftance of external objedls, 
 re-produce the fame effedts, as would the difa- 
 greeable objeds themfelves; nor otherwife, could 
 there be fo conftant and manifeft a connexion of 
 analogous ideas, which moft powerfully occur 
 in dreams, according to the corporeal caufes 
 which then remarkably ad in the brain. Whe- 
 ther or no imagination and memory do not de- 
 pend on this confervation of ideas? Finally, 
 thofe changes in the fenforium, which many 
 term paft or referved ideas, are for diftindion’s 
 fake by us called the fpecies of things, which 
 are lodged or engraved not in the mind, but in 
 the body itfelf, by certain notes or charaders, 
 incredible in their minutenefs, and infinite in 
 their number, recorded after an inexpreffible 
 manner, in the medulla of the brain. Amongft 
 thefe charaders, fuch are more eminently and 
 diftindly preferved, as were received, firfl by 
 the fight, and next by the hearing ; for thofe of 
 the other organs are more confufed and irre- 
 vocable. 
 
 §. 546. Imagination, then, is when ever any 
 fpecies, preferved in the common fenfory, and 
 in prefent perception, excites fuch other thoughts 
 in the mind as would arife if the perceiving 
 nerve that gave the firfl birth to the faid fpecies, 
 was itfelf affeded or changed. This definition 
 is confirmed by examples of the great flrength 
 of fancy in certain perfons, and thofe who are 
 delirious j but in every body, in the inflance of 
 
 dreams 
 
^4 Internal Senfes. 
 
 dreams, in x^'hich thoughts arlfe in the rhind* 
 occafioned by the corporeal fpecies referved in 
 the brain, fo as to be not at all weaker than 
 thofe which were firft formed by the change in 
 the fentient nerve, from the external objedls. 
 Even more, the attention and reft of the mind, 
 with the abfence of all external obiedls, will 
 often obtain a ftronger aflent from dreaming, 
 towards the faid fpecies imprefted in the brain, 
 than that which is given from the mind by the 
 perceptions which are excited from external ob- 
 jeds ; for the will is more powerfully deter- 
 mined in thofe who dream, than in thofe who 
 are awake, fo as often to perform certain adions 
 by the voluntary mufcles, while they are afleep, 
 which they never can perform awake, even 
 though the fame nerves were more ftrongly 
 affeded by the real objeds. From hence wc 
 may underftand, how it is poftible the in- 
 ternal fpecies, which are very ftrong in a deli- 
 rium, may fo impofe upon the mind, as to make 
 her miftake them for the perceptions of external 
 objeds ; as for example, in the hery fparks, 
 which are excited by preffing the eye, and optic 
 nerve : in the rednefs feen bv the eve when it 
 is fhut ; in the vertigo or rotation that arifes 
 from a motion of the retina, which we afcribe 
 to the external objeds themfe’.ves j in the du- 
 plicity of fight, 6cc, 
 
 §. 447. But memory is, when any internal 
 former thought of the mind, or the fpecies per- 
 ceived and preferved in the brain, from exter- 
 nal objeds (§. 3B3.), repeat or excite again other 
 perceptions in the mind. And ircrc the percep- 
 tions are commonly weaker than in the ima- 
 gination. 
 
Internal Senfes. g ^ 
 
 gination, being almoft only certain arbitrary figns 
 conjoined together, with the idea that was firft 
 perceived in the mind ; for the memory hardly 
 reprefents the images and pidures of things to 
 the mind, only the words or figns,* and certain 
 attributes, together with the general heads of 
 ideas j for which reafon they move the will 
 with lefs force : but it appears from the obfer- 
 vation of thofe changes, which happen in the 
 memory, that fuch as arife from the external 
 fenfes, remain longed in the brain j and fome- 
 times, if they made a ftrdng impreffion, they 
 may for ever, and in all ages of life, be repeated 
 to the mind; but they are weakened, and in a 
 manner blotted out in time, by degrees, unlefs 
 the reprefen tation be renewed again to the mind, 
 either from an external objed, or from the 
 mind itfelf, recalling the fame change again into 
 memory ; fo that without this repetition at lad, 
 the change or impreffion will be in a manner 
 erafed and quite loft ; and together at the fame 
 time, will never be able to be drawn in again 
 to the mind, whenever fhe repeats fuch other 
 thoughts as had naturally any connedion with 
 the former. This deftrudion of new and dif- 
 ferent fpecies, conveyed to the fenforium, is 
 evident, not only from the efted of time, but 
 likewife from cataleptic diforders. But fome- 
 times all of them will be fuddenly deftroyed by 
 difeafe, in which the brain is any how com- 
 prefied, either from the blood or other caufes. 
 Such a compreffing caufe, ading on fome part 
 of the common fenfory, blocs out a correfpond- 
 
 * For a man cannot think without words unexprefTed, 
 any more than he can fpeak without thoughts. 
 
96 Internal Senfes. 
 
 ing number of the fpecies from the mind or 
 memory, whether they be certain or all kinds 
 of words, or even the charadlers by which we 
 exprefs words ; or laftly, the charadters of our 
 friends and neceffaries of life ; yet all thefe fpe- 
 cies are often again renewable to the mind, 
 whenever the compreffing caufes remove from 
 the fenfory. But the ftrength and duration of an 
 idea depends upon its being either unufual, of a 
 ftrong adtion, or greatly conducing either to in- 
 creafe or leflen our felicity ; or laftly, from be- 
 ing joined with great attention from the mindj 
 and often repeated ; all which circumftances 
 being conjoined, may render the fpecies fo ftrong 
 to the mind, that ftie will afterwards receive 
 the perception of them, as if they came from * 
 external objedls, in the manner we obferve in 
 mad people. 
 
 §. 548. Moreover, if we review the hiftory 
 of human life, it will appear, that in the be- 
 ginning of our infancy, we have hardly any 
 memory, only fimple perceptions, that foon 
 vanilh ; which neverthelefs do for the prefent 
 excite ftrong thoughts or imprefiions in the 
 mind, as we learn from the clamours of infants. 
 But afterwards, the memory is perfedted by de- 
 grees, and the ideas received from perfons moft 
 beloved and familiar to the infant, remain im- 
 prefted in the mind ; while, at the fame time, 
 the imagination likevvife increafes in proportion, 
 fo as to be often very powerful in young chil- 
 dren, as we fee for example, in fears or frights, 
 which in no age produce more violent or fatal 
 effedts. From, thence forward, as the number 
 
 oi 
 
Internal Senfes. 97 
 
 of our ideas increafes, the faculty of preferving 
 thofe paft weakens j and at the fame time the 
 power of the imagination is more torpid or flug- 
 gifh, till at laft the former almofl periflies, and 
 the ideas, which are received but a ffiort time, 
 efcape from the brain, while at the fame time 
 the imagination, which is a kind of memory, 
 languifhes in proportion^ 
 
 §. 549. But fince the perceptions thus form- 
 ed in the mind, produce in her various changes, 
 which are perfectly free, and diftindt from any 
 corporeal faculty, we fhall briefly add fomething 
 concerning them, fo far as may fuffice to the 
 purpofes of phyfic. Attention, then, is faid to 
 operate when the mind obfcrves one and the 
 fame idea alone, and for a longer time together. 
 The comparifon of two, or more ideas, brought 
 to the mind, is called reafon ; as the flmilitude, 
 diverflty, or relation perceived by the compari- 
 fon, is called judgment. The principal caufe of 
 wifdom and invention, lies in a flow examina- 
 tion of the ideas,, confldered in the relation of 
 all their parts one to another in the mind, while 
 negledling all other objedls, fhe is employed 
 with a ftrong attention only, upon that which 
 is under examination. From hence proceeds 
 that efflcacy of folitude and darknefs in making 
 difficult calculation, with the more exquifite at- 
 tention of blind people to the nature of founds, 
 and of thofe who are deaf, to colours. The 
 lource of error is fome negledl in contemplating 
 the whole idea, or the making an eftimate of it 
 from only a part of its note or. charader, or 
 from a lefs congruous connedion pf feme ideas 
 VoL, II. H ; ' " with 
 
gS Internal Se?ifes. 
 
 with others that are diftindt ; but only related 
 by accident, external caufes or aflfedlions. 
 
 §. 550. The integrity or foundnefs of the 
 judgment, depends upon a perfedt and healthy 
 conftitution of the brain. For the fabrick of 
 the encephalon being changed, either by com- 
 preffure, irritation, or a deficiency of blood, con- 
 founds all the ufe of reafon, occafions the ftrong 
 internal fpecies of the brain to be reprefented to 
 the mind as if they came from external or real 
 objeds, breaks the connedion of the ideas, fo 
 that the mind cannot compare them together, 
 and is confequently unable to judge of, or fore- 
 fee their proportions, differences or confe- 
 quences, flarting immediately from one idea 
 to another, that has no kind of relation j or 
 laftly, the adions of the fenfes being either 
 weakened or abolifhed, and the brain in a man- 
 ner deprived of its corporeal fpecies, the man 
 is reduced to the flate of an ideot, an oyfter, or 
 a plant. But the powers of external bodies alfo 
 have a confiderable influence in changing the 
 fpecies of ohjeds, which the mind acquires by 
 the fenfes 5 for the air, way of life, food and 
 cuftoms, either help or diminifh the foundnefs 
 of the judgment, the force of the imagination, 
 and the flrength of the memory. 
 
 §. 551. Finally, as thefe ideas are either in- 
 different to us, or elfe conduce to the lofs or in- 
 ereafe of our felicity, fo they produce different 
 determinations in the ni'ilL Some of thefe ideas, 
 by which the felicity of our mind is either in- 
 creafed or diminifhed, arife merely from the 
 mechanifm of the perfed body j and amongft 
 
 thefe 
 
Internal Senfes. 99 
 
 thefe corporal pain, is a forrowful fenfe or per- 
 ception in the mind, to which every violence 
 or over-ftrong fenfation in any nerve, feems to 
 ferve as a foundation ; while pleafures confifb 
 only in the more moderate imprelTions or tenli- 
 ons of the nerves. Itching Hands related as a 
 medium, either to pleafure or to pain ; but to 
 pfeafure it is related, inafmuch as both have an 
 increafed flux of blood and fpirits into the parts 
 in which either the pleafure or the titillation is 
 perceived 3 but in pain, thefe are increafed to a 
 great degree of tenfion, or to an over violent 
 fenfe of the nerve. Anguifh or anxiety is from 
 an over diftenfion of the veffels, becaufe the 
 blood is hindered from paffing freely through 
 the lungs. The other ideas with which the 
 mind is affedted, are either wholly abftraCted 
 from the properties of matter or body, or are at 
 lead; much lefs fimple than the foregoing, 
 which arife either from fenfe or mechanifm. 
 The perception of good ideas, excites joy ; the 
 defire of pofTeffing good, excites love, as the ex^ 
 pedlation of it is the caufe of hope : on the con- 
 trary, prefent evil caufes forrowful nefs, terror 
 ordefpairj the defire of fhunning evil, excites 
 hatred, and the expedtatlon of a future evil, 
 excites fear. 
 
 §. 552. From thefe aftedlions of the mind, 
 the mere will appears not only to be deter- 
 mined to fome forefeen purpofe, to which it 
 diredfs the adlions of the body, in order to pof- 
 fefs good and avoid evil : but alfo in the body 
 itfelf, unconfulted, and making no great refifl- 
 ance, it exercifes an equal domiifion over the 
 H 2 . pulfe, 
 
joo Internal Senfes. 
 
 pulfe, refpiratlon, appetite, ftrength, afFedlons 
 of the heart, nerves, and ftomach; with the 
 changes which arife in the other parts, ferving as 
 ligns of the paffions in the mind, from which they 
 immediately follow. Thus anger excites a vio- 
 lent motion of the fpirits, caufes a palpitation 
 in the heart, a frequency of the pulfe, a greater 
 ftrength of the mufcles, urges the blood ipto 
 the fmaller pellucid and improper veffels ; and 
 laftly, haftens the expulfion of the bile from its 
 veftels, by which means it frequently removes 
 obftrudlions, or eafes chronical difeafes. Grief, 
 on the contrary, weakens the ftrength of the 
 nerves, and the adion of the heart, retards the 
 motion of the pulfe, deftroys the appetite and 
 digeftion, whence it produces a palenefs, ca- 
 chexy, diarrheas, jaundice, fcirrhofitie of the 
 glands, and other flow difeafes, ariflng from a 
 ftagnation of the humours. Thus alfo, fear fo 
 much weakens the ftrength of the heart, as to 
 occafion polypufes, palenefs and weaknefs of 
 the whole, a palfyor relaxation of the fphinders, 
 an increafe of the inhalation of vapours, but a 
 diminution of thofe difcharged by perfpkation. 
 Terror from a prefent evil, will alfo increafe 
 the ftrength to fo great a degree, as to caufe 
 convulflons and a ftrong pulfe, whence it fome- 
 times removes obftrudions in palfles, or by in- 
 tercepting the courfe of the blood, it kills fud- 
 denly. Love, hope and joy promote the per- 
 fpiration, quicken the pulfe, and give the blood 
 a free circulation ; whence they increafe the ap- 
 petite, and render difeafes curable. But excef- 
 live and fudden joy often kills by increaflng the 
 
 motion 
 
Internal Senfes. i o i 
 
 motion of the blood, and exciting a true apo- 
 plexy. Shame, after a peculiar manner, retains 
 the blood in the face, as if the veins were tied ; 
 it will alfo fupprefs the menfes or other fecre- 
 tions, and has been even known to kill. 
 
 §• 553- what manner are thele 
 
 changes (§. 552.) produced, from the commo- 
 tion of thofe paffions in the mind ? Do not the 
 nerves cover the veffels like fphindler mufcles, 
 fo as by contrafting them luddenly, they increafe 
 the courfe of the blood, or by relaxing and 
 weakening their tone, retard and vitiate the cir- 
 culating juices ? That this is the cafe in the 
 fmaller veffels, appears evidently from the near 
 fimilitude of effeds in fear and cold, upon the 
 nerves of the fkin. But in the genital parts, 
 from a conftidion of the veins, under particu- 
 lar circumftances, we perceive that the blood is 
 manifeftly collected or accumulated in the parts ; 
 and it is no lefs probable, that even in the larger 
 veffels, the nervous bridles with which many 
 of them are furrounded, produce the fame ef- 
 feds j for thus in feverai parts, they furround 
 and include the meningal, temporal, vertebral, 
 carotid, fubclavian, coeliac, mefenteric, renal, and 
 other arteries. As a perfon’s nerves are more or 
 lefs tender or fenfible, fo the arteries are in pro- 
 portion more or lefs irritable ; and fo ad with a 
 greater or lefs force, on the fame quantity of 
 blood, which accordingly moves fwift or lan- 
 guid. And thus it is the appetite and periftaltic 
 motions of the alimentar)/ tube are manifeftly de- 
 ftroyed or depraved by the paffions of the mind, 
 
 ■(§• 44 -)^ 
 
J02 
 
 Internal Senfes, 
 
 §. 554. Nor is it to be denied, that the crea- 
 tor has affixed certain charaderiftic marks or evi- 
 dent %ns to the paffions of the mind, that in 
 mutual fociety, one man might not impofe up- 
 on another. For the refpedive mufcles, more 
 efpecially of the voice, face and eyes, do natu- 
 rally exprefs the feveral paffions of the mind, 
 fo faithfully, that they may be even reprefented 
 by a painter. To run through them all, would 
 indeed be an elegant theme, but too long for 
 this Compendium. [From the adions of thefe 
 mufcles, oftener repeated by the affedions, fol- 
 lows the features or phyhognomy of a perfon’s 
 face, which, if not diffembled, is a perpetual 
 index to the ftate of the mind,] 
 
 §. 555. From whence proceeds the confent 
 of parts, which is fo famous and often repeated 
 by writers on the pradice of phylic ? ( 1 .) Some 
 of them appear to depend upon the conjundion 
 or inofculation of the blood-veffels, by which 
 the blood being drove out of one, is more 
 ftrongly urged into another veffel, which has 
 its branches from the fame common trunk. 
 Flitherto belong the revuffions made by blood- 
 letting, the pains of the head, which enfue 
 from a cold in the feet, &c. (2.) In other 
 parts, the confent arifes from a fimilitude in 
 their fabrick, by which they fuffer like effeds, 
 from the fame caufes in the body 5 hitherto we 
 refer the confent that is betwixt the womb and 
 the breafls. (3.) Another caufe of this con- 
 fent, is, a continuity of the membranes, extend- 
 ed from one part to another j from hence a 
 ilone in the bladder excites an itching in the 
 
Internal Senfes. 103 
 
 glans of the penis, a diarrhea cures a deafnefs 
 arifing from a defludtion. (4.) Another caiife 
 of confent lies in the nerves themfelves, and 
 their anaftimofes or communications one with 
 another, as appears plainly from the teeth be- 
 ing ftupified or fet on an edge, by certain founds, 
 becaufe the various communications which the 
 hard portion of the auditory makes with the 
 maxillary nerve, transfer the difagreeable fenfe 
 to the later. Thus alfo, the fympathy of the 
 eyes, which is not obfervable in like manner in 
 the ears, proceeds from the mutual conjunction 
 of the optic nerves within the fkull j and thus 
 in difeafes, a ftone in the kidney excites vomiting 
 in the ftomach, &c. (5.) Laftly, the confent 
 
 may proceed from fome caufe aCling on the 
 common fenfory, and beginning of the nerves, 
 whence the irritation of a fingle nerve mani-r 
 feftly excites ample cOnvuhions, fpreading 
 through the other parts ; fo an univerfal epi- 
 lepfy will proceed from a local diforder, &c. 
 [A confent is obferved in fome difeafes from a 
 tranllation of the matter of a difeafe by filtra- 
 tion, through the cellular fubftance of one part 
 to another; and another kind proceeds from 
 the incumbent weight or aCtions of the adjacent 
 mufcles and arteries.] 
 
 §. 556, But there is ftill another remarkable 
 ponfent to be explained betwixt the body and 
 the mind. For that the nature of the mind is 
 different from that of the body, appears from 
 numberlefs obfervations, more efpecially from 
 thofe abflrad; ideas and affeClions of the mind, 
 V^hiph have no correfpondence with the organs 
 H4 ; of 
 
1 04 Internal Senfes. 
 
 of fenfe ; for what is the colour of pride ? or 
 what the magnitude of envy ? For is it poffible, 
 that a body can acquire two kinds of forces, by 
 the uniting of an infinite number of fmaller 
 parts into one mafs, each of which fhall not 
 only preferve their own particular properties 
 and affedions, and reprefent themfelves, but 
 alfo join together into one confcious whole, dif- 
 fering from all the charaderiftics of its compo- 
 nent parts, and yet be capable both of perceiv- 
 ing and comparing the attributes of thofe parts ? 
 Js there any one inftance of a body, which 
 without an external caufe, can, like the mind, 
 pafs of itfelf from reft to motion j or is there 
 eny body that can change the diredion of its 
 motion, without the adion of fome other caufe ? 
 Let thofe confider who have well obfei ved the 
 voluntary adions of the human body from the 
 mind. 
 
 (J5y. Yet the mind, however different 
 from the nature of the body, is clofely tied to 
 the fame, under certain conditions j fo that flae 
 is obliged to think upon thofe fpecies which the 
 body offers to her perception ; and again, fo 
 that llae cannot perceive, remember, nor judge 
 without the ufe or reprefentation of thofe cor- 
 poreal fpecies, which are lodged in the brain ; 
 and again, by her will is the caufe of the greateft 
 and fwiftefi: motions in the body. 
 
 §, 5 58. Thofe have behaved modeftly, who 
 confcihng themfelves ignorant, as to the man- 
 lier in which the body and mind are united, 
 have contented themfelves with proceeding no 
 farther than the known laws, which the ciea- 
 
 to 
 
 *•1 
 
Internal Senjes. 105 
 
 tor himfelf has prefcribed, without inventing 
 and fupplying us with conjedures, not fupport- 
 ed by experience. We may be manifeftly ex- 
 cubed in this refped, from the obfervation, 
 (§. <;44.) which is here equally certain, as in 
 optics, that the affedions of bodies cohere with 
 the thoughts of the mind, by an arbitrary rela- 
 tion or connedion, in fuch a manner, that they 
 would produce other thoughts of a different 
 kind, if the creator was to alter the figure of the 
 refrading power, or colours of the parts of the 
 eye. Thus he has eftablifhed a law, which 
 obtains always, betwixt the leafl: refrangible 
 rays, and the connedion of a red colour or idea 
 in the mind ; thus there is a law betwixt the 
 imprefiion of thofe rays upon the retina, and the 
 connedion which he has appointed of the cor- 
 refponding thought. Nor need we be more 
 afhamed to confefs our ignorance in the mecha- 
 nifm of this ultimate law, in the effeds of na- 
 ture, than we are to own ourfelves unacquainted 
 with the firft caufes of our being and operation, 
 §. 559. But it will, perhaps, be demanded of 
 us, whether the mind does not govern the 
 whole body ? and whether or no all the moti- 
 ons and adions in the body do not arife from 
 the mind, as the immediate fpring and principle 
 of motion ? whether or no even the motion 
 of the heart, arteries, and refpiration, do not 
 grife from the mind, confeious and follicitous 
 for the common good of the whole fyftem? 
 whether or no this power of the mind, does not 
 appear in the flopping of hemorrhages, from 
 wounds, by grumous concretions 3 to which 
 
 addj, 
 
io6 Internalf Senfes, 
 
 add, the force of paffions of the mind, and the 
 power of the mother’s imagination, in the mark- 
 ing, or other blemifhes of infants? whether or no 
 the abfence or want of confcioufnefs in the mind, 
 with refpedt to thefe defedts, be not excufable 
 from the known obfcurity of attention which 
 fhe gives to the refpiration, the motion of the 
 eye-lids, and mufcles of the eye itfelf, the ear or 
 tongue ; all which motions, we know, are ef- 
 fcdled by the will, although we know not the 
 organs, nor take any notice of the adtion of the 
 will, when we breathe, look, hear, or even 
 walk, while we are taken ud with other 
 thoughts ? whether or no it is certain, that all 
 bodily motions arife from the mind, on the ac- 
 count of our being unable to find out any other 
 caufe, conftantly united to the body, to which 
 we can manifeftly refer them ? 
 
 §, 560. There are indeed many reafons which 
 will not permit us to confent to this opinion, 
 which has of late years been publickly profeffed 
 by Dr. Sthall, and his adherents through Ger- 
 many; and in England, by Dr. Nichols. And 
 firfl, the conflrudtion and government of the 
 body itfelf, appear greatly to exceed all the 
 power and wifdom of the mind. The animat 
 or mind, is able to fee but one point diftindtly 
 at a time (§. 543.), and it can think only one 
 thought or idea at once ; for if it endeavours to 
 fee two objedts at a time, or to contemplate 
 two different ideas together, the fenfe of both 
 is im mediately. confufed, the mind ftrays in her 
 reafoning, and makes no right judgment of 
 either objedt ; infomuch, that being fenfible of 
 
Infer 72 al Senfes. loy 
 
 this her weaknefs, whenever £he endeavours to 
 make a ferious and diligent enquiry into any ob- 
 jedl or intended work, flie withdraws herfelf, 
 and fliuts up all the ports of fenfe, without 
 taking any impreffions either by the fight, hear- 
 ing, fmelling, &c. or without exercifing any 
 of the voluntary motions of the mufcles. But 
 the mind ought to be capable, not only of in- 
 finite thoughts, but alfo diftindl ones, for her 
 to be able to perform and govern fo many hun- 
 dred mufcles, organs, vefiels, and moving 
 fibres, in fuch a variety of ways, and with fo 
 great an exadlnefs, as is difficult to, or even 
 above all the folutions that can be given by the 
 working of geometrical problems : and yet, by 
 this hypothefis, the mind, ignorant both of her- 
 felf and of her works, ought not only to be 
 equal to fo immenfe a tafk ; but likewife, at the 
 fame time, fhe mufi: over and above thofe 
 works, be capable of contemplating the moft 
 difficult and abftrafted ideas, without either 
 difturbing her meditations by the cares which 
 concern the body, and without negledling any 
 of her necefiary corporeal offices, by the variety 
 of her mental operations. 
 
 §. 561. Moreover, if, without being confci- 
 Dus of our yvill, we are neverthelefs able by that 
 faculty, to influence the refpiration, the winking 
 ^ of the eyes, &c. and even to be able not only 
 to govern, but alfo to fufpend our breathing, 
 fhut or clofe our eyes, and open them again ; 
 It follows from thence, that we never lofe either 
 the confcicufnefs, or the ufe of thofe adtions, 
 ^nd confequently neither the government of 
 j them» 
 
io8 Infernal Senfes. 
 
 them. But we are able to perform nothing of 
 this kind in the heart or inteftines ; we cannot 
 refrain the motion of thofe parts when they are 
 too quick, nor excite them when they are too 
 languid. In fuch a number of perfons as inha- 
 bit the world, why do we not meet with fomc 
 who can govern the motion of their guts ? or 
 why in all the ages of the world, not one who 
 could govern the contradtions of the heart ? If 
 cuftom only is the caufe of this unknown power, 
 why does not the mind receive a fenfe of her 
 adlion, in moving the heart, after it has flood 
 flill for whole hours, or even days, in fwoons, 
 in hyfleric fits, and in perfons drowned ? 
 
 §. 562. But it is evidently a falfe pofition, 
 that all the motions of the body arife from the 
 mind, without which the body would be an 
 immoveable unadtive mafs j for the force 
 of mufcular contradlion, by any kind of flimu- 
 lus, to which the motion of the heart, inteflines, 
 and perhaps all the other motions in the human 
 body are obedient (§. 400.) do not require the 
 prefence of the mind, fince that power conti- 
 nues a confiderable time in a dead body, and 
 may be recalled again into adtion, by mechani- 
 cal caufes, as heat, inflation, &c. nor does 
 this povv^er defert the fibres, fo long as they 
 continue unfliffened by cold, although the mind 
 may have been a long time feparated from the 
 body, by a deflrudtion of the brain j and this 
 adlion we fee more evidently in the heart, after 
 that mufclc has been taken out of the body for 
 fome time, fo as to be feparated from any ima- 
 ginable connedbon with the mind. 
 
 §• 563- 
 
Internal Senfes, 109 
 
 §. 563. As to the blemifhes of infants, we 
 have declared in another place, how little that 
 article is to be depended on The adminiftra- 
 tion of the vital motions, in difeafes, is not un- 
 der the rule of any prudence, but governed al- 
 moft merely by the power of ftimulus, as we 
 are manifeftly taught from the moft antient 
 and only certain pradtice, by which we are di- 
 redled to reftrain the too great violence of thefe 
 motions in acute and intermitting febrile dif- 
 eales, by the ufe of blood-letting, with the 
 poppy, nitre, peruvian bark, &c. The wifefl; 
 philofopher in the world has no more privi- 
 ledge or advantage in the government of his 
 body, than the mereft ideot j and that even in- 
 fants fhould build up the fabrick of their own 
 body, before they know that they have any 
 mufcular motions, is an aflertion fo far from be- 
 ing credible, or even moderately probable, that of 
 itfelf alone ’tis fufficient to refute the hypothefis. 
 
 * See ledure following. 
 
 LEC- 
 
1 10 
 
 LECTURE XX. 
 
 Of Sleep. 
 
 §• 5^4* A Ready dlfpofition to the exercife 
 of fenfe and voluntary motion, 
 in healthy organs, is called vigilance or wake- 
 fulnefs ; but an indifpolition to fuch an exercife 
 of them, with an inclination to reft, in all the 
 faid organs, while they remain healthy and en- 
 tire, is called fleep. 
 
 §. 565. In fleep, the mind either thinks not 
 at all of what fhe knows or retains in memory, 
 or elfe fhe only attends to the corporeal fpccies 
 of paft objects repofited in the common fenfory 
 (§. 544.) i t^ae vivid reprefentations of which 
 excite altogether the fame perceptions as are 
 made by the impreffion of external objeds, up- 
 on the organs of fenfe, by which they were firfl 
 received. Thefe reprefentations of fpecies to 
 the mind, are called dreams, and happen when- 
 ever a fmall portion of the brain or common 
 fenfory, is by the refluent motion of the fpirits, 
 kept in a ftate of vigilance, while all the reft of 
 the empire of fenfe and voluntary motion, is' 
 fflent and at reft. Sometimes there are certain 
 voluntary motions, following of courfe from 
 the perceptions thus perceived by the mind, 
 fuch as fpeech or motion, of all or fome of the 
 limbs, conformable to the nature of what the 
 mind perceives ; and hitherto are to be referred 
 thofe who walk in their lleep. 
 
 §• 5 ^ 6 - 
 
Of Sleep. 1 1 1 
 
 §. 566. But during the time of fleep, the 
 motion of the heart, with the diftribution and 
 circulation of all the other humours in the bo- 
 dy, are regularly continued, together with the 
 periftaltic one of the ftomach and inteilines ; and 
 finally, the adtion of the fphinder mufcles, with 
 the refpiration, are continued in a like manner. 
 This compofition, in which a certain number 
 of the organs are at reft, while others continue 
 their motions, renders a knowledge of the me- 
 chanical caufe of deep, fomewhat difficult to 
 attain. 
 
 §. 567. Therefore in order to make this dlf- 
 covery, with all its caufes, we fhall confider all 
 the appearances both of fleep and vigilance, and 
 trace them in all kinds of animals ; for that con- 
 dition which appears conftantly to follow from 
 all thofe caufes and appearances, will be the 
 true and mechanical caufe of fleep. 
 
 §. 568. Sleep naturally follows after the vi- 
 gilance and labour, which are joined to human 
 life, have been for fome time exercifed. For 
 when a perfon is awake, there is a continual 
 motion or exercife of the voluntary m.ufcles, of 
 the parts which guard the fenfes, and of the 
 affedions of the mind, all which continually 
 add a new ftimulus to the nerves, blood-veflelsi 
 and heart itfelf. Thus the blood, by continual 
 motion and triture, changes its fmooth albumi- 
 nous nature, to a rough alcaline, and in fome 
 degree putrid fharpnefs, while at the fame time 
 its more fluid parts, efpecially thofe fubtle ones 
 which compofe the nervous fpirits, are con- 
 fumed and diffipated fafter than they are fecreted 
 
 or 
 
ill Of Sleeps, 
 
 or made, whence gradually enfues both a weak= 
 nefs and a wearinefs of the body ; and if the 
 vigilance be continued lohger than ufual, there 
 is alfo a fevcrifh heat, a greater acrimony of the 
 humours, and a fenlible lofs of the ftrength. 
 As the night advances, a weight or heavinefs 
 feizes all the large mufcles and their tendons, 
 the mind becomes unfit for any accurate thought 
 or ftudy, and feeks after reft. Hereupon the 
 powers which hold the body eredt, fhrink from 
 their office, the eye-lids clofe, the lower jaw 
 falls down, a neceifity of yawning or gaping 
 attends, the head nods forward, and by degrees 
 we take lefs no:ice of the external objedts, which 
 alfo affedt us lefs, till at length all the thoughts 
 and ideas are in confufion, and a fort of diliri- 
 um enfues, from whence there is a tranfition 
 to fleep not known to us. In this natural fleep, 
 which is common to all animals, the caufe 
 feems to be a deficiency of the nervous fpirits, 
 which have been every where largely con fumed 
 by the exercifes of the mufcles and fenfes, in 
 whofe adiions there is probably a great quantity 
 of this fluid exhaled. 
 
 569. A perfedt reff or compofure of the 
 mind and external fenfes, with the abfence of 
 'all fiimulus, or irritation in the head and other 
 parts of the body, joined with darknefs, pro- 
 mote and haften the forementloned fleps of 
 fleep, and render it more quiet or profound. 
 
 §. 570. Again it is obfervable, that a variety 
 of caufes, which weaken the powers, incline 
 to, and Increafe fleep, fuch as great lolles of 
 blood from any caufe, bleeding from a vein, 
 
 ; the 
 
Of Sleep. 1 13 
 
 the ufe of cooling medicines, or thofe pre- 
 pared from the poppy, and cold of the exter- 
 nal air ; to which add fuch as call off the quan- 
 tity of blood flowing to the head, as warm- 
 bathing of the feet, a plentiful ingefliion of 
 food into the ftomach, &c. Some other things 
 there are, which have a pov^r not only of 
 leflening or weakening the motion of the fpirits 
 in the brain, but alfo in the ftomach, inteftines, 
 heart, and arteries : fueh as opium, and per- 
 haps the Other ftrong narcotics. 
 
 §. 571. On the contrary again, there are 
 various hot medicines, which induce fleep, by 
 exciting a greater afflux of blood to the brain, 
 fuch as wine, alcohol, or vinous fpirits of all 
 forts, but more efpecially when refolved into 
 vapour ; to which add, acute and malignant fe- 
 vers of various kinds, or elfe fuch things as 
 retard the return of the venal blood, as fat- 
 nefs, &c. all thefe caufes feem to concur in 
 this, that a greater quantity of blood, being 
 collected in the head, comprefles the brain, 
 fo as, in a degree, to intercept or leflen the 
 courfe of the fpirits from thence into the 
 nerves. 
 
 §. 572. But likewife mechanical caufes pro- 
 duce a fleepinefs ; for if the dura mater and 
 brain be comprefled by any canfe, whether 
 from extravafated blood, a dep refled part of 
 fome bone, or a colletftion of ferous water 
 within the ventricles of the brain itfelf, a co- 
 matofe or morbid fleepinefs is thereby induced. 
 
 §. 573. Sleep, therefore, arifes either from 
 a Ample deficiency of the quantity and mobility 
 
 VoL. II. I . of 
 
1 1 4 Of Sleep. 
 
 of the fpirlts, or a co'rhprelTure of the hCrves, 
 but always from a collaphng of the nervous 
 tubesj through which the nervous fpirits pafs 
 out from their fountain, in the common fen- 
 fory, to all parts of the body. 
 
 §. 574. This tlieory is likewife confirmed 
 by the caufes of vigilance } for all thofe things 
 prevent fleep, which produce plenty, of fpirits, 
 more efpecially warm aromatic drinks; which 
 fend plenty of minute ftimulating particles to 
 the head, by which the motion or courfe of 
 the blood is moderately quickened through the 
 brain ; and being, at the fame time, more di- 
 lated, makes a larger fecretion of fpirits, in a 
 given time. 
 
 §. 575. Sleep again is hindered by cares of 
 the mind, meditatioh, ftudy, and paffions of a 
 ilronger degree, with pains of the body and 
 mind ; all which hinder the fpirits from reft- 
 ing in the common fenfory, or urge them fo 
 as to prevent the nervous tubes from collapfing. 
 Therefore, as the former increafe the quantity 
 of the fpirits, thefe caufes increafe their mo- 
 tion. And, therefore, again the fame ton- 
 clufiona are to be made from hence, as before 
 (§.573.)} namely, that the nature of fleep 
 lies in a collapfing of the nerves, which go 
 put from the common fenfory. 
 
 §. 576. if it be inquired, whether the feat 
 of 'fleep .be not in the ventricles of the brain r 
 we anfvvefi' ■ that it is not confiftent with the 
 ample bounds or dominions of fleep; w’hich 
 extends ■ itfelf even to fuch animals as have 
 no ventricles ih the brain. Whether or no 
 
 the 
 
Of Sleep. i 15 
 
 the vital adlions continue to be carried on iti 
 lleep, for being affedtions of the brain, inde-= 
 pendent of the cerebellum ? and what may be 
 the caufe of this difference, by which the 
 animal offices reft in lleep, while tHe vital ope- 
 rations are continued ? we know not of any 
 other reafons, befides thgfe before giveii 
 (§. 400.), that the vital motions are perpetually 
 ftimulated into adlion, from the caufes urging 
 a neceffity of keeping them from reft. 
 
 §. 577., The effedl of deep is a moderation 
 or abatement of all the motions in the human 
 body. For now the adion of the. heart only 
 remains, by which all the humours Sire lent 
 through the yeftels, at the fame tirrie that all 
 the mufcles and perceiving nerves' with the 
 paffions of the mind and voluntary motibris, arb 
 removed ; by vyhich the courfe of the fpirits 
 was quickened not only to the heart, but to 
 all the other organs, fo as to caufe wakeful- 
 nefs (§. 552, 419.). Thus the heart is gra- 
 dually reftored from its quick and almoft fe- 
 verifti puifation, to the flow and calm condi- 
 tion in which we find it by the moi'ning ; the 
 breathing in fteep becomes flower and ihlalicr, 
 the periftaltic motion of the ftomacll and iii- 
 teftines, the digeftion of the aliments, the. 
 fenfe of hunger, and the progteffio.n of the 
 fcEces are all diminilhed •, at the fame time, the 
 thinner juices move more llovvlyon, while; the 
 more grofs and fiugg ffi are coHefled''to?ethef, 
 and the fat tranfufed is accumulated in the cc-l- 
 lular fubftance ; the vlfcid albuminous , hd:- 
 ifiour, for the houfiffiment of parts, adheres 
 
1 1 6 Of Sleep, 
 
 more plentifully to all fides of the fibres and 
 fmall vefTels ; the confumption of the fpirlts, 
 the attrition of the bloody and the quantity of 
 perfpiration, are all diminifhed. Thus, while 
 the quantity of the nervous fpirits continue to 
 be fecreted'with a lefs confumption, it is, by 
 degrees, accumulated in the brain, fo as to 
 diftend and fill the collapfed nerves, which, 
 both in the internal and external organs, return 
 again to adlion by the approach of feme fmall 
 ftimulus, by which they are again rtftoied to 
 vigilance. Sleep continued for too great a 
 length of time, difpofes to all the diforders that 
 attend a flov/ circulation, to fatnefs, drowfinefs, 
 vveaknefs, and cachexies ; and is, at the fame 
 time, highly detrimental to the memory. 
 
 § 578. From whence does yawning attend 
 thofe that are about to go to fleep ? we anfwer, 
 to promote the pafTage of the blood through 
 the lungs, which is now flower ; and the 
 ilretchin<y of the limbs is to increafe the mo- 
 
 O 
 
 tion of the fpirits, that they may over-balance 
 tiie natural contradiion of the mufcles, by which 
 all the limbs are drawn into a moderate degree 
 of contraction. If it be demanded, from whence 
 came the unjuft opinion, which has been 
 fa well received, that the motion of the heart 
 becomes ftronger in fleep, and the perfpiration 
 more plentiful ? we anlwer, that the miflake 
 arofe from the increafed heat, arifing from the 
 bed-cloatlrs, by which the perfpirable matter, 
 being confined, every where conduces to warm, 
 foften, and relax the Ikin. But any one that 
 fleeps in their ufual garments, grows colder ; 
 
Of Bleep, 1 1 7 
 
 and animals, which fleep for a long feafon to- 
 gether, grow cold externally almofl to the de- 
 gree of the element. From whence is it, that 
 all animals grow fleepy, after taking food ? not 
 from a compreffure of the aorta, or from a 
 repletion of the head wdth blood ; for even ani- 
 mals, which have fcarce any brain, fleep after 
 food. But it proceeds from the force of 
 flimulus, which is exerted by the chyle and 
 air contained in the ftomach and inteflines, to 
 which a greater flux of fpirits and blood, of 
 courfe follow, as in every other kind of fti- 
 mulus ; whence the brain fufiers a conliderable^ 
 abatement. Whether or no there is a perpe- 
 tual dreaming, fo as to be infeparable from 
 fleep ? and whether this be natural, fo that the 
 mind never ceafes to be without thought, as a 
 confequence following from fenfation ? we 
 anfwer, this does not feem to be the true fl:ate 
 of nature j for dreams we judge to be rather 
 referable to difeafe, or to fome ftimulating caufe 
 that interrupts the perfect reft of the fenforium. 
 Hence we fee, that intenfe cares of the mind, 
 or the ftrong impreflion of fome violent idea 
 received in the memory, hard indigeftable food, 
 abounding, in its quantity, with any uneafy po- 
 ftare of the body, are the moft ulual caufes 
 that excite dreams^ which, if we can rely up- 
 on the teftimony of our memory, feerq always 
 to be abfent from a found and quiet fleep. 
 
 I 
 
 
 LEG- 
 
? i8 
 
 •> ■ ' 
 
 LECTURE XXI. 
 
 Of Hunger y T^hirf^ Food, and Frink. 
 
 579 * 
 
 '' E fee the creator has given to 
 man the two faithful guards 
 of pleafure and pain (§. 551.) for his prefer- 
 vation ; the one to avert evil, the other to in- 
 vite him to ufeful actions. Frorn hence w’e are 
 informed, that the taking , of aliment is aii 
 action neceffary and ufeful to our fupport. For 
 iince every day there is a great quantity wafted 
 from the body, by a diffolution of its true fub- 
 ftance, thrown off by the perfpiration and other 
 difeharges, a repairing of the faid lofs is every 
 way neceffary ; but more efpeclally this is de- 
 manded from the aliment, by the nature of 
 the blood itfelf, ftrongly inclined to a ftiarp, fa- 
 linej iixivial quality, and to a putrid acrimo- 
 nious ftate, to which it is continually follicited, 
 and approaches from the putrefeent difpofitioh 
 of ail the more fta2:nant humours of the ani- 
 ma], promoted by the iqceffant and natural mo- 
 tion of the heart and arteries, with a perpetual 
 lieat. Moreover, the coagulable dlfpoCtion of 
 the blood, pontinually lofing a great part of its 
 diluting water, by infenfible perfpiration, calls 
 ilrenuoufty for a recruit of the watry element, 
 in the way of drink, by which its cohefive 
 globules are feparated from each other, and 
 hindered from running together into aconfiftent 
 
 
 §. 580. 
 
'appetite and AVunenfs. 1 19 
 
 580. Thefe truths are proved not only 
 ixotn their caufes, but likewlfe by their efFed:s 
 and appearances, which they exhibit in men 
 and other animals killed by hunger ; for, in 
 fuch, we commonly obferve a fliarp ftinking 
 breath, a loofenefs of the teeth, from the dif- 
 folving acrimony of the juices, violent pains in 
 the ftomach, a (harp fever, and even a true 
 madnefs. All thefe diforders arife fooner and 
 ftronger, as the perfon is more robuft and 
 more violently exercifed with motion of body-, 
 but they enfue very llowly in phlegmatic people, 
 who are unadlive, perfpire little, and put the 
 blood into no great motion. 
 
 §.581. The frelh chyle, compofed, for the 
 moft part, out of the acefeent clafs of vege- 
 tables, and of a confidence always thinner than 
 that of the blood itfelf, being received into its 
 torrent of circulation, ferves to temperate the 
 putrefeent acrimony, to dilute or leffen the 
 coagulation threatened, and reduce the whole 
 mafs from a fliaro faline to the mild albumi- 
 
 i 
 
 nous nature, which is proper to healthy blood j 
 and finally, the chyle, but more efpecially that 
 derived from the flefh of animals, being re- 
 plendhed with gelatinous lymph, ferves to re- 
 pair the confumption or wade which is made 
 from the body itfelf, to the vacuities of whofe 
 broken folids it is applied, by the caufes before- 
 mentioned (§, 240.). But the drink chiefly 
 dilutes the cohefive or grumous inclination of 
 the blood, hinders its putrefeent acrimony, and 
 carries off, by the emundories, fuch particles 
 as are already putrid j and hence it is,' that a 
 I 4 ' perfon 
 
120 
 
 Appetite and Aliments, 
 
 perfon may live for a long time without folld 
 food, if he be but fupplied with drink, even 
 of water. 
 
 §. 582 We are follicited to take food, as 
 well from the fenfe of pain we call hunger, as 
 from that of pleafure, which is received by the 
 tafte (§.4:; 6,). The fir ft of thefe proceeds, 
 doubtlels, from the fenfible folds or wrinkles 
 of the ftomach, rubbing againft each other by 
 the periftaltic motion, joined with a prefture 
 from the diaphragm and abdominal mufcies, 
 by which the naked villi of the nerves on one 
 fide grate againft thofe of the other, after a 
 manner intolerable. Thus we are effedlually 
 admoniftied of the dangers enfuing, from too 
 long abftinence or fafting, and excited to pro- 
 cure food or nourifhment by labour and in- 
 duftry. To this fenfe alfo, the gaftric liquor 
 or juice of the ftomach, collecfted and fharpened 
 after feeding, does, in fome meafure, conduce. 
 
 §. c; 83. Thirft is feated in the tongue, fau- 
 ces, oefophagus, and ftomach, For whenever 
 thefe very fenfible parts, which are conftantly 
 and naturally moiftened by mucous and falivaj 
 juices, grow dry, from a deficiency of thofe 
 or the like humours, or are irritated by a re- 
 dundancy of muriatic or aicalefcent falts here 
 lodged, there arifes a fenfe much more intole- 
 rable than the former, as thirft is more dange- 
 rous ; whofe uneafy fenfe continues, until the 
 proportion of diluting water in the blood, being 
 recruited, reftores the necelfary moifture and 
 free,fecretIon required In the parts before-men- 
 ^ioped. From hence we learn, why thirft at- 
 . • ' ' : • tends 
 
Appetite and Aliments. 1 2 1 
 
 tends labour, which exhales a greater propor- 
 tion of the watry perfpir-ation ? and why it is 
 a fymptom of fevers ? where there is a drynefs 
 and obftrudlion of the exhaling veffels belong- 
 ing to the tongue and fauces ? why fimple wa- 
 ter, having no tenacity, will often not hick 
 long enough to the juices to abate thirfl:, which 
 yields, neverthelefs, eafily to fome acid liquors, 
 that not only moiften and render fluid, but 
 alfo neutralize and provoke forward the hu- 
 mours. 
 
 §. 584. From thefe caufes, mortals, being 
 under a neceifity of feeking food for the flip- 
 port of life, have, from the beginning of ages, 
 determined their choice to the fucculent parts 
 of vegetables and animals, in fuch a manner, 
 that water and fait leem to be added onlv as 
 
 j 
 
 third afljftants. And firfl, it is probable, that 
 the primitive choice of our foods was made -by 
 experiments, according as the variety of fmelis 
 gind flavours, in vegetables and their leveraj 
 parts invited, and as the flrength or recruit of 
 our faculties thence following, confirmed their 
 utility. But, by degrees, animals increafing, 
 fo much as to be incommodious to man, now 
 declining in his conflitution or longevity, the 
 flefli of animals was afterwards added, as a 
 better flipport for thofe labours, which could 
 pot be fo well fuffained by vegetable food alone. 
 At prefent, both the number and variety of 
 fubflances are almofl infinite, which we take 
 either as food or feafoning for our nourifh- 
 ment. 
 
 I 
 
 §> j8j. 
 
1 22 Jppetite and jdliments. 
 
 §. 585. Although there are many Inftances of 
 particular perfons, and even of whole nations, 
 who have fupported life only with one kind of 
 food, either vegetable or animal, or even from 
 fmall clafs of either of them : and although 
 -fome have lived altogether upon milk or its 
 whey, yet it feems to be neceffary, both from 
 the nature and fabric of the human body itfelf, 
 as well as from the known effects that follow 
 from only one kind of food, that we ought to 
 fupport life by the two kinds of foods, both 
 animal and vegetable, fo intermixed, that nei- 
 ther of them may exceed their reafonablc 
 bounds ; and this mediocrity we are tauo-ht 
 from the loathing itfelf, which follows to any 
 one kind of food that has been continued for 
 too long a time together. 
 
 §. 586. The fledi of animals appears a ne- 
 ceil'ary part of our nourifhment, even frop the 
 fabric of the human floma.ch itfelf, refembling 
 that of carnivorous animals ; and from the two 
 rows of teeth, with the canine teeth in each 
 jaw ; alfo from the fmallnefs and fhortnefs of 
 the inteftinum c$cum, and from the neceffary 
 vigour which we require, and which is more 
 remarkable in carnivorous animals. For it 
 appears, that the flefli of animals only contain 
 the gelatinous lymph, ready prepared for the 
 recruit both of our fluids and folids, which, 
 being extradled from the broken veflels and 
 fibres, is readily converted into abundance of 
 blood. An abflinence from animal food, in 
 thofe who have been accufliomed to it, gene- 
 rally caufes great weaknefs both to the body 
 
'/Appetite and AUments. iij 
 
 and ftomach, being perpetually attended with 
 a troublefome diarrhoea or purging. [But in 
 the amplitude and length of the inteftina cralTa, 
 man agrees with herbivorous animals.] 
 
 §. 587. Efculent vegetables are generally of 
 the acefcent kind, only fome few of them are 
 either alcalefcent, or elfe repteniihcd with a 
 Ipicinefs ; but none of them have that animal 
 glue, which is fpontaneoufly changeable into 
 blood ; for it is only the fmall portion of jelly, 
 which is drawn from their farinaceous parts, 
 which, after many repeated circulations, is 
 converted into the nature of our indigenous 
 juices. Yet thefe are necelTary to avoid over 
 repletion with blood, and of too putrefcent a 
 kind from the ufe of animal food alone, which, 
 from the mod creditable accounts of the an- 
 thropophagi, prevails to fo great a degree, as 
 to breed the hot alcalefcent feurvy, a herce or 
 lavage tern'per, a {linking and leprofy of the 
 body, with' adixivial Corruption of all the juices, 
 Vvhich are only to be avoided or cured by 
 change of diet, in which a vegetable acidity 
 abounds. Hence it is, that we are furnilhed 
 but with few canine teeth, and our appetite in 
 health, but more efpecially in dlfeafe, is llrong- 
 er for acidulous vegetables, in proportion to 
 our warmer temperature of body, and greater 
 heat of the country or the feafon of the year. 
 Hence we fee, that, in the hotteft climates, 
 people live either altogether upon vegetables, or 
 ufe flefh meats but very rarely, and not without 
 danger of acute difeafes ; while, in the colder 
 countries, de(h is ca'; freely with lef§ danger: 
 
 and 
 
124 Appetite and Aliment i, 
 
 and hence bread, or fomething like it, is 
 made a {landing part of our food throughout 
 the world. 
 
 §. 558. The bed; drink is afforded by pure 
 water, not incorporated with falts nor with 
 air, by which it may readily enter into a fer- 
 mentation. Of this kind, we juflly prefer that 
 from a mountainous fpring, which runs clear 
 and cold through a fandy bed, being very light 
 and infipid. Whenever we are unprovided 
 with fuch pure and healthy water, as is fre- 
 quently the cafe in the lower flat countries, or 
 when any increafe of the dirength and mufcular 
 conftricfrion of the flomach is required, from a 
 fpicy flimulus, its place may be very well fup- 
 plied by wine, prepared chiefly from grapes, 
 but in defe£l of thofe, from apples and pears, 
 which, after a due fermentation, becomes 
 clear, and is replenifhed with an acid fait, and 
 oily or inflammable fpirit, well diluted in water. 
 Liquors of the fame kind, replenifhed with a 
 vinous or inflammable fpirit, but more flatu- 
 lent, heavy, and lefs palatable, are prepared 
 from the feveral kinds of corn opened by ma- 
 ceration and flight roafting, afterwards extradled 
 with boiling water, and prepared, by fermen- 
 tation, as a fubfritute for wine to thofe coun^ 
 tries where the grape does not ripen. 
 
 §. 589. But mankind has invented various 
 pickles and fauces, fuch as fait, vinegar, and 
 acids of various kinds, to corre(ft the putrefeent 
 difpofltionof ficfli meats, with pepper, muftard, 
 and other hot fpices, to flrengthen the action of 
 the flomach, which is perpetually wakened 
 
appetite and Aliments. 1 2 5 
 
 by flatulent vegetables j and to thefe add, the 
 fugar, fait, and eaftern fpices, which are ge- 
 nerally added either for the fake of flavouring 
 or preferving our food. But all thefe yield no 
 nourifliment, being dellitute of all gelatinous 
 lymph, or any farinaceous quality. 
 
 §. 590. The aliments are generally drefled, 
 or varioufly prepared, according to their diffe- 
 rent nature, the country, feafon, &c. by which 
 their crudity is removed, their folid fibres foft- 
 ened or opened, their too much incorporated 
 air expelled, or their difagreeable acrimony re- 
 duced or changed to a flavour that is agreeable. 
 But even after this, many vegetable foods, and 
 more efpecially flefli meats, require to be di- 
 vided, in fome degree, by a previous triture 
 in the mouth, which is more efpecially ne- 
 ceffary in man, whofe ftomach is very thin, 
 or but little flelhy, and likewife that the food 
 may not ftay fo long upon the ftomach as to 
 become putrid. [Therefore we are naturally 
 led from the confideration of the aliments 
 themfelves, to that of their maftication.] 
 
 LEG- 
 
126 
 
 LECTURE XXIL 
 
 Of MaJUcation and the Salha. 
 
 §. 591-0 UCH hard and tough foods, as 
 confift of long parallel fibres, or 
 are covered with a bony (hell or cartilaginous' 
 lldn, generally require mafticatlon, to divide 
 them into lefs cohering parts, that they may 
 more eafiiy yield ..their nourifliment to the dif- 
 folving povvers of the ftomach. The more 
 diligently they, are fubdivided in the mouth, 
 the more reliihing and agreeable they become 
 to the ftomach ; the nearer do they approach 
 to the nature of a fluid, and the more eafily 
 are they digefted or affimilated. 
 
 §. 592. Therefore we are provided with a 
 variety of teeth, extremely hard, but , planted 
 w'ith a root that is indeed bony and hollow ; 
 lince it receives, through a fmall hole in the 
 tip or point of each fang, little blood-veffels, 
 and a nerve, which go to form its internal pe- 
 riofleum : and this whole root, being fix'ed 
 into a focket of the jaw conformable to itfelf, 
 is, in the upper part towards its crown, ftrongly 
 furrounded and tied down by the adhering 
 gums. But the crown,' or upper part of the 
 tooth, placed above the gums,' is not bony, 
 but a peculiar fort of enamel; of a harder denier 
 fubftaitce, and almofl of a glafiiy texture, com- 
 pofed of flraight fibres vertical with its root, 
 and running together towards the middle. 
 
 This 
 
Of Mcfication: 1 27 
 
 This lafl portion of the tooth, having neither' 
 perlofleum norveflels, perpetually grinds away,’ 
 and is as often repaired again by a kind of pe- 
 trifying juice, that afcends or filters from the 
 cells of the root, by which mechanifm they 
 are, therefore, fupplied with a great degree of 
 hardnefs, very fit to overcome that of other 
 bodies, and to grind the food with their un- 
 equal furfaces. 
 
 §. 593. As the materials of our food are va- 
 rious in their texture and firmnefs, nature has 
 accordingly made our teeth varioufly figured. 
 In us, the anterior or incifive teeth are four 
 in each jaw, v/eaker than the reft, and fixed 
 by a fingle root, upon v/hich ftands a crown 
 inwardly concave, outwardly convex, and ter- 
 minated by a gradual extenuation, like a wedge 
 or chizel, with a redlilineal edge, the office of 
 which, as their name imports, is only, in the 
 fofter foods, to cut thofe which are tougher 
 than the reft, into fmdier portions, fuch as the 
 fibres and mem.brancs of animals and vegetables, 
 with the brittle feeds and kernels of fruits. 
 
 §• 594. Next to the former, come the ca- 
 nine teeth, which are two only in each jaw, 
 fixed by a longer and ftronger, but fingle root ; 
 from whence their crown is extenuated into a 
 cone. Thefe lacerate tough aliments, and hold 
 faft fuch as 
 grinders. 
 
 §. 595. The third order of the teeth is, that 
 of the molares, which, in general, are com- 
 poled of feveral roots, wdth a quadrangular 
 crown, fomewhat flat furfaced, but more or 
 
 lefs 
 
 require a longer triture by the 
 
128 of MaJHcation. 
 
 Icfs divided by rocky afperities. The two fore-i 
 moiT; of thefe are weaker than the reft, in- 
 ferred by two, or often but one root, with the 
 furface of their crown parted into two j but 
 the three pofterior grinders are larger, fixed by 
 three, four, and fometirnes five roots, but ter- 
 minated in their crown by only one furface, 
 fomewhat fquare and flat, but lefs in the lower 
 than upper jaw, and is fubdivided into a 
 number of eminencies correfponding to that 
 of their roots. Betwixt thefe teeth, the moft 
 compad; or bony foods are interpofed and broke, 
 as the more tough and hard are ground fmal- 
 ler, while the lower teeth are urged obliquely 
 and laterally againft the moveable upper ones ; 
 and thefe are the teeth which perform prin- 
 cipally what we are to exped from maftication 
 of food. 
 
 §. coo. That the teeth might break or grind 
 the food with due ftrength and firmnefs, the 
 uppermoft are fixed into the fockets of the im- 
 moveable upper law, as the lower ones are into 
 the lower moveable jaw, which is a Angle 
 bone, and fo joined with the temporals, that 
 it may be drawn down from the upper jaws, 
 and pulled up againft them with a great force, 
 and mav be moved laterally to the right or 
 left, forward and backward. Thole various 
 motions of the lower jaw depend upon the ar- 
 ticulation of its oval heads, in which the lateral 
 parts of the jiw terminate, convex or higheft 
 in the middle, and received betwixt the ob- 
 lique protuberances of the temporal bones, in a 
 Ihallow excavation, at cheroot of the jugal pro- 
 
 cels, 
 
Of Maficatiofi. 129 
 
 cefs, deeper in its middle, and increafed by a 
 little excavation of the fame kind before the 
 auditory paffage ; from which it is feparated by 
 a peculiar fiffure. This joint has the freer li- 
 berty in moving, and its incrufted cartilages 
 have a longer duration, by the interpofition of 
 a fmall cartilaginous plate, betwixt the condyle 
 of the jaw and tubercle of the temporal bone, 
 concave in its middle above and below, with 
 rihng fides, which furround the tubercle of the 
 temporal bone upward, the condyle of the 
 jaw downward, and correfponds to the adjacent 
 inequalities. 
 
 §. 597. The mufcles moving the lower jaw, 
 which are weaker in us than in brutes, are the 
 temporalis and elevator, arifing from a large 
 part of the fide of the Ikull, and from the out- 
 ward tendinous expanfion of it, the ftellated 
 fibres run together into a tendon, fixed to the 
 coronal or (harp procefs of the jaw j the 7 naf- 
 jeter and elevator, having two or three diftindt 
 parts or lefs mufcles, ddcends from the os ju- 
 galis and margin of the upper jaw backward 
 into the angle of the lower jaw. Both the 
 temporal mufcles, adting together, pull the 
 lower jaw backward, as the mafieters do for- 
 ward. The pterj-gcidcus internus defcends from 
 the pterygoide foifa and from the palate bone 
 and root of the hook, with the internal wing, 
 into the angle of the lower jaw, which it ele- 
 vates or draws to one fide or the other alter- 
 nately. The pterygoideiis exiernus has a double 
 origin ; one tranfverfe from the inner wing and 
 adjacent bone of the palate, v/ith the pofterior 
 VoL. II. K con- 
 
1^6 Of Majlication. 
 
 convexity of the upper jaw, the other, defcend- 
 ing, arifes from the hollow temporal part of 
 the great wing of the fphenoidesj thence it 
 proceeds backward and downward into the 
 outer part of the condyle of the lower jaw, 
 which it moves laterally, and draws forward 
 before the upper jaw. 
 
 §. 598. The lower jaw is depreffed, fo as to 
 open the mouth by the digraftic or biventer 
 mufcle, arifing from an hollow of the maftoide 
 procefs ; from whence defcending, its middle 
 tendon is tied by a tendinous plate of the cel- 
 lular fubftance to the os hyoides, and being 
 likewife connected to the mylohyoideus, and 
 then paffing through the divided fibres of the 
 ftylohyoideus, it is increafed by another flefhy 
 belly, inferted at the fymphyfis of the two 
 halves of the lower jaw, within the chin. 
 Moreover, the mouth may be partly opened by 
 all the other lower mufcles of the jaw, os 
 hyoides, and larynx, as the geriiohyoideus, 
 genioglofius, fternohyoideus, fternothyroideus, 
 coracohyoideus, and latiffimus colli j although 
 the latter rather draws the Ikin of the neck 
 and face downward than the jaw itfelf. 
 
 §. 599. The lower jaw is elevated with a 
 great force, fo as to divide the food by the 
 prelTure of the upper and lower teeth againfl 
 each other, by the action of the temporal, 
 maffeter and external pterygoide mu cles ; the 
 contradlion of which appears, by experiments, to 
 be very powerful, fufficient to raife feveral 
 hundred weight. The lateral and circular 
 motions of the jaw, upon one of its condyles 
 
 re- 
 
Of Majlication. 131 
 
 removed, are performed by the external and 
 internal pterygoidei, adting either alone or to- 
 gether with the former. 
 
 §. 600. Thus the food is cut, lacerated, aid 
 ground to pieces, and if the maftication be 
 continued diligently, it is, together with the 
 liquors of the mouth, reduced into a kind of 
 pulp. For, during the trituration of the food, 
 there is continually poured to it a large quan- 
 tity of a watry clear liq :.or, evaporable or in- 
 fipid, or, at lead, but little faune, and reple- 
 nhhed with but little earth, in an healthy 
 ftate, neither acid nor alcaiine, although from 
 thence may be obtained a very imall portion of 
 a lixival lalt j and this liquor flows under the 
 denomination of lahva, from numberlefs fprings 
 each way furrounding the food. A large quan- 
 tity of this faiiva is feparated by numberlefs 
 fmall glandules of the lips and cheeks, of an 
 oval figure, which pour out their fecreted liquor 
 through fhort dudts and oblique mouths. This 
 liquor always abounds in the mouth, but in a 
 greater quantity and fharper in thofe who are 
 fafting; and, being naturally f wallowed with- 
 out our notice, makes a moft uFful addition 
 to the juice of the flomach itfelf j nor can 
 this be lavifhly waited by fpltting, unlefs in 
 phlegmatic perfons, without prejudice to the 
 conflitution. The juice, poured out from the 
 exhaling veifels of the tongue, mouth, and 
 cheeks, is of the like kind, or rather more, 
 watry. As for the duftus inciflvus, we are now 
 fufficiently certain, that it is blind, or dif- 
 charges nothing into the mouth, only gives 
 K 2 paflage 
 
1^2 ' Of MaJUcatio 7 i. 
 
 paffage to an artery from that of the palate into 
 the nares. 
 
 §. 6oi. But there are other more confiderable 
 falival glands, which fupply the watry humour 
 called after their own name. Of thefe, the 
 principal is the parotid, filling up a large inter- 
 val betwixt the auditory paflage and the lower 
 jaw, to which it is immediately contiguous in 
 the part uncovered and to the mafleter j it is a 
 conglomerate gland made up of round or grape- 
 like clufters, connedted by the cellular fub- 
 ftances ; which lafi;, being denfified and reticu- 
 lated, forms an almofl; tendinous covering, 
 that furrounds and connedls the whole gland. 
 From this afcends a white, vafcular, capacious 
 dudt, to the os jugale, from whence it is tranf- 
 verfely inclined, and takes in, by the way, afmall 
 dudl of a folitary glandule on the top of the 
 malTeter, or elfe lodged difiindt, or continued 
 upon the parotid itfelf, and is rarely double ; 
 after this, the dudl, bending round the convex 
 edge of the mafleter, opens with an oblique 
 or cut aperture through the departing fibres 
 of the buccinator mufcle, in the midfl; of 
 many little glandules of the cheek, over-againfl: 
 the root of the middle grinder. The bulk of 
 this gland, and the number of its arteries, prove 
 it to be the chief fpring, from whence the fa- 
 liva flows. 
 
 §. 602. Another fmall gland, adjacent to the 
 parotid, but much lefs, compofed of fofrer and 
 larger bunches, connected by the like cellular 
 membrane, is, from its fituation at the lower 
 angle of the jaw, called maxillary, being in 
 
Of Maftication. 133 
 
 part terminated only by the fkin, but in part 
 fends off an appendix over the mylohyoide 
 mufde, which, following the long hollow fide 
 of the lower jaw, of a granular fabric, is fpread 
 under the membrane of the mouth, by the 
 name of fublingiialis. From the larger maxil- 
 lary, together with this appendix, a dud pafl'es 
 out, which, being a long way covered in its 
 middle part by the fublingualis, receives one, 
 two, or three branches, by whofe infertion it 
 goes on, increaled to a cylindrical projecting 
 orifice, under the bridle of the tongue. But 
 there are ftiii other final! and fiiort duCts from 
 the fublingual glands, from the number of 
 three or four to twenty, which pour out a fa- 
 liva through idiort little duds, or points, under 
 each edge of the tongue. There are fome in- 
 ftances where the larger anterior branch of the 
 dud of the appendix, which ufually joins itfelf 
 to the maxillary gland, goes on fingle, parallel, 
 and opens by itfelf. Various other falival duds 
 have been miftakenly publifiied by different 
 profeffors, which are not confirmed by ana- 
 tomy herfclf. 
 
 §.603. The creator has wifely provided, that, 
 by the motion of the jaw in malfication, the 
 falival glands lhall be compreffed by mechani- 
 cal neceffity, fo as to difeharge their juices then 
 to the mouth in greater plenty. For vrhen 
 the mouth is opened, the maxillary gland, 
 being preffed by the digaftric and mylohyoideus, 
 throws forth a fountain of faliva, as the parotid 
 alfo does in the fame manner, when urged by 
 jhe turgefcence of the mafleter j anddt is this 
 K 3 V ' f'mufcu- 
 
 ■o- f- 
 
1 ^ 4 - Of MajUcatio]!. 
 
 mufcular preffure, urging the faliva into the 
 mouth, that excites the appetite or mouth-water. 
 
 §. 604. The food, therefore, being in this 
 manner giound betwixt the teeth, and inter- 
 mixed with the i^aliva and air, into a foft juicy 
 pulp, pliable into any figure, and replete with 
 frothy or claftic air globules, does, by the adlioii 
 cf the latter, undergo a farther diffolution, by the 
 warmth ot the parts, exciting the elafticity of 
 the air, to expand and hurft afunder the con- 
 fining particles of the food, betwixt which it is 
 included. In this act of mafticatlon, the oily, 
 aqueous, ^nd faline parts of the food are inter- 
 mixed the one with the other j the fmell and 
 talte of d.fferent iijgredients are loft in ' ;e, 
 which by the ddution of ihe faline pans w'ith 
 faliva, renders the food favourable ; but fuch 
 particies as are more volatile and penetrating, being 
 directiy abforbed by the bibulous vefiels of the 
 tongue and cheeks, enter ftraight into the 
 bioon- vefiels and nerves, fo as to caufe an im- 
 me'^iate recruit of the faculties. 
 
 -§. 605. But the motions which are necelTary 
 for turning round the food, applying it to the 
 teeth, and conveying it through the different 
 puts of the mouth in maftication, arc admi- 
 nifired by the tongue, cheeks, and iips. And 
 fi> if, the tongue being expanded fo as to form 
 a Imali concavity in its back or furface, takes 
 up the food thus prepared, and conveys the 
 charge by the moving powers before deferibed 
 (§. 4^51.) backward to the parts for which it is 
 deligned. At one time the tongue rendered 
 narrow by lateral contraction, iearches every 
 
Of Majilcat'ion. 135 
 
 part of the mouth with its tip, and turns out 
 the latent food into a heap, on its common con- 
 cavity. At another time, applying its extre- 
 mity to the fore-teeth, and railing kfelf up fuc- 
 ceflively, it draws the juices from the cavity of 
 the mouth and together with the food, con- 
 veys them to the fauces or back part of the 
 mouth behind the teeth. 
 
 §. 606. But thefe motions of the tongue are 
 llkewife governed by the mufcles and mem- 
 branes, largely inferred into the os hyoides, the 
 balls of which is internally concave, from 
 whence are extended horns laterally and out- 
 wards, terminated by more protuberant heads, 
 and completed with little oval cornidies j and 
 this bone being drawn down by its refpedlive 
 mufcles, deprelTes the tongue at the fame time, 
 and the lower jaw likewife, if the mufcles of 
 that be relaxed. Thefe depreffing powers are 
 the JlernohyoideuSj but arifing alfo in part from 
 the clavicle, extenuated upwards, and ftriped 
 with tendinous lines ; the Jlernothyroideus arifing 
 as the former, and broader from the upper rib, 
 which mufcle depreffing the cartilage to which 
 it is inferted, is under a neceffity of pulling 
 down the os hyoides at the fame time ; this is 
 partly intermixt with hyothyroideus, and in 
 part confufed with the llernohyoideus. Next 
 the coracohyoideus, arifing from the upper and 
 Ihorter fide of the fcapula, near its notch, af- 
 cends oliquely, and at the croffing the jugular 
 vein, changes into a tendon, from whence the 
 other belly of the mufcle afcends diredl to its 
 infertion, into the os hyoides, which it deprelTes, 
 K 4 being 
 
136 Of Majlicafion. 
 
 being in part confounded with the fternohyoi- 
 deus. The hyothyroideus, a little inconfiderable 
 mufcle, may be added to the former, by which 
 it is determined. 
 
 § 607. The other powers which elevate the 
 os hyoides, together with the tongue, are its 
 ftyloglodus mufcle, fuftained by a peculiar li- 
 gament of the upper jaw. 2. The Jlylobyoi- 
 deus, a weak mufcle, often fplit for the paffage 
 of the biventer, and again united into one por- 
 tion, after adhering to the tendinous expanfion 
 of the biventer, is inferred, together with its 
 fellow, into the angle of the bafis, and often 
 into the horn of the os hyoides j the fecond rty- 
 lohyoideus, when it is prefent, refembles the 
 former, behind which it is placed, arifing from 
 the tip of the ftyloide procefs, is inferted into 
 the os triticeum, and anfwers the purpofe of a 
 ligament to fuftain the os hyoides. Thefe alto- 
 gether draw the tongue back, but laterally they 
 elevate it. The mylohyoideus^ arifing from op- 
 pofite fides of the chin, meet together in one, 
 backward, ferving to elevate the tongue, and 
 fix it in making various motions. The ge?2io- 
 hyoideus being a companion of the geniogloffus, 
 pulls the tongue forward out of the mouth. 
 
 §. 608. But moreover, the mufcles of the 
 cheeks varioufly move the food in the mouth, 
 and by their prefihre on the outfide of the teeth, 
 urge it into the inner cavity of the mouth, with- 
 in the teeth, as we fee in the buccinators, when 
 the mouth is fliut. Others again open the os 
 externum, for receiving the food betwixt the 
 cheeks and the teeth, fuch as the double head- 
 ed 
 
Of Mafilcation. 137 
 
 ed proper elevator of the upper lip ; and the 
 elevator, which is partly common ; to which add 
 the zygomaticus, upper and lower ; the riforius, 
 triangularis menti, and the depreffor, proper to 
 the angle of the mouth, which ariling from an 
 excavation on each fide, near the focket of the 
 canine tooth, are iaferted into the orbicularis of 
 the lips. Others again clofe the lips, that the 
 food received may not return out of the mouth, 
 fuch as the orbicularis of each lip, the proper 
 depreffor of the upper lip, and the proper ele- 
 vator of the lower lip, and that which ferves 
 in common for the elevation of both. Of thefe 
 more particular defcriptions may be had, from 
 profefiTed fyftems of anatomy. 
 
 §. 609. By thefe means the food, ground 
 and mixed with the faliva into a foft pulp, col- 
 ledled from all parts of the mouth by the tongue, 
 into the arched fpace betwixt the teeth, is af- 
 terward, by the expanfion and fucceflive pref- 
 fure of the tongue, conveyed backward behind 
 the teeth, and from thence thruft into the fau- 
 ces j and in this adtion the tongue is expanded 
 by the ceratogloffii, and geniogloffi, and ren- 
 dered a little concave upon the ftyloglofius. 
 
 LEG- 
 
LECTURE XXIII. 
 
 Of Deglutition. 
 
 §. 6 10. ^ jH ^ HE tongue being raifed by the 
 ftylogloffi, and broadly applied 
 to the palate, preiTes the food fuccefi'ively to- 
 wards the fauces, which at that time only afford 
 an open paffage. After this, the thick root 
 and back part of the tongue itfelf, by the fore- 
 mentioned mufcles, and by the ftylohyoidei 
 and biventers carried backward, preffes down 
 the epiglottis, which {lands up behind the 
 tongue, connedled therewith by numerous 
 membranes, and perhaps by fome mufcular 
 fibres. At the fame time, the mufcles elevating 
 the pharynx, all adl together, fuch as the bi- 
 venter, geniohyoideus, geniogloffus, flvlohy- 
 oideus, flylogloflus, flylopharyngeus, and the 
 other elevators, which now draw the larynx up- 
 ward and forward, that the epiglottis, being 
 brought nearer to the convex root of the tongue, 
 may be better clofed or depreffed. Hence it is 
 necelTar}^ towards deglutition, for the jaws to be 
 clofed, that by this means the biventer may 
 have a firm fupportj and, together with the 
 mufcles already deferibed (§. 607.) elevate the 
 oshyoides. Thus the epiglottus being preffed 
 down or inverted, fliuts up and covers the paf- 
 fage very exadtly, into the larynx, over which 
 it is extended like a bridge, for the aliment to 
 pafs over into the fauces. 
 
 61 1. 
 
Of Deglutition. 13-9 
 
 §.611. By the pharynx we underfland an 
 ample cavity, fomewhat like a membranous 
 funnel, multiform, with a deficiency before, ex- 
 tended from the occipital bone before the great 
 opening of the fkull downward, along the bo- 
 dies of the cervical vertebrae, covered above by 
 the middle cuneiform bone, the opening of the 
 nares, and moveable velum of the palate, re- 
 ceiving the tongue and larynx before, and the 
 osfophagus below, fo as to form onefoft mem-, 
 branous bag, outwardly furrounded on all fides 
 by mufcular fibres, internally lined with an epi- 
 thelium, or continuation of the cuticle, like 
 which it is renewable, but more moill; ; out- 
 wardly it is furrounded with a good deal of cel- 
 lular fubftance, more efpccially in its poflerior 
 and lateral parts. By this ftrudlure it becomes 
 lax and dilatable, fo as to receive all bodies that 
 are preffed by the tongue over the larynx. 
 
 §, 612. This mufcular bag is dilated in its 
 adhon (§.610.) by the powers ferving to its 
 elevation, fuch as the Jiylopharyngeus^ fome- 
 times double, from the procefs of its name ; 
 whence defcending, it is inferred into the mem- 
 brane of the larynx, under the os hyoides, and 
 into the cartilaginous edge of the defcending 
 thyroideus, after which it is broadly fpread 
 through the internal face of the pharynx, toge- 
 ther with the following. The thyropahtinusy 
 or flap' ylopharyngeus being fpread in the form 
 of an arch round the moveable palate, and from 
 thence extended downwards in two columns, 
 on each fide the pharynx, form a confiderable 
 part of that bag, being alfo connedied by broad 
 
 hbres 
 
140 Of 'Deglutition. 
 
 fibres to the thyroid cartilage. That the faU 
 pingopharyngeus is a true or diftind; mufcle, I 
 am ready to believe, rather from the obferva- 
 tion of other eminent anatomifts, than any of 
 my own. As to the ctphalopkcryngem^ I almofl 
 defpair of finding any, un'lefs yon will reckon 
 the ftrong white plate of the cellular fubfiance, 
 which furrounds the upper part of the pharynx 
 for a mufcle. This bag clofely furrounds and 
 follows the drink, on each fide the epiglottis, 
 above the larynx j and from thence it falls into 
 the cefophagus. 
 
 §. 613. That the aliments might not regur- 
 gitate into the noftrils, at the time when they 
 are prefl'ed into the dilated pharynx (§. 612.) 
 a moveable velum or palate is interpofed : name- 
 ly, fiom the fides of the bony palate and prerv- 
 goi e wings, is contained a moveable expa.if ■ 
 compounded of the membranes fr ^n th. mi ur;i 
 and nares, betwixt wh:ch membranes wi werd 
 mufcles ; being almoft of a fquare fig’-^'" and 
 pendulous, betwixt the cavity of ti^e nares and 
 fauces, in fuch a manner, that they natn rally 
 leave the former open, and form a concave 
 arch towards the mouth ; and from the middle 
 of this is extended a fmall portion, pendulous, 
 and of a conical fihape, before the epiglottis, re- 
 plete with many fmall glands, which from its 
 appearance in a difeafed flate. is called uvula. 
 The elevator of this velum, which is ftrong, 
 arifes from the afperities of the cuneiform bone, 
 behind the fpinal foramen ; and from a carti- 
 lage of the tube defeending inward, does with 
 its companion, form an arch, which is move- 
 
 able 
 
Of Deglutition, 14 k 
 
 able with the palate itfelf, fo as to be brought into 
 a clofe contact with the fides of the nares, and 
 with the tubes, that none of the aliment may 
 enter into either of them. But this elevator does 
 not feem to have any confiderable adtion in 
 fwallowing ; at which time regurgitation into 
 the noftrils is prevented by a conftridtion of the 
 mufcles of the pharynx, together with a depref- 
 fure of the thyropalatini, which then manifeftly 
 draw the moveable velum downward, and to- 
 w'ards the tongue and pharynx. [Add to thefe 
 the circiimflcxus palati moiln^ which arifes a 
 little more forward from the fame cuneiform 
 bone, from the internal fide of its wings, and from 
 the inner wing, with the cartilaginous end of 
 the tube, broad, and then paffing through a 
 notch, of the pterygoide hook, changes its di- 
 redtion, and afcends with a radiated tendon, 
 through the upper membrane that covers the 
 velum of the palate, joins with its fellow, fpreads 
 over the other mufcles, and adheres to the 
 edge of the palate bone. This is able both to 
 open the tube, and to prefs down the moveable 
 velum of the palate, j So as to make a preffure 
 upon the contents ; and from hence the pha- 
 rynx being contradted like a fphindter, drives 
 down the food, without permitting any part to 
 return back into the cavity of the nares. Hence 
 we fee, that when the immovable velum of the 
 palate is perforated, or otherwife vitiated by dif- 
 eafe, the aliments regurgitate into the noftrils, 
 and flop up the Euflachian tubes, fo as to caufe 
 a deafnefs. 
 
 §• 614. 
 
14^ Of Deglutition. 
 
 §, 614. During this endeavour to deprefs the 
 food by the pharynx, (§. 614.) the velum drawn 
 back and expanded over, is pulled down to- 
 wards the tongue, by the adion of the palato- 
 pharyngei, and by the circumflex mufcles of 
 the foft palate, (§.61:?.). Thefe mufcles, to- 
 gether with the glolTapalatini, which lafl; are 
 indeed weak, prefs the velum againfl; the pro- 
 tuberant root of the tongue, and intercept anv 
 return to the mouth. After there is no farther 
 danger of any part falling into the wind-pipe, 
 the epiglottis is raifed up again, as well by its 
 own eiafticity, as by the elevation of the tongue 
 itfelf, by which it is drawn forward. [Laflly, 
 the deprefled uvula is raifed by the azygos, which 
 arifes from the tendons of the circumflexi 
 mufcles ] 
 
 §. 615. Immediately after this, follows a 
 force urging the food downward, which is ex- 
 erted by the conftridor mufcles of the pharynx, 
 drawing the fore and back parts together, and 
 the mufcles which are partly tranfverfe, and 
 partly afcend into the poflerior furface of the 
 pharynx. Of thefe the principal is, the ptery- 
 gopharyngeus, ariflng from the whole hook and 
 internal edge of the wing j from whence form- 
 ing an arch, it is extended upward and back- 
 ward, largely furrounding the upper part of 
 the pharynx. The mylopharyngeus, partly 
 continuous with the fibres of the buccinator in 
 the middle, betwixt an infertion or adhefion to 
 the bones, arife alfo in part from an origin of 
 their own, above the lafl: of the grinding teeth, 
 in the lower jaw. Thefe having a courfe al- 
 
 raofl 
 
Of Deglutition, 143 
 
 moft tranfverfe, furround the pharynx, and 
 draw its back towards the forepart. Next to 
 thefe follow the geniopharyngei, afcending in 
 two ftrata of obfcure and confufed fibres j next 
 the chondropharyngei, of a triangular figure, 
 arifing from the oflicula triticea j the cerato- 
 pharyngei, which afcend radiated from half of 
 the horn ; the fyndelmopharyngei, arifing from 
 the horn of the thyroide cartilage, and diftind: 
 from the former ; to which add the thyropha- 
 ryngei of both kinds, increafed by the fibres of 
 the fiernothyroideus and cricothyroideus, with 
 the cricopharyngei, the tranfverfe, afcending 
 and defcending. Thefe mufcles adting fuccef- 
 fively from above downward, according to their 
 fituation, drive the aliment into the eefophagus: 
 at the fame time the depreffing mufcles of the 
 larynx, coracohyoideus, fternohyoideus, and fter- 
 nothyreoideus, draw down the larynx forward, 
 and lefiening the capacity of the pharynx, urge 
 the food downward. But in this ad:ion, as the 
 aliment pafies by the pofterior rima, or opening 
 of the glottis, the aryarytcenoidei contrad the 
 larynx perpendicularly together. 
 
 §. 616. As various dry and rough bodies are 
 frequently fwallowed, it was necefiary for the 
 pharynx to be dilatable, and not fo fubjed to 
 pain as the tongue, fiomach, and fome other 
 organs; to which end like wife, the great quan- 
 tity of mucus, which is collected in all parts of 
 the fauces, greatly conduces. Therefore, in 
 general, betwixt the nervous and limermoft 
 coat of the pharynx, are placed a great numoer 
 of fimple mucous Jtoliicles or ceils, oi ai' '/al 
 
 figure. 
 
144 
 
 figure, pouring out their mucus through fhort 
 mouths, of a foft vifcid, and fomewhat watery 
 nature, but ropy or drawing out into threads, 
 whence it abounds more with faline and oily 
 parts, than the faliva itfelf. Thefe mucous re- 
 ceptacles are moft plentiful in that part of the 
 pharynx, which is immediately extended under 
 the occipital bone, where they are difpofed in a 
 fort of radiated right lines j and they are like- 
 wife numerous in that portion of the pharynx, 
 which is called falpingopharyngeus. But there 
 are likewife other flat and circular follicles, 
 feated in great numbers about the back part of 
 the tongue, as far as its foramen caecum (§. 448.) 
 into which, frequently, when it forms a long 
 finus, there are many mucous follicles open, 
 together in common. Other follicles and pores 
 of the fame kind are every where feated in the 
 pulpy flefli of the palate, where numerous fmall 
 glands difcharge fuch a vifcid mucus. More- 
 over, the whole furface of the moveable palate, 
 is of a glandular nature, like that of the pha- 
 rynx, only the follicles and glandular corpufcles, 
 are here more numerous and thickly fet to- 
 
 gether 
 
 O 
 
 §. 617. Where the pharynx defcends late- 
 rally from the hook of the bony palate, betwixt 
 the portions of the glolfapalatinus, and pha- 
 ringo-palatinus, are feated the tonfils, of an oval 
 figure, perforated inward with ten or more large 
 finufes, which open through the membranous 
 covering of the velum extended over them, 
 and by the preflTure of the adjacent mulcles, 
 ferve to difcharge a great quantity of a moft 
 4 thick 
 
Of Deglutition. 145 
 
 thick mucus from their finufes. In like man- 
 ner, the adjacent parts of the nares, and pro- 
 jedting rings of the tubes, in that hde of the 
 epiglottis that lies next to the larynx and the 
 back of the arytcenoide cartilages, are alfo re- 
 plenithed v/ith mucous organs. Laftly, the 
 oefonhagus itfelf on all fides abounds with fimple 
 follicles, from whence a mucus is poured out 
 fomewhat more fluid. But the larger glandulae 
 cefophagaese are of the conglobate, or lymphatic 
 kind, and conduce nothing to this mucus. 
 The blood-veffels of the ton fils, are fupplied 
 from thofe of the tongue, lips, and pharynx 
 itfelf ; as thofe of the oefophagus are derived 
 from the branches of the pharynx, upper and 
 lower thyroidals, from the bronchials, and 
 lower, from the aorta itfelf. The veins of the 
 palate and tonfils being numerous; run together 
 into a net- work, ending in the fuperficial branch 
 of the internal jugular. 
 
 §. 618, The oefophagus, then, is a double 
 tube, of which the innermoft is feparated from 
 the outer, by a good deal of cellular fiibftance, that 
 may be inflated. The innermoft tube of the cefo- 
 phagus, is nervous and flrong ; being continued 
 from the membranes of the mouth and nares, 
 on its inner fide villous, or like fine velvet, but 
 fmoother; not fleecy, but of a pulpy confiftence, 
 having this innermofl lining diftinguifhed from 
 the red, by a thin cellular fubflance, in which 
 the fmall veffels. are reticulated with minute 
 glandules interfpcrfed. The outer tube is muf- 
 . cular,'and in itfelf confiderably flrong, com- 
 pofed of fibres internally continued from the 
 
 VoL, II. L lower 
 
146 Of Deglutition. 
 
 lower and back part of the cricoide cartilage, 
 which by degrees change from annular to fibres, 
 that are externally longitudinal, and ferve to 
 draw up and dilate the cefophagus, againft the 
 food, for its reception. But the other internal 
 circular fibres, which are ftronger than the for- 
 mer, arife in like manner from the top of the 
 cricoide cartilage, and by their luccellive con- 
 traction againft the food, drive it down through 
 the whole long tube of the mfophagus, which 
 defcends firft in a diredt courfe, a little to the 
 left fide of the wind-pipe j but having reached 
 the cavity of the breaft, it paftes behind the 
 heart, through the cellular interval, that lies 
 betwixt the bag of each pleura (§. 75.) j from 
 whence inclining by degrees, a little to the right, 
 it afterwards bends again to the left, to its pro- 
 per opening, by which its included food paftes 
 tlirough the diaphragm (§. 289 ) in the inter- 
 val of time that is betwixt expiration and infpi- 
 ration: but outwardly, the whole tube of the cefo- 
 phagus is furrounded by the cellular fubftance. 
 
 §. 619. This upper opening of the ftomach, 
 is contracted or comprefted in fuch a manner, 
 by the lower mufcle of the diaphragm, in every 
 infpiration, as to confine the food wdthin the 
 Itomach, and diredt it in every refpiration, by 
 preffure, naturally tow'ards the pylorus. By this 
 means, the upper, or pofterior orifice of the fto- 
 mach, is fo clofely ftiut, as to confine even wind 
 or vapours within the capacity of the moft 
 healthy ftomach, from whence they never el- 
 cape, but by a morbid affedtion. 
 
 L E C- 
 
147 
 
 LECTURE XXIV. 
 
 Of the Stomachy eind its Adllon on the Food. 
 
 §. 620. Y the ftomach, we underfland a 
 J3 inembranoas vellei, or bag of a 
 peculiar figure, dellined for the reception and 
 further diflblution of the food, within the cavity 
 of the abdomen, behind the left falfe rib?, in ge- 
 neral of an oval figure, and like a cafk, of a lon- 
 ger diameter tranfverfely than perpendicularly; 
 and this more fo, as the perfon is more adult; 
 but in the foetus it is altogether flaort and round. 
 But if we confider more accurately, every fed;i- 
 on of its figure, they will appear circular ; al- 
 though there be a blind or obtufe concavity in 
 its left extremity, from whence it grows wider 
 towards the cefophagus, at vvhofe infertion its 
 light or fedlion is the iargeft of all, diminifliing 
 by degrees thence forward and to the right lide, 
 wliere it terminates, by forming a fliort bend in 
 a contrary diredfion to itfelf, called the pylorus. 
 Th.us its fituation, in general, appears to be tranf- 
 verfe, yet fo that the cefophagus enters its pofle- 
 rior fde, and the pylorus goes out from it for- 
 ward to the rio-ht fide. The middle of the bo- 
 dy and enfiform cartilage, thus cover or anfwer 
 to nearly the center of the ftomach. Since its 
 figure is oval, but incurvated, its lower convex- 
 ity will form a larger pendulous arch wdien 
 empty; but when full, the middle convexity of 
 the laid arch will be raifed outward to the con- 
 L 2 tact 
 
148 Sumach and T)igcjllon. 
 
 ta6l of the peritoneum, defcending before it : 
 on the other hand, the leffer arch, intercepted 
 betwixt the two orifices, will, in this ftate of the 
 fcomach lie periedlly backward towards the 
 fpine, fo as to include the fmall lobe of the li- 
 ver. Thus the infertion of the cefophagus into 
 the full flomach, will be in an obtufe angle, 
 in a manner parallel with the horizon ; but in 
 the empty flomach it will be alrnoft perpendi- 
 cular ; and at the fame time, the right extre- 
 mity of the flomach forming the pylorus, which 
 in an empty ftate, lies bent upward, will, in the 
 full flomach, he hent more backward, fo as to 
 defcend in perfons lying on their back. 
 
 § 621. About the ftomach are placed the 
 coadjutant vifcera ; and particularly to its large 
 imperforated extremity, is connedled the fpleen, 
 by a confiderable portion of the omentum ; the 
 leffer a.rch or curvature of the ftomach receiving 
 the little lobe of Spigelius, has likevvife the lelt 
 lobe of the liver, largely interpofing betwixt 
 the ftomach and the diaphragm, which lobe 
 partly compreffes the ftomach forward, below 
 the margin of which a portion of the ftomach 
 lies immediately contiguous to the diaphragm 
 itfelf, yet fo as, by a moderate exteniion, to lie 
 hid within the bounds of the falfe ribs : under 
 and behind the ftomach, lies the pancreas, ex- 
 tended for a confiderable length in an empty 
 fpace, upon the tranfverfe portion or the colon : 
 aTaiin from the Idler curvature or arch, ari.es 
 tne little omeiitum, to which is continued the 
 ftronger membrane, that conneds the cefopha- 
 gus with the diaphragm j nor is the large omen- 
 tum 
 
^be Stomach and D 'gpjUon. 149 
 
 turn connected to the whole length of the fto- 
 mach, but leaving a deficiency to the right fide 
 near the pylorus, it is continued on beyond the 
 left extremity, into a ligament, which connedls 
 the ftomach and foleen together. The liea- 
 ments, in thefe parts, are produdlions of the pe- 
 ritoneum, which receding from the diaphragm, 
 foreads itfelf over the ftomach, fo as to form its 
 outermofi: coat. 
 
 §. 622. The fabric of the ftomach anfwers 
 in general to that of the cefophagus, of which 
 it is an expanfion, and in fome animals has in all 
 its parts the fame mu fcular appearance. ( i.) The 
 outermoft coat is from the peritoneum, of con- 
 fiderable ftrength, fo as to confine or limit the 
 extenfion of the reft, and afford a fupport to 
 the fubjacent mufcular fibres : this is expanded 
 into the little and great omentum, after leaving 
 the ftomach. (2.) The cellular coat lies immedi- 
 ately under the former, more abundant in the 
 origin of the little omentum, where it contains 
 little conglobate or lymphatic glandules, vehich 
 alfo holds true of the cellular fubftance in the great 
 omentum ; but it is thinner and much lefs con- 
 fiderable betwixt the coats of the ftomach itfelf, 
 whence the outer and mufcular tunic clofely 
 cohere together : in this fubftance the larger 
 branches of the veftels are diftributed. 
 
 §.623. Next in order, appears 1 3 . ) the mufcular 
 coat, neither eafy to defcribe or prepare. Here, 
 indeed, we fee the longitudinal fibres of the oefo- 
 phagus, coming to the ftomach, are detached 
 one from another in all direftions or points from 
 the cardia 3 fome of them of more confiderable 
 L 3 ftrength. 
 
1^0 T’l-C Stomach and TjigeJl'.on. 
 
 ftrength, run on to the pylorus, along the lelTt^r 
 curvature, which by degrees declining frcm 
 their longitudinal courfe, defcend or fpread into 
 a plain of each fide, and are in part flretched 
 out through the pylorus itfelf, into the duode- 
 num, where they gradually difappear. Other 
 fibres, in like manner, of a thinner kind, def- 
 cend to the great obtufe extremity of the fto- 
 mach, Vv^hich has no opening, feated on the left 
 fide : and finally, through every fedVion of the 
 flomach, from its blind or left extremity, to the 
 pylorus, are fpread concentric circular fibres, 
 which by degrees increafng in their thicknefs 
 or number, are continued on with the refl of 
 the circular fibres belongintr to the flomach : 
 ‘this lafi makes the moft confiderable order of 
 the mufcular fibres. But the fphindter of the 
 cardia and oefophagus, is compofed internally of 
 fibres, arifing from the left fide of the dia- 
 phragmatic aperture, and running to the right, 
 pafs on each fide thegula, which they thus clofely 
 , embrace, and then degenerate longitudinally, 
 till they are loft under the circular or fecond 
 flratum, near the pvlorus. But the ligaments 
 of the pylorus are two membranous detachments, 
 betwixt the two incurvations into which the 
 pylorus is bent, formed by the forefaid longi- 
 tudinal fibres, which run alons: frcm the fto- 
 mach to the pylorus, and are very clofely joined 
 to the internal coat, in their way. 
 
 §. ( 24. Immediately under the mufcular 
 ffores, follows (4.) another cellular flratum, larger 
 than the outermofl, fofter, more ealily infi.itaWe, 
 and confiiling of larger cells or vclicles than 
 
 what 
 
7 'he Stomach and 'DigeJUon. 1 5 1 
 
 what we ufually obferve, even in the inteftines. 
 Within this cellular fubftance are fpread the 
 fmall veflels, which, coming from the larger 
 branches of the ftomach, enter through itsmuf- 
 cular coat, and fpread internally, by an angular 
 fubdivifion, after the manner of a plexus. Un- 
 der this lies ( 5.) the nervous coat, which is thick, 
 white, and firm, and properly makes up the 
 true nature or fubftance of the flomach itfelf, 
 after the manner of other nervous parts : and 
 this is again lined internally with a third cellu- 
 lar ftratum, evidently enough to be perceived, 
 whofe vafcular net-work is much more minute 
 than that of the former, from whence it is de- 
 rived. Immediately within this, lies (6.) the vil- 
 lous or velvet-like coat, that lines the cavity of the 
 ffomach itfelf, continuous with the external cu- 
 ticle, like which it is renewable, but of a fofc 
 mucous texture, and extended into a very fhort 
 pile, like that of the tongue, only lefs confpi- 
 cuous, and folded into large pleates, which form 
 a flar under the cefophagus j but in the middle 
 of the ftomach, thcfe folds are> almofl parallel 
 with the fiomach itfelf. But, at the extremity 
 of the pylorus, there is a more confiderable 
 fold, commonly called valvula pylori, which 
 is formed by a production both of the traniverfe 
 mufcular hbres, and of the thicker nervous 
 coat, extended together in the fhape of an un- 
 equal loofe ring, floating towards the duode- 
 num ; this forms a flippery flefhy protuberance, 
 which lurrounds the duodenum for a confider- 
 ab.le length. The large wrinkles of the villous 
 membrane are afterwards fubdivided more mi- 
 h 4 nutely 
 
152 The Siomach and Digejiion. 
 nutely, into others of'a quadrangular or net-like 
 figure j but very (hallow, and eafily difappearing, 
 being much more obfcure than thofe in the 
 biliary dudts. Within this villous coat of the 
 ftomach throughout, but more efpecially to- 
 wards the pylorus, I have truly obfervedfome 
 pores, not always to be perceived, which ter- 
 minate in (imple follicles, feated in the next 
 cellular ftratum. 
 
 §. 625. The vefTels of the ftomach are both 
 numerous and derived from many trunks or va- 
 rious quarters, that the courfe of the blood 
 through them might not be intercepted by any 
 kind of preffure, as it might eafily have been, 
 if the veffels of the ftomach had come from a 
 finale trunk. The common mother of all 
 thefe gaftric arteries is the coeliac, from the 
 three-fold divifion of which, or above the faid 
 divifion, arifes the upper coronary, which is 
 the firft and largeft artery that palTes in a (ingle 
 branch round the edge of the oefophagus into 
 the ftomach j to which firft, and afterwards to the 
 diaphragm and to the liver, it fends off home ra- 
 mifications, and then running on the le(Ter arch 
 or curve of the (tomach, it inofculates by more 
 than one branch vrith the le(Ter coronary of the 
 right fide, arifing from the right branch of the 
 cceliac at the vena portarum., and is difiributed 
 along the le(fer curve of the ftomach. But the 
 fame right branch of the cceliac, after it has 
 defcended behind, at the beginning of the duo- 
 denal, gives off a very confiderable artery that 
 runs along the great arch or curve of the fio- 
 mach, where, being cloathed with the origin 
 
 of 
 
^he Stomach and Digeflion. 153 
 
 of the omentum, it fpreads itfelf both upon 
 each fide of the ftomach and upon the greater 
 part of the omentum itfelf, being, at laft, in- 
 ferted by inofculation into the left gaftro-epi- 
 ploica. Namely, the left coeliac trunk, paf- 
 £ng along in the diredion of the pancreas and 
 hnuofity of the fpleen, there fends off m.any 
 fmall arteries of various fizes to the ftomach ; 
 of which the firft are commonly namelefs, 
 and among the following, one branch, more 
 condderable than the reff, is called the left 
 gaifro-epiploica, which fends off a confider- 
 ahle twiff to the omentum, with fome others 
 that are fmaller ; from whence, defcending 
 round the ftomach towards the right fide, it 
 inosculates vrith the right artery of the fame 
 name. Other fmaller arterial circle-, coming 
 from thofe of the fpleen, are fpread upon the 
 greater curve of the ftomach, even as far as 
 the diaphragm, under the denomination of the 
 vafa brevia. The other fmaller arteries are the 
 upper ones of the pylorus from the hepatics, 
 and the lower ones from the gaftro-epipioics ; 
 but thofe of the lower part of the oefophagus, 
 are from the phrenic arteries. 
 
 § 626. Thofe arteries are diftributed in fuch 
 a manner, that firft they fend off very fhort 
 twigs to the external and to themufcular mem- 
 branes of the ftomach, as they pafs through 
 the firft cellular ftratum, with which their 
 trunks are furrounded ; from whence, dimi- 
 nifliing in fize, they penetrate through the muf- 
 cular coat, and within the cellular ftratum, be- 
 twixt that and the nervous, they compofe a larger 
 
 and 
 
1 54 oiomach and D'gejlicn. 
 
 and truer net-work ; in which all the fmall ar- 
 teries, coming from a great variety of trunks, 
 join one with another, by an infinity of inofcu- 
 lations. From this plexus again, other fhort, 
 but numerous and very fmall ramifications, pafs 
 through the nervous coat to the third or inner 
 cellular firatum, and are lold in the villous 
 lining of the ftomach. 
 
 §. 627. The veins have their branches di- 
 flributed, in company with the correfponding 
 arteries. The greater coronary from the left 
 fide of the fcomach generally goes to the trunk 
 of the porta, together with the brevia and left 
 gaftro-epiploic j while the right vein of the 
 iaft denomination joins with the middle vena 
 colica, and, together with a branch from the me- 
 fentery, pours its contents into the vena por- 
 tarum. Finally, the right coronary vein be- 
 longs to the trunk of the vena portarum itfelf. 
 All thefe veins are without valves ; and like the 
 arteries, there are upper coronary veins, vritii 
 others of the oefophagus from the thorax, all 
 communicating together by inofculations, in 
 fuch a manner, that there is a free pafiage fur 
 the blood thence into the vena azygos, with 
 
 which they inofculate. 
 
 «/ 
 
 62H. The nerves of the ficmach are both 
 large and numerous, produced from the eighth 
 pair, forming two complications about the celo- 
 phagus, of which the anterior and lefs plexus 
 defcends through the upper or outer fide ot the 
 fiomach to its greater curve ; and the pofierior 
 plexus, which is larger, is diilributcd through 
 the lefier arch of the ftomach ; from whence 
 it pafies, together with the arteries, to the liver, 
 
 pancreas. 
 
T^he Stomach and Digefti-n. i 
 
 pancreas, and diaphragm itfelf. Thefe nerves 
 mav be traced into the fecond cellular ftratum 
 of the ftomach, that furrounds its nervous 
 tunic ; in which, but more efpeciaily in the 
 papillae, they become obfcure or lod. From 
 their number, the ftomach is extremely fen- 
 fible, infomuch, that things, which make no 
 impreffion upon the tongue., will naufeate and 
 pervert this organ, wd.iich is capable of much 
 feverer pain thaa the intellines ; as we know 
 from infallible experience in difeafes : even the 
 fldn itfelf, when naked by a blider, s lefs fen- 
 fible tlian the ftomach. By making a liga- 
 ture upon the nerves of the eiglith pair, both 
 the adfion of the ftomach and the digeftion of 
 the food ceafe. 
 
 § 629. Lymphatic velfe's I have obferved, 
 fometimes very confiderable, about the leh'er 
 curve of the ftomach, ariftng from the glan- 
 dules of that part, and inferred by a very large 
 trunk into the thoracic dudt. Others, no doubt, 
 arife from fmall glandules of the fame kind in 
 the greater curve. That there are other ladteal 
 veflels more than thefe in the ftomach, I have 
 never been able to fee, nor am ready to believej 
 particularly thofe lately defcribed, and faid to 
 pafs from the ftomach through the omientum 
 to the liver, filled with a true chyle. 
 
 §. 630, Vvithin the human ftomach, we 
 hrft meet w/ith a great quantity of mucus, fpread 
 upon its villous lining, from the pores before de- 
 fcribed (§. 624..), which mucus is not unfre- 
 quently tinged, by fome of the bile returning 
 into the ftomach. Beftdes this, in an empty 
 
 ftomach 
 
1 56 T/ 5 /f Stomach and Digejlicn. 
 
 ftomach, after faftinjT, upon bending the body, a 
 great quan ity of a limpid or watry humour will 
 arife into the mouth, altogether of tlie fame nature 
 with the faliva ; which liquor is very rarely to be 
 found pure or unmixed in the flomach ; for if 
 ir can be fo had, free from any mixture of the 
 food, it is very far from pofieffing any acid or 
 alcaline acrimony ;• but, on the contrary, if it 
 be free from any acid or acefcent relicks of the 
 food, it fpontaneoufly changes both in man 
 and brutes, rather to a lixivial or alcaline na- 
 ture. This liquor diilils from the arteries of 
 the ftomach, through its villous coat, after the 
 manner we fee by anatomical injections ; by 
 which water, h/Ii-glue, and oil, may be eafily 
 urged into the vefTels of the ftomach, fo as to 
 fweat through its numbcrlefs pores. 
 
 §.631. The ftomach then, contained with- 
 in the abdomen, which is perfectly full, will, 
 from thence, as in a prefs, receive a force or 
 cornpreffure upon its tides, which lie betwixt 
 the diaphragm ; the concavity of vvhofe right 
 wring is filled by the liver, under which, and 
 •within the left wing, lies the ftomach, extend- 
 ed almoft tranfverfely behind the relifcing muf- 
 cles of the abdomen, viz. the reCti and obliqui. 
 The iT.ore the ftomach is filled, the more it is 
 urged by this prefiare of the abdcmdnal muf- 
 cles, becaufe,at the fame time, it rifes upward, 
 in a right angle, to the contaCt of the peri- 
 toneum. 
 
 §. 632. Into the capacity of the ftomach are 
 conveyed .f jods, often crude or in a tough ftafe, 
 and but iicf.e altered by the teeth ; and theie 
 
^he Stonwch and DigePdon. 
 
 often, in a variety of kinds or mixtures, feme of 
 them being alcakfeent, as flefn meats j rancefeent, 
 as oily or fat fubfances ; or acefeent, as bread, 
 milk, and moft of the vegetable kind. Thefe, 
 we obferve, are digefed in an heat equal to 
 that of an hatching egg, adminifred to the 
 ibomach by the contiguous fpleen, liver, and 
 fuperincumbent heart 3 and this in a cavity al- 
 together dofe or confined above, as we have 
 feen (§. 619.), as it alfo is below, by the afeent 
 of the incurvated pylorus, and, in a great mea- 
 fure, by a (hutting valve, and likewife con- 
 ftringed by a miufeuiar force of the fibres; from 
 whence we obferve, 'that even milk itfelf is 
 often retained in the ftomach of flrong animals 
 feveral hours after a meal. Obferve again, that 
 thefe aliments are continually cohobated or 
 moiftened with watry iuices, and, at the fame 
 time, are replenifiied with a good deal of air 
 incorporated with them, either naturally cr in 
 the mafiication. This air, therefore, expand- 
 ing by the force of heat, putrefadlion, or fer- 
 mentation, breaks open the cells by which it 
 was included, divides the vifeid liquors, and 
 foftens or opens the folid fibres, fo as to make 
 a way for difeharging their juices. But the fame 
 fubfiance of the air, turning to a folid, makes the 
 principal glue or cement, by which the animal 
 lolids and other bodies receive their firmriefs ; 
 and this, being extricated b}^ heat, leaves the 
 other elementary parts friable or without a vin- 
 culum, as we fee from the change of bony fub- 
 flances in Papin’s digeiber, in the ffcmachs of 
 many animals, and even in that of ourfelves. 
 
 This 
 
I FJcmach and Digeflion. 
 
 This air, fct at liberty by the digeftion, often 
 diftends the llomach more than the food itfelf, 
 under the denomination oF Vv-ind or flatus. 
 \¥hi!e this air is extricated, the aliments by 
 long day begin to corrupt or change into a nau- 
 feous liquid, either acid, mucous, putrid or 
 rancid, which two lad happen lefs in mankind, 
 from onr ufe of bread, fait, wine, &c. For the 
 truth of which, we may appeal to the flatus 
 and matters erudfated, often of a mod foetid, 
 caudic, and inflammable nature, from fub- 
 dances of the like difpofition. T his putrefcency, 
 or imperfedt putrefadlicn, is almod the only 
 caufe of digedion in fidi, lerpents, and car- 
 nivorous birds. Even in mankind, we fee, 
 that metals themfelves are, from thefe caufes, 
 eroded and didblved. At this time hunger is 
 abfent, the nervous pleates of the domach being 
 removed and defended from their contadts with 
 each other by the interpofed aliment, at the 
 fame time that the juice of the domach itfelf 
 is lefs fharo, and freer from a mixture with 
 the old remains of the lad food, which often ex- 
 cite a naufeating uneailnefs in the nerves of 
 the domach. 
 
 §. 633. But that the aliment might not de- 
 generate into a complete corruption or acri- 
 mony, for the mod part of t!ie acid kind, 
 there is a check from the putrefcent degree of 
 t!ie heat, the quantity of juices didilhng from 
 the domach, and that of the faliva itfelf fwal- 
 lowed to the amount of half an our.ce in an 
 hour, and rather inclined to an alcalefcency ; 
 alfo thefe* juices, being ground together with 
 2 • tie 
 
^he Stomdch and D/ge/Uon. 159 
 
 the aliment, macerate, Toften, and diffolve the 
 fibres themfelves and their cellular bands, 
 leaving them a foft pulp, like what we fee, by- 
 letting them ftand for a long time in warm 
 water. There is, therefore, no particular kind 
 of ferment in the flomach ; from which the de- 
 fign of nature, the difpolition of the llo- 
 mach, and its ufe, are all very remote, 
 
 §. 634. The flefliy fibres in the ftomach, 
 being now irritated by the flatus, weight, and 
 acrimony of the food, begin to contradl them- 
 feives more pow-erfully than when the flomach 
 is empty, and with a greater force, in proportion, 
 as it is more full ; becaufe the round diflention 
 fcrves the fibres as an hypomoclion or point for 
 motion. And firfl:, the rnufcular flratum, 
 which pafTes along the leffer curvature, con- 
 nedts the pylorus with the cefophagus, and, 
 being inferred only into the left face of the 
 former, draws it to the right. The principal 
 ftratum of the circular fibres ccntradfs the ca- 
 pacity of the ftomach, according to its length, 
 erinds or intermixes its contents, toy;ether with 
 the liquors (§. 630.), and determdnesthem both, 
 like the preffure of fo many fingers, to flow 
 towards the pylorus : but this flux through the 
 pylorus is not made continually, for reafons 
 before affigned (§.624.), as well as becaufe 
 this motion begins from fome part that is more 
 irritated ; and from thence the aliment is driven 
 here upward, as in other parts downward. In 
 this adtion of the ftomach, there is nothing 
 which refembles the triture made by the ftrong 
 gizards of granivorous fowls, wdiich fome ana- 
 
 tomills 
 
i6a T’he Stomach mid Digejlion. 
 
 tomifts have afcribed to the human flomach ; 
 which yet has a con liderable degree of ftrength, 
 fince the contradiion of its fibres is often more 
 than a third part of their length ; for vve fre- 
 quently fee the ftomach reduced to lefs than 
 a third of its diameter, even to the quantity 
 of a few ounces, with a collapfion of its fides. 
 
 §. 63 c,. But the ftronger periilaltic motion 
 of the flomach, is that which it receives from 
 the diaphragm and mufcles of the abdo- 
 men ; for, by the preffure of thefe, the ffo- 
 mach is more perfedlly emptied by a clofe ap- 
 proximation of its anterior and pofferior fides. ^ 
 For it is principally by this force, that the 
 drinks are urged on continually, but the foods 
 only when they are diffolved, left thofe parts, 
 which are too grofs, fliould be expelled through 
 the pylorus into the duodenum, when the ho- 
 mach is more that way inclined by repletion ; 
 for the folid aliments do not feem to leave the 
 ftom.ach, before thev have changed their fibrous 
 or other texture for that of a grey mucus, dif- 
 folving into a yellowifh and foiTiewhat foetid 
 pulp, like a liquid. That which is frlf pre- 
 pared and turned fluid, goes before the reft out 
 of the ftomach j firft water, then milk, pot- 
 herbs, bread, and laft of all, fleili meats, the 
 harder, tougher, and longer fkins or fibres of 
 which pafs unchanged ; but fuch things or 
 bodies, as are hard, or too large to pafs the 
 pylorus, are retained in the ftomach for a long 
 time. 
 
 §. 636. But a conftJerable portion of the 
 drink . is abforbtd by the inhaling veins of the 
 
The Stomach and Digeftion. 1 6 1 
 
 flomach itfelf, which open in the pendulous 
 villi, and exert a force like that of capillary 
 tubes or lyphons, and are correfponding to the 
 exhaling arteries of the fame part (§. 630.) ; 
 fo their contents take a more immediate or (hort 
 way into the blood, as plainly appears from re- 
 peated experiments of injeding the veins. 
 Whether any part may pafs into the lymphatic 
 veffels (§. 629.), is doubtful. 
 
 §. 637. The ftomach, being irritated by too 
 great a quantity or acrimony of the food, or 
 elfe by ficknefs, a repulfion of the bile, or other 
 caufe, does, by an antiperidaltic or reverted 
 motion of its fibres, drive its contents upward, 
 through the open and relaxed cefophagus, in 
 the act of vomiting. But then this eftecl is 
 partly from the prefiure of the abdominal 
 mufcles, depreffing the falfe ribs, and urging 
 the contents of the abdomen againfii the dia- 
 phragm, which, at the fame time, contrading 
 itfelf to a plain downwards, forces the fiomach, 
 in a manner, as betwixt the fides of a prefs, 
 to throw up its contents. 
 
 §. 63*^. But the aliments, drove in their na- 
 tural courfe through the pylorus to the duode- 
 num, meet there with the influent bile and 
 pancreatic juice, which often flow back into 
 the flomach. But the former of thefe, being 
 the principal bafis of chylification, will require 
 from us a previous hiftory of the vifeera, which 
 convey their blood, through the vena porta, for 
 the fecretion or formation of the bile, before 
 we can proceed to enquire into the nature and 
 effeds of that powerful humour. ' . 
 
 Vul.il m leg- 
 
i 62 
 
 LECTURE XXV. 
 
 Of the Omentum^ 
 
 §. 639. Y the denomination of ferito^ 
 _|]3 nceum^ we underftand a ftrong 
 fimple membrane, by which all the vifcera of 
 the abdomen are furrounded, and, In a mea- 
 fure, fuftained. Internally, towards what is 
 called the cavity of the abdomen (but naturally 
 always full) this membrane is fmoothly furfaced 
 and moiftened with exhaling vapours ; but 
 outwardly it adheres to all the parts by the 
 loofe cellular fubftance, which towards the kid- 
 neys contains a good deal of fat, but It is ex- 
 tremely thin and Ihort before, betwixt the pe- 
 ritonreum and tendons of the tranfverfe mufcles 
 of the abdomen. The peritonaeum begins from 
 the lower fide of the diaphragm, which it lines, 
 and in certain intervals, joining with the cor- 
 rcfponding pleura above, it compleats what 
 W’ould be otherwile deficiencies in the dia- 
 phragm, as betwixt the ultimate flefliy fibres 
 next the ribs and at the loins ; to which add 
 its continuations upward, through the foramina 
 of the diaphragm. From thence this mem- 
 brane defcends, in its fore-part, behind the ab- 
 dominal mulcles ; in its back-part, before the 
 kidneys ; and going into the pelvis, from the 
 bones of the pubes, it pafies over the bladder ob- 
 liquely backward, and then re-afcends back 
 again over the ureters by two lunar folds or 
 
 plates, 
 
Of the Omentum. l6j 
 
 plates, rejoining upon the inteftinum redlum 
 with the former part of itfelf, which inverted 
 the loins, and in the fame place, goes next 
 before the reftum. 
 
 §.640. But through this general extent, it fends 
 out various productions or reduplications, fof 
 covering the vifcera. The fhorter productions 
 of this membrane are, in feveral of the vifcera, 
 called ligaments ; and are all of them formed by 
 a continuous reduplication of the peritonaeunl, 
 joining their outer furface, together with a cellu- 
 lar fubftance, interpofed and extending to fome 
 one or other of its vifcera, where its plates fe- 
 parate again from each other to embrace the 
 organ, which they are to furround and furnrrti 
 with a coat but the cellular fubftance always 
 intervenes betwixt this membranous coat of 
 the peritonaeum j fo that it may be eaiily di- 
 rtinguifhed, and, in moft parts, feparated from 
 the true fubftance of the organ itfelf. Of pro^ 
 duCtions of this kind there are three ftiort 
 ones belonging to the liver, one or two to the 
 fpleen, and others to the kidneys, lateral 
 parts of the uterus, &c. By this means the 
 tender fubftance of the vifcera is defended from 
 injury by any motion or concuffion, and their 
 whole mafs is prevented from being mifplaced 
 by their own weight, as they receive a fure 
 connexion to the firm fides of the peritonaeum. 
 
 §. 641. But the moft ample and moveable 
 of all thefe productions from the peritonaeum 
 are, thofe called the mefentery and mefocolon j 
 the defcription of both which, although diffi- 
 cult in words, ought not to be feparated from 
 
 M 2 that 
 
164 ihe Omentum. 
 
 that of the peritonaeum itfelf. We fhall, there- 
 fore, begin firft with a defcription of ihtmefo- 
 colon^ as being the more fimple. In the pel- 
 vis, the peritoneum fpreads itfelf within a fhort 
 compafs, and afcends before the redum ; but 
 where that intefllne bends into a femilunar 
 curve, the peritoneum there departs out far 
 from the iliac veffels, which lie upon the 
 mufcles of the loins, and arifes as if duplicated 
 (§. 640.), fpreading itfelf in fuch a form, as 
 is fitteft to receive the colon into its capacity. 
 But above, on the left fide, that the colon 
 might be at liberty, ’tis conjoined to the peri- 
 toneum, with little or none of this middle 
 produdion ; fpreading itfelf upon the body of 
 the pfoas mufcle, as high as the fpleen, where 
 this part of the peritoneum, that gave a coat 
 to the colon, fpread under the fpleen, re- 
 ceives and fuftains thatvifcus, by taking it into 
 its capacity or folds. 
 
 §. 642. From thence the peritoneum at the 
 pelvis afcends upward, expanded before the 
 left kidney, and dretched outward on each fide, 
 forwards from that and from the right kidney, 
 before the great blood-veiTels, under the pan- 
 creas ; to which, being continuous, it forms a 
 long produdion, called the tranfverje mejccolcn^ 
 which, like a partition, divides the upper part 
 of the abdomen, containing the domach, 
 liver, fpleen, and pancreas, from its lower ca- 
 vity, filled by the intedines. The lower plate 
 of this tranfverie produdion is lingle, con- 
 tinued from the right to the left mefocolon, 
 and feryps -as. an external coat to a large portion 
 
Of the Omentum. i6^ 
 
 of the lower and defcending part of the duo- 
 denum, but the upper plate, taking a more 
 obftrudted courfe, departs in its way from the 
 bottom of the pylorus, and gives an external 
 lamella to the duodenum ; before which, and 
 before the colon, it extends backward, and joins 
 with the lower plate in fuch a manner, that a 
 large part of the duodenum lies within the ca- 
 pacity of the mefocolon. Afterwards, near 
 the liver, the mefocolon bends itfelf inward, 
 and defcends laterally over the kidney of the 
 fame fide, fo as to include the right colon, 
 which is much diorter than the left, even as 
 far as the Mind worm-like appendix of the 
 caecum, refting upon the iliac mufcle 3 to 
 which appendicle of the caecum a peculiar long 
 detachment adheres, as a beginning to the me- 
 fentery. Thus is the mefocolon terminated al- 
 moft near the bifurcation of the aorta. 
 
 §. 643. From thence forward the mefentery 
 follows, as abroad pleated produdion, continu- 
 ous with the tranfverfe mefocolon, and extended 
 on the right fide forward and downward from 
 the emerging duodenum j and then from the 
 left or long mefocolon, even as low as the 
 pelvis. Thus the mefentery is formed by the 
 plates of the peritoneum, which lie upon the 
 aorta, extended forward and together, under the 
 right portion of the tranfverfe mefocolon ; and 
 defcending obliquely under the pancreas, it re^ 
 ceives or contains the lono; ferles of the fmall 
 inteftines, within its capacity, difpofed in num- 
 berlefo ferpentine folds. .. 
 
 M3 f '§.644, 
 
1 66 Of the Omentum, 
 
 §. 644. The whole feat and extent of tho 
 mefcntery and mefocolon hold a ufeful portion 
 of fat, colledled commonly more in propor- 
 tion as they go longer within the capacity, 
 that is necelfarily formed by the reduplication of 
 their membranes, or plates of the peritonaeum; 
 whence ferves as a ftratum or bed to the veffels, 
 while fome portion of the fat, which was fepa- 
 rated from the arteries, is abforbed again by the 
 veins, in the manner we {hall hereafter obferve, 
 
 §. 645, The ftru6ture of the omentum an- 
 fwers very nearly to that of the mefentery. 
 But there are many membranes that come un- 
 der this general denomination 01 the lame 
 ftrudure and utility, all compofed of very 
 tender and fine membranes, eafily lacerated, 
 betwixt which the blood-veffels are difpofed 
 reticularly, with fatdepofited in ftreaks near the 
 fides, and in the fame directions with the reti- 
 culated veffels themfelves. The omentum is 
 always a double membrane, the two plates of 
 which are joined together clofely by a very 
 tender cellular fubftance, within which the 
 veffels are diftributed, and the fat collected. 
 And firfl, where the top of the right kidney 
 and the in falcated lobe of the liver, together 
 with |he fubjacent blood-veffels, meet with the 
 duodepurn into an angle, there the external 
 rnembrane of the colon, which comes from 
 the peritonaeum, joining with the other mem- 
 brane of the duodenum, which is alfo from 
 the adjacent peritonaeum, go together over the 
 left kidney backward, and enter into the tranf- 
 verfe fiffure of the liver, for a confiderable 
 
 lejigth ; 
 
Of the Omentum. 167 
 
 length ; from whence the external membrane 
 is continued over the gall-bladder which it 
 contains, confirming the vafcular fabric of the 
 liver, very flippery, and tinged of a yellow co- 
 lour. Behind this membranous production, 
 betwixt the adjacent duodenum, right lobe of 
 the liver, and hepatic vefiels, lies a fmall natu- 
 ral opening, by which inflated air is largely re- 
 ceived into all that cavity of the omentum 
 which we ihall prefently defer ibe as a bag. 
 
 §. 646. From thence, in a courfe continuous 
 with this membrane (645.) from the pylorous 
 and the lefs curve of the ftomach, the outer 
 membrane of the liver joins, in fuch a manner, 
 with that of the ftomach, that the thin mem- 
 brane of the liver is continued out of the foftk 
 of the venal duCt, before the little lobule of 
 Spigelius, into the ftomach itfelf, ftretched both 
 before the lobule and before the pancreas. This 
 is called the little omentum hepatico-gaftricum ; 
 which, inflated, refembles a cone, and, hard- 
 ening, by degrees, when it is without fat, 
 changes into a true ligament (§. 621.), by 
 which the cefophagus and liver are conjoined 
 together. 
 
 §. 647. But the greoX. gaJirocoJic-omentum is of 
 a much larger extent. It begins at the firft join- 
 ing of the right gaftro-epiploic artery to the fto- 
 mach, where it is continued from the upper 
 plate of the tranfverfe mefocolon (§,641.), 
 and from thence it proceeds forward along the 
 great arch or curve of the ftomach to the fpleen, 
 and, in part, is continued alfo from the right 
 convex end of the ftomach towards the fpleen, 
 
 M 4 even 
 
1 68 Of the Omentum. 
 
 even ’till it c 3 egenerates into a ligament, that 
 ties the upper and back-part of the fpleen to 
 the ftomach. This is the anterior leaf of the 
 omentum. 
 
 §. 648, This anterior leaf, or lamina of the 
 omentum, floats loofely downward before the 
 intefl’nes, often to the navel, fometimes to 
 the pelvis, behind the peritoneum and mufcles 
 of the abdomen, and, making a thin edge, is 
 folded back again upward, fo as to form ano- 
 ther leaf behind, and, like to the former, 
 leaving an intermediate free capacity, by which 
 the fore leaf may eafily remove from the po- 
 flerior, as a fheet of paper is commonly fold- 
 ed, being at length continued for a confider- 
 able extent into the outer membrane of the 
 tranfverfe colon, and laflly terminated in the 
 fmus of the fpleen, by which the large blood- 
 veffels are received. Eeliind the ftomach and 
 before the pancreas, the cavity of this is con- 
 tinued into that of the left'er omentum. 
 
 §. 649. To the former is continued the 
 omentum cohcum, which arifes on the right 
 fide only from the colon and its external mem- 
 brane, immediately after the origin of the 
 omentum gaftrocolicuin from the mefocolon, 
 with whofe cavity it is continuous ; and, de- 
 parting doubled from the inteftine, forms a pro- 
 dudtion, ending conically, and terminated by a 
 longer or (horter extent, above the intdlinum 
 cscum. 
 
 §.650. Laftly, ft’om the whole tradl of the 
 colon, ftand out little protuberances or omenta, 
 called appendices epiploides, which arc of a 
 like fabric, and, when inflated, refemble 
 
 ck'ie 
 
Of the Omentum, 169 
 
 clofe br confined bladders ; being continued of, 
 a fmall fize and oblorfg figure3 from the outer 
 membrane of the colon, well filled with fat. 
 
 §. 651. The ufes of the omentum are many. 
 Its common ufe is, together with that of the 
 mefentery, to form an ample fpace of a loofe 
 texture, into which the fat may be poured from 
 the arteries, at the time of fleep and inadivity 
 of body, to be afterwards diflblved by motion, 
 and returned again into the blood by the infor- 
 bent veins, fo as to make a confiituent principle 
 of the bile. Accordingly, you’ll feel the fat of 
 the omentum to be very tenaceous or vifcid. 
 betwixt the fingers, although of a thin con- 
 fidence, and, in its whole body, more pellu- 
 cid than paper. For tliat the fat of this part 
 returns again into the veins, appears from the 
 different bulk and weight of fat, obfervable in 
 the various omenta of different perfons, ac- 
 cording as they lead either an idle, laborious, 
 or morbid courfe of life. To which add, its 
 appearances in various brute animals, with the 
 relation it bears to all the red of the fat of the 
 whole body (§. 21.) : and, by experiment or 
 example in frogs, where this re-abforptlon of 
 the fat may be made evident to the eye j and 
 ladly, from the apparently infiarnmable nature 
 of the bile itfclf. Hither we mud aifo refer 
 the diforders and crudities of digcdion, together 
 with the coldnefs of the domach, obfcrved 
 to follow after cutting out the omentum, and 
 the other ufes following (§. 656, &c.). 
 
 / §. 652. Eat that the abforbed fat goes from 
 Jaence to the formation of the bile, app-arrbv 
 
 the 
 
lyo Of the Omentum. 
 
 the courfe of the blood, which all returns from 
 the omentum and mefocolon into the trunk of 
 the vena portarum, and by that into the liver 
 itfelf. The omentum is furnilhed with blood 
 by the gaftrocolic and by each of the gaftro- 
 epiploic arteries, defcending in many fmall 
 branches, and fubdivided in a reticular man- 
 ner : of thefe, the arteries on each fide run to the 
 greatefl; length ; but the inner or pofterior leaf of 
 the omentum has fmall arteries, which go out 
 from thofe of the tranfverfe colon. The 
 omentum colicum has alfo its arteries from the 
 colon, in the fame manner as the fmaller ap- 
 pendices (§, 650.). The arteries of the lefier 
 omentum (§. 646.) come from the hepatics, 
 alfo from the right and left coronaries of the 
 ftomach. 
 
 §. 653. The nerves of the omentum are very 
 fmall, as being a fat and indolent body; yet 
 it receives fome little branches from the nerves 
 of the eighth pair, both in the greater and in 
 the lefier curve of the ftomach. 
 
 §. 6 <^4. The arteries of the mefentery are, 
 in general, the fame with thofe that go to the 
 inteflines, the fmaller branches ^f which go 
 off laterally to the fmall glandules and -cellular 
 fat, included within the mefentery. But to 
 the mefocolon, fmall arteries are diftributed on 
 all fides from thofe of the various parts con- 
 nedted to i t, as the intercoftals, fpermatics, lumbals 
 of the renal capfules, and tranfverfely from the 
 fplenic artery, with the pancreatic branch of 
 the duodenum : but in the left mefocolon, there 
 
 are 
 
Of the Omentum. \j\ 
 
 are alfo fmall arteries detached from the aorta 
 itfelf to the glandulas lumbales. 
 
 §. 655. The veins of the omentum, in ge- 
 neral, accompany the arteries, and, like them, 
 unite into larger trunks ; thofe of the gaftro- 
 colic omentum from the left fide open into the 
 fplenic, as do thofe of the hypaticogaiiric, 
 vvhich likewife fends Its blood to the trunk of 
 the vena portarum ; thofe from the larger part 
 of the right gaftrocollc omentum go to the me- 
 fenteric trunk, as do thofe of the omentum co- 
 licum, with thofe of the appendices epiploides. 
 All the veins of the mefentery meet together 
 in one, which is truly the trunk of the vena 
 portarum; in forming which, they are firfi; col- 
 letfled into two large arms, of which one re- 
 ceives the mefenterico-gaftro-epiploica, with 
 the colic and iliocolic veins, and all thofe of the 
 fmall intefiines, as far as the duodenum ; the 
 other arm, which goes tranfverfely acrofs the 
 former, which arifes above it, is embraced by 
 the duodenum, and returns the blood of the 
 left colic veins, with thofe of the redlum, ex- 
 cept the lowermofi:, which belong partly to 
 thofe of the bladder, and in part to the hypo- 
 gaflric branches of the pelvis. The vein, 
 which is commonly called hgemorrhoidalis in- 
 terna, is fometimes inferted rather into the fple- 
 nic than into the mefenteric vein. If it be de- 
 manded, whether the omentum has any lym- 
 phatic vefiels ? we an Twer, in the affirmative: 
 fince there are conglobate or lymphatic glan- 
 dules, both in the little omentum and in the 
 paftrocolicum ; al.^o the antient anatomifts have 
 
 pbferved 
 
172 OJ the Omentum, 
 
 obferved pellucid veffels in the omentum, and 
 lately a modern has defcribed them for ladeals 
 of the flomach. 
 
 §.656. Other ufes of the omentum, which 
 may be added to the preceding (§. 651.), are 
 to interpofe betwixt the inteftines and perito- 
 naeum, which, by inflammation, are very apt 
 to grow together ; to keep the former in a fl;ate 
 of free motion, as well among themfelves as 
 againfl: the peritoneum, with but little attri- 
 tion ; and to anoint the mufcular and membra- 
 nous fibres with a mofl: foft oil. For thefe 
 reafons, even in infcdis, there is a great deal of 
 fat placed round the intefllnes. In the large in- 
 teflines, there are a great many appendices of 
 fat, like that of the omentum, which is not 
 ample enough to cover the colon, whofe muf- 
 cular ftripes or portions are larger and more 
 powerful than thofe of the other intefl;ines. 
 
 §. 657, More than this, the flratum of the 
 omentum ferves to fupport, diredl, and diftri- 
 bute the veflels to connedt the adjacent vifeera, 
 and to exhale a foft oily vapour, which, mix- 
 ing with the exhaling water of the abdominal 
 vifeera, ferves to anoint and lubricate them 
 all for an eafy motion. 
 
 §.658. The mefentery ferves to fufpend and 
 difplay the inteftines in fuch a manner, that 
 th.ey may move freely, and with a degree of 
 firmnefs; it ferves as a bed to fuftain, and 
 fafely condudt the numerous veflels, nerves, 
 and glandules j of which lafl, we fhall fpeak 
 hereafter (§. 721.) : it alfo gives an external 
 3 coat 
 
Of the Omentum: 173 
 
 coat to the inteftines, and forms mod of the 
 ©menta. 
 
 §. 659. But, moreover, the blood, return- 
 ing through the mefenteric and mefocolic veins, 
 brings with it another principal conftituent part 
 of the bile, and in a conhderable quantity; 
 namely, a fubalcaline watry humour, which is 
 abforbed by the veins from all the fmall inte- 
 ftines, as will be demonftrated in its proper 
 place. Befides this, there is a more putrid 
 water abforbed from the large inteftines, which 
 is foetid, and nearly approaches a volatile alca- 
 line nature, as may appear from the nature of 
 the foEces themfelves, from whence it is ab- 
 forbed ; and ’tis likewife manifeft from the 
 greater compa6tnefs and drynefs of the feces, 
 when they are retained a longer time in the 
 colon. This faponaceous water is, therefore, 
 a fluid in itfelf, and rendered more fo by an in- 
 cipient putridnefs ; and confequently it ferves to 
 reduce the tenacity of the oil belonging to the 
 omentum and mefentery, fo as to keep it from 
 congealing. But more efpeciallyin the bile, it 
 conftitutes the acrid alcaline quality with 
 which this humour abounds ; and from thence 
 comes the great tenuity and faponaceous force 
 of the bile, fo ufeful to dyers and painters. 
 
 LEG- 
 
LECTURE XXVI. 
 
 Of the spleen. 
 
 §. 660. r"| H E fpleeti itfelf is one of thofd 
 J|_ intermediate vifcera, which fend 
 their blood to the liver. It is a bluifh, pulpy, 
 fomewhat oval vlfcus, fomething like a mafs of 
 congealed blood in its conhilence, having fre- 
 quently a notch or incifure in its oval circum- 
 ference ; whence it is convex towards the ribs, 
 ccwicave inwardly, and circumfcribed with two 
 margins or edges, one anterior , the other pofterior; 
 of which the former, with a full ftomach, lies 
 next the diaphragm, and the latter upon the 
 left kidney. It is connected to the ftomach by 
 the little omentum (§. 646.), and above that, 
 by the ligament from the large omentum, fup- 
 ported by the fubjacent colon, and by another 
 ligament (§. 641, ult.) behind the renal cap- 
 file, to which, and to the kidneys, it adheres 
 by a good deal of cellular fubftance, with the 
 peritonaeum. It allb receives the peritonaeum 
 from the diaphragm, under the denomination 
 of a ligament in the back-part of its hollow 
 linus, behind the entrance of its veilels. The 
 lituation of it varies with that of the ifomach 
 itfelf, which it follows (§, 620, ult.) j for when 
 that is empty, the fpleen is raifcd perpendicu- 
 larly, fo as to place its extremities right up and 
 down ; but when the itomach is full, the 
 middle curve or arch of it arifcs upward or 
 foreward, and at the fame time obliges 
 
Of the Spleen. 175 
 
 the fpleen to change its fituatlon, fo as to 
 lie tranfverfely with its lower end forward, 
 and its upper one backward. Nor is the 
 bulk of it lefs variable ; for, being of a very 
 foft and loofe texture, it grows larger by 
 diftention when the ftomach is empty, and 
 becomes lefs again when its blood is prefled out 
 by the diftention of the full ftomach againft 
 the ribs. From hence the fpleen is found 
 large, in thofe who die of lingering difeafes ; 
 but in thofe who die fuddenly, and in full 
 health of body, it is fmall. Another motion 
 of the fpleen is, that of defcending with the 
 diaphragm in infpiration, and afcending again 
 in expiration ; and befides this, the fpleen fre- 
 quently varies in its fituation, with that of the 
 colon. Frequently there is a fecond or lefs 
 fpleen placed upon the former. 
 
 §. 661. The blood-veflels of the fpleen are 
 large, in proportion to its weight. The arte- 
 rial trunk comes from the coeliac, the upper 
 branch of which, proceeding in a ferpentinc 
 courfe, above and behind the pancreas, to 
 which it gives branches, as well as to the me- 
 focolon, ftomach and omentum, is, at length, 
 incurvated in the direction of the fulcus or 
 notch of the fpleen, which it, after a man- 
 ner, perforates by feveral diftindl branches, 
 fuftained at the right extremity by the omen- 
 tum gaftrocolicum. The fplenic vein, which 
 accompanies the artery, is conliderably fofter 
 than any other veins of the body ; it forms 
 the principal left branch of the vena portarum. 
 Beftdes thefe, the fpleen receives fmall arteries 
 from the great coronary, defcending behind the 
 
 pancreas, 
 
176 Of the Spleen. 
 
 pancreas, and fometimes from the Internal hx~ 
 morrhoidal. The vafa breviaof the fpleen and 
 ftomach, we have mentioned (§. 627.) ; and its 
 ligaments receive fmall arterial twigs or circles, 
 from the phrenics, intercoftals, and thofe of the 
 renal capfules. In like manner alfo, the veins 
 in the fpleen, and thofe which join it to the 
 flomach, communicate with the phrenics, and 
 with the veins of the renal capfules. 
 
 §. 662. The lymphatic velfels of the fpleen, 
 I believe, are oftner talked of than feen ; they 
 are defcribed to arlfe in the duplicature of the 
 fplenic coat or membrane (of which there is 
 none at all) and from thence to proceed on to 
 the receptacles of thechyle, very evidentin acalf. 
 
 §. 663. The nerves of the fpleen are very 
 fmall, from whence it is capable of but little 
 pain, and is very rarely inflamed. They arife 
 from a particular plexus, compofcd out of the 
 poflerior branches of the eighth pair attheflo- 
 mach (§. 628.), and ot certain branches from 
 the large gangliform plexus, wliich produces the 
 fplenic trunk of the intercoflal nerve, from 
 whence the branches furround tiie artery into 
 the fpleen. 
 
 §. 664. The fabric of the fpleen appears to 
 be much more Ample than has been commonly 
 believed. For it is compofed, both in us, and 
 in calves, altogether of arteries, and of veins ; 
 the former of winch, after fpending themfelves 
 in a great number of fmall branches, are at 
 length thickly fubdivided Into very foft brufli- 
 like bunches, verydiUicult to fill with injedtion, 
 terminating in circles, bv which there is a ready 
 paffage for liquors into the correfponding veins. 
 
 The 
 
Of the Spleen. 177 
 
 Thefe circles, with their parallel branches, form 
 a fort of bunches, like a pencil brufli, but of a 
 fhorter rounder kind, whence many have 
 miftaken them for glands. Nor does the in^* 
 jedlion, rightly managed, ever efcape from the 
 veffels into the cellular fubftance ; befides which, 
 there are no other cells or intervals. Every 
 little arterial trunk, with the fmaller twigs that 
 proceed from it, are each of them furrounded 
 by a very fine cellular fubftance, or web- work, 
 in the fame manner with the fmall vefifels of all 
 the other vifcera ; and thefe together, make 
 up the whole body of the fpleen, outwardly 
 furrounded by a membrane, which is not very 
 tough, continued from the peritonaeum. 
 
 §. 665. Hence we obferve, that the fpleen 
 contains more blood, in proportion, than any of 
 the other vifcera, fince it has no mufcles, fat, 
 air-vefiels, or excretory duds, interpofed be- 
 twixt its blood-veflels. We learn alfo, from 
 obfervation, that the blood of chis part hardly 
 ever congeals; from the abundance of its volatile 
 or bilious falts : but it looks of a dark brown 
 colour, and may be eafily diluted ; whence one 
 may compare it almofi; to the blood of a foetus. 
 
 §. 666 . The want of an excretory dud to 
 the fpleen, has occafioned the ufe of it to be 
 doubtful, and controverted throughout all ages of 
 anatomy. To us the fabrick itfelf feems to lead 
 to the ufe following. We fee by the veflcls a 
 greaterquantity of blood is imported tothefpleen, 
 (§. 66 1.) and with a flower motion, from the 
 ferpentine courfe of the artery ; but at the time 
 when the ftomach is empty, this blood comes, 
 VoL. II, N and 
 
178 Of the Spleen. 
 
 and is received in a greater quantity by the 
 fpleen, not now fo much compreffed, therein 
 to ftagnate, as it would Teem, plainly from the 
 great proportion of branches, to the trunks in 
 this part; to which add, the difficult courfe or 
 flow circulation which the blood meets with in 
 pafling from the fpleen through the liver : from 
 hence the frequent tumours and fcirrhofities of 
 the fpleen ; and from hence the immenfe quan- 
 tity of blood, with which the fpleen is in every 
 point diftended, like a drum, the like of which 
 we do not fee in any other part. Here, then, 
 the almoft flagnant blood, fomented with heat, 
 attenuated, and in a manner diflblved by the 
 putrid faeces of the adjacent colon, enters thus 
 upon the firfl; fteps of a begun putrefadion, as 
 we learn by experiments, both from its colour 
 and confiftence. But the greater fluidity of the 
 blood herein, proceeds not only from this diflb- 
 lution, but becaufe all its watery juices, that enter 
 by the artery, return alfo again by the veinj for 
 there are no fecretory duds in the fpleen. 
 
 §. 667, Moreover, when the ftomach is full 
 of food or flatus, the fpleen is thereby com^ 
 preffed into a narrower compafs, againfl; the 
 ribs, and fuperincumbent diaphragm, by which 
 means the blood that before was fcarce able to 
 creep alon? through the fplenic veins, being 
 now preflTe 1 out more plentifullv, returns with 
 a greater cel?rity towards the liver, till mixing 
 with the fluggiffi blood in the trunk of the 
 porta, repleniffied with the fat, or oil of the 
 omentum and mefentery (§. 652.) it dilutes or 
 i^hins the fame;, and renders it lefs apt to flag- 
 
 nate 
 
Of the Spleen, 179 
 
 nate or congeal ; and at the fame time, It con- 
 duces to form a larger fecretion of bile at a time 
 when it is mbft wanted, viz. to flow plentifully 
 to the food now under digcflion. The fpleen, 
 therefore, feems to prepare the blood, that it 
 may fupply a fort of watery juice to the bile ; 
 but fuch as is probably of a fubalcaline nature, 
 and rendered fomewhat fharp, or lixivial by the 
 remora of the blood. 
 
 §. 668. Hence we may be able to folve the 
 quefl:Ion, v/hether the fpleen be like the lungs 
 of a fpungy or cellular fabric ? and whether the 
 blood is poured out into thofe cells, fo as to 
 ftagnate in its way to the veins ? or whether it 
 be there diluted with fome juice fecreted by pe- 
 culiar glands ? We fee nothing of this is de- 
 monflirable by anatomy ; nor does the liquor or 
 wax Injefled, ever extravafate Into the cellular 
 fubilance, unlefs urged v/ith much greater vio- 
 lence, than nature ever ufes or intended. If 
 it be demanded, whether difeafes do not fome- 
 times demonftrate a fort of glandular fabric in 
 this part, and comparative anatomy the fame ? 
 an anfwer may be had from (§. 185.). As to 
 the old queftion, whether the fpleen brews up 
 an acid, to whet or fharpen the flomach ; that 
 opinion has been long difcarded, as repugnant 
 to the nature of all the animal juices. If it be 
 aiked, whether the fpleen be not an ufelefs 
 mafs, as it might feem to be, from the little 
 damage an animal fuftains, after it has been 
 cut out ? we anfwer, that a robufl; animal, 
 fuffering but little injury from the lofs of a part, 
 does not prove it to be ufelefs ; on the contrary, 
 N 2 we 
 
i8o Of the Spleen, 
 
 we experience, after fuch an experiment has 
 been made, that the liver becomes fwelled and 
 difordered, makes a lefs quantity of bile, and 
 of a darker brown colour, while the animal is 
 perpetually troubled with flatulencies, gripes, 
 or indigeftion, all which are to be afcribed to 
 the vitiated nature of the bile, an obftrudlion 
 of the liver, and an imperfect or weak di- 
 geftion. 
 
 LEC- 
 
lecture XXVII. 
 
 Of the Livery Gall-Bladder, and Bile. 
 
 §. 669. ^ |"^HE liver being the largeft of all 
 ^ the glands in the body, fills up 
 a very large part of the abdomen in its upper 
 chamber, above the mefocolon j and is yet ftill 
 larger in proportion, in tl^e foetus. Above, be- 
 hind, and to the right fide, it is covered by the 
 fuperincumbent diaphragm, from which it re- 
 ceives the peritonseum for a covering, under 
 the denomination of ligaments, chiefly in three 
 places; namely, fir ft, in a tranfverfe pofition, 
 from the tip of the enfeform cartilage, a little 
 more inclined to the right fide than the middle 
 of the diaphragm, which takes a long courfe 
 round the convex part of the liver, to the pafTage 
 of the vena cava, through the tranfverfe fulcus 
 of the liver, from whence the peritonreum de- 
 fcends laterally folded together, of fome breadth 
 forwards, under the name of ligamentum fuf- 
 penforlum, which divides the greater right lobe 
 from the leffer left lobe of the liver ; and then, 
 parting from its duplication, it expands into the 
 proper coat of this vifcus (§. 621.) which is 
 white, fimple, and thin, like the external coat 
 of the ftomach ; and under this is fpread the 
 cellular fubftance, by which it is intimately 
 conjoined with the flefli of the liver. To the 
 lower margin of this, joins the umbilical vein, 
 which in an adult, being dried up, leaves only 
 N 3 a fma'l 
 
1 82 Of the Liver. 
 
 a fmall cord, furrounded with fome portion of 
 fat. In the extremity of the left lobe, and 
 fometimes at its edge, or convex part, a mem- 
 brane goes to the liver, from the diaphragm, 
 which in children, and other young fubjedts, is 
 fi'equently to the left fide of the cefophagus, but 
 in adults to the right fide ; yet always conjoined 
 both to the gula, and to the fpleen, whenever 
 the liver, or this ligament are very large. The 
 right ligament ties the large right lobe, in its 
 back part, to the diaphragm. Betwixt this and 
 the middle lobe, for a confiderable way, but 
 without any apparent length, the membrane of 
 the right lobe of the liver is often conjoined by 
 the cellular fubfiance, to the diaphragm; more 
 efpecially in old fubjedls, for in the feetus it is 
 eafily feparated ; and then it continues its courfe 
 betwixt the fufpenfory and left ligament, joined 
 as before, with the peritona?um, fo as to re- 
 femble a ligament. But alfo from the right 
 kidney, the peritoneum going off to the liver, 
 makes a reduplication like a ligament, and con- 
 joins together the lefs omentum, with the con- 
 tinued ioofe productions of the mefocolon 
 (§. 645.) with the liver, flomach, and duode- 
 num ; and likewife the faid mefocolon, to the 
 pancreas. Thus the liver is (ufpended in the 
 body, with a confiderable degree of firmnefs, 
 yet fo as to be allowed a confiderable liberty 
 to move and be varioufly agitated, raifed and 
 depreffed, by the aClions of the diaphragm. 
 
 §. 670. Moreover, the inner concave face of the 
 great lobe of the liver, lies with its forepart be- 
 fore the colon, and in its back part correfpondsto 
 • 0 the 
 
Of the Liver o 183 
 
 the left kidney. The middle linus of this lobe 
 lies near the duodenum, which is by the gall- 
 bladder tinged yellow ; and alfo lies contiguous 
 with that part that conducts the great blood- 
 velTels. The left lobe extends largely over the 
 ftomach, and frequently, efpecially in younger 
 fubjedts, goes beyond the cefophagus, into the 
 left hypochondrium. The lobule, in the mean 
 time, adapts itfelf to the leffer curve of the fto- 
 mach. But moreover, the pancreas is covered 
 by the liver, and in a manner connedled with 
 that to the right renal capfule, by a good deal 
 of cellular fubftance, (§. 671.). The figure of 
 the liver is difficult to defcribe. It begins in 
 the cavity of the right hypochondrium, by a 
 very thick folid protuberance, convex towards 
 the diaphragm, and hollow towards the colon 
 and kidney, which make impreffions into the 
 liver, diftinguiffiable by fmall lines or eminen- 
 cies, continued as a portion to the longer ap- 
 pendix of the lobule. After this, the liver, 
 fomewhat like a pyramid, grows flenderer, and 
 thinner, and is at laft terminated or extenuated 
 into a tip, almoft triangularly, which paffing 
 into the left hypochondrium, goes before the 
 cefophagus, in young fubjedls, as far as the 
 fpleen, but in adults it often ends ffiort of the 
 cefophagus. The upper and back part of the 
 liver is every where rounding or protuberant, 
 covered by the diaphragm, and in a large part, 
 which is fomewhat flatter, towards the left fide, 
 it is placed under the heart : but the lower and 
 pofterior furface being varioufly figured, refts 
 itfelf upon the duodenum, colon, flomach, 
 N 4 pancreas, 
 
184 Of the Liver. 
 
 pancreas, and right renal capfule. For in the 
 liollow fide of the liver, there are feveral little 
 furrows, which divide the furface into feveral 
 regions, and which did not efcape the notice 
 of the antients. 
 
 §. 672. The principal of thefe furrows. Is 
 extended tranfverfely, from the right fide to the 
 left, for near two thirds of the liver, beginning 
 flender in the right lobe, and enlarging towards 
 the left. Before this tranfverfe fulcus, there is 
 an excavation in the right lobe for the gall- 
 bladder, and then another for the anonymous 
 lobule ; after which comes the fofla of the um- 
 bilical vein, extending tranfverfely downward, 
 often covered with a little procefs or bridge 
 that joins the anonymous to the left lobe ; but 
 behind the great fulcus, firft towards the right 
 fide, there is a flender tranfverfe eminence, 
 growing broader to the right, and moderately 
 hollow, by which the great blood veflels are 
 conduced into the liver ; and this little valley 
 was by the antients denominated the port(e^ or 
 gates of the liver. In this place there is a lo- 
 bule, as I fliall defcribe, that joins to the right 
 lobej viz. the poflierior lobule, which is not very 
 juftly called after the name of Spigelius ; and 
 this projects obtufely conical, like a nipple, into 
 the lefs curvature of the floinach. The thick 
 root of this and the former excavated eminence, 
 begins from the convex part of the liver, at the 
 diaphragm, and from thence on the right fide, 
 is impreffed with an oblique fulcus or furrow, 
 mclined to the right fide, for the paflage of the 
 trunk of the vena cava, defcending from the 
 
 heart 
 
Of the Li^er. 185 
 
 heart, in the fame diredtion, to the lumbal yer- 
 tebrsE j and is frequently furrounded by a pro- 
 dudlion of the liver, like a bridge, or even fo as 
 to complete the circle, and form a tube. The 
 left end of the lobule terminates another fofla, 
 almoft perpendicularly downwards, but inclined 
 to the left, which beginning tranfverfely by one 
 end, terminates at the vena cava, palling through 
 the diaphragm. In this linus was lodged the 
 dudtus venofus in the foetus, of which there are 
 fome remains to be perceived alfo in the adult. 
 All that lies beyond this to the left, is a lingle 
 hollow, equally defcending, and incumbent up- 
 on the ftomach, over which it is extenuated to 
 a thin edge. 
 
 §. 673. This huge gland is proportionably 
 fupplied with very large velTels, and of various 
 kinds. The artery, which is indeed conlider- 
 able, being the greater right portion of the 
 caeliac, emerges from the trunk forward, and 
 to the right, going tranfverfely, before the vena 
 portarum, and after giving off a fmall coronary 
 with the pancreatic and duodenal artery, the 
 remaining large trunk goes on and enters the 
 liver, commonly by two branches, of which 
 the left is betwixt the umbilical foffa, the venal 
 dudt, pofterior lobule, with the left, and the 
 anonymous lobe, alfo the fufpenfory ligament ; 
 and this inofculates with a branch of the phrenic 
 and epigaftric. The right hepatic artery enters 
 the liver lower, covered by the biliary dudls j 
 and having reached the right with the anony- 
 mous lobe, there fends off, in one fmall trunk, 
 the cyflic artery, which foon after divides into 
 
 two, 
 
i86 Of the Liver, 
 
 two, and is fpread both under and upon the 
 gall-bladder, covered by the common coat of 
 the liver, and fupplies not only the gall-bladder 
 and biliary duds, with its branches, but like- 
 wife fome part of the liver itfelf, From the left 
 branch, or fometi'mes fVom the trunk of this, 
 arifes a fuperficial artery to the biliary duds, 
 anonymous lobe, and glandules of the porte. 
 Befides the cseliac artery, there is frequently a 
 large right branch produced from the mefente- 
 rica major, creeping behind the pancreas ; and 
 this ferves in dead of the eighth branch of the 
 hepatic artery from the casliac. But likewife, 
 the greater coronary, which is the firft twig of 
 the csliac, always gives fome ramifications to 
 the left lobe, and to the foffa of the dudus ve- 
 nofus, which lad branch is often very confi- 
 derable. The led'er arteries are thofe fent to 
 the liver, from the phrenic mamaries, renal 
 and capfulary arteries. 
 
 §. 674. But the veins of the liver, contrary 
 to what we obferve in any other part, are of 
 two very different and didind kinds : namely, 
 the vcnas portarum, which receiving all the 
 blood of the domach (§. 627.) of the intedines 
 and mefentery (§. 712.) of the fpleen (§. 661.) 
 omentum (§. 652.) and pancreas, at length 
 meet together into two arms or branches; 
 namely, the tranfverfe, fplenic, and thcdefcend- 
 ing mefenteric; then unite into one trunk, which 
 afcends large, compofed of drong membranes, 
 fil'd a little bent behind the duodenum, where it 
 receives the veins from its right fide, together 
 with the leffer coronary, whence going higher 
 
 to 
 
Of the Lher. 187 
 
 to the right fide, it again divides into two large 
 trunks in the finus of the lobule (§. 672.) of 
 the liver. Of thefe two the right, being Ihorter, 
 larger and bifurcated, receives the cyflic vein, and 
 then fpreads as an artery through its next lobe. 
 The left runs on through the remaining part 
 of the tranfverfe finus in the liver, and after 
 giving veins to the lobule, wdth the anonymous 
 and left lobe, it is incurvated and enters the 
 umbilical foffa, from whence about the middle 
 it immerges and ramifies through the liver. 
 There are fome Inftances, in which the venal 
 branch of the pofterior lobule has been fent 
 diftindl from the vena portarum. 
 
 §. 675. The vena portarum is on every fide 
 furrounded with a good deal of cellular, fub- 
 ftance, derived to it from the mefentery and 
 fpleen, of a fliort, clofe and ftrong texture, made 
 firm by the addition of the more denfe and 
 firong membranes, w'hich cover the aorta itfelf. 
 Intermixt with this cellular fubftance, are alfo 
 many of the fmaller vefiels and hepatic nerves, 
 which all come together under the denomina- 
 tion of a capfula j but improperly, fince it is al- 
 together nothing more than the cellular fub- 
 ftance, without one mufcular fibre. By this 
 the vena portarum is condudted to the liver, and 
 firmly fuftained j infomuch, that the branches 
 being cut, maintain the round lights of their 
 fedlions. But each branch of this veflel, is again 
 divided, fubdivided, and infinitely ramified 
 within the fubftance of the liver, after the man- 
 ner of arteries, till they at length produce the 
 fmalleft capillaries. In this courfe, every branch 
 
 of 
 
i88 Of the Lher. 
 
 of the vena portarum, is accompanied with a 
 focial branch of the hepatic artery, creeping up- 
 on the furface of the vein, and the contiguous 
 hepatic duds, almoft in the fame manner as the 
 bronchial arteries ufually creep along the rami- 
 fications of the wind-pipe in the lungs j while, 
 in the mean time, both the artery and the vein 
 are conneded to the branches of the biliary 
 duds, to which they are continued by a thin 
 cellular fubftance, like a fpider’s web. The 
 fedion of any branch of the vena portarum, 
 is always lefs than the trunk, from whence it is 
 derived j whence the lights of all the branches 
 together, greatly exceed that of the trunk 
 (§. 36 ): from whence follows a great fridion 
 or refiftance (§. I47.)> and a retarded motion 
 (§. 133.), after the fame manner as we obferve 
 in the arteries, 
 
 §. 676. But fince the blood is in this manner 
 conveyed through the liver to the branches of the 
 vena portarum, together with the hepatic artery, it 
 mud of courfe be conveyed back again, by fome 
 other veins : and therefore, we lee, that the ex- 
 treme branches of the vena portarum, and he- 
 patic artery, inofculate and open into another 
 clafs of veins, which are brandre^ of the ca'ca^ 
 which ariling from all points of the liver, run 
 together towards the pofterior gibbous part of 
 the liver, into branches and trunks, which are 
 at lad about ten or eleven in number. The 
 led'er of thefe trunks, and greater number of 
 them, pafs out through the poderior lobule of 
 the liver, and go to the cava, through the ful- 
 cus, that lies on the right fide of the lobule, 
 
 often 
 
of the Liver. 
 
 often completed into a circle by a fort of bridge, 
 or production of the liver, from whence they 
 afeend together through the diaphragm, to- 
 wards the left fide. Two or three trunks much 
 larger than the former, are inferted into the 
 fame cava, clofe to the diaphragm, whofe veins 
 they often take in by the way. The branches 
 of the vena cava are, in the adult, generally 
 fewer and lefs than thofe of the vena portarum ; 
 which is an argument that the blood moves 
 quicker, and with lefs refi fiance or friCtion 
 through the hepatic cava (§. 140.); as is 
 the Gourfe of the blood into a lefs light, or ca- 
 pacity, by which it is always accelerated, when 
 there is too a comprefiing force (§. 140.). As 
 to any valves at the openings of thefe branches 
 into the cava, I know not of any which deferve 
 to be regarded. The trunk of the vena cava, 
 paffing through a foramen of the diaphragm, 
 obtufely quadrangular, furrounded and termi- 
 nated by mere tendons (§, 289.), is thereby 
 rendered not eafily changeable (§.413.); and 
 having furmounted this opening of the dia- 
 phragm, it then immediately expands into the 
 right auricle. The final ler veins of the liver 
 creeping about its furface, go to the phrenics, 
 renals, and azygos ; or at leaft there is a com- 
 munication betwixt thefe and the hepatic veins. 
 
 §. 677. That the blood is fent to the liver, 
 from all the forementioned vifeera of the ab- 
 domen (§. 674.), conducted by the vena por- 
 tarum, to the ports, is proved by a ligature, 
 by which any vein betwixt the ligature and the 
 parts fwells, but the porta itfelf^ above the liga- 
 ture, 
 
190 Of the Liver. 
 
 ture, grows flaccid and empty. But that it af- 
 terwards goes through the liver to the cava, ap- 
 pears by anatomical injections, which fhow 
 open and free anaftomofes, or communications 
 betwixt the vena portarum and the cava, toge- 
 ther with the common nature of the veins going 
 to the cava. Again, the difficult diflribution. 
 or pafTage through the vena portarum, like to 
 that of an artery, together with its remotenefs 
 from the heart, and the oily or fluggifh nature 
 of the blood itfelf, occafion it to ftagnate, ac- 
 cumulate, and form fchirrous fwellings in no 
 part oftner than the liver. But this danger is 
 diminifhed by the motion of the adjacent muf- 
 cles, and by the refpiration, as it is increafed by 
 inactivity, with four and vifcid aliments. But 
 hitherto, we have been fpeaking of the adult 
 liver, in which both the umbilical vein, and 
 the duCfus venofus are empty and clofed up, 
 although they continue to cohere with the left 
 branch of the vena portarum. 
 
 §. 678. The nerves of the liver, are rather 
 numerous than large, whence it is capable of 
 no very great pain. They have a twofold ori- 
 gin ; mofl: of them arifing from the large gang- 
 liform plexus, made by the fplenic branch of 
 the intercoftal nerve, w'ith the addition of a 
 branch from the poflierior plexus of the eighth 
 pair ; they accompany the hepatic artery, and 
 playing round its trunk, are diitributed with 
 that and the portal branches, throughout the 
 liver. Another fafciculus of nerves, ufually en- 
 ters with the duClus venofus, and arifes from 
 
 the- 
 
Of the Liver, 191 
 
 the poflerior plexus of the eighth pair, but 
 fometimes from the great plexus. 
 
 §. 679. The lymphatic veffels of the liver 
 are numerous, being conftantly and eafily to be 
 feen about the porte. They arife from the whole 
 concave furface of the liver and gall-bladder, 
 and run together into a plexus, furrounding the 
 vena portarum, going afterwards to the fmall 
 conglobate glandules, feated before and behind 
 the faid vein, from whence they meet together 
 in one trunk, which is one of the roots of the 
 thoracic dud:. Upon the convex part of the 
 liver are defcribed other lymphatics, whofe 
 infertion is not well known ; but it is hardly 
 probable, that they enter the cava, nor have I 
 been able to find that they lead to the root or 
 ciftern of the thoracic dud. 
 
 §. 680. The interior or intimate fabric of the 
 liver being more minute, is proportionably 
 more obfcure. The ultimate fmall branches of 
 the vena portarum, cava, and hepatic artery, 
 together with the bilious duds, which we fhall 
 foon defcribe, are united together by means of 
 the cellular fubflance (§. 675.) into a fort of 
 mulberry-like bunches, of an hexagonal fhape, 
 in the fmaller parts of which there are mutual 
 anaftomoles, or inofculations, betwixt the portal 
 branches and hepatic artery, with the roots of 
 the vena cava on one fide, and of the pori bi~ 
 liarii of the liver on the other fide ; which laft 
 demonftrate their inofculations by anatomical 
 injedions j for liquors injeded by the vena por- 
 tarum return again through the ultimate pore 
 ©r dud gf the bile, 
 
 §. 681. 
 
192 Of the Liver, 
 
 §. 681. Manyeminentanatomifts have taught 
 that the forementioned bunches or primary por- 
 tions of the liver, arc hollow, having arteries 
 and veins, fpread upon their external furface, 
 and depohte the bile into their cavity, after it 
 has been fecreted from the circles of the vena 
 portarum. For this they alledge arguments, 
 taken from the comparitive anatomy of animals, 
 whofe liver is made up of more round and de- 
 finite bunches j and from thofe difeafes, which 
 demonflrate cells and round tubercles, filled with 
 lymph, chalk, or other recrementitious matter. 
 To this they might have added the thick flug- 
 gilh nature of the bile itfelf, by which it is re- 
 lated to mucus, and the analogy of the gall- 
 bladder for infpifiation. 
 
 §. 682. But greater diligence and accuracy 
 in anatomy, will not allow any follicles, into 
 which the fmall fecretory vefTels can pour out 
 their contents ; for fuch would intercept the 
 courfe of anatomical injedlions, and give us the 
 appearance of knots intermediate, betwixt the 
 fecretory veffels and the biliary pores, which 
 we have never yet been able to fee •, for the wax 
 flows immediately, without any interruption or 
 effufion, in a continued thread, from the extre- 
 mities of the vena portarum, into the biliary 
 dudls. But again, a follicular or glandular fabric 
 is neither allowable in the liver, from the great 
 length and flendernefs of the biliary duds. 
 For all follicles depofit their contents into fome 
 fpace, immediately adjacent, and are unfit to 
 convey their fecerned fluid, to any length of 
 courfe, which might deflroy the part by the 
 
 velocity 
 
X)f the Livet*. 193 
 
 velocity received from the artery. As to the 
 follicular morbid concretions, they are made in 
 the cellular fabric. Another argument againft 
 the follicles, is the watery fluidity of the bile, 
 as it comes out of the liver. 
 
 §. 683. Again, we are perfuaded, that no 
 bile is feparated from the hepatic artery, be- 
 caufe that would render ufelefs the great arte- 
 rial trunk of the porta ; whofe office in fecre- 
 tion, appears plainly by its continuations with 
 the biliary dufts, in a manner more evident than 
 that of the artery : but it appears by experi- 
 ments, alfo, that the biliary fecretion continues 
 to be carried on after the hepatic artery is tied, 
 by a ligature ; add to this the largenefs of the 
 biliary dudts, in proportion to fo fmall an arte- 
 ry, with the peculiar nature of the blood con- 
 veyed by the portal branches, fo extremely well 
 fitted for the formation of the bile. For we 
 have already feen, that it contains oil, and lixi- 
 vium, which abound more in the bile, than in 
 any other humour of the body ; for it takes in 
 the faponaceous water of the ftomach, by the 
 abforbing veins, together w'ith the fubfcetid al- 
 calefcent vapours of the abdomen, which tranf- 
 pire through the whole furface of the inteftines, 
 flomach, omentum, liver, fpleen, and mefen- 
 tery, which are abforbed again by the veins, as 
 we know by inconteffable experiments of ana- 
 tomy; and finally, the alcalefcent femiputrid 
 or lixivial humidity that is drank up from the 
 faeces, while they continue to dry in the large 
 inteflines, is taken up by the internal ha?morr- 
 hoidal veins, from whence that bitternefs, alca- 
 
 -VoL, II. O idcent. 
 
tq4 Q/* Liver, 
 
 lefcent, and putrelcent difpofition of the bile is 
 derived. But, on the contrary, in the blood of 
 the hepatic artery, we can find nothing pecu- 
 liar to the nature of the bile, nor any near rela- 
 tion to it. 
 
 §. 684. Since, therefore, the vena portarum 
 conveys the blood ready charged with biliary 
 matter, fit to be fecreted in the leaft acini, or 
 vafcular bunches of the liver (§. 683.), and 
 thefe have an open free palTage, without any im- 
 peding follicles; it thus flows from the ultimate 
 branches of the vena portarum, into the be- 
 ginning roots of the biliary duds, through 
 which the bile is drove by the force of the 
 blood, urging behind, as well as by that of the 
 dud itfelf, aided by the comprelTure of the liver 
 again ft the other vifcera, by the motion of the 
 diaphragminrefpiration(§.669.) ; thence pafling 
 through larger branches, it is at laft urged into 
 two trunks of the large biliary dud of the liver, 
 which trunks meet together in one upon the 
 vena portarum, in the tranfverfe folTa of the li- 
 ver, near the anonymous lobule. 
 
 §. 685. The fabric of this dudus hepaticus, 
 is made up by a ftrong nervous membrane, like 
 that of the inteftines, over which is fpread an 
 external and internal cellular membrane, and is 
 internally lined with a loofe villous tunic, ele- 
 gantly reticulated, but afperated with many 
 fmall pores and finufes, and continued with that 
 of the inteitine itfelf. But there is here no muf- 
 cular fabric apparent. 
 
 §. 686. The hepatic dud, thus formed, goes 
 on upon the vena portarum, by the right fide 
 
 of 
 
Of the Liver. 195 
 
 of the artery towards the pancreas j and then 
 defcending to the left, covered by fome part of 
 that gland, it goes to the lower part of the fe- 
 cond flexure of the duodenum, and is inferted 
 backward, about fix inches from the pylorus, 
 through an oblique, oblong finus, made by the 
 pancreatic dud, together with which it opens 
 by a narrow orifice. The faid finus runs a great 
 way through the fecond cellular coat of the duo- 
 denum, obliquely downward ; then it perforates 
 the nervous coat, and goes on again obliquely, 
 next to the villous tunic, w'hich it at lafl; perfo- 
 rates into the duodenum, by a protuberant, 
 long, and wrinkled produdion, like a papilla. 
 Thus there is almofl; the length of an inch taken 
 up betwixt the firft infertion, and the egrefs 
 of this dud through the coats of the duode- 
 num, by a finus, which furrounds and receives 
 the dudus choledocus, in fuch a manner, that 
 when the coats of this inteftine are diftended by 
 flatus, or clofely contraded by a more violent 
 periftaltic motion, the opening of the dud mull: 
 be confequently comprefled or Ihut ; but when 
 the duodenum is relaxed and moderately empty, 
 the bile then has a free exit. Thus any regur- 
 gitation from the duodenum, is hindered by this 
 obliquity, and wrinkling of the dud, eafily 
 prefifed together or clofed, and joined with aquick 
 fucceffion of frdh bile, defcending perpendicu- 
 larly from the liver. Nor does wind inflated into 
 the inteftine find any paffage ’into the dud. 
 
 §. 687. But in the entrance of the ports, 
 this common dud receives another lefs canal of 
 the fame kind, which lies for a good way pa- 
 O 2 ralicl 
 
J96 Of the Liver. 
 
 rallel with itfelf from the gall-bladder, making 
 its infertion in a very acute angle j and this, 
 which is called the cyftic du6t, from its origin, 
 is fometimes firft increafed by another fmall 
 dud; from the hepatic, before its common in- 
 fertion. This dud is formed by the gall-blad- 
 der, as a peculiar receptacle for the bile, given 
 to mofi: animals; but is abfent in fome, efpecially 
 thofe of a fwifter foot : it is placed in an exca- 
 vation of the right lobe of the liver (§. 672.), to 
 the right fide of the anonymous lobule, in fiich 
 a manner, that in infants or children, it lies 
 wholly within the edge of the liver, but in 
 adults projeds confiderably beyond. Its fitua- 
 tion is almofl; tranfverfe, with its neck afeend- 
 ing from before backward. 
 
 §. 688. The figure of the gall-bladder is va- 
 riable, but in general like that of a pear, termi- 
 nated in its forepart by an obtufe hemifpherical 
 end, which is impervious, gradually diminifh- 
 ing backward ; the neck or tip of this truncated 
 cone being infleded upwards againfi; itfelf once 
 or twice, and tied together by the cellular fub- 
 ftance belonging to it, makes then another 
 fmall flexure upward, and begins the cyftic 
 dud, which from thence goes on towards the 
 left fide, to the hepatic dud. Within this dud, 
 there are many protuberant WTinkles, formed 
 by the numerous cellular bridles, which tie them 
 together; and thefe wrinkles conjundly, in the 
 dry gall-bladder, reprefent a kind of fpiral valve, 
 but being altogether foft and alternate in a living 
 perfon, they do not ftop, only lelTen the courfe 
 of the bile, as we are affured from experi- 
 ments. 
 
Of the Liver. igy 
 
 ments, by preffing the gall-gladder, and by in=- 
 Nations. 
 
 §. 689. The outermoft coat of the gall-blad- 
 der covers only its lower fide, being the com- 
 mon covering of the liver itfelf, ftretched over 
 the gall-bladder, and confining it to the liver 
 within its proper finus. The fecond coat is the 
 cellular fubftance, and of a loofe texture. The 
 third coat confifts of fplendent fibres, chiefly lon- 
 gitudinal; but fome obliquely interfering each 
 other, fome circular, and others in various di- 
 redtions. Next to thefe come the nervous coat, 
 then the fecond cellular, andlafl; the villous tunic; 
 which are all found here as in the inteftines, 
 except that the laft, in the gall-bladder, as well 
 as in the biliary dudls, is wrinkled into a fort 
 of reticular folds, as alfo is the cellular. With- 
 in the gall-bladder, but more efpecially about 
 its neck and middle part, we obferve mucife- 
 rous pores, capable of receiving a horfe hair ; 
 and befides thefe, the exhaling arteries difeharge 
 fome quantity of a watery humour into the ca- 
 vity of the gall-bladder, as we obferve in other 
 cavities. 
 
 §. 690. Into this fmall bladder is depofited 
 the hepatic bile, whenever its courfe is impeded 
 thro’ the common dudtus choledicus, or when 
 the entrance into the duodenum is comprelfed, 
 either by flatus or any other caufe. Accord- 
 ingly, we find the gall-bladder extremely full, 
 whenever the common biliary du£l is obflrud:- 
 ed or comprefied by fome feirrhous tumour, 
 whence the gall-bladder is fometimes enlarged 
 beyond all belief; and if the cyftic duft be tied 
 O 3 with 
 
19S Of the Liver. 
 
 with a ligature, it becomes fwelled betwixt the 
 ligature and hepatic dudt; and in living animals, 
 the hepatic bile vifibly diftils into the wounded 
 gall-bladder, even to the naked eye. The re- 
 trograde angle, or diredtion of this dudl, is not 
 repugnant to fuch a courfe of the bile ; for a very 
 flight preffure urges it from the liver into the 
 gall-bladder ; and even wind may be eafily drove 
 the fame way, more efpecially if the duodenum 
 be firft inflated. Nor does there feem to be 
 any fort of bile, feparated by the gall-blad- 
 der Itfelf. Whenever the cyftic dudt is ob- 
 flrudled by a fmall flione, or a ligature made up- 
 on it, we find nothing feparated into the gall- 
 bladder more than the exhaling moifture, and a 
 fmall quantity of mucus, fecreted from the 
 pores or follicles of the villous coat (§. 689.) 
 beforementioned. In many animals, we meet 
 with no appearance of any gall-bladder, when 
 at the fame time there is a plentiful flux of 
 ftrong well prepared and falutarybile, difeharged 
 into their inteflines. Again, it does not feem 
 probable, that the branches of the vena porta- 
 rum can feparate bile into the gall-bladder ; 
 for that vein in itfelf is a mere condudory vef- 
 fel : nor can any be feparated from the hepatic ar- 
 tery ; for it mufl; be vafHv beyond probability, 
 that fuch a flrong bile as that of the gall-blad- 
 der (hould be feparated from a milder blood 
 than that of the porta, moved fwiftly through 
 the hepatic artery (§. 683.). All the bile, 
 therefore, which the liver fends to the gall- 
 bladder, arrives only through the cyftic du6l : 
 for in man there are no other dudts betwixt 
 
 the 
 
Of the Lher. 199 
 
 the gall-bladder and the liver: the truth of this 
 we are alTured of, by applying ligatures as be- 
 forementioned ; alfo from calculous obftrudlions, 
 with a careful diffedlion, and exadt fcrutiny into 
 the parts ; by which it appears, that nothing 
 either diftils from the liver, or from the gall- 
 bladder; nor are any other veffels wounded be- 
 tides arteries and veins, when the gall-bladder 
 is enucleated or feparated from the liver. 
 
 §. 691. Therefore a portion of the hepatic 
 bile being received into the gall-bladder, diere 
 Magnates, only a little fhookby the refpiration ; 
 there, by degrees, exhale its thinner parts, which, 
 as we fee, filtrate through, and largely penetrate 
 the adjacent membranes. Moreover, being a 
 fluid of an oily fubalcaline nature, digefting in a 
 warm place, it grows fharp, rancid, more thick, 
 bitter, and of a higher colour : for this is all the 
 difference betwixt the cyftic and hepatic bile ; 
 which lafl: we find weaker, lefs bitter, lighter 
 coloured, and of a thinner confiftence, while it 
 remains within its proper hepatic dudls. That 
 this difference betwixt them proceeds only from 
 flagnation, appears from fuch animals as have 
 only a larger poms hepaticus, inftead of a gall- 
 bladder : for here we find the bile, which Mag- 
 nates in the large hepatic pore, is confiderably 
 more bitter than that in the fmaller pores of the 
 liver ; but in us the gall-bladder gives this parti- 
 cular advantage, that as we take food only at 
 flated times, it can colledt it more abundantly 
 from the liver, when the ftomach being empty 
 has no call for the bile, that afterwards it mav 
 be able to return it in an improved flate, when 
 O 4 the 
 
200 Of the Liver. 
 
 thedigeflionof incumbent alimentfolllcitsamore 
 plentiful and neceflary flow of bile into the duo- 
 denum ; and this flow of the bile is quicker in 
 proportion through the cyftiq dudl, as the fedti- 
 on of that dudt is lefs than the fedion of the 
 gall-bladder. 
 
 §. 692. The ftomach, indeed, itfelf, hardly 
 makes any preffure upon the gall-bladder, only 
 by the contiguous beginning of the defcending 
 duodenum. But when the ftomach is extremely 
 diftended, and in a very full abdomen, it makes a 
 confiderable preffure both upon the liver and duo- 
 denum; by which the gall-bladder is urged, and 
 its bile exprcffed. Thus the bile flows through 
 a free paffage, from the gall bladder into the 
 common dud, and by that into the duodenum; 
 and this it does more eafily in perfons lying on 
 their back ; in which pofture the gall-bladder 
 is inverted, with its bottom upward. Hence it 
 is, that the gall-bladder becomes fo full and 
 turgid after falling. But that the bile coming 
 from the gall-bladder does not flow back again 
 into the liver, appears from the continuity of 
 the cyftic and common dudus choledocus, with 
 the angle that interrupts the courfe from them 
 towards the liver, and the refiftance of the new 
 bile, advancing forward from the later. The 
 expulfive force of the bile is but little more than 
 that of the preffure received from the ftomach, 
 diaphragm, and abdominal mufcles ; for as to 
 any mufcular force, reftding in the fibres of the 
 proper membrane, which may be thought to 
 contrad the gall-bladder, it muft be very weak 
 and in confiderable. But the hepatic bile conti- 
 nually 
 
Of the Liver. 20 1 
 
 Dually flows this way, even after the cyflic 
 du£t is tied, unlefs there happens to be fome 
 obftacle at the opening of the dudtus choledocus, 
 which feldom continues long. Nor is it cre- 
 dible, that all the bile firfl: pafles through the 
 gall-bladder, in its way from the liver, before 
 it enters the duodenum j for there is no perpe- 
 tual obflacle or refiftance to turn the bile to- 
 wards the gall-bladder, out of its high road or ’ 
 open way to the inteftine ; for the way into the 
 common biliary dud; is larger and more dired ; 
 but the cyftic dud, being a great deal lefs, 
 even than the hepatic, cannot, therefore, be 
 defigned for receiving all the bile nature In- 
 tended to flow through thofe fo much larger 
 paflTages ; again, the dudus choledocus, being fo 
 much larger than either the cyftic or hepatic, 
 is, by the fame rule, defigned to carry more 
 than the bile of either of them alone. In 
 many animals, the hepatic dud conveys the 
 bile into the intefline, without any communi- 
 cation with a gall-bladder or acyftic dud j and, 
 in other living animals, where there is a free 
 communication with a cyftic dud, yet the bile 
 is found continually defcending into the duode- 
 num. That the quantity of the bile, fo dif- 
 charged, is veryconfiderable, may appear from 
 the bulk of the organ by which it is feparated, 
 as well as the magnitude of its excretory dud, 
 fo many times exceeding that of the falival 
 glands j and from difeafes, in which the quan- 
 tity of the cyfliic bile only has, by an ulcer of 
 the fide, been let out equal to four ounces at 
 once. 
 
 • « 
 
 §• 693. 
 
202 Of the Liver. 
 
 §. 693. The hepatic bile is always bitter, 
 but the cyftic is more fo ; and both of them 
 eafily mix, either with water, oil, or vinous 
 fpirits, and are extremely well adapted to diflblve 
 oily, refinous, or gummy fubftances. ’Tis in- 
 clined to a putrefadtion ; but of itfelf, it naturally 
 degenerates to a mulk-like odour. Its chemical 
 analylis, and experiments of mixture with va- 
 rious fubftances demonftrate, that it contains a 
 large portion of water, but more than a fmall 
 quantity of inflammable oil, equal to near a 
 twelfth part, which, in ftones of a gall-bladder, 
 appears very evidently ; befides which, there is 
 no inconfiderable portion of a volatile alcaline 
 fait. The bile, therefore, is a natural foap j 
 but of that fort w'hich is made from a volatile 
 faline lixivium. This, therefore, being inter- 
 mixed with the aliment, reduced to a pulp, 
 and flowly exprefled from the ftomach by the 
 periftaltic force of the duodenum and preffureof 
 the abdominal mufcles, incorporates them all to- 
 gether ; and the acid or acefcent qualities of the 
 food are in fomemeafure thus fubdued; the curd 
 of milk is again diflblved by it into a liquid, and the 
 whole mafs of aliment inclined more to a putrid 
 alcalefcent difpofltion : like foap it diflblves the 
 oil or fa% fo that it may freely incorporate with 
 the watry parts, and make up an uniform mafs 
 of chyle to enter the ladeals ; the furrounding 
 mucus in the inteftines is hereby abfterged and 
 attenuated, and their periftaltic motion is excited 
 by its acrimony; all which offices are confirmed, 
 by obfervlng the contrary effects from a want 
 or defedt of the bile. Nor would the hepatic 
 
 bile 
 
OJ the Li-oer. 203 
 
 bile of Itfelf be fufficient to excite the necef- 
 fary motion of the inteftines, without the 
 ftronger action of the cyfHc ; both which are 
 of fo much ufe and importance to the animal, 
 that we find, by experiment, even the ftrongeib 
 will perifh in a few days, if the flux of bile be 
 intercepted to the inteftines, by wounding the 
 gall-bladder. 
 
 §. 694. Thus it flowly defcends along with 
 the alimentary mafs, and having fpent its force, 
 or changed its bitternefs by putrefadlion, moft 
 of it is afterwards excluded, together with the 
 feces ; but probably fome of the more fubtle, 
 watry, and lefs bitter parts are again taken up 
 by the abforbing veins, which lead to the ports 
 of the liver. It feldom returns up into the 
 ftomach, becaufe of the afcent of the duode- 
 num, which goes under the ftomach, with the 
 refiftance it meets with from the valvula pylori, 
 and the advancement of the new chyle, to 
 which add the force of the contrading ftomach 
 itfelf. The bile is, indeed, of a fv/eet foft nature 
 in the foetus j for in them the feces are not very 
 foetid, to fupply putrid alcaline vapours to the 
 liver, nor are there any oily or fat lubftances ab- 
 forbed from the inteftines. As the bile is a 
 vifcid fluid, and thickens by inadivity of body 
 in fat animals, and in us from the fame caufcs, 
 efpecially when the blood moves languid from 
 grief j fo it eafily coagulates into an hard, fome- 
 what refinous, and often ftony fubftance, in- 
 fomuch, that ftones of the gall are much more 
 frequent than thofe of the urinary bladder. 
 When the excietory paflages are obftruded by 
 
 this 
 
204 Liver. 
 
 this caufe, or by a contrary convulfive motion 
 in the dudts of the liver, the bile is, without 
 much difficulty, urged again into the blood, 
 which paffes the capillaries of the porta into the 
 cava, as the way is fo pervious (§.682.); whence 
 all the humours, and the mucous body of Mal- 
 pihgi, become tindlured with its colour, which 
 makes a jaundice. . Whether or no the com- 
 mon biliary duft is ever truly inferted into the 
 pylorus ? This, indeed, is an obfervation pub- 
 lifhed in the more uncultivated ages of ana- 
 tomy, the tradition of which has not been fa- 
 voured by any of the more modern anatomifts ; 
 although we fometimes read of its being in- 
 ferted near to the pylorus. 
 
 L EC^ 
 
205 
 
 LECTURE XXVIII. • 
 
 Of the Pancreas. 
 
 §• ^ 95 ' \ ^ already feen, that the 
 
 \\ bile is a kind of foap, but of 
 a vifcid nature, and not fufficiently fluid to 
 make a ready mixture, more efpecially in the 
 cyftic bile j therefore nature has added to the 
 bile a thin, watry, infipid liquor, called the pan- 
 creatic juice^ which is neither acid nor lixivial, 
 poured together with the bile into the inteftine, 
 in the fame place, that it may dilute, improve, 
 and incorporate with the bile by the perifl:altic 
 motion of the inteftine, fo as to render the 
 whole alimentary mafs uniformly mixed, and 
 more apt to move forward ; at the fame time, 
 it like wife, as a menftruum, dilutes the chyle, 
 and produces the fame effedls which were 
 before obferved of the faliva (§.604.), toge- 
 ther with which, both in the confiftence of its 
 juice, and fabric of the gland and its dud:, there 
 is an exad agreement, as well as in the difeafes. 
 That it alfo ferves to temperate the fharper 
 cyftic bile, is alfo probable, and conformable to 
 the obfervations of comparative anatomy 5 by 
 which we learn, that, in thofe animals who 
 have no gall-bladder, the pancreatic dud opens 
 at a confiderable diftance from that of the bile. 
 
 §. 696. The pancreas is then a very long 
 glandule, the largeft of the falival kind, ex- 
 tended tranfverfelv above the mefocolon, behind 
 ¥ 
 
 a 
 
2 o 6 Of the Pa?2crea<. 
 
 a produition of the peritonaeum, which, paf- 
 iing over the pancreas, is here continued into 
 the mefccolon j it lies partly behind the fto- 
 mach, liver, and fpleen, before the left renal 
 capfule and the aorta ; of a figure fomewhat 
 like a trowel or long triangle, of which the upper 
 edge is fmooth, and covered with the perito- 
 na?um, upon which the pofterior flat fide of 
 the empty flomach is fupported ; for that fide 
 of the flomach is both lower as well as poflerior. 
 The pancreas begins fmall from the fpleen it- 
 felf, and, extending almofl: tranfverfely towards 
 the right fide, it emerges forewards to the pe- 
 ritonaeum acrofs the vertebra, to the right iide 
 of w'hich it grows confiderably broad, wrapt up 
 betwixt the fuperior and inferior plate of the 
 tranfverfe mefocolon (§. 642.), and is finally fo 
 connedted bv its round head to the duodenum, 
 that this inteftine ferves it for a mefentery. 
 The Ifrudfure of it is like that of the falival 
 glands, made up by a great number of fmall 
 bunches of a firm texture, connedted to each 
 other by a good deal of cellular fubftance. 
 The pancreatic blood- velTels are rather nume- 
 rous than large, derived chiefly from the fple- 
 nic branches ; but on the right fide it is fup- 
 plied by the firfl; artery of the duodenum, 
 and fi'om that which is in common both to the 
 duodenum and pancreas, which lafl: both inof- 
 calates wdth the former and with the mefenteric 
 artery, and not onlv fuppli.es conlidcrable twigs 
 to this gland, but likewife fmaller ramifications 
 to the diaphragm and renal capfule. The 
 nerves of this gland are not ot any confider- 
 
 able 
 
of the Pancreas. 207 
 
 able fize j whence it is but little fenfible : they 
 are derived from the pofterior gaftric and the 
 hepatic plexus. 
 
 §. 697. The excretory dudl of this gland 
 runs almoft through its middle, white and ten- 
 der, made up by a great number of lateral 
 branches or roots, by which, being gradually 
 increafed, it emerges before the vena portarum 
 and mefenteric artery, and receives a large 
 branch from the lateral pancreatic portion ; 
 from whence it advances to the fame part of 
 the duodenum, into which the biliary du6t 
 opens, where, changing its courfe downward, 
 it enters through the hnus, that lies betwixt 
 the coats of the inteftine, internally fmooth ; 
 and here, receiving the dudtus choledocus, it 
 opens together with that (§. 686.). But not 
 unfrequently it opens diftindl, both in its dud: and 
 orifice, from that of the biliary dud j and fome- 
 times it is inferred by two duds, of which the 
 lower one only is diftind and lefs ; but they 
 always open near or within a fmall compafs of 
 the neighbouring dud of the bile. 
 
 §. 698. The quantity of juice, fecreted by 
 this gland, is uncertain j but it muft be very 
 confiderable, if we compare the bulk or weight 
 of it with that of the falival glands \ than which 
 it is three times larger, and feated in a warmer 
 place. ’Tis expelled by the force of the cir- 
 culating juices, with an alternate prefiure from 
 the incumbent and furrounding vifcera ; as the 
 liver, ftomach, fpleen, mefenteric and fplenic 
 arteries, with the aorta. The great ufefulnel's 
 of this gland may appear from its being found 
 I not 
 
2 o 8 Of the Pancreas, 
 
 not only in man, but almoft in all animals j 
 nor is its ufe the lefs from that experiment, 
 which lliows a great part of it may be cut out 
 from a brute animal, unattended with fatality 5 
 for, by that rule, the animal, furviving after a 
 part of the lungs are cut out, would render 
 them equally ufelefs, and befides, in the expe- 
 riment, a part of the pancreas muft be left 
 with the duodenum. As to this juice making 
 any effervefcence with that of the bile, the 
 notion has been fo long exploded, as to need no 
 further notice. 
 
 LEG- 
 
LECTURE XXIX. 
 
 Of the fmall Intefines, 
 
 7C0. Y. the fmall intehines, anatomifls 
 underftand one continuedj almoft 
 equal or cylindrical tube, whofe tranfverfe fedlion 
 is nearly oval ; the acute end being towards the 
 unconnedled fide of the inteftine. This tube 
 is continued from the end of the ftomach, 
 which it embraces (§. 624.), through a long 
 folded tradt, down to a rhuch larger inteifine, 
 the colon. Anatomifls have ufually reckoned 
 three fmall inteliines, though nature has formed 
 but one* However, the duodenum has gene- 
 rally pretty certain bounds, terminating with 
 its end in that part of the abdomen, which is 
 above the tranfverfe mefocolon (§. 642.). But 
 the fmall intefiine which lies below this me- 
 focolon, commonly called i\\Q jejunum^ has no 
 certain mark or boundary, to feparate it from 
 the lower portion, -which is commonly called 
 the ilium : although the former, abounding 
 more with valves and blood-veffels, has, in ge- 
 neral, a more florid appearance, and is fur- 
 nifhed with longer villi internally ; and the 
 ilium again, having fewer of thofe vafcular ra- 
 mifications, like little trees, abounds more with 
 a fort of minute glandules 5 however, thefe 
 differences infenfibly difappear one in another, 
 without afiording any certain limits betwixt the 
 two inteftines. 
 
 VoL. II. 
 
 P 
 
 §• 
 
2 10 
 
 Of the hiiejlines. 
 
 §, 701. The duodenum feems to be deno- 
 minated from its length, meafured by the breadth 
 of the fingers. It is larger, and more lax or 
 open than the other fmall intefiines, more ef- 
 pecially in its firfi; flexures ; which is partly 
 owing to its not being circumfcribed in fome 
 places with any external membrane, and in 
 other places only for a fmall compafs. It is 
 florid and tender, having its flefhy fibres, fome- 
 times of a confiderable thicknefs. Its origina- 
 tion begins round the ring-like valve at the 
 mouth of the pylorus ; from whence it is un- 
 dulated or infleded, but in a tranfverfe courfe, 
 to the right downward in an empty ftomach, 
 under the gall bladder, to the neck of which 
 it is contiguous (§. 691.). From the gall- 
 bladder, it defcends obliquely to the right fide, 
 as far as the lower plate of the mefocolon, 
 where it is perforated by the biliary dudt 
 (§.698 ), and, in its courfe, is intercepted betwixt 
 the upper and lower plate of the mefocolon, thro’ 
 which it proceeds, at length, tranfverfely, but 
 a little afcending behind the pancreas and large 
 mefenteric veflels, and goes on to the left fide 
 along with the left renal vein, where, going 
 out from the dup’icature of the mefocolon, it 
 bends round, before and to the right of the faid 
 veflels, and pafles through a peculiar foramen, in 
 which the mefentery and left part of the tranf- 
 verfe mefocolon adhere to the inteftine itfelfj 
 from thence it defcends forward, towards the 
 lower part of the abdomen, into which it ad- 
 vances, under the denomination of the jejunum. 
 The largenefs of this intefline, with its alcent 
 
Of the Intefi?ies. 2 1 1 
 
 from the Infertion of the biliary dud:, joined 
 with the confequent fold about the root of 
 the mefentery, caufe a remora of its contents, 
 by which the bile, pancreatic juice, and ali- 
 mentary pulp, are here firfl intimately blended 
 together. 
 
 §.702. The reft of the fmall inteftine, hav- 
 ing no certain feat or divifion, is continued by 
 innumerable and uncertain convolutions, not tq 
 be defcribed, fo as to fill out the lower part of 
 the abdomen and pelvis, furrounded . by the 
 colon on each fide, and fuftained by the bladder 
 and uterus below. 
 
 §. 703. The fabric of the fmall inteftine is 
 almoft ti.e fame wdth that of the ftomach and 
 oefophagus. Its external coat, excepting part 
 of the duodenum, is received from the perito- 
 nteum or mefentery, applied on each fiae to the 
 obtufeendof the oval inteiline, and feparated by 
 the intervening cellular fubftance, which is 
 often replenifhed with fat, but more clofely 
 embraces or adheres to the mufcular fibres in 
 the unconneded hde of the inteftine ; wTere, 
 the outer and mufcular coat imidly cohere, 
 without fhowing any remarkable difference 
 from what we have obferved of them in the 
 ftomach (§. 622.}. By this external membrane, 
 continued with the mefentery (§. 634.), the 
 inte:'ines are fupported, with a confiderable 
 degree of firmnefs, at the fame time that they 
 are allowed every way a free liberty for mo- 
 tion. 
 
 §. 704. But the fabric of the mufcular coat 
 differs from that of the ftomach, in the figure 
 
 } s> 
 
 P 2 of 
 
2 1 2 Of the Intefmes. 
 
 of its fibres. The largefl and moft confider* 
 able body of thefe fibres are circular, cloath- 
 ing the tube on each fide, refembling each 
 other, both in their parallel difpofition and ap- 
 pearance, which is that of imperfedt arches 
 or fegments of circles, cemented one to ano- 
 ther, paler than other mufcular fibres, and yet 
 contraftile with a confiderable ftrength. The 
 longitudinal fibres are, in the fmall inteftines, 
 much fewer in number, fcattered round their 
 whole extent, interfperfed with the former, 
 and are more efpecially fpread upon the loofe 
 or Linconnecfted fide of the intefline. 
 
 §. 705. Within the mufcular coat, is feated 
 the fecond cellular, of a larger or loofer extent 
 here, as it was in the fiomach ; and this being 
 fpread on all fides round the nervous coat, which 
 it includes, is, in us, feldom replenifhed with 
 fat. But the nervous coat, being like that of 
 the fiomach, ferves as an internal foundation 
 or fuppcrt to the whole inteftinal tube ; being 
 compofed chiefly of compared fibres, which, 
 by inflation, may be parted one from another, 
 fo as to refemble a web-like or cellular fub- 
 fiance. Next to this, follows the third cellular 
 coat, which is almofl: like the fecond ; and then 
 the innermofl; or villous coat, which differs, in 
 feveral rerpedls, from that of the fiomach : 
 for fiiTt it is folded on all fides into wrinkles, 
 that are femicircular, the extremities of 
 which correfpond one to another oppofitelv, 
 but uncertain in their proportions ; into which 
 wrinkles, the nervous coat enters in fome de- 
 gree, while the red of the intermediate fpace, 
 
 betwixt 
 
Of the I?2teJUne^.. 213 
 
 betwixt the folds of the villous tunic, is filled 
 up by the third cellular ftratum. Thefe 
 plies or folds of the inteftine begin within 
 one inch of the pylorus, and are moft frequent 
 or numerous in the anterior or , loofe part of 
 their middle tradt, but grow fewer in number 
 downward. Here each fmall twig of the ar- 
 tery, which is fpread in the cellular fubfiance, 
 upon the convexity of the inteftine on one fide, 
 is anfwered by another twig, difpofed in the 
 fame manner, on the oppofite fide. The plies 
 are, at firft, confufed in the duodenum, and- 
 afterwards become more confpicuous, as the 
 inteftine advances ; but the appearance of acute 
 imperfedl circles or valves is given to them by 
 anatomical artifice or preparation, in which 
 their natural ftate is altered j for thus they are 
 very foft, and eafily fludluate on ail fides, fo as to 
 give way, in any diredlion, to the courfe of the 
 alimentary pulp, upon which, however, their 
 number has fufticient influence to retard the 
 motion^ while, at the fame time, they con- 
 fiderably enlarge the extent of the abforbing 
 villous coat. 
 
 §. 706. We come now to the true villous 
 coat, which we call fo in other parts, by ana- 
 logy, frorn this, in Vv^hich the fabric is moft: 
 remarkable or confpicuous j namely, the w'hole 
 internal furface of the inteftine and its valves, 
 together with the fmall cavities, interpofed be- 
 twixt them, fend out, on all fides, innume- 
 rable fmall fludluating fleeces, like a piece of 
 velvet or clofe frieze, the extremities of which 
 ' ^re obtufely conical produdtions of the inner 
 
 P 3 coat 
 
214- Of lie IntCj Tines. 
 
 ^oat of the inteftine, formed by the Intercepted 
 Cellular fubftance, in which fmall nerves and 
 blood-velTels are wraped together, fo as very 
 much to refemble the papilla of the tongue, 
 only of a fofter texture. 
 
 §. 707. In the furface of this internal villous 
 coat, open an infinite number of pores ; 
 fome larger, others fmaller. The former lead 
 to fmall confpicuous fimple glandules of the 
 mucous kind, feated in the fecond cellular lira- 
 turn, and like to thofe of the vafcular follicles, 
 feated in the mouth and pharynx, which like- 
 wife open with numerous patulent orifices into 
 the inteftines. In the duodenum thefe are af- 
 fembled together in feveral places, without 
 meeting one into the other, which they always 
 obferve ; but many of them are quite folitary 
 or afunder in the ilium, or often afiembled only 
 a few together, though, in many places, a con- 
 ' fiderable number of the fame kind are afiem- 
 bled together, into a little army of an elliptical 
 figure. 
 
 §. 708. Throughout the wdiole tradl of the 
 intefiines, are found pores of a lefs kind, fur- 
 rounding the bafis of the villi, and mofi: ample 
 or confpicuous in the large intefiines, where 
 they were firfi; obftrved ; but have been lately 
 difeovered, by a more careful inquiry, in the 
 fmall intefiines likewife. Thefe alfo feem to 
 depofite a liquor of the mucous kind. 
 
 §. 709. The veffels of the fmall inteftines 
 are very numerous. The comnron larger trunk 
 belonging to the intefiine that occupies the 
 fpace below the mefocolon, is called the mefen- 
 
 teric 
 
Of the Infefina. 215 
 
 teric artery, being the largeft of thofe produced 
 by the aorta above the renal arteries ; and this, 
 defcending behind the pancreas to the right fide 
 of the jejunum, and before the colic branches, 
 fends out more efpecially a long trunk to the 
 bottom of the mefentery, and termination of 
 the ilium towards the right fide, as on the left 
 fide it fends out numerous branches, which, 
 being longeft in the middle, are continued 
 fhorter each way, like the flicks of a fan. 
 Thefe laft, fubdividing into fmaller, form in- 
 ofculations betwixt each other, in fiaape of an 
 arch, which again fend out other branches, 
 repeated, in like manner, to about the fifth 
 fubdivifion, where, forming their laft convex- 
 ity, their numerous fmall branches are detached 
 on each fide the inteftine. 
 
 §. 710. The divifion of thefe branches is 
 much after the fame regular manner, fo that one 
 comes out from the mefentery, through the 
 cellular fubftance, on the forefide of the inte- 
 fline, as the other does, in the like manner, 
 upon the lower fide j and after fpreading them- 
 felves upon the mufcular coat, their fmaller 
 circling ramifications penetrate through into 
 the fecond cellular firatum j there the ante- 
 rior capillaries, advancing towards the outer 
 apex or loofe margin of the intefiine, form in- 
 ofculations diredly with thofe of its oppofite, 
 gradually fpreading and detaching fmaller 
 (hrub-like twigs, inofculating with each other, 
 and with their oppofites, by innumerable circles. 
 From this arterial net-work, fmaller twigs pe- 
 netrate, from the nervous tunic, into the third 
 
 P 4 cel- 
 
2 1 6 Of the Intef tries, 
 
 cellular ftratum, and are, with that, continued 
 to the ultimate extremities of the villi, where 
 they, at laft, open by exhaling orifices, and 
 difcharge a watry hummur into the inteftine ; 
 for this continued courfe is eafilv imitated and 
 fhown, by injedting water, fifh-glue, or mer- 
 cury. But late induftry has diicovered, that 
 theie arterial extremities firft open into an hol- 
 lov/veficlej from whence their depofited juice 
 flows out through one common orifice. For 
 the reft, the arteries in this part, form nu- 
 merous reticular inofculations, that, by avoiding 
 all obftrudions, tliey may be able to fupply the 
 inteftines equally on all fides, and that any ob- 
 ftrudting matter may, upon occafion, be eafily 
 removed back from the narrower extremities 
 to the larger arterial trunks. 
 
 §. 7 1 1. The laft mefenteric trunk or artery 
 inofculates with the ilio-colic. The duodenum 
 has various arteries. The firft and uppermoft 
 to the right fide goes round to the convexity 
 of the inflexure of this inteftine, which it 
 fupplies in its way to the pancreas, and inof- 
 culates together with the lower or left pan- 
 creatico-duodenal artery, which makes a like 
 arch round the curvature of the duodenum into 
 the pancreas, being, at laft, inierted into the 
 lower duodenal arteries, produced by the me- 
 fenteric, in its paflTage before this inteftine. As 
 to the fmall arteries, which go from the fpcr- 
 matics to the duodenum, and from thofe of 
 the renal capfule, we defignedly omit any fur-. 
 ■ ther notice of them, 
 
 
 §-7n. 
 
Of the I/.ieJlines. 2 iy 
 
 ^.712. The mefentcric veins meet all to2:e- 
 ther, in the lame courfe or dilpofition with the 
 arteries, into the mefenteric trunk of the vena 
 portarum, except the right duodenal vein, which 
 goes immediately into the trunk of the vena 
 portaruin itfelf, and except thofe fmall veins, 
 which run in company with the preceding fmall 
 arteries (§. 611.), and are inferted into the 
 fpermatics and lumbals.- Nor have 1 been able 
 to difcover any other veins of the mefentery, 
 arlling from the cava. It is a property, in 
 common, to all thefe veins to be without valves, 
 and to make free communications with the ar- 
 teries. Thofe veins in the villous coat, which 
 is, for the molt parfr, compofed of veins, ab- 
 forb thin humours from the intefline, as appears 
 from the injedlion of watry liquors, whicli 
 readily run through the fame way ; and, from 
 analogy, in aged perfons, in whom the me- 
 fenteric glands, and conf;quently the ladteals 
 that pafs through them, are frequently clofed 
 up 5 add to this, that birds have no ladeal 
 velTels, and the celerity with which watry 
 liquors pafs to the blood and through the kid- 
 neys, compared with the fmallnefs of the tho- 
 racic dudt, feem to make it evident, that a large 
 part of them enters the blood immediately, by 
 the mefenteric veins. 
 
 §. 713. The nerves of the mefentery, tho’ 
 fmall, are numerous, whence the inteftines re- 
 ceive no little degree of lenlibility j they arife 
 from the middle plexus of the fplenic nerves, 
 and, embracing the mefenteric artery, play 
 round it in great numbers, wraped up in a very 
 
 denfe 
 
2i8 Of the I', t fines. 
 
 denfe cellular plate. The duodenum has like- 
 wife fmall nerves from the pofterior hepatic 
 plexus of the eighth pair. 
 
 §.714. From the exhaling arteries diilils a 
 thin watry liquor into the cavity of the inte- 
 flines, not at all acid, but like the juice* of the 
 flomachj the quantity of which liquor may 
 be computed from the large extent or fum of 
 all the excretory orifices, and from the fedion 
 or light of tlie fecretory artery, larger than 
 which, we fee no where in the body ; add to 
 this, the laxity of the parts, perpetually kept 
 warm and moift, and the copious diarrhoea or 
 watry difcharge, that often follows the ufe of 
 purgative medicines. Bift the mucus, arifing 
 from the pores or cells before mentioned (§. 707 
 and 708.), ferves to lubricate and defend the 
 internal furface of the villous membrane, and 
 to guard the fenfible nerves, from ftrongly acrid 
 or pungent particles. Hence we fee, it is 
 more abundant at the beginning of the larger 
 inteftines, becaufe there the mafs of aliment 
 begins to be more feculent, acrid, and tena- 
 cious. 
 
 §. 715. The mixture of this liquor with the 
 pulp-like mafs of the aliment, together with 
 the bile and pancreatic juice, is made by the 
 motion of the furrounding mufcles of the ab- 
 domen, but more efpecially by the pet ifialtic 
 motieny which is more particularly llrong and 
 evident in the fmall inteflines. For any part of 
 the inteftine, irritated by fiatus or any fearp or 
 rough body, contrads itfelf, even after death, 
 with a confiderable force, in that part w^here 
 
Of the Inteflne’. 219 
 
 the fcimulus 5 s applied, in order to free itfelf 
 from the offending or diftending body, which 
 it expels into the next open part of the lax in- 
 tefHne; where, being received, it is again pro- 
 pelled forward, by exciting a like ftimulus and 
 contradlion as before. This contrading mo- 
 tion of the inteftine is made in various parts of 
 the gut, either fucceflively or at the fame time, 
 wherever the flatus or aliment excite a Ibimu- 
 lus ; and this, without obferving any certain 
 order, with a fort of wonderful alternate creep- 
 ing and revolution of the inteftines, as appears 
 eafily from the diffedion of living brutes, and 
 fometimes by unhappy accidents in our own 
 fpecies, as in ruptures and wounds in the ab- 
 domen, ^cc. [This creeping of the guts, for 
 facility and duration, is equal, if not fuperior, 
 to the irritability of the heart itfelf, §. j 14.] 
 And fince here, among fo many inflexions, the 
 weight of the aliment is but of little force, it 
 eafily afcends or defcends through the irritated 
 intdbine, which thus empties itfelf. From 
 hence, the ufe of the pcriftaltic motion is in- 
 telligible, by which the pulp of the alimentary 
 mafs is oftener or longer applied with a gentle 
 force to the triture of the intefline, to the exha- 
 ling diluent liquor, and to the mouths of the 
 ablbrbing veins. But all the contents of the 
 intefline are determined downward to the co- 
 lon, becaufe the flimulus begins above, from 
 the left opening of the flomach; and fo, by the 
 fucceffion of new chyle, repeating the flimulus 
 above the contradion, it defcends, when there 
 is no tefiflance made to it, into the lower parr 
 
220 
 
 Of the Tntefines. 
 
 of the ilium, at its opening into the colon j 
 here the loofe part of this inteftine readily re- 
 ceives what is preffed into it by the contraction 
 from above, and as eafily unloads itfelf into 
 the large unadtive cscum j from whence it is 
 again repelled upward, and, in part, urged on 
 by the preffure of the lucceeding mafs. Anato- 
 mifts dbferve, that this motion is made ftronger 
 downward than upward. 
 
 §.716. This periftaltic motion of the inte- 
 ftines is perform.ed by the conftridion of their 
 circular fibres, which exadtly know how to 
 empty the tube, without injuring the inteftine 
 againft pins, needles, or any other ft:iarp bo- 
 bies lodged within their contents, which they 
 tenderly promote forward. But the revolutions 
 of the intefiines, drawn upward and downward, 
 and the ftraightening of crooked parts of them 
 one before another, which is fo remarkably con- 
 fpicuous in brute animals, are performed by the 
 long, fibres, which we fee contract themfelves 
 at the feat of the prefent ftimulus, and dilate 
 the following portion of them, to receive what 
 enfues. By the fame contradHon, the villous 
 membrane of the inteftines, within their ca- 
 vity, is urged and reduced into longer folds ; 
 whence the mucus is exprelfed and applied to 
 that part of the alimentary mafs, where it was 
 required by the force of irritation and ftimulus. 
 Thefe long fibres frequently make intro-faf- 
 ceptions of the inteftines, and generally with- 
 out any bad confequences, by drawing up the 
 loofe portion of the inteftine into that which 
 ^ contradled, in fuch a manner, that the loofe 
 I portion 
 
 i 
 
Of the Intejiines, 221 
 
 portion is furroimded by the other, which is 
 contradled. 
 
 §.717. The alimentary pulp, therefore, di- 
 luted with the pancreatic juice and that of 
 the inteftines, intimately mixed with the fapo- 
 naceous bile and circumjacent mucus, is fo more 
 perfedtly diflblve.d than by the efficacy of the 
 ftomach, in proportion as the hdes of the in- 
 teftines come into a larger contadl, and ap- 
 proach nearer together; to which add, the 
 longer feries of the periftaltic motions, and the 
 greater quantity of diffolving juices. In this 
 manner, the alimentary pulp, intermixed with 
 air, forms a froth, without anv kind of fer- 
 mentation, which air is the fame with what 
 we commonly eructate from the ftomach j 
 but yet, at the fame time, the acid or acefcent 
 force is fubdued, while the oily or fat parts dif- 
 folve by the'bile (§. 69 intermix with the wa- 
 try juices, and put on the chyme its ufual milky 
 appearance, like an emulfton, of a bright colour 
 in the duodenum, at the firft entrance of the 
 biliary duCt ; from whence downward it clofely 
 adheres to the villous coat of the fmall inte- 
 ftines. But the gelatinous juices of flefh meats, 
 diluted with a large portion of water, do more 
 particularly adhere to the villous coat, and en- 
 ter it in the way of abforption. So water 
 and watry liquors are all very greedily drank 
 up by the veins, and yet the farculent remains 
 never grow thick in the fmall intellines, as far 
 as. I have been able to obferve ; becaufe the 
 ■ watry part is repaired by the arterial vapour 
 arid mucus j nor do -hey become foetid in any 
 
 2 ‘ confi- 
 
222 Of the Intefines. 
 
 confiderable degree, as well becaufe of the 
 great quantity of diluting juices, as becaule 
 the quick progreffion will not allow them time 
 enough for a putrefaction. Chyme is cf a white 
 colour in the beginning of the jejunum, but 
 is altogether mucous in the end of the ilium. 
 Thofe remains, which are of a more earthy, 
 grofs, and tough or acrid difpofition, which 
 were excluded by the mouths of the abforb- 
 ing ladteal orifices, do, by their weight or by 
 the mufcular contractions, defcend flowdy into 
 the large inteflines, fo as to complete their 
 whole courfe in the fpace of about tu'enty- 
 foLir hours. But within three, four, five, or 
 fix hours time, all the chyle or ladeal juice of 
 the aliment is commonly extracted from the 
 fmall inteflines. 
 
 §. 718. The confiderable length of the fmall 
 inteftine, which is five or more times longer 
 than that of the body, the great furface of the 
 villous membrane increafed by folds, the in- 
 credible number of exhaling or abforbing vef- 
 fels, the flow courfe of wdiat remains through 
 the large inteflines, and the great quantity of 
 the intellinal juice, poured into the alimentary 
 ma!s, do all of them concur, in the fmall in- 
 tefline, abundantly to perfc^rm what is required 
 in the emulfions of the food for our healthy 
 juices, and for their abforption into the ladfeals 
 and the mefenteric veins ; alfo tor abllerlion 
 of vifcidities from the ii.telline, for the avoid- 
 ing adhefions and coagulations, and for the 
 fubduing any venomous or flrong quality in many 
 juices, which, being directly mixed with the 
 
 blcod. 
 
Of the Inteflines. 223 
 
 blood, inftantly kill^ but are thus fent in by the 
 mouth without damage. Hence, in general, 
 the inteflines are long in animals, that feed 
 upon any hard diet, but fhorter in carnivorous 
 ones, and fhortefl in all thofe that live upon 
 juices ; and, even in man, an uncommon fhort- 
 nefs of the inteflines has been known to be at- 
 tended with hungrynefs, and a flux, or a dif- 
 charge of feetid and fluid feces. 
 
 • < 
 
 LEC- 
 
LECTURE XXX. 
 
 Cf the chylijerous Vejfeh, 
 
 §• 7 ^ 9 * ^ I ' H E chyle is a white oily juice" 
 extradled from the aliments 
 (§. 717.), which is afterwards poured into the 
 bk)od. That its principal compofition is of 
 water and oil, feems evident, from the fweet- 
 nefs of its tafte, from the w^hitnefs of its co- 
 lour, and from its fpontaneous acefcent nature ; 
 in all which it refembles an emulfion. It 
 feems to be compofed of a vegetable farina, 
 with animal lymph and oil ; w^hende, with a 
 little alteration, it changes into milk. But af- 
 terwards it becomes more manifeftly glutinous ; 
 lince the pellucid ferum it contains, either by 
 exhaling the watry part, or by applying an in- 
 tenfe heat, coagulates into a kind of hard 
 jelly, lefs firm than an egg. 
 
 §. 720. That the chyle is abforbed into the 
 ladteal veffels, by the adhering villous coat, has 
 been a long time known, by experiments of injecff- 
 ing tindfured liquors, which readily defcribe the 
 fame courfe ; and from the white liquor of the 
 ladleals, let out from blood -veflels, with the ve- 
 nal nature of them. But late experiments have 
 taught us this, in a much better manner. The 
 chyle is abforbed by a fmall opening in the ex- 
 tremity of each of the villi, by the fame force 
 which is common to all capillary tubes, by 
 which it is taken up into the cavity of the ab- 
 
 forbing 
 
Chyliferotn Vejfets, 2 2 5 
 
 forbing dii£t, at the time v/hen the intefline is 
 i'elaxed ; but the veficle, by which the abforb- 
 ing dudt begins in the inteftine, being prelTed 
 by the facceeding conftridiion of the mufcular 
 fibres in the periftaltic motion, urges the con- 
 tents further on into the dudt, which begins to 
 appear within the fecond cellular firatum. But 
 there is a two-fold ftratum of thefe abforbinsf 
 veffels, one anterior, the other pofterior, as we 
 obferved before of the blood-vefiels (§-709). 
 From thence, uniting into a larger canal in the 
 firfl cellular ftratum, the abforbed liquor enters 
 into the ladteal veffels, which, in general, fol- 
 low the courfe of the arteries, only loofe, and 
 without circles or arches, but conjoined into 
 an obliquely angled net- work. They are fur- 
 nifhed with valves, as foon as ever they are 
 paffed the inteftine, like thofe of the lympha- 
 tics, joined together by pairs, of a femilunar 
 figure (§. 52.), which admit the chyle, pafling 
 from the inteftines, but prevent its return, and fuf- 
 tain its weight. Through this whole courfe, 
 the chyle is urged on by the periftaltic motion 
 of the inteftines, as well as by the contradlile 
 force of the veffels themfelves, which, even 
 after deathj is ftrong enough to propel the 
 chyle ; to which add, the confiderable preffure 
 of the abdominal mufcles and other parts, de- 
 termined by the valves* The greateft num- 
 ber of thefe lafteals arife from the fore-part of 
 the fmali inteftine, below the mefocolon, fome 
 from the duodenum, and a few from the large 
 inteftines themfelves. , ; 
 
 VoL. II. §*721, 
 
226 ChjUferous VeJfeU. 
 
 §. 721. But betwixt the plates of the me- 
 fentery, at the divihonsof the veffels, are found 
 an infinite number of fmall conglobate glan- 
 dules (§. 182.), but fomewhat fofter and more 
 fpungy, owing to a greater turgefcence with 
 cellular juices, alfo from the external mem- 
 brane being lefs hard than in other parts, and 
 from their being painted with numberlefs fmall 
 blood-vefiTels. Into one of thefe glandules, en- 
 ters a ladleal vefiel, where, fubdividing into 
 branches, it pours out the chyle into the cel- 
 lular fabric of the gland ; from thence again 
 it is prelTed by the contradtion of the vefiels, 
 but more efpecially that of the abdominal muf- 
 cle'^, by which the chymous emulfion, entering 
 the ladleal vefibl, is drove on fucceffively to two 
 or three other glands of the like kind, and 
 pafibs by others, in the way, without entering 
 into them. But that this is the true courfe of 
 the chyle, by which it pafles from the inte- 
 ftines to the mefenteric glands, appears from a 
 ligature by thevefiel, growing turgid betwdxt the 
 faid ligature and the intefiine ; and from fchir- 
 rhofities in the glands, by which they are ren- 
 dered more confpicuous ; and from the nature 
 of the valves themfelves hindering any re- 
 turn back to the intefiines. 
 
 722. What alteration the chyle under- 
 goes witlf n the cellular fabric of thefe glands, 
 is not yet fufiicie«tly known ; but it appears, 
 in general, that fome thin liquor difiils from 
 the arteries in this part, ferving to dilute the 
 chyle, into which it is poured. For it is ob- 
 fcrved, that after the chyle has furmounted all 
 
Chyliferom Vejfeh, 22 J 
 
 the glandsj it appears more watry ; and thin 
 liquors, injedted through the arteries, pafs out 
 into the cellular fabric of the glands, and mix 
 with the chyle. 
 
 §, 723. From the laft glandules, which are 
 collefted together in the center of the mefen- 
 tery, the ladteal veffels go out very large, and 
 few, to the number of four, five, or more, 
 which afcend together with the mefenteric ar- 
 tery, and intermix with the lymphatic plexus, 
 that afcends from all the lower parts of the 
 body, creeps over the renal vein, and then goes, 
 with this and the hepatics, behind the aorta, to 
 the lumbal glandules. Here the lymphatics 
 take a variable courfe, but moil frequently 
 terminate in a veficle of confiderable breadth, at 
 the fide of the aorta, betwixt that and the right 
 appendix of the diaphragm ; there it ufually 
 appears fomewhat turgid, two or more inches 
 long, and often afcends above the diaphragm 
 into the thorax, conical both above and below; 
 his called the receptacle of the chyle, in which 
 the gelatinous lymph of the lower limbs, and 
 of the abdominal vifcera, mixes with the chyle, 
 and dilutes its white colour. But there are fome 
 iuftances, where there are only two or three 
 fmall, and fomewhat angular dudls, inftead of 
 this receptacle or ciftern of the chyle; which, 
 ho .vever, generally fpeaking, is to be found in 
 mod fubjeds, and fuffers a confiderable alter- 
 nate preffure from the diaphragm and aorta, 
 by which the chyle is moved fafter through it, 
 in proportion, as the light of the ciftern is 
 0^2 greater 
 
228 Chyltferoiis VeJJeh. 
 
 greater than that of the thoracic dud, into 
 which it empties itfelf. 
 
 §. 724. The thoracic dud, as it is called from 
 its courfe, is generally Angle, or, if it be double 
 for fome part of its courfe, it foon after unites 
 into one again, which goes behind the pleura, 
 betwixt the vena azygos and the aorta j and, 
 afeending in an infleded courfe, it receives, in 
 its way, the lymphatic veffels of the ftomach, 
 cefophagus, and lungs, and paffes through the 
 dorfal glands, of which there are many incum- 
 bent on and about it. It is, in general, cy- 
 lindrical, and often forms iiifulations, by fplit- 
 ing or dividing into two or more ; after 
 which it unites into one again, more efpecially in 
 its upper part. It has few valves, and thofe not 
 very confpicuous. About the fifth vertebra of 
 the back, it generally crofies behind the cefo- 
 phagus, and then afeends along the right fide 
 of the thorax, behind the fubclavnan blood- 
 veflels, ’till it has arrived near the fixth verte- 
 bra of the neck. 
 
 §. 725. There, bendingdown, it often divides 
 Intotwo, and each defeending branch dilates into 
 a fort of veficle that enters, either with di- 
 ftindl or united openings, into the jundlure of 
 the fubclavian and jugular vein internail v, by 
 an oblique courfe from the upper, pofterior, 
 and lateral part downward towards the left, 
 and forward, going either with one or with 
 two branches under the fubclavian, on the outer 
 fide of its jundlure with the jugular. It has 
 no true valve placed before it 3 but excludes the 
 entrance of the blood, only by the perpendi- 
 cular 
 
Chyliferous Vejfeh. 229 
 
 cular weight pf its contents. But the oblique 
 infertion of it reprefents a fort of wrinkle. It 
 is rarely otherwife difpofed, and more rarely fplit 
 into two, length-wife, for diftindl infertions into 
 the fubclavianj and yet more rarely apt to fend 
 off a branch into the vena azygos. Near its 
 infertion it receives the opening of a large 
 lymphatic veffel, tranfverfely from the arm, and 
 another defcending from the head, in one or 
 more trunks. 
 
 §.726. The chyle, mixed with the blood, 
 does not immediately change its nature ; as we 
 learn from the milk, which is afterwards made 
 of it. But after five, or more hours have 
 pafied from the meal, almoft to the twelfth 
 hour, during all which fpace, a woman will 
 afford milk ; after it has circulated near 80,000 
 times through the body, fomented with heat, and 
 mixed with a variety of animal juices, it is, at 
 length, fo changed, that a part of it is depo- 
 fited into the cellular fubftance, under the de- 
 nomination of fat ; a part of it is again con- 
 figured into the red blood-globules (§. 165.)} ano- 
 ther part, that is of a mucousor gelatinous nature, 
 changes into ferum ; and the watry parts go 
 off, in fome meafure, by urine, in fome mea- 
 fure exhaled by perfpiration, while a fmall part 
 is retained in the habit, to’ dilute the blood. 
 Nor is it any thing uncommon for a pellucid 
 lymphatic liquor to fill the ladleals, in a dying 
 animal, inftead of chyle j or for fome of them 
 to appear milky in one part of the mefentery, 
 and limpid or pellucid in another : fince, both 
 as to their fabric and ufe, they alfo agree to anfwer 
 
 Qj the 
 
230 Chyliferom VelJeh. 
 
 the end of lymphatics. There are not, there- 
 fore, two kinds of veffels from die inteftines ; 
 one to carry the chyle only, and another pecu- 
 liarly for the conveyance of lymph. 
 
 §. 727. After the digeftion has been corn- 
 pleated fome time, the ladeal veflels abforb 
 pellucid watry juices from the inteftines, 
 whence they appear themfelves diaphanous ; 
 but the thoracic dud is more efpecially a lym- 
 phatic of the largeft order, conveying all the 
 lymph of the abdomen, lower extremities, and 
 moft parts of the body to the blood (§• 51-) 
 
 LEC- 
 
231 
 
 LECTURE XXXI. 
 
 Of the large Intefmes. 
 
 §. 728.‘¥TTHAT remains, after the chyle 
 VV abflraded, confifts of 
 
 fome portion of the bile and inteftinal mucus, 
 but both depraved in their nature j fome part 
 of the human mucilages, mod; of the earthy 
 parts that were lodged in the food, and all 
 thofe parts, which, by their acrimony, were 
 rejecled by the abforbing mouths of the lac- 
 teals (§. 717.), with all the folid fibres and 
 membranes, whofe cohefion was too great to 
 be overcome by the maceration and periftaltic 
 motion in the inteftines. 
 
 §,729. All thefe remains pafs from the ex- 
 tremity of the ilium into the cascum, in which 
 they are colleiled and fiagnate; namely, the 
 extremity of the fmall inteftine, called the 
 ilium, applies itfelf obliquely, in fuch a man- 
 ner, to the right fide of the colon, refting upon 
 the right ilium and its mufcle, that, in gene- 
 ral, it afeends in a curve, but more in its lower 
 fide, and lefs in its upper, which is almofi; 
 tranfverfe. But finally, the nervous and vil- 
 lous parts of the ilium are fo extended, be- 
 twixt the departing fibres of the mufcular and 
 nervous coat of the colon, as to hang pendu- 
 lous within the cavity of this large inteftine, 
 with a double eminent wrinkle or foft fold, 
 compofed of the villous and nervous coat of 
 0^4 the 
 
2^2 Of the htejllnei. 
 
 the thick inteftine, and of the fmall intedine 
 likewife, joined together by a good deal of tlie 
 cellular fubflance, The upper tranfverfe fold 
 is fliorter, as the lower is broader and more af- 
 cending, being conjoined together by a fmall 
 production of the fame kind, more efpecially 
 in the right fide, adjacent to them. Betwixt 
 thefe two folds, the mouth of the ilium opens, 
 like a tranfverfe flit. But when this intefline is 
 inflated and dried, the ftruclure of it changes very 
 much, reprefenting thefe parts to us, under the 
 figure of m-cmbranes and hard valves. After 
 the cellular plate has been entirely removed 
 from them, the ilium comes clean out from 
 the colon, and the valvular appearance is no 
 more to be feen ; but if a large part of it 
 only be drawn out, leaving a fmall portion in- 
 ferted behind, it refembles a fphinCter. 
 
 §.730. Below the entrance of the ilium, at 
 the diflance of fome inches, the great intefline 
 defcends and forms a blind or impervious ex- 
 tremity, called the C(^cum^ refling upon the 
 ilium. From the lower part of this, towards 
 the right fide, extends a fmall worm-like pro- 
 cefs, in adults of confiderable length, like a 
 iongly extended cone or little intefline, varioufly 
 incurvated, fometimes downward, and full of 
 fmall mucous glands, which pour out a gluey 
 mucilage to the feces ; but, in the fetus, the 
 colon i:fe1f is extended into a conical appen- 
 dix. But the weight of the fuperincumbent 
 fasces, deprefling the fpace on the riglit fide of 
 the appendix, is the caufe of its gradually re- 
 ceding from the extremity of the colon, When,- 
 
 there-= 
 
Of the Intejlines. 233 
 
 therefore, the remains of the alimentary mafs 
 are fent from the ilium into the colon, they fall 
 by their Vs^eight iirft into, the cavity of the 
 csBCum, or impervious bag-like appendix j here, 
 by ftagnating, and the warmth of the parts, 
 they begin to putrify, according to their par- 
 ticular nature 3 and thus is introduced the foetid 
 fmell, obfervable in the excrements. 
 
 §, 731. The colon is an inteftine altogether 
 continuous, as one and the fame with the 
 former ctecum 3 namely, the largeft of the 
 great inteftines, and by much the ftrongeft : 
 beginning upon the ilium (§. 729.), it afcends 
 over the right kidney, and lies under the liver, 
 with an angle in the right hypochondrium ; 
 beino- conneded to the vifcera, on each 
 fide, by the peritonaeum. From thence it 
 paffes under the liver and ftomach, for the mod: 
 part, tranfverfely to the fpleen, under which 
 it is bent in fuch a manner, as often to form 
 an angle with itfelf 3 from whence it defcends 
 deeply under the left ribs (§. 660.). . From 
 thence again, continuing its defcent to the left 
 ilium, it forms a large flexure inwardly to the 
 pelvis (§. 641.) ; from which flexure it is con- 
 tinued, in its lower part, through the pelvis, 
 under the denomination of redum. 
 
 §. 732. The flrudure of the colon is in ge- 
 neral the fame with that of the fmall intefrines, 
 but it has feveral things peculiarly differing 
 from them : and firfl, the longitudinal fibres 
 are colleded together into three bundles or 
 tapes, commonly called ligaments, which run 
 through the whole extent of the intefline 3 and 
 
 of 
 
234 Q/' Intejiine^. 
 
 of thefe one lies naked, the other is covered by 
 the omentum j and the third is contained 
 in the mefocolon. Thefe ligaments, which ad- 
 here firft to the dilatation of the vermiform ap- 
 pendix, being much fliorter than the inteftine, 
 the latter is by their cohefion drawn together, 
 fo as to form its membranes into protuberant 
 wrinkles in the parts which lie betwixt the li- 
 gaments ; more efpecially at the mefocolon is 
 feated the firft cellular ftratum, replenifhed with 
 fat. There are often only two ligaments in the 
 extremity of the colon, where the two leffer 
 join into one. 
 
 §. 733. Again, the nervous coat, and third 
 cellular flratum, with the villous tunic of the 
 colon, are extended into much larger wrinkles, 
 in the parts betwixt the ligaments, often pro- 
 jedl'ing in a three-fold rank, fuflained by the 
 ligaments, that they may be able to refilf and 
 fupport any fliock or prelfure from the motion 
 of the feces. In the beginning of the colon, 
 they obferve their three-fold order, exadtly 
 enough, at regular didances ; but in their pro- 
 grefs, they vary more by degrees, being lefs, 
 fometimes double, often folitary, fmall and large 
 intermixed, or none at all. Where the liga- 
 ments which contradt the colon difappear, thefe 
 valves almofl difappear entirely. Ladly, the 
 villous coat is thinner, without villi, but porous 
 and wrinkled, furnifeed as well with large pe- 
 culiar pores of its own, leading to round folicles 
 or cells, which are folitary, as well as innu- 
 merable fmall pores, leading to fmaller follicles, 
 both which fupply a great q^uantity of mucus. 
 
Of the Tntefines. 235 
 
 §. 734. The blood velTels of the large in- 
 teftines, from the mefenterics, are of two kinds. 
 Firfl, the middle colic artery arifes from the 
 large mefenteric trunk, as that defcends behind 
 the tranfverfe mefocolon, where it arifes up with 
 one, two, and fometimes three branches, go- 
 ing to the right fide with the ilio- colic, and to 
 the left, where, with the lower mefenteric, it 
 meets it in a very large arch, which makes the 
 mofi; confiderable arterial inofculation in the 
 whole body. Again, under the mefocolon, 
 from the fame large mefenteric artery, arifes a 
 confiderable branch that goes diredtly to the 
 fold of the ilium with the colon, and upw^ard 
 to the right colon ; but to the left it runs toge- 
 ther wdth the mefenteric, out of the middle of 
 which it gives a branch that runs along the 
 worm-like appendix of the mefocolon, and ter- 
 minates itfelf in both the anterior and pofterior 
 fold, by which the ilium is inferted into the 
 colon. Laftly, the lower mefenteric, arifing by 
 its proper trunk from the aorta, betwixt its bi- 
 furcation and the renal arteries, goes to the 
 left colon ; above, it runs by a large arch, toge- 
 ther with the middle colic, and being bent 
 downward in three or four trunks, it fpreads 
 over the flexure of the colon, and defcends 
 even into the redlum. Finally, the lower me- 
 fenteric, goes out by a proper trunk from the 
 aorta, betwixt its bifurcation, above the os fa- 
 crum and the renal arteries, whence it is difiri- 
 buted to the left colon ; but it runs up by a large 
 arch with the middle colic, and bending down in 
 three or four trunks, fpreads over the iliac flexure 
 
236 Of the Intejlines. 
 
 of the colon, and defcends even into the redlum. 
 Here the rcdum receives various branches from 
 the middle hemorrhoidal, ariling from the laft 
 trunk of the hypogaftrics, and conjoined with 
 the former. The ultimate arteries are from the 
 fame trunk, but diftributed without the pelvis. 
 V/e negled here the fmaller colics, ariling from 
 the fperrnatlcs, intercoibal, omental, capfulary, 
 and lumbal arteries. The veins, taking the fame 
 courfe with the arteries, run together into the 
 gaftrocolic, and the hemorrhoidal, which laft 
 is either Internal, middle, or external. 
 
 §. 735. The divifion of the velfels to the 
 large inteftines, difters from that of the fmall 
 inteftincs. The arches the trunks lend off 
 are neither fo frequent nor fo often fub- 
 divided ; th^y run further entire upon the 
 inteftinal tube, accompanied with fewer glands, 
 and their branches are diftributed not fo much 
 like trees, andform fewer net- works in the cellu- 
 lar fubftance ; but they diftil an exhaling moifture 
 into the cavity of the inteftines, as the veins 
 likewife abforb a thin foetid vapour from the 
 feces. 
 
 §. 736. But there are alfo lymphatic veffels, 
 ariling from the whole trad! of the colon and 
 redlum, which conjoin with thofe of the loins. 
 We are not without examples of the chyle en- 
 tering thefe lymphatics from the colon, inftead 
 of lymph, which is an argument that they are 
 of fome further ufe in this part, by conveying 
 nourilhment to the blood. From hence is the 
 cdicacy of nourilhing glyfters, and thofe ufed in 
 
 fevers. 
 
Of the InteiTifies, 237 
 
 fevers, which pafs by thefe into the blood, 
 often very readily. 
 
 §. 737. The nerves of the large inteftines are 
 from the plexus, compofed by the defcending 
 branches of each renal plexus, and others ariiing 
 from the intercoftal trunk of the thorax and 
 loins, with others produced from the large me- 
 fenteric plexus. Thefe nerves accompany the 
 lower mefenteric artery, and pafs with them to 
 the colon. The lowermoft nerves arife from 
 the left colic plexus, before mentioned, from 
 whence they go to the redlum, within the pel- 
 vis; others are from the lower intercodals, and 
 the nerves of the facrum, which terminate like- 
 wife in the reftum. Thefe nerves are of the 
 fmaller kind, which renders the inteftine lefs 
 fenfible, that it might better fuftain the preffure 
 of the hard and acrid fasces. 
 
 §.738. The inteftinal feces, therefore, re- 
 tained in the blind beginning of the colon or 
 large inteftine (§. 729.), there grow dry by the 
 abforption of moift vapours, fo as to be ca- 
 pable of receiving a figure from the round con- 
 traded parts of the colon, by w^hich being fuf- 
 tained as on a ftair-cafe, they afcend from the 
 bottom of the c$cum, elevated by the long li- 
 gaments, which end in the worm-like appen- 
 dix. And here we are more eafily capable of 
 perceiving the manner, in which the feces are 
 propelled, by the mufcular contradions of the 
 round fibres, whofe contradions are lefs con- 
 fpicuoLis in the fmall inteftines. The longitu- 
 dinal fibres of the inteftine, being attached to the 
 cont aded parts as fixed points, draw up and 
 . 2 dilate 
 
23^ Q/' Iniejllnes. 
 
 dilate the lower parts of the inteftine ; then the 
 next parts of the inteftine, to which the feces 
 are brought, being irritated and contradled in 
 like manner, are immediately after drawn toge- 
 ther by the round and long fibres, by a fuccefiive 
 repetition of which the feces finifh their courfe 
 entirely, through the whole large inteftine ; for 
 wounds in mankind, and the comparative ana- 
 tomy of brute animals, demonftrate thisperiflal- 
 tic motion of the inteftines to the eve, which 
 is alfo confirmed by the antiperidaltic motion, 
 and its confequences or appearances, bv which 
 the matter of glyfters is returned up through the 
 mouth. But thefe proper adtions of the in- 
 teilines themfelves, may he in a good meafure 
 promoted by a contradtion of the muCcles of 
 the abdomen. 
 
 §.7.9. While the grofs or thick feces of 
 the inteftines afcend by the folds (§, 729.) 
 or valve of the ilium ; the weight of them deprefs 
 the lower fold to the left fide, which draws 
 back the ligament common to each valve, in 
 fuch a manner as to coraprefs and exadtly clofe 
 or fhut the upper fold downward, that nothing 
 may return back into the ilium, which might 
 eafily happen in a fluid flate of the feces, if 
 this port w^as not fo accurately fliut up. From 
 thence they continue to move Howdy forw'ard, 
 more dry, confiftent, and figured by the lame 
 caufes (§. 73 B ) through the whole tradt and 
 ^.repeated flexures of the colon, wdiich is fonre- 
 * times of five or feven feet in length, fo as to 
 .'retain the feces a fpace of time lufficient to 
 ^give^no interruption to the aliairs ol' human 
 
 f life j 
 
Cf the Intejilnes, 239 
 
 life ; which time is Ids in proportion than 
 twenty four hours, as the fmall inteftines re- 
 tain their contents a fhorter interval of the fame 
 fpace. 
 
 §. 740. At length the figured excrement falls 
 into the redlum^ which is infleded firfi; a little 
 downward, and then forward, of a broad de- 
 prelTed figure, at firft defcending contiguous to, 
 and afterwards fpread under the bladder, or va- 
 gina, but conneded more with the former than 
 the latter. Here, for a great while, and often 
 to a great quantity, the faeces are colleded to- 
 gether, in a part which is loofe, or openly fur- 
 rounded with foft vifeera and mufcles, with a 
 good deal of fat. 
 
 §. 741. The flrudure of the redum differs 
 very much from that of the other inteftines. 
 The external membrane or peritonaeum is only 
 fpread before it, while behind it is fupported by 
 a broad ftratum of the cellular fubftance, re- 
 plenifhed with fat, and many conglobate glan- 
 dules, conneding this inteftine all the way to 
 the os facrum. The mufcular fibres, in this 
 inteftine are much ftronger and more nume- 
 rous, more efpecially the longitudinal ones, than 
 in the other inteftines j being compofed of the 
 three ligaments of the colon, expanded and fe- 
 parated, fiift over the anterior face, and then 
 over the whole inteftine ; which they dilate 
 againft the advancing fasces, and draw back the 
 inteftine, after it has excluded them. But the 
 tranfverfe fibres are alfo ftrong, and the laft of 
 them are oval, furming a protuberant ring^ 
 
 which 
 
iio Of th^ LitefineSi 
 
 which Is the internal fphinder itlelf, by which 
 tlie opening of the anus is clofed. 
 
 §. 742. Moreover, the villous tunic, ex-* 
 tremely full of pores, of a tender fubftance, and 
 rough furface, full of reticulated foft protube- 
 rances and wrinkles, has likewife fomc finufes. 
 Namely, that part of the inteftine which is next 
 to the Ikin or outward opening, forms a white 
 firm circle like a valve, into which defcend the 
 longitudinal folds, but incurvated and approach- 
 ing one to another in the circle itfelf. Betwixt 
 thofe folds, are intercepted finus’s, hollow up- 
 wards, and of a greater depth towards the lower 
 extremity of the inteftlne. Into the cavity of 
 thefe open the mouths of the large mucus 
 glandules ; while the margin of the anus itfelf 
 is defended by febaceous glandules, that it might 
 not be excoriated with the harder acrid feces. 
 
 §. 743. There are alfo proper mufcles which 
 govern the anus. Of thefe the outermoft is the 
 )pl.in^ei\ which is broad and flefliy, confiiling 
 of two plates of half-eliptic fibres, which crofs 
 each otlier towards the coccyx, and towards the 
 genital parts. To the former of which, the 
 fiefiiy bundles degenerating into a callous fabric, 
 defcend, and are inferted into the coccyx : but 
 forward, they are firmdy attached by denfe por- 
 tions of the fame kind, into the fkin of the pe- 
 rina?um ; hut by three flronger portions in the 
 middle, and two in the fides, they are inferted 
 into the bulb of the urethra, whofe lateral parts 
 tliey furround, betwixt the fphindler and levator. 
 The fibres, therefore, of the fphindler, placed 
 betwixt the anterior and pofierior face of the 
 
Of the Intejiines, 241 
 
 redlum, afcending in a diredt courfe, clofe the 
 opening of the anus, which they furround. 
 With the internal fphindler, the external one 
 is conjoined by flelhy portions, that they may 
 co-operate together. The conftridlion of them is 
 not perpetual but voluntary : for the anus feems 
 to clofe itfelf naturally, if the fmallnefs of 
 its opening be compared with the largenefs of 
 the inteftine above, and with the correfponding 
 wrinkles (§. 741.), aided by the ftrength of the 
 tranfverfe fibres of the internal fphindler, and 
 the incumbent bladder. 
 
 §. 744. But there is another office belonging 
 to the levators,* which are broad complicated 
 mufcles ; they defeend broadly from betwixt 
 the oppofite protuberances of the offa ifehia, 
 placed under theredlum and bladder ^ and ferve 
 to fuflain the redlum on each fide, and prevent it 
 from fubfiding, or from an unfightly everfion. 
 Moreover the fame fibres of the levator, de- 
 clining broadly from each other, in the nature 
 of a fphindfer, to which they join, ferve to di- 
 late its orbicular fibres, and open the anus; but at 
 the fame time they both elevate and fuftain the 
 inteffine from prolapfing downward, by the 
 prefTure of the hard feces. They arife, as is 
 well known, from the fpine of the ifehium and 
 fynchondrofis of the offa pubis, terminated by 
 the margin of the great foramen of the pubis, 
 and that part of the ifehium, which is 
 above the tubercle. Finally, they meet toge- 
 ther in one above the coccyx, into which they 
 are inferred by numerous fibres. ^ 
 
 §• 7f5- 
 
 VoL. II. 
 
 R 
 
242 Of Intejlines. 
 
 §. 745. Therefore, whenever the faeces are 
 colleded to fome quantity, within the redlum, 
 fo as to be troublefome, by their weight, irrita- 
 tion, or acrimony, they excite an unealinefs thro' 
 the adjacent vifcera, and are then urged down- 
 ward, by a voluntary preffure through the ftraits 
 of the collapfed inteftine (§. 743.) by the force 
 of the incumbent diaphragm; for by this the vif- 
 cera of the abdomen, which is always full, are 
 determined downward, through the inner rim 
 of the pelvis, fo as to urge upon the contents of 
 the lefs redding bladder and redtum. When 
 the refiftance of the anus is thus overcome, the 
 compreffing forces of the diaphragm abate, and 
 the faeces continue to difcharge from the body, 
 urged only by the periftaltic motion itfelf of 
 the inteftine. After the faeces are expelled, the 
 inteftine is drawn back or up into the body, by 
 its longitudinal fibres ; after w'hich the opening 
 of the anus itfelf is clofely contraded by the two 
 proper iphinders, as at firft. 
 
 L EC- 
 
243 
 
 LECTURE XXXII. 
 
 Of the Kidneys^ Bladder, and Urine. 
 
 §. 746. 'HE chyle (§.719.) which Is taken 
 J[ into the blood, contains a good 
 deal of water; the proportion of which would be 
 too great in the reffels, fo as to pafs into the ceE 
 lular fubftance, if it was not expelled again from 
 the body. Therefore a part of this is exhaled 
 through the fkin (§. 43b.) ; and another part, 
 as large, or often more than the former, diftils 
 through the kidneys to the bladder, from 
 whence it is expelled out of the body. 
 
 §. 747. Thefe kidneys are two vifcera, placed 
 on each fide the fpine of the back, behind the 
 peritonasum, incum^bent upon the diaphragm, 
 and upon the pfoas and quadratus mufcles of the 
 loins; but in fuch a manner, that the right kid- 
 ney is commonly placed lower and more back- 
 ward than the left. Before the right kidney 
 is placed the liver, upon its upper part (§. 670 ), 
 and then the colon covers the reft of its anterior 
 face ; and the left kidney is alfo covered by the 
 fpleen, ftomach, part of the pancreas and the 
 colon. They are tied by ligaments or redupli- 
 cations, formed of the peritoneum to the colon, 
 duodenum, liver and fpleen. Their figure is 
 ,externally convex, with a femielliptic deficiency 
 in their inner fide ; laterally they are fiat or de- 
 prefiTed, inwardly hollow, unequally divided in- 
 to one upper, or longer and thicker plain, and a 
 R 2 lower, 
 
2 44 Of the Kidneys. 
 
 lower, flenderer extremity. They are firmly 
 inverted by a rtrong external membrane, which 
 is denfe, and adheres very clofely. Betwixt 
 that membrane and the peritonaeum of the loins, 
 there is always interpofed a confiderable quan- 
 tity of fat, by which the whole furface of the 
 kidney is furrounded on all fides, as with a 
 fliell. 
 
 §. 748. The blood-veflels of the kidneys are 
 very large, as well the arteries, which together 
 exceed the mefenteric, as the veins. And firrt, 
 the renal arteries pafs out from the aorta under 
 that of the mefentery, not always in the fame 
 manner, yet fo that the left is commonly fhorter 
 than the right, and each of them, frequently in 
 two, three, or four dirtindt trunks. From 
 thofe trunks arife the renal arteries of the lower 
 fort, with the adipofe ones belonging to the fat 
 cortex, or capfule of the kidney (§. 747.) ; and 
 not unfrequently they give origin to the fper- 
 matics. The fmaller branches which they re- 
 ceive, are from the fpermatics, and arteries of 
 the loins, which fupply them with fat. 
 
 §. 749 d he renal veins are very large, more 
 efpecially the left, and more inconrtant in their 
 courfe than the arteries ; for the right is often 
 without a branch, rtiort and concealed, while 
 the left always generates the fpermatic and cap- 
 fular vein of the lame fide, and almort con- 
 rtantly receives the lart branch of the vena azy- 
 gos ; and being of a confiderable breadth, it 
 extends a long way tranfverfely before the aorta, 
 with the duodenum incumbent upon it. Both 
 the arteries and veins of the kidneys arife from 
 3 the 
 
Of the Kidneys. 245 
 
 the great trunks laterally, a little defcending in 
 an obtufe angle j and divide themfelves into many 
 branches, a little before they enter the kidney. 
 That the paflage of the'blood through the renal 
 arteries into the veins is very expeditious, readily 
 appears, from the eafy courfe that is afforded to 
 water, wax, or even air injedbed. There are 
 lymphatic veins confiderably large, found about 
 the renal blood-veffels, which give origin to 
 the ciftern of the chyle, or roots of the thoracic 
 du6t (§. 723 ), which are faid to receive the 
 difperfed branches that are fpread under the cel- 
 lular coat of the kidney. 
 
 §. 750. The nerves of the kidneys arefmall, 
 but numerous j arifing from a confiderable plex- 
 us, communicating on each fide by ganglions or 
 knots, which are generated by the branches of 
 the great femilunar ganglion, conjoined with 
 others from the intercoflal trunk, creeping along 
 from the thorax itfelf ; they enter the kidney, 
 together with the artery, and fend off the 
 middle mefenteric (§. 737.) and likewife the 
 fpermatic nerves. As thefe nerves are fmall, 
 they afford but a moderate degree of fenfibility 
 to the kidney ; and as they winde about the re» 
 nal artery, like a plexus, we may thence un^ 
 derftand how paffions of the mind fuddenly in- 
 creafe the renal difcharge to an exceflive quan- 
 tity; fo that the urine, which was before thick, 
 and little in quantity, is by a nervous fpafm ex- 
 pelled, of a watery confiflance, and in excefSive 
 great quantities, 
 
 § . 751. Upon the top of each kidney is feated 
 the reqal capfule or glandule, of the cgnelome- 
 R 3 ratQ 
 
246 Of the Ktdnep, 
 
 rate kind, triangular, and conneded by each of 
 its (ides to the liver, fpleen, pancreas, diaphragm, 
 and kidney j inwardly it is hollow, parted by a 
 fort of feparable ventricle, full of a liquor of a 
 yellowifh red colour, and of a fluid confiftence, 
 almoft like blood ; and in the fcetus, the bulk 
 of this gland exceeds that of the kidney itfelf, 
 but does not afterwards grow larger in the adult. 
 The arteries of thefe capfules are many, chiefly 
 of three kinds; the uppermofl; from the phre- 
 nics, the middle one from the aorta, and the 
 lower ones from the renals ; but the veins are 
 only a large one on each fide, that of the right 
 to the cava, and the left to the renal vein of the 
 fame fide. The faid vein creeps almofl naked, 
 in branches, through the tender ventricle, in a 
 fulcus, dividing the capfule. The ufes of this 
 gland are as yet unknown; although we are led 
 to believe, from the fituation, that it is fubfer- 
 vient to the kidney, and of greater ufe to the 
 foetus; fince it is conffantly found near the kid- 
 neys, and in fo many different animals. The 
 fabric of it approaches very near to that of the 
 thymus ; but it has no vifible excretory du6l, 
 nor does it difcharge any juice, by vifible pores, 
 into the vein. 
 
 §. 752. The internal fabric of the kidney is 
 Ample enough, and fufficiently known. The 
 bk)od-vefiels having"entered the interval, be- 
 twixt the upper and lower ftratum of the kid- 
 ney, fpread into its fubfiance, furrounded with 
 the celiular web, and divide into branches be- 
 twixt thofe of the pelvis ; beyond this they 
 go out to the cortex, and f-equently form inof- 
 ^ cu'ations. 
 
Of the Ktdfiey!. 247 
 
 culations, in going betwixt every two branches 
 of the pelvis, whence their circles are extended 
 round the papillae. From thence outward they 
 are continued into and amongft the papillae, by 
 innumerable fmall tendriles, which lead towards 
 the external furface of the kidney (and fome- 
 times, paffing through the proper coat of the 
 kidney itfelf, enter into its adipofe covering) 
 where being changed into minute ferpentine 
 curls, refleded again towards the trunk of the 
 artery, from whence they rofe; thus they form a 
 boundary to the kidney, and are then gradually 
 ftretched out into dired flender duds or tubes, 
 which vifibly receive and depofit the urine from 
 the artery. The fecretion which is made from 
 this artery, may be imitated without difficulty ; 
 by an injedion with wax, water, or air 3 which 
 will pafs from the arteries of the kidney into the 
 ureters. But fuch experiments do not fucceed, 
 in parts that have fmall glandules interpofed, 
 betwixt their ultimate arteries and incipient veins. 
 Betwixt thefe fmall uriniferous duds or tubes 
 run many parallel arteries. 
 
 §. 753. Thofe uriniferous duds gradually con- 
 verging towards the middle of the kidney, are 
 colleded together in fmall bundles, which near 
 the cavity of the kidney, form round papillre, 
 with their convexity full of pores ; namely, 
 the ultimate diffilling orifices of the duds, which 
 fecrete and depofit the urine into the pelvis. 
 The number of thefe papillae is not altogether 
 certain, but there are thirteen or more of them ; 
 and thefe were in the foetus fodiflind, that the 
 kidney then appeared to confifl of fo many 
 R 4 ^ diftind 
 
248 of the Kidneys. 
 
 diftind or fmaller kidneys, as there are of thefe 
 papillae, connedled together by a loofe cellular 
 membrane, betwixt each renal portion j and 
 furnilhed every one with its proper cortex of fer- 
 pentine velTels, from whence proceed the uri- 
 niferous duds, alTembled together in a dired 
 bundle. But in adults, the cellular fubdance 
 being condenfed, unites the renal portions and 
 their papillae into one even kidney ; however, 
 it again almoft recovers the condition which it 
 had in the foetus, if the intervening cellular 
 plates are relaxed by often injeding of water. 
 The kidney is alfo remarkably larger in the 
 foetus than in the adult. 
 
 §. 754. Round the protuberant furface of 
 the faid papillae, is extended a loofe membra- 
 nous covering, in fuch a manner, diftind from 
 the papillae itfelf, as to form a larger fpace, like 
 a tube or funnel, for receiving the papillae into 
 its cavity, projeding down from its upper mar- 
 gin, to which the tube adheres. Two or three 
 of thefe tubes meet together in one, and with 
 others of the fame kind, they at laft form by that 
 union three hollow trunks, which again unite 
 and open, but without the kidney, into one co- 
 nical canal, called the pelvis. 
 
 §. 755. The blood of the renal artery 
 being lefs fluid than that of the brain, and 
 probably flored with more water, brought by 
 the ferpentine circles of the arteries, depofits 
 the watery parts into thofe redilineal tubes of the 
 papilla ; a great portion of which water con- 
 tains oils and falts, intermixed with earthy par- 
 iicies, or fuch other matters as are fmall enough 
 
Of the Kidneys. 249 
 
 to pafs through with it. But the fmall diame- 
 ter of each urinifcrous dudt itfelf, at its origin, 
 and its firm refiftance, fcem to exclude the milk 
 or chyle, and the thick or oily and lymphatic 
 parts of the blood, which are capable of har- 
 dening by heat. Hence therefore it is, that 
 the blood paffes fo eafily through the open uri- 
 niferous tubes, whenever it is urged with an 
 increafed celerity 5 or that by a morbid relaxa- 
 tion, they tranfmit not only the oily parts of 
 the blood, but even the milk and nutritious 
 juices themfelves. The urine by fire or putre- 
 fadtion foon changes into a volatile alcaline na- 
 ture, intermixed with a fetid oil, partly em- 
 pyrumatic, yellow, and volatile, and in part very 
 tenacious, to be feparated only by the laft de- 
 grees of fire, under the denomination of phof- 
 phorus j and laftly, it abounds more with earth 
 than any other juice of the human body. [But 
 there is alfo a confiderable proportion of fea- 
 falt refiding in frefh urine, from which it is 
 even feparabic, after a long putrefadlion, in the 
 making of phofphorusj in which procefs a 
 very great part of the urine is changed into 
 volatile alcali. Nor is the urine wholly defti- 
 tute qf a vitriolic acid, or at leafl: one much a- kin 
 to it ; both in that taken from men, as well as 
 in the ftale of cattle. There is again, a fort of 
 fufible, neutro-alcalefcent fait, feparable in the 
 urine, and eafily melting by heat. In fevers, 
 the oily and faline parts of the urine are greatly 
 augmented, together with acrimony ; as we 
 know by its increafed weight, colour, and 
 tenacity.] 
 
 §• 7J6- 
 
2 JO Of the Kidneys. 
 
 §. 756. The ureter being a continuation of 
 the pelvis, carries on the urine received from 
 the kidney, by prefTure from the incumbent vif- 
 cera, the contradion of the abdominal mufcles, 
 with thofe of the loins, and the force of the 
 circulation urging the blood behind the fecern- 
 ed fluid. Firft, the ureter, covered by the pe- 
 ritoneum and cellular membrane, has likewife 
 a thin mufcular coat j a fecond cellular one 3 a 
 firm, white, nervous coat; a third cellular one, 
 lined with the innermoft, which is ofafmooth 
 membranous fabric, porous and glandular, in- 
 ternally. Thefe tubes are of different diame- 
 ters in different places. They defcend over the 
 pfoas mufcles, crois over the great iliac blood- 
 veffels into the pelvis, go behind the urinary 
 bladder ; and in the conjundion of the defcend- 
 ing and tranfverfe portions of the bladder, they 
 enter obliquely, betwixt the mufcular fibres and 
 nervous coat ; and fo again, betwixt the ner- 
 vous and villous coat, through which lafl; they 
 open by an orifice obliquely cut off; but they 
 have no valves, neither at their opening In the 
 bladder, nor in any part of their courfe. From 
 their oblique infertion into the bladder, a protu- 
 berant line is formed, by the greater thicknefs of 
 the nervous coat, w’hich defcends to the caput 
 galliginis. 
 
 §. 757. Nor does there feem to be any other 
 way for dae urine to pafs through the bladder, than 
 by the kidneys and ureters; for although it is cer- 
 tain, that the ftomach, like all other membranes, 
 exhales a moifture thro’ its coats, and tiiough it 
 is not improbable, from experiments, that the 
 
 bladder 
 
Of the Bladder. 251 
 
 bladder alfo abforbs j and although the paffage 
 of mineral fpaw waters, by urine, be extremely 
 quick, yet it does not thence follow, that there 
 mufl: be ways, different from that of the ure- 
 ters, to convey the water from the food to the 
 bladder. For the bladder is, on all fides, fepa- 
 rated from the cavity of the abdomen by the 
 peritonaeum j nor is it very likely, that the 
 vapours, which either go out from the bladder, 
 or which are derived towards it from other 
 parts, can here find open pores through the 
 peritonaeum ; nor do membranes imbibe much 
 that have been macerated for any time, fo as to 
 fill their pores with humours 3 and a careful aU 
 tention to the manner, in which mineral wa- 
 ters are difcharged by urine, fufficlently de- 
 monflrate, that there is no fuch rapidity therein, 
 as is commonly imagined j but the ffimulus of 
 the cold water drank, does, like the external 
 cold, applied to the fhin, caufe a concuffion of 
 the bladder and urinary parts, by which they 
 are follicited to repeated difcharges of the old 
 urine, v/hich was before in the body, and not 
 immediately of that which was laff drank. 
 Again, the largenefs of the renal vefTels de- 
 monffrates, that not much lefs than an eighth 
 part of the blood fent to the body is received 
 at a time, and confequently there are above 
 1000 ounces of blood conveyed through the 
 kidneys in an hou.*' j whence it will appear, 
 but a moderate allowance, for 25 ounces of 
 water to diflil from that quantity of blood, 
 driven thro’ the kidneys in the fame time. Fi- 
 pally, it is certain^ that, both man and brute 
 
 animals, 
 
252 Of the Bladder, 
 
 animals, perlfh, if the ureters are clofed up by 
 a ligature j for we then obferve alfo, that no 
 urine can be found in the bladder. 
 
 §. 758. The urinary bladder is feated in the 
 cavity or bowl of the pelvis, which is an ap- 
 pendix to the abdomen, furrounded on all fides 
 by bones ; but laterally, and at the bottom, only 
 inclofed by mufcles. It is obliquely fituated, fo as 
 to cohere with the os pubis by^a large portion 
 of cellular fubftance, by which it is connedled 
 to the peritonaeum from thence backward, and 
 for a fmall part of its furface before; but be- 
 hind, it is extended to a greater length over 
 the bladder, defcending almoft as far as the in- 
 fertlons of the ureters j from whence it returns 
 back again, either over the redlum or uterus. 
 Behind the bladder, lies the redlum, thefemi- 
 nal veficles, and proftate gland, with the leva- 
 tores ani. In the foetus, the bladder is very long, 
 and fomewhat conical, extending itfelf much 
 above the olTa pubis ; but in the adult, it hardly 
 arifes above thofe bones, even when inflated, 
 becaufe, in them, the pelyis is much larger 
 and deeper in proportion. 
 
 §. 759. The figure of the bladder is, in ge- 
 neral, oval, flatter before, more convex be- 
 hind, terminated at bottom by a very obtufe or 
 flat head, that lies incumbent upon the redum. 
 Such is the figure of it in an adult man, but, 
 in the foetus, it is almoft cylindrical, and in 
 women, who have had many children, fo 
 much flattened laterally by preffure, that it re- 
 fembles a fort of triangular cone. This change 
 of the figure of the bladder in an adult man, 
 
 from 
 
Of the Bladder. 253 
 
 from that of the foetus, feems to arife from the 
 weight of the urine, gradually extending more 
 the lower parts of the bladder, which are moft 
 prefTed j by which means the fides are drawn 
 together from above, fo as to render it fhorter 
 and more concentrated. 
 
 §. 760. The fabric of the bladder is much like 
 that of all large membranous receptacles. The 
 firft membrane is cellular, in its fore part lax, 
 and replenilhed with fat; but backward it is 
 thinner, where it unites with the redlum. Next 
 to this, follows a mufcular coat, very difficult 
 to defcribe, confifting of pale contradtile fibres, 
 difpofed in various reticulated bundles, not con- 
 tinued one to another, but interrupted with 
 net-like fpaces, in which the nervous coat lies 
 uncovered. The principal firatum of thefe is 
 longitudinal, which, arifing before from the 
 proftate, is frequently, though not always, fo 
 connedled to the fynchondrofis of the ofiTa pu- 
 bis, as feemingly to arife from thence ; thence, 
 afcending and growing broad, they fpread to- 
 wards the conical part upon the upper fide of 
 the bladder, whole extremity they terminate ; 
 here paffing on, they defcend over the pofterior 
 furface, and grow there confiderably broader, 
 ’till,, at length, they are finally terminated in 
 the proftate. Thefe muft necefifarily deprefs 
 the bladder from before, and confequently pro- 
 pel the urine towards its bottom part. 
 
 §.761. The remaining fibres are very diffi- 
 cultly reduced to any order. They fill the in- 
 tervals of the former by arifing from the proftate 
 backward, and, afcending infieifted, they form a 
 
 tranf- 
 
254 Bladder. 
 
 tranfverfe ftratum of fome depth, both in the 
 forward and back part of the bladder. Over 
 thefe are fpread others, irregularly wandering 
 from the longitudinal ftripe, which going for- 
 ward are related to the tranfverfe. 
 
 §.562. Within the mufcular coat, is fpread 
 the fecond cellular ftratum, of a tender elegant 
 fabric that may be inflated, and fofter than that 
 obferved in the inteftines. Next follows the 
 nervous coat^ as a continuation of the fkin, 
 and refembling the nervous coat of the fto- 
 mach ; over this is fpread a more obfcure 
 villous coat, charged with mucus, and very 
 difficultly feparable from the formerj but folded 
 into^ various wrinkles, of an irregular or uncer- 
 tain order. In the furface of this laft, the 
 pores of the mucous crypttE fometimes appear 
 confpicuous, but not always, without difficulty, 
 pouring out a vifcid foft glue^ 
 
 §. 763. The veffels and nerves of the blad- 
 der are, in common with thofe. which go to 
 the genital parts, where we fhall defcribe them. 
 They form principally a net- work in the firft 
 or outer cellular ftratum, and then another, in 
 the fecond ftratum, of the fame fubftance. The 
 arteries exhale thro’ the villous coat, as we learn, 
 by experiment, from anatomical injections ; and 
 the veins likewife abforb again, to which’ is 
 owing the greater confiftence and higher co- 
 lour of the urine, by a long retention of it. It 
 has an accurate fenfation, lo as to render all 
 liquors injeCted, even water itfelf, fomewhat 
 painfulj and isdifpofed only to retain and be cafy 
 und_er the healthy urine. The lymphatic vef- 
 fels, 
 
bf the Bladdsr. 25^ 
 
 fels, in the outer cellular ftratum, are eafily de- 
 monftrated ; but their origin is from another 
 part, probably from the adjacent redlum, 
 
 §. 764. Into this bladder the urine conftantly 
 flows, in a continued thread, as we are aflured, 
 from experience, in morbid and uncommon 
 cafes, in which the extremities of the ureters 
 have appeared to the eye. By flaying fome time 
 in the bladder, and from the abforption of the 
 more watry part, the urine acquires an higher 
 colour, becomes (harper and reddifli-coloured ; 
 ’till, at length, by its bulk and acrimony, irri- 
 tating the fenflble fabric of the bladder, it is 
 thence expelled, firft by the motion of the dia- 
 phragm and abdominal mufcles, by which the 
 inteftines are urged againfl the bladder, in a 
 perfon who is eredl and draining, wherebv the 
 urine makes itfelf a way through a narrow and 
 impeded courfe ; and again, in this adtion, the 
 periftaltic motion of the bladder itfelf, arifing 
 from the contradlion of its mufcular fabric 
 (§ ybi-h has a conliderable (hare. Hence an 
 iichuria follows from too great a dilatation of 
 the bladder, by deflroying the tone or elafticity 
 of the mufcular fibres. 
 
 §. 765. From the anterior margin of theob- 
 tufe or greater end of the bladder, called its 
 bottom, goes out a (lender canal with a fmall 
 orifice, as a continuation of the bladder itfelf, 
 under the denomination of the urethra; and 
 in this, there is a manifed continuation of the 
 cuticle of the internal coat of the bladder, with 
 its furrounding cellular fubftance, and more ef- 
 pecially a f@lid nervous coat, of which it is 
 
 pi in- 
 
256 Of the Bladder. 
 
 principally niade up. This canal goes out for- 
 ward, varying both in its direction and diame- 
 ter, and, in a living man, its courfe is rather 
 a little upward, obliquely afcending betwixt the 
 departing crura of the ofla pubis ; it afterv/ards 
 afcends againft part of their fymphyfis, and 
 again, like an s, inclines downward j but it is 
 fhorter, more open and diredt in women. 
 
 § 766. This canal of the urethra is firft fur- 
 rounded, on all fides, by the proftate gland ; 
 from whence it goes out naked, for a fmall 
 Ipace, that is immediately continuous belowj 
 with the incipient bulb of the urethra, which 
 likewife furrounds it on all fides above j but the 
 cavernous bodies of the penis chiefly cover it above 
 and laterally, fo as to form a common groove 
 for its reception, and add ftrcngth or firmnefs 
 to this otherwife lax tube. It begins wide from 
 the bladder, and contracts itfelf conically in 
 the proftate, from which, being at liberty, it 
 becomes cylindrical, and enlarges at the firft 
 acceffion of the bulb ; from thence it goes on 
 almofl; cylindrical, and again dilates itlelf a 
 little before its terminat on. 
 
 §. 767. This canal is governed by various 
 mufcles, either proper to itfelf or belonging to 
 the parts adjacent. And firfl;, in women, there 
 are manifeftly fibres placed round the egrefs of 
 the incipient urethra, which are mofily tranf- 
 verfe, but fome varioufly decuflTating each other, 
 whofe office, and fupport in the vagina, mani- 
 feftly appear ; namely, to deprefs the urethra, 
 like the fphinder, about the opening of which 
 they are difpofed, and, by this means, to dole 
 
Of the Bladder, 
 
 its opening againfl the refilling contradled va- 
 gina and fphindler of the anus. In man there 
 are tranfverfe fibres of the fame kind, but form- 
 ing an arch, that opens upward, they run into 
 the conjundlion of the bladder with the pro- 
 ftate, covering the longitudinal ftripe (§. 76 i.), 
 and proflate itfelf, near the bladder. 
 
 §.768. But like wife the levator of the anus 
 feems to raife the urethra againfl the os pubis, 
 fo' as to clofe the opening of the bladder into 
 it ; and, in ourfelves living, we may perceive 
 the accelerator conflringed, together with the 
 fphindrer, at the root of the penis, fo as per- 
 fedlly to clofe the opening of the urethra, and 
 prefs back the urine, even while it is flowing ; 
 whence there is no room to doubt, but this 
 mufcle gives a moderate tightnefs for retaining 
 the urine. 
 
 §. 769. Thefecaufes, with the weight of the 
 urine, urging more upon the bottom of the 
 bladder and againfl the redlum, rather than 
 upon the opening of the urethra, which arifes 
 and afcends higher up, occafion the urine to be 
 retained within the bladder, even in the dead 
 fubjedl, unlefs it be urged by the forces which 
 comprefs the bladder. When the urine is eva- 
 cuated (§. 764.) it runs forth with a greater 
 celerity, in proportion as it comes through a 
 canal fmaller than the diameter of its large re- 
 ceptacle, and, being once difcharged, frees the 
 body from uneafy fenfation. The lafl drops, 
 which remain in the lower part of the bulb, 
 irritating by their weight, are expelled by the 
 accelerator mufcle j namely, a flrong mufcular 
 VoL. II, S expan- 
 
23 S Of the Bladder. 
 
 expanfion, placed round the bulb, whofe fibre 
 are difpofed in the fliape of a feather, meet- 
 ing together in the middle of the bottom-part 
 of the bulb, and in their fore part fixed by 
 two tendons into the cavernous bodies of the 
 penis, and in their back-part conneded by three 
 mufcular portions to the fphinder of the anus ; 
 two of which portions may be alfo referred to 
 the levators of the anus. This mufcle, when 
 the fphinder is firmly fhut, draws the bulb 
 upward, and, with a confiderable force, alter- 
 nately contrads or fhakes the urethra, fo as to 
 expel the lafl; drops of the urine. 
 
 §. 770. But as the urine is fiiarp, and the 
 membrane of the urethra very fenfible, and be- 
 caufe the air will likewife enter it ; for thefe 
 reafons nature has fupplied this canal with a 
 large quantity of mucus. This mucus is not 
 only generated from the fources in the bladder, 
 but more efpecially from two conglomerate 
 glandules; one of which isfeated on each fide, 
 in the angle, betwixt the bulb of the urethra 
 and the cavernous body of the penis ; from 
 whence it fends out aflender dud, running, for 
 a confiderable length, through the urethra. 
 Moreover, the whole urethra is full of mucous 
 finufies, of a cylindrical figure, which open or 
 defeend towards the glans, having fmall mucous 
 cryptae placed at their fides, which depofite 
 there a fluid mucus, and difeharge it into the 
 urethra. A larger fort of thefe mucous cryptas 
 are difpofed along the upper fide of the ure- 
 thra, beginning before the bulb, at the origin 
 of the glans. There are others, flill fmaller, 
 
 mixed 
 
Cf the Bladder. 259 
 
 mixed with thefe large ones, and placed laterally, 
 and about the urethra. In women alfo there are 
 many and larger of thefe mucous cifterns, which 
 open into their much fhorter urethra, more ef- 
 pecially at its opening. 
 
 §. 771. The necefTary cleanlinefs and avoca- 
 tions of human life require the urine colleded 
 to be difcharged only at certain times. This 
 difcharge of the urine is not only to free the 
 blood of its fuperfluous water, taken in together 
 with the nutritious chyle, as we fee in the 
 thin watry urine that is made foon after drink- 
 ing, fometimes impregnated with a particular 
 fmell or colour of the nourifhment; but alfo a 
 rancid oil, and the diffolved earth, which 
 is rubbed off from the folid parts (§. 23 5.) muft 
 be this w'ay evacuated, which makes the true or 
 yellow urine of the blood, fharp and foetid, as 
 we obferve it is difcharged a conhderable time 
 after meals, more efpecially in the morning 
 after fieep. From the acrimony of this, in a 
 retention of the urine, the tender veffejs of the 
 brain are fometimes eroded with fatal confe- 
 quences. But thefe advantages of the urinary 
 fecretion could not be joined together, without 
 fome danger of difeafe, from the depofition of 
 the earthy parts of the urine, continually con- 
 fined and at reft j fo that, by repeated additions 
 of the like matter cemented together, a ftone 
 may be at length formed. But the plenty of 
 mu^us, with which the urinary paftages are com- 
 monly defended, is, for the moftpart, afufficient 
 guard againft this diforder, as we fee the ge- 
 nerality of people are free from the ftone j un- 
 
 S 2 lefs 
 
26 o Of the Bladder. 
 
 lefs the urine is more than commonly charged 
 with an earthy, tartarous, or chalky matter, 
 increafed by the ufe of hard wines, vifeid food, 
 inadtivity of body, and a retention of the urine 
 beyond the calls of nature ; or finally, a diforder 
 of the kidneys, laying a foundation or bafis for 
 the earthy matter, firft to adhere together. 
 
25i 
 
 LECTURE XXXIIL 
 
 Of the Genital Parts in Man. 
 
 772. f I ' H E fpermatic veflels conftantly 
 arife near thofe of the kidneys, 
 and almoft in all kinds of animals j by which 
 nature fcems to have intended a double ufeful- 
 nefs in one organ, which might be able to dif- 
 charge the excrement of urine, and bear a re- 
 lation likewife to the genital parts, tho’ placed at a 
 confiderable diftance, in a fpace or interval be- 
 twixt the pelvis and thighs, and fubferviemt to 
 cleanlinefs, modefty, eafinefs of the birth, and 
 the force of throws in delivery. 
 
 §. 773. The femen mafculinum is firft form- 
 ed in the tedicle, then repofited in the feminal 
 veficles, afterwards ejedted from the penis, and 
 finally received by the uterus, where it renders 
 the female ovum prolific; and therefore, this 
 muft be by the order of our enquiry into thefe 
 particulars. The human teflicles, but fmall 
 in proportion to the bulk of the body, are, in 
 the foetus, lodged within the abdomen behind the 
 peritonaeurq, from whence, by degrees, they 
 defeend into the groins, and are, at laft, in a 
 more advanced age, thruft down into the fero- 
 tum, perhaps partly by their weight, and partly 
 by the impulfe of the influent blood ; yet fome- 
 times they are obferved to remain behind in the ^ 
 groin of adults. This body is often of an oval 
 
 S 3 figure 
 
262 Male Genitals. 
 
 figure, fufpended with the fmaller end upwards, 
 and the obtufe end downwards. 
 
 §. 774. It is defended by various Integu- 
 ments, of which the firft and outermoft is that 
 of the fcrotum, made up of a clofe cellular 
 flratum, replenifhed with vefTels, and clofely 
 adhering to the fkin, which lafl: has a kind of 
 elaflic or contradlile motion, at the approach of 
 cold and in the aft of venery, although with- 
 out any mufcular fabric j yet it has commonly 
 aftlon enough to wrinkle the fcrotum, and draw 
 up the tefticles. Next to this a cellular coat, 
 commonly called dartos, is placed round each 
 of the tefticles feparately, by the conjunftion 
 of which, together in the middle, is formed 
 a kind of feptum, which appears more remark- 
 able in a dry preparation j and this feptum is 
 often not perforated in Its upper part. 
 
 §. Within the dartos is fpread a loofe 
 cellular ftratum, without any fat, except in the 
 lower part of the fcrotum, and may be inflated 
 like the fame fubftance in other parts. Next 
 follows a mufcle, from its offlce called cre- 
 mafter ; which arifes from the degenerating 
 fibres of the lefs oblique mufcle of the abdo- 
 men, and from the tendon of the external ob- 
 liquus, called by fome, a ligament, and, by 
 others, fibres, defcending from the os pubis 
 backward into a vagina or capfule, which, every 
 way furrounding the tefticle, ferves to comprefs, 
 elevate, and forward its contents. 
 
 §. 776. Next to this follows the fecond cel- 
 lular ftratum, whofe fpungy fabric is continued 
 with the outermoft, that lies round the peri- 
 tonaeum j 
 
T’he Male Genitals. 263 
 
 tonaeum ; and this fecond ftratum Is called tu- 
 nica vaginalis, in which the veficles or cells of 
 its fabric, by inflation, appear larger than eife- 
 where. At the beginning of the tefticle, above 
 the epididymus, it is, in a manner, fo fepa- 
 rated from the reft above the tefticle, towards 
 the rings of the abdominal mufcles, that the 
 inflation can hardly be continued through. 
 Betwixt this laft membrane and the following 
 is a fpace, into which are exhaled thin vapours, 
 and fometimes a water is collected. The inner 
 coat, called albuginea, is a ftrong, white, com- 
 padl membrane, which immediately invefts and 
 confines the proper fubftance of the tefticle it- 
 felf. 
 
 §. 777. To the tefticle the fpermatlc artery 
 defcends, one on each fide, generated by the 
 aorta below the renal arteries ; but not unfre- 
 quently from the renal arteries themfelves; from 
 thofe of the capfules, or from the aorta itfelf 
 above the emulgents. This artery, the fmalleft 
 in the body, in proportion to its length, de- 
 fcends a long way outward before the pfoas 
 mufcle, and gives fmall branches to the fat of 
 the kidney, to the ureter, mefocolon, glandules 
 of the loins, and to the peritonaeum ; but more 
 efpecially towards the bottom of the kidney, 
 it gives a remarkable branch infledled, without 
 leflening itfelf, that takes a ferpentine courfe 
 behind the peritonaeum, as far as the ring of the 
 abdomen. This ring is formed entirely of the ten- 
 dinous fibres, defcendingfrom the external oblique 
 mufcle, interrupted in their oblique defcent by 
 a long aperture, growing wider’ downward ; 
 
 S ^ from 
 
264 Male Genitah'. 
 
 from this aperture moft of the fmaller inner 
 fibres are broadly detached to the os pubis, 
 and others crofling cohere with the fibres be- 
 longing to the other fide of the mufcle, which, 
 being colledled together, is called the inner co- 
 lumn. Other ftronger external fibres, diftin- 
 guifhed from the former by the aperture, are 
 broadly inferted by a thick bundle into the 
 outer fide of the os pubis, under the deno- 
 mination of the external column ; from whence 
 various fibres run off in a broad tape to the 
 groin. The upper part of this opening is, in 
 fome meafure, clofed up by fibres, arifing from 
 the outer column, and afcending in a curve 
 direction, round the inner and weaker column. 
 Below thefe fibres there is often a fmall open- 
 ing left, parted off by tendinous fibres, through 
 which defcends the fperrnatic artery with the 
 vein, and vas deferens, with a good deal of 
 cellular fubflance, by which they are wrapt to- 
 gether into a cylindrical cord 5 from whence, 
 advancing to the groin, it defcends into the 
 fcrotum, where the fperrnatic artery gives many 
 fmall branches to the cremaficr, to the cellular 
 coat, and to the feptum of the fcrotum, and 
 then defcends in a double plexus, to the tefticlc, 
 of which the principal comes from betwixt the 
 epididymis and origin of the vas deferens, at 
 the middle and lower part of the tefticle, and 
 then goes, by tranfverfe branches, through the 
 albuginea: the other plexus, that accompanies 
 the vas deferens in the upper part of the te- 
 fticle, has a like termination. There are other 
 fmall arteries, which go to the coverings of the 
 
 tefticle 
 
^he Male Genitals. 265 
 
 tefticle from the epigaftrics, and others from 
 thofe of the bladder, which follow the courfe 
 of the vas deferens, both which communi- 
 cate with the fpermatic velTel. 
 
 §. 778. Many of thefe fmall arteries play 
 about the epididymis ; but the larger of them 
 fpread tranfverfely through the albuginea, which 
 they perforate in feveral places, to enter the 
 innermoft fabric of the tefticle, through which 
 they are minutely ramified in all points, and fe- 
 parated by numberlefs membranous partitions. 
 There is no large anaftimofis or communica- 
 tion betwixt the fpermatic artery and vein here, 
 any more than in other parts of the body j nor 
 is there any red blood received into thofe 
 branches that pafs through the albuginea to the 
 innermofi: fubftance of the^ tefticle. But from 
 the long courfe of this artery, the fmallnefs of 
 its diameter, the number of ferpentine flexures, 
 the great ratio of the dividing branches to their 
 trunk, and the coldnefs of their fubcutaneous 
 diftribution, demonftrate, that the blood flows 
 not only in a fmall quantity, but very flowly to 
 the tefticle. 
 
 §. 779. The fpermatic vein of the right fide, 
 is inferted into the cava, but that of the left 
 pours its blood into that emulgent vein, or into 
 both : it is confiderably larger than the artery, 
 and takes the fame courfe in company with that ; 
 but both its trunk and branches are much 
 larger and more numerous, very ferpentine, and 
 formed into a bunchy plexus of confiderable 
 length, which is interwove with the artery, and 
 continued as low as the tefticle j there by degrees 
 
266 Male Genitals. 
 
 dividing into two, like the artery. There are 
 very rarely any valves in this vein. Thefe ex- 
 ternal coverings of the tefticle have arteries from 
 the epigaftrics j the fcrotum, from the crural 
 arteries, and thofe of the trunk, with an inter- 
 nal branch, which is called arteria pudenda % 
 the fellow veins go to the faphena, and to the 
 crural trunks. 
 
 §. 780. The nerves of the teflicle are many,- 
 whence it has a peculiar tendernefs of fenfation; 
 infomuch that faintings and convulfions follow 
 from bruifing or injuring the tefticle. Some 
 of them arife deep from the renal plexus, and 
 follow the courfe of the fpermatic veffels. 
 Others are fuperficial to the coverings of the 
 tefticle, from the third pair of the nerves of 
 the loins, and others of that order. I have fre- 
 quently obferved lymphatic veffels in the fper- 
 matic cord, which are judged to arife from the 
 tefticle itfelf, and mix themfelves with thofe 
 that accompany the inguinal blood-veffels, 
 
 §. 781. The blood moved flowly and in a 
 fmall quantity through the fpermatic artery, by 
 which it is brought to the inner fabric of the 
 Intefticle (§, yyj-), is there drained into ex- 
 haling fmall veffels, which by analogy we 
 judge to be continuous with the feminiferous 
 veffels or duds, which bundled together, make 
 up the whole body ot the tefticle. Thefe fe- 
 miniferous veffels are exceeding fmall, ferpen- 
 tine, firm or folid, and have a very Imall light 
 in proportion to their membranes -, they are 
 colleded together into bundles, above twenty 
 in number, divided by diftind cells or partiti- 
 ons. 
 
Male Genitals. 267 
 
 ons, which defcend from the albuginea to 
 condudl the arteries and veins. In each of 
 thefe cells there is a feminiferous du6t, to con- 
 vey the fecreted humour from the feminife- 
 rous vafcules. Twenty or more of thefe 
 du£ts form a net-work, adhering to the 
 furface of the albuginea, and forming inofcula- 
 tions one with another. From the fald net in 
 the upper part of the epididymis, afcend ten or 
 twelve du(fts, which being contorted together 
 into folds, form as many vafcular cones, that 
 are joined together by an intermediate cellular 
 fubftance, and lying incumbent one upon ano- 
 ther, then form the epididymis, and foon meet 
 together into one even duft. 
 
 §. 782. This du6l being intricately wove by 
 an infinite number of folds and ferpentine 
 flexures, after a manner not imitated in any 
 other part of the body, and connedled together 
 by a great number of loofe cellular ftrata, is 
 afterwards colledled by a membrane of the al- 
 buginea into one bundle, called the epidydimis, 
 or appendix of the tefticle ; which goes round 
 the outer and pofterior margin of the tefticle, 
 adhering thereto by its thicker head, joined 
 with a good deal of cellular fubftance, while 
 in its lower, middle, and flenderer part it ad- 
 heres in feme meafure, and is in part free, in 
 fuch a manner, that it intercepts a fort of im- 
 pervious bag, betwixt itfelf and the tefticle. 
 But the dueft of w'hich it is compofed, grows 
 larger as it defeends, being largeft at the bottom 
 of the tefticle; from whence again afeending 
 
 along 
 
268 Male Genitah. 
 
 along the pofterlor face of the tefticle, in a di- 
 redtion contrary to itfelf, it by degrees fpreads 
 open its fpiral convolutions, and comes out 
 much larger, under the denomination of -oai 
 five du 5 lm deferens. This is the courfe defcribed 
 by the femen, propelled forward by the motion 
 of the fucceeding juices in the tefticle j and per- 
 haps, in fome meafure, though flowly, by the 
 contradllon of the crem after : as we may rea- 
 fonably fuppofe, from the numberlefs fpires 
 and convolutions formed by the epididymis, 
 obftrufting almoft every kind of injection; and 
 as we may conclude, from the length of time, 
 that is required to fill the feminal veficles again, 
 after they have been once exhaufted. 
 
 §. 783. The cylindric dudlus deferens being 
 made of a very thick fpungy fubftance, in- 
 cluded betwixt two firm membranes, bored 
 through with a very fmall thread or light, af- 
 cends in company with the cord of the fpermatic 
 veftels, and together with them, pafies through 
 the ring of the abdomen (§. 777-) : thence it 
 defcends into the pelvis, and applying itfelf to 
 the bladder, betwixt the ureters, it foon after 
 meets the fubjaccnt receptacles, called the vef- 
 cnlce jeminales. Here it goes along the inner 
 fide or edge of the veficle, as far as the proftate 
 glandule ; and dilating in its pafiage, forms a 
 ferpentine flexure, that begins itfelf to put on a 
 cellular appearance. But very near the proftate 
 it unites in an acute angle, with a conical du<ft 
 coming out from the veficle, which does at the 
 fame time itfelf form a conical dudt, which 
 emerging out from the proftate, with a 
 
 2 ftreight- 
 
*The Male Genitals. 269 
 
 ftreightened orifice, opens into the urethra, 
 through a little hollow protuberance, which 
 has a long tail or defcent, and Is laterally per- 
 forated with two very fmall openings, one 011 
 each fide. By injefting a liquor into the dudtus 
 deferens, of a dead fubjedt, we perceive that it 
 flows both Into the urethra and into the feminal ' 
 veficle, but more readily into the former ; but 
 in a living perfon the femen never flows out 
 but in the adt of venery, and confequently the 
 dudlus deferens conveys all its femen, without 
 further delay, over a retrograde angle, to the 
 feminal velicles. 
 
 §. 784. By this lafl; denomination we call a fort 
 of ftrong convoluted, inteftine-like membranes, 
 placed under the bafis of the bladder, con- 
 nedled towards its neck by a good deal of cellular 
 fubftance : from this ten or more blind gut- 
 like cells or inieftinuli go off laterally, in fome 
 meafure ramified and divided, but ending in an 
 impervious conical extremities. This kind of 
 inteftine, intermixed with a great deal of firm 
 cellular fubftance, and fmall veffels, is fo con- 
 tradted together, as to lie within a fhort ferpen- 
 tine heap. For the reft of its fabric, it fecms 
 to have externally a mufcular membrane j in- 
 ternally it is wrinkled, having a fort of villous 
 appearance, and is befides faid to have fmall 
 pores and glandules, with which I am unac- 
 quainted. 
 
 §. 785. The liquor depofited into this refer- 
 voir, is in the tefticie yeliowifh, thin, and wa- 
 tery j and the fame nature it retains in the ve- 
 flcle, only becomes there fomewhat thicker 
 
 and 
 
270 Male Genitals. 
 
 and higher coloured. It has a fort of heavy or 
 hrong fmell, of a peculiar kind, in each clafs 
 of animals. Without the conveyance of this 
 into the womb, no clafs of animals, of which 
 there are two fexes, can be fecundated fo as to 
 propagate their fpecies. The reafon of this was 
 thought concealed from us, till the microfcope 
 taught, that in man, as well as in all other male 
 animals, the feminal liquor is full of living ani- 
 malcules, refembling eels, only with a thicker 
 head ; and that thefe are always prefent in 
 healthy femen, from the time that a perfon comes 
 of age; but, before that time and in thofe who 
 are fterile, from a gonorrhasa, they are abfent. 
 [That they are animalcules, appears evidently 
 from their various motions, reftings, and ge- 
 ftures of body : though with age they are laid 
 to dwindle and loofe their tails.] 
 
 §. 786. It has been much doubted what 
 could be the ufe of thefe animalcules, the like 
 of which are not to be found in any other juices 
 of the human body. Some have thought they 
 conduced to irritation of the venereal appetite ; 
 and others have had v.crious opinions. Howe- 
 ver, the majority of anatomifls have agreed in 
 this hypothelis ; that the feminal vermicle is 
 the firll rudiments of a man, almoft in the fame 
 manner as a caterpillar or grub is the origin of 
 a fly. This feems to be approved, from the 
 near refemblance of the foetus to its parent fta- 
 men, from whence it was derived ; which fta- 
 men does not appear, unlefs the mother is fe- 
 cundated by the male. Moreover, this opinion 
 is confirmed, inafmuch as animals generated 
 
 from 
 
T^he Male Genitals. 271 
 
 from the two fexes, have generally a greater 
 refemblance to the father than the mother ; in- 
 fomuch, that difeafes and defedts of body run 
 for a long time through a family, from the 
 grand-fathers to the children. Add to this, 
 that infedts commonly undergo an evolution of 
 their parts, fomewhat like this of the vermicle 
 into a fcetus. Again, thefe vermicles are found 
 univerfallyin the feed or tefticles of animals, and 
 confequently they feem to be of fome very im- 
 portant ufe. 
 
 §. 787. But many arguments have been like- 
 wife advanced in oppofition to this hypothefis ; 
 the principal of which will be delivered here- 
 after, in the dodlrine by which we are to (how, 
 that the generation of the parts of the human 
 body is not made fuddenly or together, but 
 (lowly, or by appoiition : to which add, that 
 animals produced from a mixture of kinds, 
 as the mule, do not (how a perfedl delinea- 
 tion of the male in all the feveral parts of the 
 body, but are fo far from feeming to proceed 
 from one parent only, that they (how evident 
 marks, both of the female, as v/ell as the male 
 parent ; which they ought not to do, if the 
 parts of the body were firfl: completely deli- 
 neated in either fex : another great objedtion 
 is, the great and ufelefs abundance of thefe ani- 
 malcules, in which only one among fo many 
 thoufand can come to perfedlion ; to which add 
 the fmallnefs of the animacule, compared to 
 the foetus and its membranes, &c. 
 
 §. 788. Every thing confidered, the matter 
 looks altogether obfcure j or rather, more 
 
 truth 
 
272 Male Genitals. 
 
 truth feems to appear in behalf of that opi- 
 nion, which defends a fhcceffive formation 
 of the organs : a ftrong argument for which is, 
 the organical changes made in parts of the 
 greateft confequence, which are very differently 
 difpofed in the incipient foetus, from what they 
 are in one that is mature ; more efpecially 
 in the heart, which out of a fingle canal, is 
 apparently folded together into two auricles, and 
 two ventricles, to which are afterwards added new 
 lungs, a new pulmorary artery and vein, with 
 the firft rudiments of the aorta and vena cava, 
 laid fo as to correfpond one to the other. Butexpe- 
 riments on the polype that is found in frefla wa- 
 ters, and on crabs, or earth-worms, and the falling 
 off of harts horns again repairable, with the in- 
 flances of maimed parts reftored in other animals, 
 all demonftrate, that various animal organs, even 
 fufficiently complex and of confiderable ufe, 
 may be repaired again, without the afliftance of 
 any previous rudiments, or directing out-lines. 
 In behalf of this a weighty argument is derived 
 from the organical formation of parts, out of a 
 mere fluid, to be obferved in many animals, 
 where a gelatinous humour is by degrees 
 hardened or infpiffated into teeth, mufcles, 
 claws, &c. as in the crab. In this matter we 
 have alfo the analogy of plants to confirm us ; in 
 which the wood and all variety of parts are 
 gradually formed, or built up, in an evident 
 manner, from a fluid condenfed within a cellular 
 fabric j while the fame power not only continues 
 from the feed to repair all the parts of the plant, 
 but is likewife largely fpread throughout every 
 
 branch 
 
‘The Male Genltah\ 
 
 branch of the whole tree; infomuchj that every 
 twig can both produce root, branch, leaf, 
 flower, and fruit. 
 
 §. 789. You will then fay of what ufe are 
 the feminal animalcules ? whether are they the 
 rudiments of a foetus undetermined, and re- 
 quiring many changes, by the increafe of fome 
 parts, and the evolution or fhrinking of others, 
 to bring it at length to a human fhape, by a 
 fucceflive fabricature ? or whether is there any 
 truth at all in the hypothefis j thefe vermicles 
 which we fee being naturally bred in the femen, 
 as the like little eel-like animalcules, are bred 
 in vinegar, or other infuiions of herbs ? But you 
 will fay, if it be fo, why are they not to be 
 found in other juices of the human body, not 
 even in the mucous liquor that comes from the 
 female vulva, and ftimulates a pleafure in them, 
 like the femen in us. 
 
 §. 790. The feminal fluid is retained in the 
 veficles as long as a man neither exercifes ve- 
 nery nor fports in imaginary dreaips. But it 
 is always a fbmulus to the animal appetite of 
 venery, as long as it is there prefent in any 
 quantity ; but befldes this, there is a confider- 
 able ftrong, volatile, and odorous part of the 
 femen, abforbed again into the blood, where 
 it produces wonderful changes, as foon as it be- 
 gins to be formed, fach as the protrufion of the 
 beard, the covering of the pubes, a change of 
 the voice and pafiaons, horns in cattle, &c. for 
 thefe changes in the animal, are not the con- 
 fequences of age, but of the feminal fluid, anjf 
 are always labfent in eunuchs. The growth and 
 VoL. II. T flrength 
 
274 Male Gemtals. 
 
 ftrength of caftrated animals are conflantly di- 
 minilhed ; and in like manner the fiercenefs of 
 their temper, and the ftrong fmell of their 
 v/hole body, are remarkably weakened. A re- 
 tention of this fluid may follow from a narrow- 
 nefs of the excretory du£t, a fcirrhofity of the 
 proftate, and other caufes not fufficiently 
 known. But, moreover, there are certain vefTels 
 very minute and pellucid, which are all along 
 extended from the veficle, together with the 
 fpermatic cord, which are doubtlefs the ab- 
 forbing veins of this humour. 
 
 §. 791 . The quantity of femen expelled at 
 one time from the human veficles, is but fmall, 
 more efpecially in a man who has not long ab- 
 ftained from venery. Therefore, that this 
 fluid might be projeded with a greater force, 
 and to a further diftance, nature has joined 
 another humour, which is generated by the 
 froftafe ; which is a gland fliaped like a heart, 
 with its fmall end foremoft, fo as to furround 
 and include the origin of the urethra, but moft 
 round its upper fide. This is one of the hardefl 
 and mofl; com.padl glands, of a peculiar fabric, 
 yet not evidently conglomerate ; it prepares a 
 thick, white, foft, or cream-like liquor in a 
 large quantity, which is poured out at the 
 fame time ; and from the fame caufes with the 
 femen itfelf, Into a little valley or channel, at 
 each fide of the openings of the feminal ve- 
 ficles, where mixing with the feminal fluid, it 
 : ;<imparts thereto the white colour and vifcidity 
 with which it is predominant. 
 
 §. 792. 
 
The Male Genitals. 2y^ 
 
 §. 792. But it was necelTary for this canal 
 of the urethra to be firm and capable of a direct 
 figure, that it might be able to throw the femen 
 with fome ftrength into the diftant womb ; and 
 therefore a three-fold cavernous body forrounds 
 it. The firft and proper ca\^ernous body of the 
 urethra, begins as foon as that canal has pafied 
 the proftate, with a thick origin, almoft like a 
 heart, firft under the urethra, and then above 
 it, but thinner i from thence it furrounds the 
 v/hole canal, through the whole length of the 
 penis, till the lower part terminates in the 
 glans, while the upper part is refledled back 
 from the extremity of the urethra, and ex- 
 panded in fuch a manner about it as to form 
 the glans ; which being circumfcribed by a 
 broad circumference, gradually extenuated, and 
 fomewhat round, terminates the extremities of 
 the cavernous bodies, upon which it is incum- 
 bent. The fabric of the glans is cellular, but 
 of a larger fort than the cells of the cavernous 
 bodies, being compofed rather of plates than 
 fibres, interwove like a net, and intercepted 
 betwixt two firm membranes. 
 
 §. 793. Into this cavernous body of the ure- 
 thra, the blood is poured out from the arteries, 
 which come from deep branches, fent off from 
 the external hasmorrhoidals (§. 797.), the truth 
 of which is demonftrated by the injection of 
 any kind of fluid ; which being urged into the 
 faid arteries, eafily flows into thefe cellular 
 fpaces, furrounding the urethra. But thef^ 
 are not naturally turgid with blood, becaufe . 
 there are veins open and numerous enough in ' 
 
 T 2 pro- 
 
276 7 ’/'^ Male Genltah. 
 
 Proportion to drink up, and return what Is 
 Poured in by the arteries j but if the return is 
 impeded by compreffing thofe veins from the 
 powers hereafter mentioned (§. 800.), the 
 blood is then retained within the cellular fpaces, 
 while the arteries continue to import it more 
 fwiftly and ftrongly than the veins return it. 
 Thus the flagnant blood diftends the bulb of 
 the urethra, together with its cavernous body, 
 and the glans itfelf. But this is performed ge- 
 nerally at the fame time, when the other ca- 
 vernous bodies of the penis, with which this 
 of the urethra has no communication, are like- 
 wife rigidly diflended. 
 
 §. 794. But the cavernous bodies of the pe- 
 nis arife from the offa ifchii and pubis, where 
 they are conjoined by a white, cellular, very 
 denfe and firm fubftance ; from whence in- 
 clining inward towards each other, they take 
 betwixt them the urethra, a little before its 
 bulb, where changing their diredion, they go 
 on parallel, conjoined together, and with the 
 urethra extended forward along their middle, 
 and terminate with an obtufe end in the glans. 
 Thefe bodies are covered with a very firm inte- 
 gument, and their internal flefli is fpungy, like 
 that of the urethra (§. 793-), like which it is 
 capable of being diftended by the reception of 
 the blood. Betwixt them there is a middle 
 feptum or partition, compofed of firm parallel 
 tendinous fibres, growing narrower downward ; 
 but not continuous one to another, that the in- 
 termediate fpaces might be larger and more 
 numerous, as they are more forward ) and that 
 
 tiiey 
 
l^he Male Genitals. 277 
 
 they might leave a free communication betwixt 
 the right and left fpungy body. Other fuch 
 robuft fibres, like crofs-beams, run through the 
 cavernous bodies, and are inferted into the fides 
 of their membranous fack, fo as to prevent an 
 aneurifm or over diftenfion of the penis. 
 
 §, 795. Thefe cavernous bodies are fur- 
 rounded with a good deal of tendinous and cellu- 
 lar fubftance, of which that fide lying next the 
 cavernous bodies is denfe and firm, like a mem- 
 brane j but from thence outward, towards the 
 fkin, its fabric is cellular and very tender, 
 without including any fat, and continuous 
 with the cellular membrane of the ferotum. 
 But the glans (§. 792.) is naturally covered in 
 fuch a manner, that the fkin is continued from 
 the penis, and folded back againfl itfelf, as we 
 obferve in the eye-lids ; both folds of the fkin 
 being covered with its proper cuticle, and 
 fluffed or filled up, each with its proper cellu- 
 lar ftratum, under the name of preputium, or 
 prepuce, which may be like a cap drawn 
 back from, and again brought over the glans j 
 at which it changes into a tender papillary bo- 
 dy, covered with its proper cuticle and cellular 
 fubftance, fpread over the refledled cavernous 
 body of the urethra (§. 792.) ; and finally is con- 
 tinued with the membrane of the urethra itfelf. 
 The faid prepuce is tied by a double triangular 
 ligament, by which the common fkin is con- 
 joined to that which makes the covering of the 
 glans. Upon the excavation that furr-ounds the 
 crown of the glans, as well as upon the crown 
 itfelf, are feated Ample febaceous follicles, 
 T 3 whiclj 
 
278 ^he Male Genii ah. 
 
 which feparate a liment of a peculiar, fome- 
 what foetid fmeli, from the nature of their feat, 
 ferving to abate the attrition of the fkin, as in 
 other parts of the body. Finally, the whole 
 body of the penis is fuftained by a firm cellular 
 plate, compared into a kind of triangular liga- 
 ment, v/hich defcends from the fychondrofis of 
 the ofTa pubis 5 and is from thence continued 
 into the denfe cellular flratum, that furrounds 
 the hard ca\>ernous bodies. 
 
 §. 796. Thefe cavernous bodies then of the 
 penis, having their fpungy fabric diftended, by 
 the blood retained by the veins, and ftill pro- 
 pelled by the arteries, become rigidly turgid, 
 and fuftain the otherwife flaccid, or but weakly 
 filled urethra, in fuch a manner that it may be 
 able to conduct the femen into the diflant 
 womb. All this is demonftrated from the 
 difledtion of brute animals in the adt of venery, 
 from an artificial eredtion, and from the in- 
 jedlion of liquid matters into the veffels of the 
 penis. But the caufe of this diflenfion remains 
 ifill to be explained. The diflribution of the 
 blood-veflels into the genital parts are there- 
 fore to be here deferibed, to make it evident 
 how ready the compreffing caufe conflantly is 
 to adl upon the veins. 
 
 §. 797. The aorta at the fourth vertebra of the 
 loins, and the vena cava at the fifth, are bifur- 
 cated or divided, the former before the latter. 
 The common iliac branches, not vet arrived 
 to the middle of the interval in the thighs, 
 fend off inward and downward, a confiderable 
 artery, called the hypogaftric, which in the 
 
 foetus 
 
The Male Genitals. 279 
 
 foetus is larger than the femoral artery, and in 
 the adult is equal to it. This defcending into 
 the pelvis, divides into four, five, or fix prin- 
 cipal branches, of which the firfi; is the iliacus 
 anterior, which fupplies branches upward, to 
 the dura mater and cauda equina of the fpine, 
 and into the os facrum. The next, or facra- 
 lateral artery goes off from the bone of that 
 name, when it does not arife from the former ; 
 and the third or iliaca-pofterior, is diftributed 
 to the glutei mufcles. The fourth is the ifchia- 
 tica defcendens, to feveral mufcles, nervts, and 
 levators of the anus. The fifth trunk is that 
 of the haemorrhoidea infima five pudenda com- 
 munis, which in the cavity of the pelvis fends 
 confiderable branches to the bladder and 
 redtum ; after which, joining with the mefen- 
 terics, and going out of the pelvis, it creeps by 
 the fide of the obturator, and gives off the ex- 
 ternal hasmorrhoideals, to the fphindter and fkin 
 of the anus j then dividing, it goes with an in- 
 ternal branch to the bulb of the urethra, fur- 
 face of the proflate, and infide of the corpus 
 cavernofum penis, while by another branch it 
 runs along the back of the penis, according to 
 the diredion^of its bodies, and terminates with 
 them by ramifications into the fldn. The fixth 
 is the obturatrix, fpent upon the joint of the fe- 
 mur and adjacent mufcles. The lafl is the um- 
 bilical artery, to be deferibed in treating of the 
 foetus ; although in adults it fends off fome 
 branches to the bladder, from its thick callous 
 body or vagina. Sometimes one or more of 
 thefe arteries come from the common trunk. 
 
 T 4 The 
 
200 Male Genltah. 
 
 The fkin of the penis and fcrotum have their 
 arteries from the epigaftric, and from the inter- 
 nal branch of the crural. Thefe external ar- 
 teries communicate in many places with the in- 
 ternal. 
 
 §. 79B. The veins are, in general, diftri- 
 buted in like order with the arteries; they 
 come off in two trunks from the iliacs, joining 
 together into a net, and then the haemorrhoidal 
 vein, bending round under the os pubis, forms a 
 large plexus, fpread with the veins of the pelvis 
 upon the proftate and feminal veficles ; from hence 
 the great venadorfi penis arifes, v hich is often 
 lingle, and furnilhed with valves ;o forward 
 the return of the blood. The external veins 
 go to the faphena and crural, communicating 
 in feveral places with the internal veins, more 
 cfpecially at the bafs of the praepuce. 
 
 §. 799. Lymphatic vefl'els of the penis are, by 
 moft eminent anatomids, faid to run under the 
 Ikin towards the groins. The nerves of this 
 part are both numerous and very large, and ac- 
 company the arteries of the penis, from the 
 trunk of the great fciatic nerve. But the blad- 
 der, redum, and uterus are fupplied by the 
 lower mefenteric plexus, which arifes from the 
 middle one (§. 763.), defcending into the 
 pelvis. 
 
 §. 800. In order to didend the penis there 
 mud be either a compreiTure of the great vein 
 (§• 79^'^’ ^ condridion of the leder veins, 
 
 that every where open within the cavernous 
 bodies to hinder them from abforbing and re- 
 turning the olood from the arteries. The iird, 
 
 how- 
 
Ti'he Male Genitals. 281 
 
 however, may be effedled by the levator, draw- 
 ing up the proftate ; but it is very probable, 
 that as we fee in the nipples of the fuckling 
 mother, in the gills of the peacock, and in the 
 blufhing or rednefs of the face, from paffions 
 of the mind, as well as from brute animals, 
 which all couple without the ufe of any eredtor 
 mufcle 5 from all thefe it is probable, that the 
 courfe of the blood through the vein may be 
 retarded, without the immediate ufe of any 
 mufcle ; and that, by the power of the latent 
 multitude of fmall nervous bridles, by whofe 
 conftridtion, from the force of pleafure, the veins 
 are comprefled and ftraitned, fo as to return lefs 
 blood to the trunks, at that time, than what is 
 imported by the arteries. But the caufe of this 
 conftridtion in the nervous bridles, or fphindters 
 themfelves, depends upon a various irritation 
 of the nerves, belonging to the penis and 
 urethra, either from an external fridlxon, or 
 from venereal thoughts or dreams, a redun- 
 dancy of good femen, a diftenhon of the blad- 
 der with urine, or a greater determination of 
 the blood’s courfe to the abdomen, after a 
 meal j or laftly, from various irritations by 
 diuretic medicines, poifons, ftripes or flogging, 
 epilepfies, or like irritation. 
 
 §. 801. A long continued and violent erec- 
 tion is commonly joined, at lafl;, with an ex- 
 pulfion of the femen, at that time, when, at 
 length, the cellular fpaces of the urethra and 
 its continuous glands, which are at lafl; filled, 
 become fo far diflended, with a large quantity 
 cf warm blood, that the nervous papifliE, 
 
 flretched 
 
202 The Male Genii ah. 
 
 ilretched out in the latter, become violently 
 aiteded from the irritating or pleafurable caufe ; 
 and hereupon the feminal veficles are evacuated 
 by the levator mufclcs of the anus, which prefs 
 them againft the refifting bladder with a con- 
 vulfive motion, excited either by a voluptuous 
 imagination, or from the pruritus, that is ex- 
 quifite irv the nerves of the glans. Hence the 
 femen is never difcharged with any of the 
 urine, in an healthy man ; becaufe the expul- 
 lion of it requires the bladder to be clofcd or 
 drawn up firmly together ; for, while lax, 
 it affords little or no rcfiftance to the feminal 
 veficles. At the fame time, with the levators, 
 a< 5 ls the compreffor of the proftate, a broad 
 thin mufcle, not conflantly found, arifing from 
 the os pubis, at its meeting with a branch of the 
 ifchium, and inferted into the anus and bulb of 
 the urethra, largely expanded together with its 
 fellow mufcle over the proflate. The tranf- 
 verfe mufcles, which are one, two, or three, 
 arife in common with the os ifchium, at the 
 beginning of the ereftor, whence its principal 
 bundles, going betwixt the anus and bulb of 
 the urethra, conjoin together, and feem to di- 
 late the canal for the reception of the femen, 
 expreffed from the veficles. 
 
 §.802. Soon afterwards the powers, conftring- 
 ing the urethra, are, from the irritation of the 
 very fenfible fabric of that canal, put into ac- 
 tion. To this conftridlion conduce principally 
 the accelerator (§. 769,), which makes a power- 
 ful concufiion of the bulb and adjacent part of 
 the urethra, fo as to propel the contents more 
 
 fwiftly, 
 
^he Male Genitah. 285 
 
 fwiftly, in proportion as the bulb has a larger 
 diameter than that of the urethra. But that 
 this may a6t firmly, the fphindler of the anus, 
 together with that of the bladder, mufi: be well 
 ll:iut. The accelerator mufcle feems alfo prin- 
 cipally concerned in the eredlon, by com- 
 preflang the veins of the corpus cavernofum of 
 the urethra. At the fame time the eredlores 
 penis, as they are called, arifing from the tu- 
 bercles of the ifchium, become ftrong and are 
 inferted into the cavernous bodies, fuftaininp- 
 the penis, at a fort of medium, betwixt the 
 tranfverfe and perpendicular diredlion. Thus 
 the femen is drove, either into the vagina or 
 uterus itfelf, in a prolific coition ; the whole 
 adion of which is very impetuous, and comes 
 near to a convullion ; w'-hence it wonderfully 
 weakens the habit, and largely injures the 
 w'hole nervous fyfiem. 
 
 LEC- 
 
284 
 
 LECTURE XXXIV. 
 
 Of the Virgin Uterus^ 
 
 §. 803. f I ''HE uterus is feated in the upper 
 part of the pelvis, with the 
 bladder before, and the re< 5 tum behind it, 
 without adhering to either of them. In wo- 
 men, the peritonaeum defcends from the os 
 pubis into the pelvis, over the pofterior face 
 of the bladder, down to the bottom or mouth 
 of the uterus : from whence again it afcends 
 over the forefide of the uterus, and, paffing 
 round its convexity, de'cends on the pofterior 
 ftde down to the vagina, from whence it ex- 
 tends laterally or tranfverfely on each ftde, in- 
 cluding the redlum with lunatcd folds, which 
 is all the difference betwixt the female and male 
 peritonaeum. But this fame peritonaeum, com- 
 ing into the pelvis from the iliac veftels, and 
 broadly adhering to the ftdes of the uterus and 
 vagina, is folded back over itfelf, and divides the 
 pelvis almoft into two, like a partition, under 
 the denomination of ligamentum latum. Thus 
 the peritonaeum accurately connedls the uterus, 
 without the intervention of any fat, fo as to 
 ferve it on all ftdes, as an external coat or co- 
 vering. 
 
 §, 804. The figure of the uterus is fome- 
 what like a depreffed pear, flatly convex before, 
 round behind, with acute edges on each ftde, and 
 at the meeting of its convexities 5 but converging, 
 
 gra- 
 
The Virgin Uterus] 285 
 
 gradually afterwards for fome way, In its upper 
 part, almoft parallel. It has a peculiar fabric, 
 being made up of a clofe, firm, but fome- 
 what fucculent and cellular flefli, in which we 
 perceive the appearance of mufcular fibres, 
 more efpecially in the gravid uterus, difpofed 
 in various circles, and particularly at the fundus 
 betwixt the tubes, h s for any mucous finulTes, 
 varioully branching and dividing within the 
 flefh of the uterus, after repeated enquiries, 
 we now declare, that we have not been able 
 to find any ; only fome common fmall vefiels, 
 furrounded with cellular fubftance, bv which 
 their diameters are fuftained. The internal 
 membrane of the uterus is fcarcely diftinguifli- 
 able or feparable ; but fuch a one there is, con- 
 tinued from the cuticle, in the upper part of 
 the cavity, fleecy, and in the lower part, cal- 
 lous, like valves, The cavity of the uterus is 
 fmall, for the mofi: part triangular upward, 
 and below like a comprefTed cylinder. The 
 cylindric part, which is called the cervix or 
 neck, is altogether rough, with callous wrinkles 
 rifing up into an edge, whence they incline 
 towards the vagina j thefe recede laterally from 
 the anterior and pofterior margin, joining toge- 
 ther by fmall wrinkles, in the intervals of which 
 are fmall mucous finufies, with fmall pellucid 
 fpherules, filled with a very clear liquor, in fome 
 parts interfperfed through the upper region of 
 the cervix uteri, differing both in their num- 
 ber and magnitude. It is not uncommon for 
 the uteruo to be diflinguifhed by a line or pro- 
 tuberance extended through its middle. The 
 2 cervix 
 
286 The Virgin Uterus, 
 
 cervix is terminated, by the os internum uteri, 
 with a tranfverfe rim, forming protuberant 
 lips, which project for fome length into the va- 
 gina ; there' are alfc mucous finuifes, filled with 
 a vifcid mucilage, about the tumid lips and 
 their finuofities. 
 
 §. 805. The triangular part of the uterus 
 fends out, from its lateral angles, two canals, in 
 fome meafure folded together by the cellular fub- 
 fiance, growing gradually broader, like a trum- 
 pet, and, being again a little contradled towards 
 their extremity, they proceed towards the ovary, 
 firfi; in a tranl'verfe direction, and afterwards a 
 little defcending, but with fome variation, un- 
 der the denomination of the uterine tubes. 
 Their external membrane is from the perito- 
 naeum, for they are included within the dupli- 
 cature of the broad ligament (§. 803.), which 
 is a produdtion of that membrane ; internally 
 they are wrinkled almoft reticularly, lined 
 with mucus, extended to a confiderable length 
 by intervening plates or folds, and terminated 
 in a fort of fringe or ruffle, that broadly crowns 
 the opening of the tube, which is alfo con- 
 neded to the ovary. Betwixt the two mem- 
 branes is fomething of a fpungy cellular fub- 
 fiance, of a flender texture. There are alfo 
 great numbers of vefl'els, and perhaps fome 
 mufcular fibres, but the latter are more ob- 
 feure. 
 
 §. 806. But the evarieSy included in the 
 fame duplicature of the broad ligament behind, 
 the tubes, are feated traiifverfely, and conjoined 
 
 • to 
 
T’he Virgin Uterus, 22 y 
 
 to the fald tubes by a ligamentai*y expanfion 
 of their own, which is long enough to allow 
 them a free motion ; they are fomewhat of an 
 oblong or oval figure, depreffed on each fide, 
 convex upon their unconne£led fide, and half 
 elliptical, extending fomewhat longer than the 
 other thin fide, which is more diredl and con- 
 nedted to the ligament; their fabric nearly 
 enough refembles that of the uterus itfelf, 
 being a clofe, white, cellular fubftance, com- 
 pared together, without any fat. But even in 
 the virgin ovary there are fmall, round, lym- 
 phatic fpherules, formed of a pulpy, and fome- 
 what firm membrane, which are filled with a 
 coagulable lymph, of an uncertain number, to 
 twelve in one ovary. The margin of the broad 
 ligament, receding from the uterus to fuflain 
 the ovary, has fomething of a more folid and 
 thick fubftance, refembling a ligament. 
 
 §. 807. Laftly, the uterus fends out, from 
 the fame lateral angles, of its triangular body 
 downward, a kind of fafciculus, compofed of 
 long cellular fibres and fmall veffels, which, 
 becoming fmall in their progrefs, goes out of 
 the pelvis through the ring of the abdomen 
 (§• 777-) into the groin, where it fplits into 
 branches, and diffolves into fmall veffels, which 
 communicate with the epigaftrics. Whether 
 or no it has any long fibres propagated from 
 the uterus itfelf, does not plainly appear. 
 
 §. 808. The arteries of the uterus are from 
 ■ ■ the hypogaftrics, a confiderable branch of which 
 goes off, “ like that to the bottom of the blad- 
 der in men, ^ or, at leaft, it arifes from the um- 
 bilical 
 
288 ^he Virgin Uterus. 
 
 bilical trunk, or immediately below that trunk, 
 and makes the common artery, belonging to the 
 uterus, bladder, and rectum , upon the lower parts 
 of which it fpreads, and, afcending upward, forms 
 various inofculations with the fpermatics. Thefe 
 lafl; vefTels have the fame origin as in men 
 (§.778.), and form a plexus, which, from its 
 hmilitude to the tendrils of a vine, is called 
 pampiniformis ; afterwards, defcending over the 
 pfoas mufcle into the pelvis, it divides into two 
 plexulfes, the anterior of which furrounds the 
 ovary itfelf, with many circles, elegantly diftri- 
 buted through its fubftance. The poflerior 
 both fupplies the tube, and defcends to the ute- 
 rus itfelf, in which it fends out winding branches 
 upward and downward, and fome branches 
 that are detached to the bladder. Another ar- 
 tery is the middle haemorrhoidal, coming from 
 the common trunk of the pudendeal, a conli- 
 derable way forward with the vagina ; to which, 
 and to the bladder and redlum, it is diftributed. 
 The beginning of the vagina likewife, and the 
 clitoris, have arteries from the external haemor- 
 rhoideal, which are diilributed like thole of 
 the penis, fome inwardly, others luperficially. 
 
 §, 809. The courfe of the uterine veins is 
 like to that of the arteries, forming a plexus 
 from the external hsmorrhoideal, or from thole 
 of the bladder, coniunCtly to which go thofe 
 of the clitoris, alter the manner we defcribed 
 in the penis (§. 798). Valves there are none 
 in thefe veins, except a few in the Ipermatics. 
 Lymphatic vell'els are frequently feea in the 
 uterus of brute animals; but, in the human 
 
 fpecies. 
 
7 Jje Virgin U'om^. 289 
 
 fpecies, there are not yet any difcovered, at 
 lead by my own obfervation. The nerves are 
 fupplied from the lower mefocolic plexus, 
 which fends out large branches to the bladder, 
 womb, and redtum ^ befides which, there are 
 a few nervous twigs, which defcend through 
 the broad ligament to the ovaries, and others 
 from the nerve, that goes with the veflels to 
 the clitoris. The great number of the nerves, 
 therefore, make thefe parts extremely fenlible. 
 
 §. 8fO. The defcriptions, we have hitherto 
 given, are in common to all ages of the female ; 
 but about the 13 th or 14th year, near at 
 the fame time whenfemen begins to form itfelf in 
 the male, there are likewife considerable changes 
 produced in the female. For, at this time, 
 the whole mafs of blood begins to circulate in 
 the girl with an increafed force, the breads are 
 filled out, the pubes begin to be cloathed, and, 
 at the fame time, the menfes, in fome mea- 
 fure, make their appearance. But before the 
 mendrual flux, there are various fymptoms ex"- 
 cited in the loins, heavy pains, head-achs, and 
 cutaneous pudules commonly proceed. For 
 now the fleecy veflels of the uterus, which, in 
 the date of the foetus, were wdiite, and tran- 
 fuded a fort of milk, as, in the young girl, 
 they tranfuded a ferous liquor, do now begin to 
 fwcli With blood; the red parts of which are 
 depolited through the vefTels, into the cavity of 
 the uterus. This continues fome days, while, 
 in the.;mean time, the flrd troublefome fymp- 
 toms -.abate, and the uterine vedels, gradually 
 contrafting their openings, again didil oriiy .a 
 
 Vo-L.-,II, U -little 
 
290 Virgin Womb. 
 
 Iktle ferous moiflure, as before. But then 
 the fame efforts return again, at uncertain in- 
 tervals in tender virgins, ’till, at length, by 
 degrees, they keep near to the end of the fourth 
 week, at which time follows a flux ot blood, 
 as before, which is periodieadv continued to 
 about the 50th year ; though the diet, country, 
 conftitution, and way of life caufe a great va- 
 riation in this dilcharge. 
 
 §. 81 1. This difcharge of blood, from the 
 veffels of the uterus itfelf, is demonftrated by 
 infpedtion, in women who have died in the 
 midfl: of their courfes ; and, in living women, 
 who having an inverfion of the uterus, the 
 blood has been feen plainly to diftil from the 
 open orifices : it alfo appears from the nature of 
 the uterus itfelf, full of foft fpungy vefl'els, 
 compared with the thin, callous, little fleecy, 
 and almoft bloodlefs fubftance of the vagina. 
 But that this is a good and found blood, in an 
 healthy v/oman, appears both from the fore- 
 going and innumerable other obfervations. 
 
 §. 812. Since none, but the human fpecies, 
 are properly fubjedt to this menflrual flux ot 
 blood, (although there are fome animals, who, 
 at the time of their vernal copulation, diflil a 
 fmall quantity of blood from their genitals) 
 and fince the body^of the male is always tree 
 from the like difcharge, it has been a great en- 
 quiry, in all ages, what fhould be the caufe of 
 this fanguine excretion, peculiar to the fair fex. 
 To this effedl, the attradtion of the moon, which 
 is known to raife the tides of the fea, has been 
 accufed in all ages j others have referred it to a 
 
T^he Virgin Womb. 
 
 ifharp ftimulating humour, fecreted iii the ge- 
 nital parts themfelves But if the moon was 
 the parent of this efFed:, it would appear, in all 
 women, at jhe fame time, which is contrary 
 to experience j fince there is never a day, in 
 which there are not many women feized with 
 this flux, nor are there fewer in the decreafe, 
 than the increafe of the moon. As to any 
 fharp ferment feated in the uterus or its parts, 
 it will be always enquired for in vain, where 
 there are none but mild mucous juices, and 
 where venery, v/hich expels all thofe juices, 
 neither increafes nor lefTcns the menflrual flux; 
 but laflly, that it proceeds entirely from a ple- 
 thora or too great a fulnefs of blood, appears 
 from hence ; that, by a retention, the courfes 
 have been known to break through all the other 
 organs of the body, where no vellicating fer- 
 ment could he feated, even fo as to burft open 
 the veflels of each organ. 
 
 O 
 
 §. ^13. Nature has, in general, given women a 
 body with fofter or loofer veflels, and folids that 
 are lefs elaftic ; then' mufcles are alfo fmaller, 
 with a greater quantity of fat interpofed both 
 betwixt them and their fibres ; the bones too 
 are flenderer and lefs folid, and their furfaces 
 have fewer procefTes and afperities. Moreover, 
 the pelvis of the female is, in all its dimenfions, 
 larger ; the ofla ilia fpread farther from each 
 other, and the os facrum recedes more back- 
 ward from the bones of the pubes, while the ofla 
 ifchii depart more from each other below ; but 
 above all, the angle, in which the bones of the 
 pubes meet together to form an arch, is, in 
 
 U 2 the 
 
292 ^he Virgin Womb. 
 
 the female, remarkably more large or obtufe. 
 Moreover, the hypogaftric and uterine arteries 
 are confiderably larger in women than in men, 
 and have a greater proportion of light with 
 refpeft to the thicknefs of their coats • but the 
 veins are, in proportion, lets ample than in 
 men, and of a more firm refifiing texture, than 
 in other parts of the body From hence it 
 follows, that the blood, brought by the arte- 
 rial trunk to the womb, hv paffing from a 
 weaker artery into a narrow and more refift- 
 ing vein, will meet with a more difficult re- 
 turn, and confequently endeavour to efcape or 
 go off by the lateral veffels. 
 
 §.814. The female infant new-born has her 
 lower limbs very fmall, and the greater part of 
 the blood, belonging to the iliac arteries, gees 
 to the umbilicals, fending down only a fmall 
 portion to the pelvis, which is confequently 
 fmall, and but little concave ; fo that the blad- 
 der and uterus itfelf, with the ovaries, projedt 
 beyond the rim of the pelvis. But when the 
 umbilical artery is tied, all the blood of the 
 iliac artery defeends to the pelvis and lower 
 limbs, which, of courfe, grow larger, and the 
 pelvis fpreads wider and deeper : fo that, by 
 degrees, the womb and bladder are received 
 into its cavity, v.fithout being any longer com- 
 preffed by the inteftines and peritonaeum, when 
 the abdominal mufclesurge down upon the lower 
 parts of the abdomen. 
 
 §. 815. When the growth is advanced to 
 puberty, we find the arteries of the uterus 
 and pelvis univerfally larger, which, in the foe- 
 tus, 
 
T"he Virgin Womb. 293 
 
 tuSj were extremely fmall ; and fo much are 
 they all changed, that the hemorrhoidal artery 
 ferves now as a trunk to the hypogaftric 
 (§• 797 )> of what was before the um- 
 
 bilical artery. Therefore, at this age of life, a 
 greater quantity of blood will be fent to the 
 uterus, vagina, and clitoris, than was before 
 ufual. 
 
 §. 816. At the fame time, when the growth 
 of the body begins confiderably to diminitli, 
 the blood, finding eafy admittance into the 
 compleated vifcera, is made in a greater quan- 
 tity, the appetite being now vei;y fliarp in ei- 
 ther fex, in both which a plethora from thence 
 follows, which, in the male, vents itfelf fre- 
 quently by the nofe, from the exhaling vefTels 
 of the pituitary membrane being dilated to fo 
 great a degree without a rupture, as to let the 
 red blood diftil through them (§,459.). But, 
 in the female, the fame plethora finds a more 
 eafy vent downward, being that way direded 
 partly by the weight of the blood itfelf, to 
 ‘the uterine vefTels now much enlarged, of a 
 foft fleecy fabric, feated in a loofe hollow part, 
 with a great deal of cellular fabric interfperfed, 
 which is very yielding and fucculent, as we ob- 
 ferve in the womb; from thefe caufes, the 
 vefTels being eafily difiendible, the blood finds 
 a more eafy pafTage through the very foft 
 fleecy exhaling vefTels, which open into the ca- 
 vity of the uterus, as being there lefs refifted 
 than in its return by the veins, or in taking a 
 courfe through any other part; becaufe, in 
 females, we'obferve the arteries of the head 
 
 U 3 are 
 
2 94 Virgin Womh. 
 
 are both fmal'ler in proportion, and of a more 
 firm refifting texture. The blood is, therefore, 
 firftcolledled in the veffels of the uterus, which, 
 at this time, by repeated dilTeclions, are ob- 
 ferved turgid or fwelled ; next it is accumulated 
 in the arteries of the loins and the aorta itfelf, 
 which, urging on a new torrent of blood, im- 
 pelled from the heart by degrees, augments the 
 force, fo far as to open and wedge the red 
 blood into the ferous veffels, which, at firft, 
 tranfnht an increafed quantity of warm mucus, 
 afterward a reddilh coloured ferum, and, by 
 further opening, they, at laft, emit the red 
 blood itfdf, which, however, in this difchargc, 
 has ufually a greater proportion of ferum. The 
 fame greater impulfe of blood, determined to 
 the genital parts, drives out the hitherto latent 
 hairs, increafes the bulk of the clitoris, dilates 
 the cavernous plexus of the vagina, and whets, 
 the female appetite towards venery. Accord- 
 ingly we find, that the quantity of the men- 
 flrual flux and the earlinefs of their appearance 
 are promoted by every thing, that either in- 
 creafes ti^e quantity or momentum of the blood, 
 with refpedt to the body in general, or which 
 diredl the courfe of the blood more particularly 
 towards the uterus j fuch as joy, lull, bathing 
 of the feet, &c. 
 
 §. 817. When fix or eight ounces of blood 
 have been thus evacuated, the unloaded arteries 
 now exert a greater force of elaflicity, and, 
 like all arteries that have been overcharged with 
 blood, contradl themfelves, by degrees, to a 
 lefs diameter, fo as, at length, to give paffige 
 
 only 
 
^he Virgin Womb. 295 
 
 only to the former thin exhaling moifture ; but 
 the plethora or quantity of blood, being again 
 increafed from the fame caufes, a like difcharge 
 will always more eafily enfue, or return thro’ 
 the veffels of the uterus, after they have been 
 once thus opened fo that, except in extraor- 
 dinary cafes, it rarely feeks for a different paf- 
 fage. Nor is there any occafion to perplex 
 ourfelves about the caufe, why this periodical 
 difcharge is, for the moft part, nearly regular 
 or menflrual ; for this depends upon the pro- 
 portion of the quantity and momentum of the 
 blood daily colledted, together with the refi- 
 flance of the uterus, which is to yield again gra- 
 dually to the firft courfe. Therefore this cri- 
 tical difcharge of blood never waits for the in- 
 terval of a month, but flows fooner or later, 
 according as the greater quantity of blood, in 
 plethoric women, is determined by lufl:, or other 
 caufes, towards the uterus. Finally, they ceafe 
 to flow altogether, when the uterus, like all the 
 other folid parts of the body, has acquired fo 
 great a degree of hardnefs and reflflance, as 
 cannot be overcome by the declining force of 
 the heart and arteries, by which the blood and 
 juices are drove on through all the veffels. 
 This increafed hardnefs in the old uterus is fo re- 
 marka!ble in the arteries and ovaries, that it 
 eafily difcovers itfelf both to the knife and the 
 injeftions of theanatomift. But, in general, brute 
 animals have no courfes, becaufe, in them, the 
 womb is, in a manner, rather membranous 
 than flefliy, with very firm or refifting veffels, 
 which, with the difference of their poflure, 
 U 4 never 
 
296 
 
 ^he Virgin Womb. 
 
 never permit a natural hsemorrhage from the 
 
 §. 818. It will, perhaps, be demanded, why 
 the breads fill out at the fame time with the ap- 
 proach of the menfes ? we are to obferve, that 
 the breafts have many particulars in their fabric, 
 common to that of the uterus, as appears from 
 the fecretion of the milk in them, after the 
 birth of the fcetus, which increafes ordiminifhes, 
 in proportion as the lochial flux is either increafed 
 or diminilhed ; from the fimilitude of the ferous 
 liquor, like whey, found in the uterus, fo as to 
 refemble milk, in thofe who do not fuckle their 
 children, being of a thin and white confiftence, 
 appearing very evidently in brute animals ; alfo 
 from the turgefcence or eredion of the pa- 
 pilltE or nipples of the breafl; by fridlion, ana- 
 logous to the eredlion of the clitoris. There- 
 fore the fame caufe, which diflend the vefiels 
 of the uterus, likewife determine the blood 
 more plentifully to the breafts ; the confequence 
 of which is an increafed bulk and turgelcence 
 of the conglomerate glandules and cellular fa- 
 bric, which compofe the breads. 
 
 genital parts. 
 
 L E C- 
 
297 
 
 LECTURE XXXV. 
 
 Of the Tregnant Uterus. 
 
 §. 819. T N the preceding condition the ute- 
 ^ rus constantly remains, unlefs, by 
 congrefs with the male, it becomes impreg- 
 nated ; towards which, nature has given women a 
 covetous appetite, as well as for the taking of 
 food ; and for this fl:ie has likewife framed pe- 
 culiar organs. She has firft added to the womb 
 a vagina or round membranous cavity, ea^ly 
 dilatable, which, as we have already feen 
 (§. 804.), embraces and furrounds the projedting 
 mouth of the. uterus j from whence itdefcends 
 obliquely forward under the bladder, which 
 lies before it, and refting upon the rectum with 
 which it adheres, and advances to an opening 
 fufficiently large below the urethra. This 
 opening, in the foetus and in virgins, has a re- 
 markably wrinkled valve, formed as a produc- 
 tion of the Skin and cuticle, under the deno- 
 mination of hymefi, which ferves to exclude the 
 air or water, and afford fome figns of chaftity. 
 It is circular, excepting a fmall deficiency un- 
 der the urethra, which yet is not always con- 
 fcant, but fpreads itfelf very broadly below, to- 
 wards the anus. This membrane, if not pre- 
 vioufly injured by difeafe or violence, is broke 
 in the firft congrefs 3 and, in length of time, 
 its lacerated portions almofl difappear. 
 
 §. 820. 
 
29S Of the Pregnant Womh. 
 
 §. 820. The fabric of the vagina is fome- 
 what like that of the fkin, compofed of a firm, 
 denfe or callous cuticle, covering a thick, white, 
 nervous Ikin, in which, more efpecially at its 
 end, appear flefhy fibres. Its internal furface 
 is, in a great meafure, rough, befet with many 
 callous warts, which, though hard, are fen- 
 fible ; befides which, there are thin plates, ter- 
 minated with a protuberant inclined edge, point- 
 ing downward, fo as to form two principal 
 rows, fpreading betwixt thofe warts ; and of 
 thefe, the uppermoft are extended under the 
 urethra, where they are larger, as the lower 
 are incumbent on the anus. From each of 
 thefe to the other are continued, on both fides, 
 feveral rows of lelfer valve-like papilla;, va- 
 rioufly infledied into arches, and which feem 
 to be defigned for increafing the pleafure, and 
 facilitating the expanfion when it is called for. 
 It is furniflied with a proper mucus of its own, 
 feparated from particular finulfes in feveral parts, 
 but more efpecially in its pofterior and fmoother 
 fide. 
 
 §. 821. At the entrance of the vagina are 
 prefixed two cutaneous produdions or appen- 
 dages, called nympha, continued from the cutis 
 of the clitoris, and from the glans itfelf of 
 that part ; and thefe, being full of cellular fub- 
 ftance in their middle, are of a turgefcent or 
 difrendible fabric, jaggid and replenillied with fe- 
 baceous glandules on each fide j fuch as arc 
 alfo found in the folds of the prcepuce, belong- 
 ing to the clitoris. Their ufe is principally to 
 dired the urine, which flows betwixt them 
 
 both 
 
Of the Pregnant Womh. 299 
 
 both from the urethra, that, in its defcent, it 
 may be turned off from clinging to the body, 
 in which office the nymphae are drawn toge- 
 ther with a fort of eredion. Thefe membra- 
 nous productions defcend from the cutaneous 
 arch lurrounding the clitoris, which is a part 
 extremely fenfible, and wonderfully influenced 
 by titillation j for which it is made up, like the 
 penis, of two cavernous bodies, arifing, in like 
 manner, from the fame bones (§ 794 -)j 
 afterwards conjoining together in one body, but 
 without including any urethra. It is furnifhed 
 wdth blood- veflels, nerves, and levator mufcles, 
 like thofe of the penis (§. 794. )> like unto 
 which the clitoris grows turgid and ereCt in the 
 venereal congrcfs, but lefs in thofe who are 
 very modefl:. 
 
 §. 822, At the outer fides of the vagina, 
 where the cutaneous lips are continued into 
 large folds, to guard or defend the whole 
 pudenda, there is a large furrounding plexus 
 of veins, formed by the ultimate branches of 
 the external hi^morrhoidal veins. This plexus, 
 both from the right and left fide, are conjoined 
 together with the middle plexus, in the upper 
 part 'of the vagina, above the clitoris ; but a 
 good deal of the fabric is here obfcure. Into 
 thofe plexufles the blood impetuoufly flows, at 
 the time of venereal irritation, fo as to ftraighten 
 the vagina, and increafe the pleafure of bothfexes. 
 To the fame purpofe alfo conduces the mufcle, 
 termed ofii vaguue confri^or, which, ariflng 
 on each lide from the fphinCler of the anus, 
 and from within the tubercle of the os ifchium, 
 
 covers 
 
300 Of the 'Pregnant 'Womb. 
 
 covers the vafcular plexus of the perineum, 
 from whence it proceeds outward in the di- 
 redlion of the labia externa, and is inferted 
 into the crura clitoridis ; thus it feems to com- 
 prefs the lateral venal plexuffes of the vagina, 
 and that of the perineum, which are derived 
 from the external hsmorrhoidals j whence it 
 every way conduces to retard the return of the 
 venal blood. 
 
 ' §. 823. When a w^oman, invited either by 
 moral love, or a luftful defire of pleafure, ad- 
 mits the embraces of the male, it excites a con- 
 vulhve conftridion and attrition of the very 
 fenfible and tender parts, which lie within the 
 contiguity of the external opening of the vagi- 
 na, after the fame manner as we obferved be- 
 fore of the male (§. 801.) ; by thefe means the 
 return of the venal blood being fupprefied, the 
 clitoris grows turgid and eredl, the nymphse 
 fwell on each fide, as well as the venal plexus, 
 which almofi; furrounds the whole vagina, fo as 
 to raife the pleafure to the highefi: pitch ; in 
 confequence of which there is expelled, by the 
 mufcular force of the confiridlor (§. 822.), but 
 not perpetually, a quantity of lubricating mu- 
 cous liquor, of various kinds. The principal 
 fountains of this are feated, at the firfl; beginning 
 or opening of the urethra, where there are large 
 mucous finufies, placed in the protuberant mar- 
 gin of this uriniferous canal. Moreover, there are 
 tw'oor three large mucous finuffes, which open 
 thentfelves into the cavity of the vagina itfelf; 
 and others at the fides of the urethra in the 
 bottom of the finufies, which are formed by 
 
Of the T regnant Womb, 30 1 
 
 the membranous valves, falcated upward. Laftly, 
 at the jfides of the vagina, betwixt the bottoms 
 of the nymphas and the hymen, there is one 
 opening, on each fide, from a very long dud: j 
 which, defcending towards the anus, receives 
 its mucus from a number of very fmall fol- 
 licles. 
 
 §. 824. But the fame adion which, by increa- 
 ling the heights of pleafure, caufes a greater 
 conflux of blood to the whole genital fyftem of 
 the female (§. 551, &c.), occafions a much 
 more important alteration in the interior parts. 
 For the hot male femen, penetrating the ten- 
 der and fenfible cavity of the uterus, which is 
 itfelf now turgid with influent blood, does there 
 excite, at the fame time, a turgefcence and 
 diftenfion of the lateral tubes, which are very 
 full of velfels, creeping betwixt their two 
 coats ; and thefe tubes, thus copicufly filled and 
 florid with the red blood, become ered and 
 afcend, fo as to apply the ruffle or fingered 
 opening of the tube to the ovary. In the truth 
 of all thefe particular changes, we are con- 
 firmed by difiedions of gravid or pregnant wo- 
 men, under various circumftances, alfo from 
 the comparative anatomy of brute animals, and 
 from the appearances of the parts when dif- 
 eafed, 
 
 §. 825. But, in a female of ripe years, the 
 ovary is extremely turgid, with a lymphatic 
 fluid, which will harden like the white of an 
 egg, and with which little bladders are diftended. 
 Alfo, before the conception, there is generally 
 formed, by degrees, a kind of yellow coagu- 
 
 lum, 
 
^02 Of the Pregnant Womb. 
 
 lum, within Tome veficle of the ovary f§. 8 c 
 as I have frequently feen, which fubftance in- 
 creahng very much by degrees, the coat of the 
 veficle difappears, and it changes into a hemi- 
 fpherical yellow body [corpus luteum)^ fome- 
 what like a bunch of currants ; which body is 
 inwardly hollow, and includes in its cavity, as 
 far as we can perceive, the very minute hollow 
 membranes or eggs, which are to be the feats 
 of future fcetus’s. The extremity of the tube, 
 therefore, furrounding and compreffing the 
 ovarium in the fervent congrefs, prelTes out and 
 fwallows a mature ovum, from a filTure in the 
 outer membrane, from whence it is continued 
 down, by 'the pcriftaltic motion of the tube, 
 to the uterus itfelf, which periftaltic motion be- 
 gins from the firft point of contadl with the 
 ovum, and urges the fame downward fuccef- 
 fively to the opening into the fundus uteri* 
 The truth of tliis appears from the perpetuity 
 of the corpora lutea, which are never abient in 
 prolific women, but always form a protube- 
 rance j from the repeated and conftant obler- 
 vation, of the number of fears or filTurcs in 
 the pvarium, being always conformable to the 
 number of foetulTes excluded by the mother; and 
 however fmall the ovum is found in the tube, 
 which is itfelf narrow, yet the entrance of it 
 through the uterus is fo miuch narrower, that the 
 veficle can fcarce pafs along that way with its 
 figure entire. Yet we mufi; acknowledge, that 
 the ovum was never truly obferved, included 
 within its yellow calix, in palling the tube. 
 
 §. 826. 
 
Of the Pregnant Womb. 303 
 
 §. 826. This conveyance of the ovum is not 
 performed without great pleafure to the mo- 
 ther, nor without an exquifite unrelatable fen- 
 fation of the internal parts of the tube, threat- 
 ening a fwoon or fainting fit to the future mo- 
 ther. Thus, at length, a conception enfues, 
 when the ovum is fo changed by the male fe- 
 men, that the firft rudiments of an incipient 
 foetus are therein begun j whether that be from 
 a vermicle entering into the ovum, as a new 
 inhabitant, or from the fpirituous part of the 
 femen, exciting a new vital motion in the fluids 
 of the ovum itfelf j for hitherto there are no 
 obfervations, which countenance a previous de- 
 lineation of the foetus in the ovum ; no 
 fuch marks can be feen in the virgin ovum, 
 and the foetus, which is produced from unlike 
 parents, refembles the father more than the 
 mother j alfo the ova, which are, in all re- 
 fpe6ts, perfedt on the fide of the female, fo as 
 to refemble thofe which are truly prolific, do, 
 notwithftanding, always prove flierile, and bring 
 forth nothing without the male femen. 
 
 §. 827. It may be demanded, whether the 
 feat of conception be in fome certain part of the 
 uterus, to which experiments fhow, that the 
 male femen is conveyed ? or whether the energy 
 of the male femen impregnates the ovum, while 
 it is yet lodged in the ovary j as would feem to 
 follow from the examples of fcetufTes, found 
 in and about the ovarium, and in the tube ? to 
 which add the evident changes, that are pro- 
 duced by pndific venery in the corpus luteum j 
 and the anaiogy of the feathered kind, in which, 
 
 after 
 
304 0/ the Pregnant Womb. 
 
 after the congrefs, there is but one ovum falls 
 into the womb ; though, at the fame time, a 
 great number are fcecundated in the ovary from 
 the one hngle tread ; nor is the fmallnefs of 
 the quantity, or fluggifhnefs of the motion ob- 
 fervable in the male femen, any obiedlion to 
 this fyftem, though fome may imagine from 
 thence, that it is not able to penetrate fo far 
 through fuch narrow tubes. For that the tubes 
 themfelves are in a recent impregnation, re- 
 plenilhed with the male femen, is evident even 
 to demonftration or infpedtion, as well in man- 
 kind as in brute animals. 
 
 §. 828. After conception, we know certainly, 
 that the uterus In brute animals, clofes itfelf ; and 
 it mod probably does the fame in our own 
 fpecies^ that fo the prepared and (lender ovum, 
 together with the expected fruit or foetus, may 
 not be loft, to the difappointment of nature in 
 her intention. After the human ovum has 
 lain fome days In the womb, we begin to learn 
 itschanges more fenfibly. The ovum itfelf fends 
 out, on all fides, fleecy foft branches from its 
 including membrane, which is as yet fimple j 
 thefe fleeces, inofculate and cohere with others 
 of the fame form, belonging to the flocculent, 
 exhaling and abforbing vefl'els of the uterus in- 
 ternally (§. 805.). This adhefion of the ovum 
 is made in all parts of the uterus, but more ef- 
 pecially jn its thicker part, which lies betwixt 
 the entrance of the tubes, commonly called the 
 fundus. By this communication a thin ferous., 
 humour, paffes from the villous arteries of -the 
 uterus, into the receiving fmall veins ‘of the 
 , ovum, 
 
Of the 'Pregnant Womb. 305 
 
 ovum, which is thereby nourifhed, together 
 with its included foetus j but before this adhe- 
 fion, it is either nouriihed by the matter it 
 already contains, or elfe by fuch juices as it ab- 
 forbs from the furrounding humour?. 
 
 §. 829. At this time, in the ovum, there is 
 a great proportion of a limpid watery liquor, 
 which, like the white of an egg, hardens by the 
 heat of fire, or a mixture with alcohol ; and now 
 the invifible foetus firft appears, with a very great 
 head, a fmall (lender body, and as yet with- 
 out limbs, fixed by a very broad flat navel- 
 ftring to the obtufe end of the ovum. From 
 hence forward the foetus continually increafes, 
 as well as the ovum, but in a variable, unequal 
 proportion ; for while the arterial ferum is con- 
 veyed by more open paflages into the fmaller 
 veffels of the ovum, the foetus itfelf grows the 
 fafteft; becaufe now the greateftpart of its nou- 
 rifhment feems to pafs, through the ample and 
 open umbilical vein. At the fame time the 
 ovum itfelf alfo grows, but lefs in proportion ; 
 and the waters, which it includes, gradually 
 diminifh from their firft proportion, in refpecft 
 to the bulk of the foetus. The fleecy pro- 
 du6lions of the veflels from the ovum are gra- 
 dually fpread over with a continued membrane, 
 w^hich makes the chorion ; betwixt which and 
 the amnios they are intercepted ; of thefe the 
 greater part difappear below, or elfe terminate 
 in the chorion, and only thofe which fprout 
 out from the obtufe end of the ovum, take 
 root,; or increafe fo as to form a round circum- 
 fcribed placenta or cake. 
 
 -^ VoL. II. X 
 
 §. 830. 
 
306 Of the T regnant Womb. 
 
 §. 830. Such is the appearance of the ovum, 
 as we have here defcribed it, commonly in the 
 fecond month ; from whence forward it changes 
 only byincreafing in bulk. That part of the ovum 
 next the fundus uteri is commonly uppermoft, 
 making about a third of its whole furface, in 
 form of a flat round difh or plate j fucculent and 
 full of protuberances, but throughout perfedtly 
 vafcular, uniting and interlocking with other 
 tubercles of the fame kind, and with a thin 
 cellular fabric of the uterus itfelf ; which being 
 without fat, accurately colledls and conjoins the 
 ftnall veflTels of the uterus, as exhaling arteries, 
 fo as to correfpond infeparably with the inhaling 
 or abforbing veins of the placenta, and the wide 
 opening veins of this laft to the veins of the 
 uterus. This communication of the veflTels, ap- 
 pears evident, from the lofs of blood which 
 follows from a reparation of the placenta in a 
 mifcarriage ; and from the blood of the foetus 
 being exhaufted from an hemorrhage in the 
 mother; from hemorrhages that enfue from 
 the navel-ilring, fo as to kill the mother when 
 the placenta has been left adhering to the ute- 
 rus ; and laflily, from the paflTage of water, 
 quickfilver, tallow, or wax, injedled from 
 the uterine arteries of the mother into the veflcls 
 of the placenta, as is confirmed by the moft faith- 
 ful obfervations ; to this add the ceflTation of 
 the menflirual flux in the mother, which quan- 
 tity of blood mufl: of necefliity be taken up by 
 fome other part, viz. the foetus. 
 
 §. 831. The remaining unconnected part of 
 the ovum, and likewife the furface of the pla- 
 centa. 
 
Of the Pregnant Womb. 307 
 
 centa, are covered by an external villous and 
 fleecy membrane, full of pores and fmall velTels, 
 of a reticular fabric, eafily lacerable, fo as to 
 refemble a fine placenta, and is called the cho- 
 rion. But even this is, in fome meafure, con- 
 nected to the furface of the uterus, by very 
 fmall fleecy veflTels, but lefs and fofter than the 
 veffels of the placenta. But then thefe have 
 inwardly a true folid membrane, fpread under 
 them as a foundation, which you may either 
 reckon an inner plate of the chorion, or a fe- 
 cond diftinCt covering of the foetus. 
 
 §. 832. The innermofl: coat of the foetus, 
 which is called amnios^ is a watery pellucid 
 membrane, very rarely fpread with any confpi- 
 cuous veffels, which yet it has had under my 
 obfervation in an human fubjeCt ; extremely 
 fmooth, and in all parts alike ; alfo extended 
 under the placenta with the former, the fur- 
 face of which is every way in contaCl with the 
 waters. With the outer plate of the chorion 
 the cellular fubftance is conjoined. 
 
 §. 833. The nourifliment of the foetus from 
 the beginning to the end of the conception, is 
 without doubt conveyed to it through the um- 
 bilical vein. This gathers its roots from the 
 exhaling veffels of the uterus (§. 810.), and has 
 manifefl; communications by fome roots with 
 the umbilical artery, from whence it in part 
 rifes, and meeting together in a large trunk, it 
 is twilled in a circular manner through a num- 
 ber of folds to a fufficient length, that may al- 
 low of a free motion ; and in this courfe it is 
 furrounded with a cellular fubftance full of 
 X 2 mucus, 
 
308 Of the V regnant Womb. 
 
 mucus, diftingulfhed by three partitions, and 
 the membrane, which is continued both to the 
 amnios and peritoneum of the foetus ; and af- 
 ter forming fome protuberances, it enters 
 through the navel, in an arch made by a part- 
 ing of the Ikin and abdominal mufcles, and goes 
 on through a proper finus of the liver (§. 672.), 
 into which the fmaller portion of the blood that 
 it conveys is poured through the {lender dudlus 
 venofus, into the vena cava, feated in the pofte- 
 rior foffa of the liver ; but the greater part of its 
 blood goes through the large hepatic branches, 
 which conflantly arife from it fulcus, and re- 
 main even in the adult (§. 674.) i but it goes 
 thence to the heart by the continuous branches 
 of the vena cava (§. 6^6.). It may be de- 
 manded, whether the circulation be reverfed in 
 the liver of the feetus ? whether the finus or 
 left branch of the vena portarum be not a part 
 of the umbilical vein itfelf, fo as to convey the 
 blood by its branches from the placenta to the 
 cava, while only the right branch (§. 664.) 
 conveys the blood of the mefentery and fpleen 
 through the liver ? and whether this motion is 
 allowable from the different and almoff con- 
 trary direction of the blood from the umbilical 
 vein, and that brought from the mefentery, 
 fince there is no feptum to diflinguifh betwixt 
 the umbilical vein. 
 
 §. 834. But this is not all the ufe of the 
 placenta ; for the foetus fends great part of its 
 blood again into the fubftance thereof, by 
 two large umbilical arteries, which are conti- 
 nued on in the diredlion of the aorta; and af- 
 ter 
 
Of the Pregnant Womb. 309 
 
 ter giving fome flender twigs to the femorals> 
 with ftill fmaller arteries into the pelvis, they af- 
 cend reflected back with the bladder on each 
 fide of it, furrounded with the cellular plate of 
 the peritonaeum, with fome fibres fpreading to 
 them from the bladder and ureter, in which 
 manner they proceed on the outfide of the pe- 
 ritonaeum into the cord at the navel, in which 
 pafling alternately in a ftreight and contorted 
 courfe, they form various twiftings or wind- 
 ings, fomewhat (harper than thofe of the vein 
 which they play round ; in which manner they 
 at laft arrive at the placenta, whofe fubftance 
 is entirely made up of their branches, in con- 
 jundtion with thofe of their correfponding vein. 
 By thefe branches the blood feems to pafs out 
 through the minute arteries of the placenta into 
 the bibulous veins of the maternal uterus, that 
 after undergoing the adlion of the lungs by the 
 mother’s refpiration, it may return again in an 
 improved ft ate to the foetus : for what other 
 reafon can be affigned for fuch large arteries, 
 which carry oif above a third part of the blood 
 in the foetus, to the placenta and womb of the 
 mother ? 
 
 §. 835. But it will perhaps be demanded, 
 whether the foetus is not nouriftied by the 
 mouth likewife ? whether it does not drink of 
 the lymphatic liquor contained in the cavity of 
 the amnios, which is coagulable like the nutri- 
 tious ferum, and in the middle of which the 
 foetus fwims ? whether this opinion is not in 
 fome meafure confirmed, by the analogy of 
 chickens, which are under a necefiity of being 
 X 3 nou- 
 
3 1 o Of the Pregnant Womb. 
 
 nourlfhed, from the contents of the egg only ; 
 to which add the abfence of a navel- firing in 
 fome foetus’s, the quantity of meconium filling 
 the large, and part of the fmall inteftines ; the 
 fimilitude of the liquor found in the cavity of 
 the ftomach, to that which fills the amnios, 
 the proportionable decreafe of the liquor amnii, 
 as the foetus enlarges ; and finally, the gluti- 
 nous threads which are found continued from 
 the amnios, through the mouth and gula, into 
 the ftomach of the foetus ? again, what are the 
 fountains or fprings from whence this lymph 
 of the amnios flows ? whether it tranfcends 
 through certain pores from the fucculent cho- 
 rion, which is itfelf fupplied from the uterus ? 
 It muft be confeffed, that thefe enquiries la- 
 bour under obfcurities on all fides ; notwith- 
 ftanding which, there feems more probability for 
 them than otherwife, fince the liquor is of a 
 nutritious kind, derived from the uterus. 
 
 §. 836. All the excremental faeces, which 
 are colledted in the foetus during the whole 
 time of its refidence in the womb, amount to 
 no great quantity, as they are the remains of 
 fuch thin nutritious juices, percolated through 
 the fmalleft veflbls of the uterus. I frequently 
 pbferve, that the bladder is empty in the foetus, 
 on account of the perpetual warmth with which 
 it is cherifhed ; for in like manner we fee, that 
 the external heat in adults will greatly diminifti 
 the fecretion of urine. However, there is ge- 
 nerally fome quantity of urine, colledled in a 
 very long conical bladder, and the reft is pro- 
 bably transferred through the kidneys, of the 
 
 mother, 
 
Of the Pregnant Womb. 3 1 1 
 
 mother. But in the cavity of the inteftines, there 
 is colleded together a large quantity of a dark 
 green pulp, which may poffibly be the remains 
 of the bile, and other exhaling juices, like the 
 feculent remains, which are fometimes left in 
 other cavities of the body, that are filled with 
 exhaling juices ; and fuch as I have fometimes 
 obferved, even in the vaginal coat of the tefticle. 
 
 §. 837. It may then be demanded, whether 
 there is any allantois ? fince it is certain, that 
 there pafies out from the top of the bladder, 
 a du( 51 :, which is at firft broad, covered by the 
 longitudinal fibres of the bladder, as with a 
 capfule ; and afterwards when thofe fibres have 
 departed from each other, they are continued 
 thin, but hollow, for a confiderable way over 
 the umbilical cord, from whence they have 
 been traced by Swammerdam and Dr. Hale, 
 and other eminent anatomifts, to their expan- 
 fion at the placenta, under this denomination ? 
 whether this, although it be not yet evident in the 
 human fpecies, is not confirmed by the analogy 
 of brute animal, which have both an urachus, 
 and an allantois ? But as for any proper recep- 
 tacle, continuous with the hollow uracus, • it 
 either has not yet been obferved with fufficient 
 certainty, or elfe the experiment has not been 
 often enough repeated, to become general in 
 the human fpecies ; for we know, that in the 
 human foetus, the urine is but feparated in a 
 very fmall quantity j but it perhaps may be no 
 improbable conjecture, that fome portion of the 
 urine is conveyed to a certain extent into the 
 funiculus Limbilicalis, and there be transfufed into 
 X 4 the 
 
3 1 2 Of the Pregnant Womb. 
 
 the fpungy cellular fabric that furrounds it. 
 But then this can take up but a fmall fpace, ter- 
 minating in the funis, and hardly ever feems 
 to reach as far as the placenta, unlefs in ex- 
 traordinary cafes. 
 
 §. 838. In the mean time the foetus (§. 829.) 
 continues to advance in growth, the limbs by 
 degrees fprout from the trunk, under the form 
 of tubercles, and the other out-works of the 
 human fabricature are by degrees beautifully 
 finifhed, and added to the reft in a manner not 
 here to be at large deferibed, as indeed it has 
 not been as yet by anotamifts in general. Thus 
 we fee that in the anthropogenefis, the head or 
 encephalon, and its appendages, are firfl formed 
 and compleated j then the vifeera of the bread:, 
 and afterward the abdomen, and its contents; but 
 laflly, the limbs, with the other extreme parts. 
 But in the thorax of the foetus, we obferve a 
 good deal of difference in the organs from 
 thofe of an adult. 
 
 §. ”^39. The firft of thefe differences is in 
 the thymus, a large conglobate glandule, but 
 of a foft loofe texture, compofed of a great many 
 lobules or fmall portions, which are colleded 
 together into two larger, and connedled one 
 to another by a good deal of cellular fubfiance. 
 It is extended over the bottom of the neck, 
 and through a large part of the mediaftinura, 
 being altogether filled with a whitifh whey- 
 like liquor ; but this body being compreffed by 
 the repeated expanfions of the lungs, is in adults 
 beat together with the pulfations of the fubjacent 
 aorta, which enlarges after the birth; by thefe 
 
 means 
 
Of the Pregnant Womb. 313 
 
 means there are at length very little remains of 
 this gland to be feen. It will perhaps be de- 
 manded, what is the ufe of this glandule j or 
 of its liquor ? We are as yet indeed unac- 
 quainted with thefe particulars j but we ob- 
 ferve alfo, that all the other glandules of the 
 foetus, more eTpecially of the conglobate kind, 
 do in their bulk greatly exceed thofe of adults. 
 
 §. 840. The cavity of the bread is mort in 
 the foetus, and greatly deprefled by the enor- 
 mous bulk of the liver j the lungs are fmall in 
 proportion to the heart, and fo folid as to 
 fink in water, if they are every way excluded 
 from taking the atmofphere into their fpungy fub- 
 ftance, in making the experiment. Since there- 
 fore the like quantity of blood (§ 292, 297.), 
 which pafies the lungs by refpiration in adults, 
 cannot be tranfmitted through the unadlive 
 lungs of the foetus, who has no refpiration 5 
 there are therefore other ways prepared in the 
 foetus, by which the major part of the blood can 
 pafs diredlly into the aorta, from the lower cava 
 and umbilical vein, without entering the lungs. 
 And firfi: the feptum betwixt the right and 
 left auricle, conjoining them together, is perfo- 
 rated with a broad oval foramen j through 
 which the blood coming from the abdomen, 
 and a little direded or repelled by the valvular 
 fides of the right auricle, flows in a full dream 
 into the cavity of the left auricle. But it is by 
 degrees that the membranes of each flnus de- 
 part from each other, upward and backward, 
 above the oval foramen into the pulmonary 
 finus^. where they are connected on each fide 
 
 above, 
 
-514 Pregnant Womb. 
 
 above, by feveral orders of fibres, which belovf 
 are palmated or like fingers, fo as to clofe up at 
 firfi: a fmall part, and afterwards a greater part 
 of this foramen, fo as to leave only a fmall oval 
 portion of it at liberty; which lies pervious, 
 betwixt the round margin of the faid oval fora- 
 men, and the increafing valve, making in the ma- 
 ture foetus, about a fifteenth part of the area or 
 capacity of the mouth of the vena cava. 
 
 §. 841. That the blood takes this courfe in 
 the foetus, and that it does not on the contrary 
 flow from the finus of the left to that of the 
 right auricle, is evident, from all manner of 
 experiments and obfervations. For, firfi:, the 
 column of blood in the right finus, is of all 
 the largeft ; and as it is the returning one from 
 the whole body, cannot be exceeded by any 
 other ; but the left auricle has fo much lefs 
 blood in proportion than that of the right, in- 
 afmuch as part of it flows through the du£t or 
 canalis arteriofus into the aorto, whence its 
 contents will be much lefs than that of the 
 right auricle : moreover, the valve of the oval 
 foramen in a mature foetus, is fo large, and 
 placed fo much to the left of the mufcular 
 arch or ifthrnus (§. 840.), that when it is im- 
 pelled by the blood from the left fide, the valve, 
 like a palat or fh utter, clofes up the foramen ; 
 but being impelled from the right fide, it rea- 
 dily gives w'ay fo as eafily to tranfmit either 
 blood or flatus. 
 
 §. 842. Moreover, there is but a fmall por- 
 tion of the fame blood, which firfi entered the 
 right auricle and ventricle of the heart, that 
 
 takes 
 
of the "Pregnant Womb. 315 
 
 takes its courfe through the lungs ; for the pul- 
 monary artery, being in the foetus much larger 
 than the aorta, is dire< 3 ’ly continued into the 
 latter by an open paffage, called the dudtus ar- 
 teriofus ; which is larger than the light of both 
 the pulmonary branches together, and enters 
 that part of the aorta which comes firft in con- 
 tact; with the fpine, under its left fubclavian 
 branch : by which means it transfers more than 
 half the blood to the defcending aortaj which 
 muft otherwife have paffed through the left 
 auricle and ventricle into the afcending branches 
 of the aorta j and this is the reafon why the 
 aorta in the foetus is fo fmall at its coming out 
 from the heart. By this mechanifm an over- 
 charge of blood is turned off from the lungs, 
 by direding a great part of that fluid in a 
 flreight courfe to the umbilical arteries. 
 
 §. 843. As the foetus grows larger, fo the 
 uterus increafes proportionably j the ferpentine 
 arteries of which it is compofed, being ex- 
 tended by the impelled blood, and ftretched 
 into a more dired courfe. Thus its thicknefs 
 continues the fame, becaufe the greater quan- 
 tity of blood and dilatation of the arteries and 
 veins, make up for the extenuation of the folid 
 cellular and fibrous fubftances. Cut more efpe- 
 cially the fundus, or upper part of the womb, 
 increafes beyond the reft; fo that by dilating 
 above the tubes, thefe laft feem thus to de- 
 fcend from the middle of the uterus, which 
 now by degrees goes out of the pelvis, even 
 as high as the colon and ftomach itfelf, fo as 
 to ccmprefs all the. abdominal vifcera, more 
 
 efpe- 
 
3t6 Of the Pregnant Womb. 
 
 efpecially the bladder and redtum. During 
 this whole time of the uterine geftatlon, the 
 os tincce is never perfectly clofed or fhut together, 
 but only ftoped up and defended from the air 
 by thick mucus from the finufes, and perhaps 
 from the veficles, which are feated in the 
 cervix uteri. Moreover, the cervix or neck of 
 the womb itfelf, yields to the extenfion of its 
 body 3 fo as to become perfedlly fhort, and form 
 a broad hat opening, of no length; which, to- 
 wards the time of delivery, is always more or 
 lefs relaxed and gaping. As thefe matters ad- 
 vance, the fmtus, which in the firfi: months 
 had no certain fituation, being now grown to 
 a confiderable bulk, is about the middle of the 
 time of geftation, folded together into a globe, in 
 fuch a manner, that the head lies betwixt the 
 knees; and being the heavier part, it fubfides by 
 degrees, more and more towards the cervix 
 uteri. 
 
 §. 844. This alteration and advancement of 
 the foetus, excites at firft uncertain commoti- 
 ons, by which the lides of the irritated uterus 
 endeavour to difengage themfelves ; and at 
 length, towards the conclufion of the ninth fo- 
 lar month, when both the weight and reft- 
 Icfsnefs of the foetus in often kicking the womb, 
 become now intolerable, the head of the 
 foetus is by the re-adlion of the uterus and ab- 
 domen, impacted into the bowl of the pelvis, 
 fo as to give the mother great uneafmefs, as if 
 a quantity of fceces were collefted for exclu- 
 hon in the redlum ; in confequence of which 
 
 pain, 
 
of the Pregnant Womb. 317 
 
 pain, the mother is obliged to throw or ftrain 
 towards delivery. 
 
 §. 845. The tenefmus thus increahng till 
 it is no longer tolerable, the mother ufes all 
 her efforts by very deep infpirations, which 
 prefs downwards the uterus and vifcera of the 
 abdomen (§. 745.) i and at the fame time the 
 womb itfelf, by its contradlile vital force, now 
 increafed by the ftimulus, conftringes itfelf fo 
 powerfully about the foetus, as fometimes to 
 exclude it, without further efforts from the mo- 
 ther. Here then the amnios, filled-out with the 
 waters, is firil protruded vertically, before the 
 head of the foetus, fo as to dilate the os inter- 
 num uteri i in which, the membranes being by 
 degrees extenuated and dilated, ealily break, 
 and pour out their waters, which lubricate the 
 paffages, and relax all the parts of the vagina. 
 The naked head of the foetus now prefents, na- 
 turally with the face to the os facrum 3 direct- 
 ed that way by its weight : and being urged 
 forward, like a wedge or cone it further dilates 
 the os uteri ; till at length, by the more power- 
 ful efforts of the mother, which often loofen 
 the bones of the pubis in young women, the 
 head is thruft out through the diftraCtile vagi- 
 na, with intolerable pain to the mother, and 
 an univerfal tremor of body 3 and if none of 
 the bones of the pelvis happen to prefs une- 
 qually, the infant eafily advances, and is foon 
 delivered into the world. 
 
 §. 846. The placenta or after-burthen of the 
 foetus, connected with the fundus uteri (§. 810,), 
 is, in the next place, feparated from the 
 
 womb, 
 
 7 
 
3i8 Of the F regnant Womb. 
 
 womb j without much difficulty in a mature 
 birth, partly by the weaker throes of the mo- 
 ther, and partly by the extradling force of the 
 deliverer ; by which the fleecy or villous fur- 
 face of the placenta being withdrawn from 
 that of the womb, is immediately followed 
 with a confiderable flow of blood , and thus 
 is the mother delivered from the fecundines or 
 after-birth. The umbilical cord of the foetus 
 is next tied with a ligature before it is cut off ; 
 for it cannot be left open, without danger of a 
 fatal haemorrhage. Thus the umbilical vein is 
 deprived or cut off from all the fupplies of 
 blood which it ufed to receive, and at the fame 
 time an infuperable obftacle is oppofed to the 
 exportation, that was made by the arteries of 
 the fame name. 
 
 §. 847. The uterus, which hitherto had 
 been difiended beyond imagination, now con- 
 trafts itfelf, by the elaftic pd^er of its fibres j 
 (§. 804.) fo fuddenly and powerfullv, as often 
 to catch and embarrafs the hand of the deli- 
 verer, and frequently retain the placenta, if it 
 be not foon loofened and withdrawn. Ey this 
 contradlion of the womb, the bleeding vefiels 
 are compreffed, no lefs than by the contradlion 
 of their own coats ; whence the large quantity 
 of blood that was collected in the uterine fub- 
 ftance abundantly flows out, under the denomi- 
 nation of the lochia ; at firft a mere gore, but 
 afterwards their purple colour changes by degrees 
 to that of the yellow ferum ; and as the open- 
 ings of the veffels more contract themfelves, 
 they at length become of a whitifli or 
 4 wheyiih 
 
 V 
 
Of the Pregnant Womb. 319 
 
 wheylfh complexion : and then, the ample 
 wound or excoriation of the uterus foon recovers 
 a new epithelium or cuticle, and fhrinks up to 
 a bulk not much exceeding that of the primi- 
 tive virgin uterus. 
 
 §. 848. But after two or three days are 
 elapfed from the birth, when the lochial dif- 
 charge has almofl: fpent itfelf, the breafts be- 
 gin to fwell confiderably, and their duds, which 
 in the time of geftation often diftil a little thin 
 ferum from the nipple, become now very tur- 
 gid, with a fweet liquor j which is at firft thin 
 or like whey, but is foon after followed by the 
 thicker chyle itfelf, not much altered, under 
 the denomination of milk; namely, a white, 
 fweetifh and thick liquor, very much refem- 
 bling that of the chyle, and replete with an 
 effential fait, like that of fugar, which fpon- 
 taneoufly turns four; it has alfo a volatile and 
 fomewhat odorous vapour, a good deal of fat 
 or oily parts, a larger portion of a white crafla- 
 mentum or cheefy curd, and hill more of a 
 diluting water ; and again in the crafTamentum, 
 are contained parts of a more earthy, alcalef- 
 cent or animal nature. But when the chyle is 
 once changed into ferum, by faffing fix or more 
 hours after a meal, the milk becomes brack- 
 ifh, alcalefcent, and difpleafing to the infant. 
 As the chyle, fo the milk frequently retains 
 the nature of the aliments and medicines taken 
 into the ftomach. The caufe of this increafed 
 fecretion in the breads, feems owing to revul- 
 fion, Jn confequence of the plentiful uterine 
 ' fecretion being fuppreffed, by which the foetus 
 
320 Of the Pregnant Womb. 
 
 was nourifhed ; in the fame manner as a diarr» 
 Jiaea is fupprefled by increafing the perfpiration, 
 or the reverfe. For it has been obferved, that 
 true milk will fometimes make its way through 
 other parts, befides the breafts, and efcape 
 through wounds, &c. but the inofculations 
 betwixt the mammary and epigaftric arteries, 
 though true, are fo fmall, that they can have 
 but a very little (hare in this account. 
 
 §. 849. The breafts are made up with a ve- 
 ry large quantity of foft furrounding cellular 
 fat, of a white colour ; and conglomerate glan- 
 dules, of a convex figure, affembled into 
 bunches fomewhat round and hard, of a red- 
 difh blue colour, outwardly furrounded and 
 connedted together by a firm web of the cel- 
 lular fubftance. To thefe glandules a great 
 number of blood- vefiTels are diftributed from 
 the internal mammaries, from the external 
 veffels of the thorax, and fometimes from thofe 
 of the fhoulders, all which inofculate together 
 around the nipple. The nerves of this conglo- 
 merate gland are both large and numerous, 
 like thofe of the more fenfible cutaneous parts, 
 being derived from the intcrcoftals. 
 
 §. 850. From the middle of the glandules 
 of the breaft, an infinite number of fmall dudfs 
 or roots arife, very ftender, foft, white, and 
 dilatable, which run together into 'arger, from 
 all fid es to the middle of the nipple, which 
 they perforate round its margin, in a circular 
 figure, after emerging t!', rough the rout of the_ 
 papilla or nipple 3 tor by thi'^ d- ^ ‘Omioation 
 we call a cavernous or 'tpungy protuberant 
 
 • ..v'ddy. 
 
Of the Pregkant iVomb'. 32 1 
 
 body, into which the blood may pafs out from 
 its veitels, fo as to caufe a kind of turgefcence 
 or erection, v/ith a fomewhat (imilar fenfation, 
 as in the clitoris or periisi Through this pa- 
 pilla open about twenty or more of the exCre» 
 tory duds from the bitaft, called ladiferous, 
 none of which inofculate or join with the 
 other, but are greatly contracted at their open- 
 ing in the nipple, to what thfey were in the 
 bread ; and thel'e, ill a loofe or flaccid date of 
 the nipplo, are comprefled, w'rinkled, andcdl- 
 lapfed together j but when the nipple is diftend- 
 ed by fucking, or any kind of titillation, they 
 become ftreight and open, with patulent 
 moUths, lurking betwixt the wrinkles or in- 
 cifures of the cutis and cuticula. This papilla 
 or nipple is furrounded by a circle, planted 
 with febaceous fmall glandules, which defend 
 the tender fkin againfl: the repeated attrition 
 and faliva of the fucking infant. 
 
 §. 851. Thus the infant is naturally pro- 
 vided with its flrfl; food, which by infliinCt it 
 Ivell knows ho# to receive, although it is as 
 yet a ftranger to all the other offices of human 
 life. Iris remarkable with how much ferven- 
 cy the young gaefl; caufes the nipple to fweli 
 by gentle vellications ; the lips are preffed clcfe 
 to the breafl, that no air may enter betwixt, 
 at the fame time the inTpiration is deep, and a 
 fpace formed in the back part of the mouth, 
 in which the air is more dilated or tariffed j 
 and thus, by the preffure of the external air, 
 joined with that from the lips of the infant, 
 f the milk is urged from the bread through the 
 
 .VoL. II. Y nipple. 
 
3 2 2 Of the Pregnant Womh. 
 
 nipple, in which it would otherwife be col- 
 lected in fo great a quantity, as fomctimes t6 
 diftil fpontaneoufly, from the force of the cir- 
 culation ; whence it is in this manner more 
 eafily drawn, as nouri(hment, by the infant. 
 The firfl milk, which is like whey, termed 
 coloftra, loofens the tender bowels, and purges 
 out the meconium (§. 836.), to the great ad- 
 vantage of the infant. Yet it is alfo obfervable, 
 the lactiferous duCts are fo open, that when 
 the nipples of the bread are didended by titilla- 
 tiori, and a greater quantity of blood fent into 
 the breads, they have yielded milk to the fuck- 
 ing infant, even from virgins, fometimes from 
 old women, and rarely from the breads of men. 
 
 §. 852. But great changes now happen to 
 the little new inhabitant of our world 5 and 
 fird, its dormant and unaCtive uterine date im- 
 mediately changes in the refpiration, which it 
 endeavours to exert, even before it is wtU feC 
 at liberty from the vagina of the mother, being 
 probably excited thereto from the pain or an- 
 guidi it feels by the various agitations of the 
 deliverer, who is immediately faluted by its 
 cries. At fird, therefore, a portion of the air 
 is admitted into the lungs, which are as yet 
 fmall and full of moid vapours, but being di- 
 lated from the air, change from a fmall denfe 
 body^ finking even in fait water, into a light 
 fpungy floating fabric, extended to a confi- 
 derable bulk, with air. Now, therefore, the 
 blood pafles more eafily into the enlarged and 
 loofe fabric of the lungs (§. 292.); in confe- 
 quence of which, a large portion of the blood 
 
Of the 'Pregnant Womb'. 32^ 
 
 tkat went before from the pulmonary artery, 
 thro’ the canalis arteriofus, into the aorta, goes 
 now into and through the lungs themfelves, by 
 the other branches of the faid pulmonary ar- 
 tery. And fo much the more is the arterial 
 dud: or canal deferted, inafmuch as 
 made a newobftacle to the defcent of the blood 
 into the abdomen, from the ligature of the 
 umbilical arteries ; whence the blood of the 
 defcending aorta cannot thus go to the lower 
 parts, but by the fame force, with which it 
 dilates, all the arteries of the pelvis and lower 
 extremities. Finally, as the lungs now receive 
 more blood, fo the aorta itfelf receives a greater 
 quantity, and with greater force likewife from 
 the heart ^ whereupon the intermediate canal, 
 betwixt the protuberant part of the aorta and 
 pulmonary artery, clofes up or darinks to fuch 
 a degree, that, in adults, it is not only an empty 
 ligament, but likewife of very little length. 
 This courfe of the blood, therefore, is foon 
 aboliflied, or (hut up commonly in about the 
 compafs of a year. 
 
 §.855. In the like manner alfo, the foramen 
 ovale is, from the fame caufes, gradually clofed 
 up. For when the way is rendered more free 
 and pervious into the lungs, it will likewife be 
 more tree into the ritrht fide of the heart; whence 
 the blood, both of the afcendinti and defcend- 
 ing cava, will flow thither more plentifully, as 
 it is invited by the more lax pulmonary artery, 
 into which it will rather move on, than through 
 ,the oblique narrow foramen of the feptum. 
 Again, the umbilical vein, being now almoft 
 
 y 2. defti- 
 
324 Of the Pregnant Womb. 
 deftitutc of any fupply with blood from the li- 
 gature of the navel (§. 846.), lefs blood will 
 from thence flow into the lower cava, and con-* 
 fequently the preflhre, on the right fide, againfl: 
 the oval foramen will be diminifhed, by which 
 means the blood of the upper cava^ being turned 
 off by the iflhmus, will be fcarce able to pe- 
 netrate the obliquity of the foramen ovale. 
 Thence again, as more blood is derived through 
 the lungs into the left finus and auricle, its 
 greater dilatation and extenfion will ftrain the 
 little horns of the oval valve, fo as to draw up 
 and prefs the valve, together with the iflhmus, 
 whereby it is extended fo far, as wholly to fliut 
 up the opening in the mature infant, while, at 
 the lame time, the blood, within the left finus, 
 props up the faid valve, fo as to fuftain the im- 
 pulfe of the bloody on the other fide, wdthin 
 the right finus. Thus the foramen ovale clofes 
 up by degrees, as the upper margin of the 
 valve forms a concretion to the pofterior face of 
 the iflhmus. But this is performed very flow- 
 ly, infomuch, that frequently, in an advanced 
 age, there will be fome fmall aperture or tube 
 ftill remaining ; and where there is none of 
 this tube, yet there are the remains of one, as 
 a kind of finus, hollow to the left fide, that 
 makes a tube opening upward to the right fide, 
 and blind or doled to the left. 
 
 §. 854. The umbilical vein, being deprived 
 of blood, foon dofes up. The blood of the 
 vena portarum, having no oppofition from that 
 which formerly flowed through the umbilicai 
 vein, occupies the left finus and curve of the 
 
 iimbi-^ 
 
Of the Pregnant Womb. 325 
 
 ^imbilical foffa (§. 674.), and fends Its blood 
 through thofe branches, by which that of the 
 umbilical Vein before paffed. Thence the dudlus 
 venofus, being neglefted, (brinks up and clofes, 
 by the new compreiFure which the defcend- 
 ing diaphragm makes, upon the liver by in- 
 fpiration ; and by which the left lobe is prelTed 
 towards the lobule, and perhaps too from the 
 obtufe angle which the venal dudt makes with 
 the left finus of the vena portarum j for it is 
 certainly firfi: clofed in that part which lies next 
 the vena portarum. 
 
 §. 855. The umbilical arteries are alfo clofed 
 up from the fame caufes, as ocher arteries ufu- 
 ally are after a ligature, when fome of the 
 blood, being, at the fame time, compacted into 
 a polypus, fills up the blind void part, while 
 the other bloqd, flowing above, whofe impulfe 
 was fuftained by the refilling membranes, 
 fpreads itfelf through the adjacent lefs refilling 
 branches, which are thereby rendered more 
 open or diverging. Nor do I think, we ought 
 to negle£l the force of the abdominal mufcles 
 towards this effedl, by which thofe arteries are 
 comprelfed againft the full abdornen in each re- 
 Ipiration 3 and again, the very acute angle, in 
 which the umbilicalis goes olF from the iliac 
 artery, now becomes a curve, by defeending 
 with the fides of the bladder, and is then di- 
 rectly extended into an acute fold, which the 
 thighs make with the body of the foetus. Thus 
 the capacity of thefe arteries is foon Ihut up, leav- 
 ing only a fmall tube, that gives palTage into two 
 pr three arteries of the bladder. The urachus, be- 
 
 Y 3 ing 
 
326 OJ the Pregnant Womb. 
 
 ing iikcwife a very thin tube, extended perpen- 
 dicularly upvv'ard from the bladder, is, there- 
 fore, eafily clofed up j fo that the contents of 
 the bladder make no endeavours to pafs that 
 way, finding a ready out-let by the defcending 
 urethra. 
 
 §. 856. From the like caufes the bulk of the 
 liver itfelf is lelfened, and, by degrees, con- 
 tradts itfelf within the capacity of the ribs ; in 
 the mean time the inteftina craffa, from the flen- 
 der condition in which they are obferved in the 
 fretus, dilate to a conliderable diameter, and the 
 (tomach itfelf is gradually elongated ; the large 
 convexity of the caecum forms itfelf by the 
 force of the faeces, preffing perpendicularly 
 downward to the right fide of the vermicular 
 appendix j and the lower limbs are likewife con- 
 fiderably enlarged by the return of the blood, 
 fent back from the umbilical arteries now tied ; 
 and, by degrees, all the other changes are 
 made, by which a feetus infenfibly advances to 
 the nature and perfedtion of an adult perfon. 
 
 §. 857. It will, perhaps, be demanded, by 
 what caufe the parts of the foetus are thus fuc- 
 ceffively built up ? whether this be the employ- 
 ment of the mind or aniina ? we anfwer, that 
 this does not feem an adequate caufe, being 
 both ignorant of herfelf, and incapable of fore- 
 feeing the future ends or purpofes, for which 
 the feveral organs and their adlions are to be 
 employed, by a juft mechanifm of the feveral 
 
 rnembers in the feetus. Or it will he queried, 
 
 whether the hrft rudiments or filaments, being 
 fontaiiKd either in the ovum of the mother, 
 
 or 
 
 
of the 'Pregnant Womh. 327 
 or in the animalcule of the rpale femen, are 
 only afterwards dlfplayed, and filled out, by a 
 more plentiful flow of juices ? for this, we have 
 neither any fuch delineation demonflrable in 
 the female ovum (§. ^20 ), nor in the animal- 
 cule of the male femen (|. 7^8.). Or whe- 
 
 ther, in confequence of the power of attrac- 
 tion, by which nature performs all her other 
 operations, the vifcid liquor of the ovum, al- 
 tered by the femen, does not firfl: run together 
 into a thread, which, under unknown circum- 
 flances, increafes to a web of fibres, thofe into 
 membranes, membranes inp veffels, and all 
 thefe again into mufcles, which, at length, 
 condenfe into bones, and make all the limbs of 
 the body ? we mufl: give it, as our opinion, that 
 this feems to be the mofl probable. But you 
 will fay, wh^t can be the wife director of fuch 
 a conftant, fuch a curious, and fuch a juft 
 ftrudture, in fo great a variety of parts, and to 
 fuch a number of particular ufes ? we anfwer, 
 that it is doubtlefs the fame ever-adting and per- 
 rnanent laws of the wife creator, by which 
 freezing fpicula, chryftals of falts, the particles 
 of mineral ores, the earthy globules of ftones, 
 and the fandy glebes of gems or chryftals, are 
 fo elegantly or geometrically conftrudled; by 
 which the fine duft of mofles, and filaments of 
 the flax or cotton, or the jelly of the fungous 
 tribes, with the different juices of plants and their 
 parts, are varioufly modulated : the fame power, 
 under various circumftances, certainly ordains 
 the unorganifed parts of fuitable matter into the 
 tubular webs and fibres of vegetables, the glue 
 
 Y 4 of 
 
328 Of the P regnant Womb . 
 
 of the more Ample infed; and fliell-animals, and 
 the earthy ftamina of the blood and finer juices 
 of the more perfeft animals, into fuch various 
 filaments, cellular webs, and vafcular mem- 
 branes, &c. as can be only the efFeft of definite 
 la\ys, operating on the fame kind ol mi table 
 matter, and under a variety of circumftjinces or 
 conditions perfectly fiinilar. Need we go far- 
 ther for a proof of this, than the fucceffive 
 germination of the vifcera and limbs in a foetus ; 
 in which, as in the polype, we fee the upper 
 and lower extremities fprout infenfibly, not as 
 threads, but equally, from tubercles, which 
 (like trees) only grow in length, in proportion 
 as they increafe in thicknefs, and are undequally 
 dilated ? confider, if the fucceffive formation 
 of the heart, out of a Angle tube, in a foetus 
 or chick, ‘afterwards curioufly complicated 
 (§. 78B.), and then, by degrees, fhielde'd within 
 a craticle of the ribs and breaft, be not enough 
 to turn the balance in this enquiry j rnore ef- 
 pecially if you join a c'lofe attention to the fe- 
 ries of the growth in plants, in polype infects, 
 in chickens of the feathered tribe, and in the 
 fcetuffies of our own fpecies, leifurely compared 
 
 together ? whether the time of geftation and 
 
 delivery are confined to a limited fpace r gene- 
 rally fo as hardly ever to exceed the eleventh, 
 or to fall within the beginning of the fixtli 
 pionth, and the foetus furvive, as we learn by 
 repeated obfervations, collected from all quar- 
 ters.--— Whether the blemiffies or uterine de- 
 formities of the foetus ffiew any confirudive 
 power or faculty of the mind over the body ? 
 
Of the Pregnant Womb. 329 
 yjt neither knpw of any pafTages, by which the 
 mind of the mother can diredt its operation to 
 the body of the foetus, nor of any matter it 
 can fend to effedl fuch a power, nor, in her- 
 felf, has fhe any impullive power, or any cori- 
 fcientious knowledge of her own or the infant’s 
 being, much lefs any conftructive wifdom or 
 power (§. 562.) : and in flaort, moil; of the 
 inftances are either trifling, unjuftly related, or 
 elfe mere fuperficial cutaneous affedlions, fuch as 
 may arife from fomc fmall external injury or 
 flimulus, which the weak mother afterwards 
 afcribes to fome fright or notable accident, fhe 
 can recolledt to happen in her pregnancy. But 
 then, from whence arife monflers ? whether 
 are they from a commixture of foetufles, half 
 perfedl t pr were they originally formed, as 
 we fee them excluded ? we are rather perfuaded 
 to believe the former, from the various cohe- 
 fions obferved in the hearts of ill-formed fce- 
 tufles, which is a part not to be injured with- 
 out fatal confequences ; and from the two in- 
 teftinal trails, cohering together upwards with 
 diflinil tubes, throughout their courfe in dou- 
 ble-bodied fcetuflTes, and in a very conflant re- 
 gular order : to which add the new and unu- 
 fual parts formed to fome particular ufes of a 
 monftrous fcetus, and the double or fuperfiuous 
 parts, which are Angle in a welhformed foetus. 
 
 . — Whether fuperfcetation be poffibie, when 
 the clofure of the os uteri, the Ihortnefs of the 
 pendulous tubes to embrace the ovary, and the 
 previous fullnefs of the womb, with its ovum, 
 ^re repugnant ? that fuperfcetation may happen 
 
 -in 
 
330 F regnant Womb. 
 
 in the two firft months, is certain, while th^ 
 womb is, in a manner, but half full In its fore' 
 part ; whence a withered Ikeleton or clay-like 
 fcetus is fometimes lirft excluded j and an healthy 
 found infant is thus brought Into the world fome 
 weeks or months after a former, that continues 
 healthy and living. What are the bounds of foe- 
 cundity in the human fpecies ? for a woman to 
 bring four at a birth, is very rare ; though there 
 are two or three inftance recorded of five. — t- 
 What are the caufes of the pica^ longings or vi- 
 tiated appetites of pregnant women ? one caufe 
 may be the naufea, excited in the fenfitive fto- 
 mach, by the abforbed femen of the male,fpread- 
 ing, in the firft months, withthe blood (§ 790.): 
 afterwards the fame nervous organ may be va- 
 rioully affeded by compreffure from the womb, 
 and the retained menfes Other caufes may be 
 added, from an idle imagination, fruitful in foul 
 ideas. [Whether the corpus luteum is full of 
 fucculent organic particles, which combine with 
 others of the fame kind in the virile femen, to 
 form a new animal ? but the corpus luteum is 
 not a caufe, but an effed: of impregnation j 
 lince it is not to be found in the virgin ova, 
 only it is vifible after the firft conception, nor 
 are the juices thereof different from thofe in 
 other parts of the body.] 
 
 NOSO- 
 
33 * 
 
 NOSOLOGY: 
 
 O R, 
 
 BRIEF DIRECTIONS 
 
 FOR THE 
 
 K N O W L E D G E and C U R’E 
 
 O F T H E 
 
 Principal Diseases, incident to the 
 H UMAN Body, before defcribed. 
 
 §. I. W ^ROM the phyfiological accounts, 
 we have before given, of the hu- 
 ■ ^ man body, it appears to have been 
 originally a gelatinous or unorga- 
 nized liquid, lodged in the feminal fluids of 
 the male, and within the female ovum; in 
 which lafl:, by that mutual power of acceflion, 
 feen in all nature, which is directed by the 
 hand of omnipotency, the faid fluids, by incu- 
 bation in the ovary and womb, do there, by 
 a gradually increafed cohefion, flioot out into a 
 
 web 
 
332 Relaxation. 
 
 web of elaftic threads (§. i 6 .), which, by de= 
 grees, is formed, one part into a vafcular and 
 nervous fyftem, fucceffively ramified or ex- 
 tended from their two fources, the heart and 
 encepnalon ; and then the other part, keeping 
 its primitive cubweb-like fabric, continues in- 
 terfpsrfed amongli the former as a cement, called 
 cellular fubftance, to fuftain and keep them 
 within due bounds, without hindering their re- 
 fpedtive actions or motions. Since then it is 
 evident, that the animal elements, which are 
 a fubtle cretaceous earth and glue, or jelly, 
 run firfi; into filaments, feveral of which, by 
 fome unknown mechanifms (§. 6 .), acquire a 
 mafcular or motive faculty, from whence all 
 the organical fluids of combined globules, ei- 
 ther pellucid in the nerves and lymphatics, or 
 red in the blood-veflels, are fubfequently form- 
 ed : it is from thence evident, that the bafis of 
 pathology, no lefs than that of phyfiology, 
 muft be derived from the prior and moft Ample 
 folids, and their combinations ; to the difeafed 
 or healthy ftate of which, the fluids, which 
 they make and move, are univerfally conform- 
 able. But we except from hence the effedls of 
 thofe contagious difeafes, which neftle and in- 
 creafe in fome of the more vifcid and almofl: 
 flagnant juices, fecreted from the blood ; fuch 
 as the variolous and cutaneous exanthemata, 
 from an infedion or corruption of the aerial 
 mucus and cutaneous liniment ; with the mu- 
 cilages of the urinary and other parts, from ve- 
 nereal infedions j and that of the villous coat 
 of the gula and fliomach, from the bites of 
 
Relaxation. 333 
 
 inad animals, 5 cc. Here yoU may confult the 
 remarks at the end of led:, II. p. 22. as necef- 
 fary preliminaries. 
 
 §. 2 All difeafe then is fome vice, either in 
 the ftrudure or adions of the animal veflels, 
 and their contained juices, reciprocally on each 
 other, and fo may be properly didinguhhed into 
 univerfal, affeding the whole habit ; or local, 
 confined more or lefs to particular parts : tho' 
 properly, in the human body, which, like a 
 circle, has, in all parts, a communication or 
 confeht (§. 555.), there is no univerfal difeafe 
 that aifeds the whole fyfiem equally alike, nor 
 any one local difeafe that does not proportion- 
 ably more or lefs affed the whole body. Other- 
 wife difeafes may be ufefully divided, accord- 
 ing to the principal feats or refidences of their 
 nearer and efficient caufes, which are always 
 either a deficiency or an excefs of motion in the 
 folids, from which the motion, quantity, and 
 quality of the circulating fluids are foon after vi- 
 tiated, in fuch proportions as manifeflly call for 
 phyfical aid. 
 
 §. 3. We have feeOj that all the folids of 
 the human body are either (i.) confijient^ for 
 the configuration, fupport, and defence of the 
 reft, as in the bones, cartilages, cellular fub- 
 ftance, callous or fcaly integuments, &c. which, 
 ferving to give due bounds and refiftances to 
 the reft, are, in thofe refpeds, as important as 
 if they exerted a vital adion. Or (2,) they are 
 motive^ (§. 408.) i. e. able to contrad and elon- 
 gate themfelves alternately by a vital, nervous 
 force, either voluntary or fpontaneous. A de- 
 
 fed 
 
334 Relakatlofi, 
 
 fed: in either of thefe motive or refifting pov^ers 
 of the folids, is properly called a laxity or weak- 
 nefs of the fibres, membranes, and veflels.^ 
 The firfi; we call a tonical UDeaknefs^ as it is a 
 diminution of the cohefion, tone or tenfity, in 
 which all the folid threads of an animal arc 
 maintained to ad harmonioufly, and produce 
 health : and the lafl: we call a njital weaknefs, as 
 it comes from a defed: in the motive or mufcu- 
 lar conftridions of the fibreSj membranes, vef- 
 fels, and vifcera. This lad, when habitual, is, 
 for the moft part, a confequence of the firft, 
 which makes the removal of it fo tedious and 
 difficult in chronical difeafes ; but when it is 
 fudden, from haemorrhages, a diabetes, a diar- 
 rhoea, or fome profufe fweat, ’tis more eafily 
 cured. 
 
 2 . This is a very necelTary diftindlon In prac- 
 tice, becaufe, in the lafl; cafes, you may ufe 
 freely chalybiates, bark, cold-bathing, alumi- 
 nous and vitriolic waters, or other mere aftrin- 
 gents, with the mofl; fpeedy and fuccefsful 
 events : whereas, in the nervous or vital weak- 
 nefs, if ufed alone, without nervous ftimulants, 
 they would fo far increafe the dead vis tonica 
 over the vis motiva or vitalis, as to deftroy the 
 predominancy, which the laft ought to have in 
 the balance with the former, whenever a fmall 
 increafe of power by the nerves, from the will 
 or outward ftimulus, fhall acceed to put the 
 fame upon a vital contradion. From a negled 
 of this, we daily fee dropfies, jaundice, afth- 
 ma’s, obflrudions of the glands, mefentery 
 fpleen, liver, womb, and other vifcera, induced. 
 
Relaxation, 33 1 
 
 fbr want of joining proper exercife and Aimu- 
 lants at the fame time, or together with the 
 tiiere aftringents; which, ought, on that ac- 
 count, to be always mixed with aromatics, bit- 
 ters, and nervous or byfterical drugs, for the 
 cure of fuch habitual debilities, as will other- 
 wife foon induce a cachexy and wafting i’n weak 
 children, girls, and idle w'omen ; in hard-drink- 
 ing or unadtive men ; or in weaknefs after fe- 
 vers, haemorrhages, long purging, &c. 
 
 REMARK. 
 
 * That we may afcribe due honour to our medi- 
 cal anceftors, who have firft opened the way to this 
 folid, fimple, and unchangeable balls, upon a due 
 knowledge and difcrimination of the nature, caufes, . 
 and effedts of which all juft theory and pradtice in 
 phyfic is derived, give us leave to tranfcribe a few 
 words from our old Harveian friend and contempo- 
 rary, profeftbr Gli;-son, in his anatomical tradts, 
 wrote near a century paft, entitled, De ventriculo^ 
 &c. p. 138 & feq. cap. V. de fihris. Ad fi.br arura 
 ufus, ds? adliones^ /peAant earum robur, irritabilitaSy 
 y cauf^ irritantes. Confiitutio fibr^e eft ‘wel (i .) in- 
 fita^ Cs? organic a ex partiun? continuifate •, vel (z.) in- 
 fluxa ; quay vel vitalis, vel animalis. — ^enfibilitas ad 
 conftitutionem requtritur ; ul apte exiendatur df? contra- 
 hatur : fiexibilitas., ne rigefcat, ne dififiuat. — Inde par- 
 tes foluta ab invicim refiiianty dff vulnera difficilhne re- 
 uniantur, — Conftitutio fibrarum inftuxuy fi deficiat vi- 
 taliSy vis (fi robur illicb in lipothymia languet ; aliter 
 afficiatur in febribus. Si inter cipiatur infiuxus animalisy 
 ut in paralyfi ftupent fibra, turn animales turn mtu- 
 rales : omnes enim fenfu tabius gaudenty 077 inefquey ( ex- 
 ceptis illis qua ad pulfum (fi refpirationem faciunt ) inter 
 dormiendum otio fruuntur. Abiio ergo fibra., duplex 
 eft i contrabtio (fi relaxatio. Fibra fibi permjfa, nuU9 
 
 Jiimula 
 
336 '’Relaxation, 
 
 fihnulo five irritamento lacejfita, quieti fe tradit., ut in 
 fomno. Fihne enervata^ ut in parahft afficiuntur ; 
 item dehilitat^e^ non laxatk, quielem affediant. — PaJJio 
 fihra organtca'^ in diftentione quadam confiitit partium } 
 iia enim patitur.y etiam ah externa caufa. Simplex au- 
 tem fibra fe ipfum fecundum longitiidinem dijlendere ne~ 
 queat. Dijlentio partes dijirahit, cui fihra ipfa reni- 
 titur. Rohiir animale pendet in flilxurn a c'erebro : uti 
 languor vitalis a p'enwrla nut depravato influxu fan- 
 guinis fpirituim. Inter ea jujla prcportionis latitude 
 ft^ modb major ^ niodo minor ; inira quam alterutum 
 abfque notabili la/lone alterum excedat^ &c, — Further 
 on, in this and the next chapter, of the ftrength 
 and irritability of fibres, he advances many other 
 ufeful partitulars, which, with the preceding, doubt- 
 lefs furniflied the materials for Bellini, Baglivi, 
 Hoffman, and our great Boerhaave, to work into 
 more extended and elegant fyftems, equally found 
 and ufeful, both in theory and practice. Whether, 
 or how far, old Gliffon was obliged to his friend 
 Dr. Harvey in thefe hints, which are almoft of 
 equal importance to phyfic with the Circulation it- 
 felf, we muft not prefume to fay. 
 
 §. 4. The tonical veeahiefs^ dr laxity of the 
 folids (§. 3.), fhows itfslf by various effeds, 
 according to its degree, and as it is extended, 
 either only to fome, or to all parts of the body, 
 or as it hath been of a longer or (horter dura- 
 tion. If the complaint be recent, you have 
 generally a begun cacochylia or indigeftion j 
 whence heart-burn, colics, flatus, coffivenefsi 
 hyfterics, &c. afterwards the cellular fabric 
 too eafily flags or fubfides from fuifaining the 
 lead veflels ; whence the blood becomes loofe, 
 pale, and ftagnant in them j fo as to caufe a 
 
 livid 
 
Relaxation. 
 
 337 
 
 livid fwelling under the eyes, pale tumid lips, 
 Avelled ancles, &c. And if the relaxing caufes 
 continue a longer time, they afFed: even the 
 Idaft cellular flrata, that conned the medullary 
 fibres of the encephalon and nerves one to 
 another j whence the nerves, for want of due 
 refiftance and fupport, eafily become overfilled 
 by flight impulfive caufes or paffions of the 
 mind, and likewife return too ftrong a report 
 from external objeds again to the mind, in 
 which confifts the nature of tenerity, or weak 
 and tender nerves. This diforder, feen now al- 
 mofl: every day, more efpecially in thofe who 
 naturally, or by habit, have acquired a loofe- 
 nefs of the cellular fabric (Vol. I. p. 28, ult.), 
 and likewife too great a dilatation of the nerves, 
 internally, by repeated and violent efforts of 
 the mind ; fuch as young children, unadive de- 
 licate women, ftudious and fedentary men, &c. 
 increafed by too long indulgence in the warm 
 bed, warm fippings of tea, coffee, &c. or over- 
 flrainings of the veffels and nerves beyond their 
 contradile or recoverable tone, by over-early 
 or excefiive venery, hard-drinking, fevers, &c. 
 
 2. From thefe caufes a weakened habit is 
 generally brought on, and fpread by degrees, 
 efpecialiy in thofe whofe firfl fiamina or (hoot- 
 ing threats {§. 16.) were originally formed with 
 too weak a cohefion, from feeble feminal fluids, 
 as is probably now more commonly the fault 
 than ever before in the world : but having, from 
 any or all of thefe caufes, once gained a foot- 
 ing, it fpreads, from the chylificativc, to the 
 fanguineous and ferous fyftems, and, by de- 
 Von. II. Z gfees, 
 
33^ 'Relaxation^ 
 
 grees, through the nervous, where the dllbr'^ 
 der, lying out of the reach of medicines, rarely 
 admits of more than a temporary palliation, or 
 fuch a cure as will eafily be followed with a 
 relapfe. 
 
 §. c;. This laxity, although in the whole ha- 
 bit, commonly fhows itfelf more in one (y- 
 flem or organ than in another ; according as 
 fome of them have either naturally, hereditary 
 or abufively acquired a greater difpofition to 
 weaknefs. Hence, (i.) in the firft padages., 
 you have a cacochylia or indigeftion, which, 
 according to the nature of the food or drink, 
 
 \ is either a four, an oily-rancid, a heavy- 
 flime, or a putrid-alcaline ; whence heart-burns 
 or oppreflions, naufea, rudfus, &c. — ( 2 .) In 
 the fecond paffages, betwixt the heart and en- 
 cephalon, throughout the vafcular fyftem (if 
 the firft paftages fhould have performed their 
 office well) this debility occafions a plethora, 
 the moft fruitful mother of other difeafes, ef- 
 pecially among thofe who feed with Engliffi 
 luxury } whence a propenfity to acute and epi- 
 demic fevers, inflammations, &c. But if the 
 former ( i .) has alfo joined itfelf in company, you 
 have then a cachexia of all the folid, vafcular and 
 cellular fyftems, and a cacochymia of the blood 
 and other juices thence feparated j whence a 
 propenfity to flow fevers, obftrudlions or con- 
 cretions of the gelatinous humours in fuch of 
 the leaft vefTels, where they have the floweft 
 motion (§. 134 ); thence acorruptive dilTolution 
 of the organical or globular humours j fuch as 
 the blood, ferum, lymph, -and, perhaps, in 
 
 fbme 
 
Relaxation. ^29 
 
 feme cafes, even of the nervous juice ; hence 
 drophes, feurvies, and confumptive waftings 
 (that are not purulent, from ulcerated vifeera) 
 by fweats, urine, fluxes. See. (3.) The ani- 
 mal or nervous fyftem, produced, by mecha- 
 nical fabricature, from' the encephalon (§.7/3 
 and 838.) may laftly be more elpecially relaxed 
 Or debilitated, as we faid before (§. 4.), either 
 while the two antecedent fyflems, which fup- 
 ply it, remain tolerably Arm, or are-conjunctlv 
 vitiated j w^hence weaknefs of the mufcnlar 
 powers, as well in the arteries and vifeera, as 
 in the mmfcles properly fo called, low-fpiritid- 
 nefs, chillinefs, tremblings, pufillanimity, and 
 hyflerical diforders, which differ in their de- 
 grees and feats, or extenflons. Thus, morbid 
 folids generate vitiated fluids ; and as a caco- 
 chylia or indigeftion, in the fir ft paffages, can- 
 not well be corredled in the fecond, it there 
 breeds a cachexia and cacochymia, which alfo 
 foon follow from a mere plethora j for if the 
 redundancy, firft collected in the cellular fabric 
 and leaft velTels, by inactivity and over feedinsr, 
 be, by hidden heat, hard-drinking, or violent 
 exercife, urged into the larger trunks, it dilates 
 them beyond their tone ; whence a prefect hs- 
 morrhage or ecchymofis, and a begun phthifis 
 foon enfue ; or more flowly come on a future 
 dropfy, furvy, or aflhma convulfive and phleg- 
 matic, &c. from their inertia on the blood. 
 We have now feen, how difeafes often arife 
 one from another in a chain, by a debility of 
 the folids too flowly moving, or digefling their 
 fluids. Let us norv fpeak a word upon the befl: 
 
 2 methods 
 
24-0 Relaxation. 
 
 methods of relieving them, and then proceed 
 to their oppohtes, which arife from too great 
 denfity of the folids, exerting either a too great 
 fpring, or a too powerful mufcular adlion on 
 the blood, and its juices in the arteries, lungs, 
 and other vifcera, which over compadr the 
 humours, fo that they too eafily acquire the 
 ftate of a folid, by cohering with, what we 
 call, a phlogiftic, or inflammatory tenacity. 
 
 §. 6. The faid laxity or debility of the folids 
 may be relieved or cured by the ufe of ape- 
 rients, reftringents, and corroborants. ( i . ) 
 Let the firft paffages be freed of their load, not 
 by a ftrong purge, that will difturb the nervous- 
 fyftem, but fo fmall a' dofe of mfuf. Jen. am 
 man. vel fal. Glanb. or a little bolus ex Puh. 
 Rhei G? Cal. that will only clear out the in- 
 teftinal contents. (2.) Let the diet be very 
 fmall in quantity, light, and of good juice, 
 that will eafily digefl; ; as cuftards, bread- pud- 
 dings with eggs, boiled fifh, or white flefhed 
 poultry ; the meal to be only one thing or difh, 
 with light French-bread, and the drink to be 
 as fcanty as poffible, of found red wine and 
 water, p. e. avoiding tea, coffee, or any drink- 
 ing betwixt meals > and let no fat, oil, or butter 
 be eat. (3.) Let the whole body, as foon as 
 the patient arifes, be plunged in cold water, 
 wiped dry, and well rubbed wdth a rough dan- 
 nel, blanket, or a flefli-brufli, with all imagi- 
 nable expedition j and then let riding or walk- 
 ing be pradlifed, ’till they begin to tire, or to 
 fweat. (4.) Let the bed-time be reduced gra- 
 dually to five hours, or lefs, if the patient does 
 
 not 
 
Relaxation, ' 341 
 
 Slot flcep in it j and let the air be high or hilly, 
 on a chalk or gravel, if poffible, and the cloth- 
 ing or apparel be gradually extenuated or light- 
 ened during the fummer, and accuftomed to be 
 afterwards worn thin, as diferetion and the 
 weather-clock may diredt, all the enfuing win- 
 ter and after. (5.) Never ufe milk, foups, beer, 
 or other liquors made hot^ in the common 
 courfe of diet ; for this is prteternatural to man, 
 as well as to all other animals, and, by re- 
 laxing the nerves of the ftomach, heart, dia- 
 phragm, and other adjacent vifeera, is pro- 
 ductive of numerous difeafes, in thofe who 
 have them already weak j much lefs fcalding 
 tea, which many drink hot enough to fetch the 
 Ikin off a delicate finger. But if tea be ftrong, 
 and let Hand ’till near cold, ’tis a falutary be- 
 verage for a ftomach that is not four, which 
 cannot be faid of coffee, that is only fit for a 
 relief to debauchees, or an over-meal. (6.) 
 Let reftringents and corroborants be ufed con- 
 jundtly in fmall, and often repeated dofes, in- 
 creafing the quantity gradually, and leaving off 
 in the fame manner, viz. bark chaliabtes, rhub.J 
 pulv. e bol. c. 1 fpec. aromat. | elix. vitr. | infuf. 
 cort. cum fp. acido minerali, vel alcalino vola- 
 tili, pro re nata, &c. Only obferve, never to 
 be over-free in the ufe of chalibiats, bark, or 
 other aftringents alone ; efpecially at firft, and 
 in weak or cold difeafes : becaufe, as they in- 
 creafe the inertia and cohefion of the folids 
 and fluids, over their mufcular vis vitalis ner- 
 vofa, they will thus confirm, rather than cure 
 the difeafe 3 unlefs the latter powers be alfo pro- 
 
 Z 3 por- 
 
Relaxation. 
 
 portionably excited, by the conjund ufe of 
 nervous ftimulants and exercife. 
 
 2. However, there are fome cafes, where 
 they are beil ufed very fparingly, and without 
 flimulants, as when an htemopthoe, a profu- 
 fion of the menfes, night-fweats, &c. come 
 from debility ; or when the organic texture and 
 confluence of the blood and lead vedeis arc 
 only required to be kept up, as in mo{t of the 
 contagious fevers, after the height of inflamma- 
 tory ones, in the putrid alcaline feurvy, in pu- 
 rulent hedtics, &c. But for cedematous debi- 
 lities, which come after fevers, or chronic di- 
 dernpers, with epilepfics or foolifhnefs from the 
 fame caufe, and colliquative difeharges from re- 
 laxed emundtories, weak perfpiratipn, and hy- 
 deric complaints, with rickets in children ; ’tis 
 always bed to join aromatic and bitter dimulants, 
 together with fuch drugs as are redringent. 
 Thus operating conjundtly, by tightening up 
 the vedels, and exciting the vital or mufcular 
 forces of the heart and arteries at the fame 
 time, they gradually caufe and increafp a due 
 degree of plethora, which, by urging the 
 blood mod, where it is lead redded, will over- 
 come uterine or other obdrudtions. On the other 
 hand, a too hady and free ufe of redringents at 
 the fird, without any preparatives or evacuations, 
 and revuldoRS, will often fadly increafe the hae- 
 mopthoe, mendrual or other cxcefdve fluxes, 
 which they are defigned to fupprefs. 
 
 §. 7. From §. 5. we may underdand, 
 how intermittents arife from cold ropy vif- 
 cidities, colleded in the drd and fecond paf- 
 
Rigidity. 343 
 
 fages debilitated ; and why they have often a 
 ih'ange anomalous appearance, when, by neg- 
 led: or ill-treatment, the febrile col lu vies has 
 extended into the nervous fyftem. How me- 
 dicines, which have a ftrong abfterhve bitter- 
 nefs, with a powerful reftringency, diflodge, 
 attenuate, and expel the faid matter, either in- 
 fenfibly by perfpiration, or vifibly by the urine j 
 provided it lies within the fanguineous jyftem, 
 as you may know by a lateritious urine, declar- 
 ing for a fafe ufe of the bark ; otherwife, if it 
 lies in the lymphatic or nervous fyftem, you 
 will not cure, but lock it up by the bark, 
 which adls chiefly, by contracting and invigo- 
 rating the blood-veflels, into which the aguifti 
 matter muft be firft returned, by a few fits and 
 ,concufiions of the fever, helped with a vomit, 
 pr a purge or two of rhab. and cah before you 
 attack it with the bark. Hence the reafon, why 
 faline draughts, camph. and other attenuants, 
 often effect, what bark will not, in fome ftpb- 
 born agues, &c. 
 
 §. 8. The other fource of difeafes, oppofite 
 to laxity (§. 5. «lt.), lies in too great a denfity 
 or compaction of the folid fibres, membranes, 
 veffels, and humours j fo that thofe, which are 
 confiftent (§. 3.), become rigid or unpliable to 
 the vital forces of the heart and nerves, which 
 they ought eafily to yield to ; and from thence 
 the mufcular or moving fibres, and the leaft 
 veffels, clofing up their organic fabric too foon, 
 degenerate into mere tendinous, ligamentary, 
 or often bony threads. This Rigidity or den- 
 fity does not generally call for our aid, before a 
 Z 4 certain 
 
3 4 'I- Rigidity. 
 
 certain age, as does the former, in mankind at 
 ieaft. However, it may come on too haftily, 
 or prevail too much for the crafis of the fluids, 
 either in the whole habit, or in certain organs 
 only ; by a continuance or repeated alternations 
 of exceffive heat and cold, joined to a parental 
 difpolition in the primitive ftamina, or firft 
 component threads (Phyiiol. §. i6.) ; to which 
 add abufes from allringents, fpirituous liquors, 
 much labour, in an hot fun, or by great^ fires, 
 and repeated diary or topical inflammations, 
 with refpedt to certain organs ; for any part of 
 the body, that has been more fubjed to inflam- 
 mation, or to labour than the refl, becomes 
 thereby more denfe or rigid. In confequence 
 of thefe, and the like caufes, young folks of- 
 ten fhoot up, gain their acme, and expire too 
 foon } as in the late extraordinary Cantabrigian 
 virile infant. Or again, the thinnefl: parts of the 
 fluids, and more watry glue of the folids, being 
 thus too much expended by the more violent 
 ofcillations and expulfive forces of the arterial 
 and cellular fyftems, the former gain fuch an 
 impervious lentor or tenacity of their parts, as 
 we call phlogijiic j becaufe, by cohering more 
 flrongly together, and to the veflels, they thus 
 generate a greater heat from the circulating tri- 
 ture or motion, and are thence apt to hefitate 
 in their way, without extending fo far as the 
 leafl: duds and veffels, which, for health, they 
 ought to pervade : from whence we have a 
 dry, hot, and feurfy fkin ; a coftivenefs, with 
 high-coloured and ftrong-fmelling urine, very 
 fait, and but little in quantity ; a deep or labo- 
 rious 
 
Rigidity. 345 
 
 rious breathing, with an hard and fmall pulfe; 
 from all which, the perfon is liable to frequent, 
 painful, and inflammatory fevers or ftubborn 
 inflammatory diforders, in fome parts or other, 
 induced even from flight caufes. Such a denfe 
 difpofition of the vefTe's in the vifcera, no lefs 
 than in the miifcles, renders them liable to be 
 cramped (Vol. I. p. 43.), either by nervous 
 confent, or from thofe paffions of the mind, 
 which caufe a more powerful vital eonflridtion 
 in them j after which they ought naturally to 
 relax, only this over-denfe, tonical, or automa- 
 tical, and fpringy force, will keep them for a 
 long time fhut up. Hence, from frights, vex- 
 ations, or pains, will arife a convulfive jaun- 
 dice in the liver ; hiccups or pains in the 
 ftomach, or fupprefTed menfes in the womb ; 
 an afthma in the lungs ; a fupprefTed perfpira- 
 tion and fevers by the fkin, or hyflerical and 
 watry urines by the kidneys ; and fometimes, 
 when the inteflines are lax or open, and the 
 other emundlories cramped, a flux enfues from 
 the former analogous to the hyflerical diabetes, 
 in both which is loft a great part of the fined: 
 nervous lymph, that fhould fupply the ence- 
 
 . Here every thing will be ufeful to a 
 cure, forbid in the oppofite cafes (§. 5.) ; the 
 warm-bath, warm liquors, oils, mucilages, 
 honeys, foaps, creams, whey, oat or barley 
 gruels, nourifliing or retentive clyflers, a warm 
 and moifl: air, much reft, deep, &c. A good 
 emollient and relaxing drink is an almond eraul- 
 lion in barley water, well charged wdth honey 
 and nitre 3 and a diet almoft entirely of 
 
 6 milk 
 
 phalon 
 
 §•9 
 
3 4^ Rigidity. 
 
 milk or whey^ creams, chocolates, fagoe, fa^ 
 lop, &c. and in all the,organical cramps of the 
 vifeera abovementioned, as well as in univerfal 
 and febrile flridlures, bleeding with papave- 
 rines, and often a blifter to the next part, will 
 have their good eftedts. 
 
 §. lo. This faid inertia, or rigidity of the 
 folids (§. 8.), gradually advancing from our 
 infancy, brings on us, at lafi;, all the fymp- 
 toms and appearances of old age, and termi- 
 nates itfelf by mere vital debility, which we 
 call a natural death ; becaufe the powers of the 
 heart and encephalon are now no longer able 
 to furmount the inertia of the folids, by this 
 time loaded with too great a quantity of 
 earth, deprived of the more thin and fluxile 
 parts of their glue, and changed from their 
 motive or organical fabric, (whether muf- 
 eular or vafcular) into that of folid or over- 
 refifting threads, in fome parts often as tough 
 as ligaments, or hard as bones. Thus the ar- 
 terial fyftem too much refifts the heart itfelf, 
 more callous and infeniible to the ftimulus of 
 the blood ; the lungs make a greater reiiftance 
 to the incumbent air ; and the craticle of the 
 thorax, over-rigid in the cartilages and liga- 
 ments, which allow it motion by the ribs, 
 very hardly yields to the now debilitated or 
 more inert diaphragm, and other refpirative 
 mufcles : hence the more laborious breathings 
 and frequent afthma’s of old people, joined 
 with f^legmatic and catarrhous difeharges from 
 the lungs, and the whole via alimentalis, chiefly 
 bred from the crudities or indigeftions of the 
 chyle, blood, and lymph, in the now weakened 
 
 or 
 
Rigidity. 347 
 
 or inert vafcular fyftem, joined with an in- 
 creafed denhty or impervioufnefs of the cuta- 
 neous and renal emuinftories ; whereby the 
 latter, loiing their mufcular power that con^ 
 duces to empty the tubuli, become frequently 
 charged with fabulous concretions or cryftal- 
 lizing granulations of fait and earth, which 
 lay the bafis of tormenting calculi, either in 
 the kidneys, ureters, or bladder. The fame 
 rigid inertia of the folids may alfo enfue, fo as 
 to be retrievable, in younger pcrfons, by me- 
 dicine, from an exceffive ufe of fea-falt, which 
 draws out the jelly, both from the blood, 
 lymph, and fibres, fo as to render the former 
 immotive, and the latter atrophic, or unfit for 
 nutrition ; and fo do alfo fpirituous liquors 
 abufed, but without leaving the folids, like the 
 firfi:, in any tolerable condition of recovering 
 their due organic fabricature and vital motions, 
 by a proper ufe of antifcorbutics. Hence the 
 neceffity of leffeningthe quantity, and of light- 
 ening the quality of the nourifhnents, taken by 
 old people, who ought, if they are defirous 
 or willing to keep health, to join them with 
 daily walking and exercife, according to their 
 ability : becaufe an inertive or rigid debility in 
 the chylificative organs, which are now loaded 
 with unadive phlegm and mucus, inftead of 
 thin falival juices, and have a lefs quantity of a 
 weaker bile, caufes grofs aliments (that require 
 good teeth, at this time wifely rejeded by na- 
 ture, that they may be no invitement) to make 
 a corrupt chyle in the firfi: or alimentary paf- 
 fages, which cannot be correded without light 
 ' wines 
 
34 ^ Rigidity. 
 
 wines and exercife, when they are once arrived 
 within the fanguineous or fecond paffages, now 
 labouring with a proportionable debility. For 
 in the aged, the adlions of the heart, breath- 
 ings, arid pulfe are fmaller, flower and weaker, 
 as are all but the pituitary fecretions. Their 
 blood-veflels, indeed, always appear remarka- 
 bly full, from the increafed denfity and fpring 
 of the capillary and mufcular increafing over 
 the contradile force of the trunks ; by which, 
 from flight exciting caufes, the lafl: often urge 
 the blood, or its ferous parts, very fuddenly into 
 the cellular or lymphatic fabric of the encepha- 
 lon, fpine, or nerves j whence fudden deaths, 
 apoplexies, palfies, &c. hardly remediable : but 
 as the blood and juices move flower in them, 
 though with a greater compreflhre, they are 
 lefs attenuated or digefled, lefs able to afford 
 repairing nourifhment and nervous fpirits ; 
 whence the coldnefs, feeblenefs, infenfibility, 
 and fhrinking of old folks, with the whole train 
 of chronical diflempers, to prevent or retard 
 which, daily exercife of body, which keeps 
 the folids moveable, or from ffiffening, and 
 fridions of the fkin, with plufh or blanket, un- 
 der the regimen before direded (§. 9.), will 
 greatly conduce. See Phyfiol. §. 257, &feq. 
 
 §. II. Thefe flates of the folids (§. 3, 4, 
 and 8.) well confidered, in conjundion with 
 the climate, fex, occupation, and influences 
 from the non-naturals, lay the only certain ba- 
 fls of a found and rational pradice j which, 
 whoever negleds, builds on a vague fluxile 
 foundation, that by deviating from the courfe 
 
Rigidity. 34^ 
 
 of nature, will lead him into a field of unfound 
 or conceited methods, whatever enthufiaflical 
 notions he may entertain of extraordinary affift- 
 ances from God, by prayer. But if the fore- 
 fald phyfiological and pathological confidera- 
 tions be firft duly weighed and underftood 
 (See remark at the end of Led:. VI. alfo §. 16, 
 23, 24, 136, to 139J 144, and 246, to 260.) 
 they will afford a faithful guide, not only 
 to know the conftitutions or temperaments 
 (§. 169.), by which people are inclined more to 
 one kind of difeafes than another ; but likewife 
 of that deftroyed equilibrium or balance in the 
 vafcular fyflem (§. 144.), which by errors in 
 the non-naturals vitiates the motion, quantity, 
 and quality of the blood itfelf, and its feveral 
 fecerned juices, which are often wrongly ac- 
 cufed as prime caufes in difeafes. For the mo- 
 tion and quality of the fluids will be an- 
 fwerable to the proper conditions of the folids, 
 by which they are formed ; and the particular 
 fecretions and organ ical adions will be con- 
 formable to them both. Hence the quantity 
 and quality of the fluids will be, as their moti- 
 ons ; their motion will be as the quantity and 
 quality, including the prefent flate of the fo- 
 lids (§. 6, and 10.) conjundly; and their vi- 
 tiated texture or morbid qualities will be as the 
 excefs or defed in all the former together. 
 Thus we have the firfl: chain that holds the 
 ,.'whole clue of diflcmpers. A chain that ad- 
 mits of no motion or change in any one of its 
 links, without proportionably fliaking or al- 
 tering the refl. 'See remark to the end of Led. V. 
 
3 5® "Rigidity. 
 to whifc'h add 5 thefe caufes vafloufly exx:ited, 
 by other more remote or external and differ- 
 ently combined, lead us into the numerous 
 kinds of fevers and inflammations, which, a's 
 they occupy above two thirds of the fcale of all 
 difeafcs, ought, by phyficians more efpecially., 
 to be well known and fliudied. 
 
 §. 12. From what has been faid then, it 
 appears, that the general affedtions of the 
 blood, by which it may offend and produce 
 difeafes, are reducible j (i.j to quantity^ re- 
 dundant or deficient; (2.) to motion, exceflavd 
 or defedtive ; (3.) or to confijience^ including 
 its organical and albuminous texture and colli- 
 quation (§. 162, and p. 144.) ; alfo its febrile 
 vifeidity, either that commonly called a vifeid, 
 flow or cold lentor^ from its caufing flow, 
 nervous, intermitting and hyftcrical fevers j 
 (under which w^e include thofe which Dr, 
 Hoffman and others call mefenterical) namely, 
 fuch a cohefion of the ferous and abuminous 
 parts, in the leaft veffels, for want of a duener-* 
 vous and arterial ftrength, as is fimilar to that 
 in the whites of eggs, which by a moderate 
 heat or concuflion by a wilk, gain a watery 
 fluidity : or elfe what is oppofite to the former, 
 a fizey phlogifton or phlogiflic tenacity^ i. e. 
 inflammatory, from the former matter over 
 condenfed, by too great arterial preffure and 
 motion, by which the ferous and lymphatic 
 globules run together, into what is commonly 
 called a buff or pleuretic cruft, as foon as the 
 blood is let out of a vein ; as we obferved more 
 at large in Vol. I. p, 147. (4.) to acrimony ; 
 
 whether 
 
Plethora. 351- 
 
 whether chilly, as the alcaline, purulent, con- 
 tagious, and gangrenous, or mixed with a cor- 
 roding virulency, as the cancerous, venereal, 
 arthritic and bilious, or thofe from a fuppreffed 
 urine, or perfpiration, &c. Only obferve, that' 
 thefe affeftions of the blood and lymph, here 
 propofed as the more general and nearer caufes 
 of many diftempers, may be likewife intro- 
 duced as effe(Ss confequent, from fome other 
 antecedent or particular difeafes, excited by 
 caufes out of the prefent queftion ; as the air, 
 aliments, wounds, bruifes, burns, &c. 
 
 §.13. Let us now proceed to treat each of 
 thefe morbid heads (§. 12.) with a laudable 
 brevity. And firft, too great a redundancy of 
 good blood, oppreffiveto the arterial and nervous 
 fyftem, is called ^plethora ; which generally em- 
 ploys its force, fo amply produdive of difeafes, 
 fooner upon the encephalon or lungs, or the 
 portal fyftem of the hypochondriacal vifcera, 
 than upon other parts, as they make a lefs re- 
 ftftance in their vafcular and cellular fabricature, 
 to the impelled fluids. The frequency and 
 fruitfulnefs of this morbid fpring, in our indo- 
 lent and voracious Britons and Hibernians, will 
 excufe me for entering more minutely into its 
 caufes, figns, effeds, and cure, than fome 
 other good profeftbrs have done before. (See 
 remark to §. 14. Pj^yfiol. where [ad vafa) is 
 by miftake tranfpofed for [ad vires). Obferve 
 . then, we are to conftder an over fullnefs, either 
 (i.) as it h (ad vires) oppreftlve to the pow- 
 ers of the heart and encephalon, by lying dor^ 
 mant in the lefs refifting cellular and capillary 
 
 fyftems 3 
 
35 ^ Plethora, 
 
 fyftems ; or (2.) as it is (advafa) excited ihtncz 
 into the largeft trunks and branches, which 
 bearing a fmall ratio to the former, are thus 
 eafily over-ftrained or broken. 
 
 §. 14. A plethora, the figns of which in- 
 clude both the productive caufes, and the cofi- 
 fequent efFeCts, varies according to its quantity 
 or degree, its extent or feat, and the time it 
 has continued. A chylous plethora foon breeds 
 one that is fanguine, as that does one which is 
 ferous or lymphatic ; and that by degrees un- 
 ravels all orders of the web-like or cellular 
 llrata, furrounding the nerves and the leaft 
 veffels, with the whole compages of the vifcera. 
 But the generating and prodiiSfhe caujls are 
 reducible to two heads; including ^ i.) thofe 
 which make more chyle and blood than are 
 neceffary for the fex, habit, or occupation : 
 fuch are a ftrong ftomach, bowels, and liver, 
 joined with coftivenefs ; foods and drinks 
 highly nourifhing, taken too copioufly or too 
 often in the day ; an effeminacy in the habit, 
 make, or proportions of the body in man ; or 
 thofe which are natural to a woman : to which 
 add a fanguine temperament, and a fhort fta- 
 ture. 12.) Thofe which diminifli the circular 
 motion, triture, and expulfion of the blood and 
 juices once formed : fuch as an effeminate 
 weaknefs of the nervous, v^fcular, and cellular 
 fyftems (§. 3.}; a rigid or fenile inertia (§. 10, 
 ult.) ; a deficiency of nervous juices, either in 
 quantity or quality; a reclufe, unacbive, or fe- 
 dentary life, given much to reading or dudy ; 
 an adiaphorous or careiefs difpofition of mind, 
 
 with 
 
Plethordo 3 53 
 
 with too much indulgence of fleep 5 or laftly, 
 any accuftomary difcharges too fuddenly flopp’d, 
 diminiflaed or negledted. Thefe lafl may be 
 fubdivided into (,i.) 7 iatural difcharges j from 
 the haemorrhoidal veflels, womb, inteflines, 
 kidneys, Ikin, fpitting, or coughing, &c. or 
 (2.) artificial ‘y iuch as blood-letting, cupping, 
 fetoift, ifliies, purgatives, clyflers, faliirating, 
 fnuffing, chewing, or fmoakingj orlaflly, (3.) 
 fuch as are accidental } viz. from wounds, hse- 
 inorrhageSj ulcers, amputations, &c. 
 
 §. 15. The preceding caufes may indeed ac- 
 cumulate too great a quantity of good juices in 
 the cellular fyflem and leafl veflels, fo as to 
 produce a fuffocated or latent plethora, that 
 may gradually Vitiate the whole habit by a 
 cachexia and cocochymia ; but if this dormant 
 fullnefs be fuddenly excited^ or driven from the 
 fmaller veflels and flagnant cells into the larger 
 trunks, which have a much lefs ratio of capa- 
 city than the capillaries, it will be then an ex- 
 cited plethora ; which may be fuddenly fatal, 
 by exerting its violence on fome of the impor- 
 tant vifeera before mentioned (§. 13.), if not 
 timely relieved by the lancet, with other eva- 
 cuations and revulfions. Such a fulnefsj with- 
 out artificial evacuations, can only be removed 
 by exercife, gradually increafed, with a fub- 
 tradion from the diet, as thofe well know who 
 deal in fine horfes j having learned by experi- 
 ence the fatal effeds of removing them fud- 
 denly from long reft to violent or fwift labour, 
 which 'f not prefently fatal, feldom goes over 
 
 VoL. IL A a with- ■ 
 
354 Plethora. 
 
 without leaving flaggars, bad wind, or a con- 
 
 fuinptive pining from injured bowels. 
 
 §. 1 6. Thefe exciting caufes (§. 15.) feem 
 reducible to the following heads ; which in- 
 clude all powers that fuddenly augment the 
 motion or quantity of the blood, from the cel- 
 lular fabric and fmaller veffels, into the larger 
 trunks of the venal and arterial fyftems : fuch 
 as (i.) a too fudden and intenfe heat or cold, 
 weight, or levity of the incumbent atmofphere ; 
 (2.) all acrimonious or ftimulating fubftances, 
 which fuddenly or powerfully excite themufcular 
 conftri6lions of the heart and arteries ; taken 
 either as aliments^ changeable in the firll: and 
 fecond paffages, into the albuminous juices of 
 the body itfelf j or being in a fmall degree 
 above thofe changing powers, and called medi- 
 ernes, excite falutary commotions, which 
 throw them off with the containing humours, 
 by the emunftories ; or laftly, being difobe- 
 dient by their quantity or quality, both to the 
 faid digeftive, and to the excretive powers, 
 remain within the habit, which they fooner or 
 later deftroy, under the denomination of poi- 
 fons 5 the particular claffes of all which may 
 be taken in, either by the common alimentary 
 ways, or abforbed through the fkin, or lungs : 
 (3.) fudden or unaccuftomed exceffes in ve- 
 nery, exercife of body, cares or watchings, 
 anger, joy, envy, &c. augmenting the ner- 
 vous and mufcular forces of the heart and ar- 
 teries, to a febrile height, that foon vitiates the 
 whole mafs, fo as to be not unrarely fatal. 
 And here we may obferve, that fuch nervous 
 
 fevers 
 
Plethora, 
 
 fevers have different fymptoms in the vifceraj 
 according to the nature of the paffions they 
 arife from. Thofe from exceffive joy, kill 
 often as fuddenly as the plague, by over di- 
 lating all the external and internal pores, and 
 a hidden diffipation of the fineft nervous lymph 
 that ought to fupply the encephalon j as in 
 the remarkable inftance of the baronet’s fon, 
 upon coming to his eftate, mentioned by Dr. 
 Nichols, in his late lecture de anima medica, 
 p. i6. The like we remember, from a hid- 
 den or unexpected preferment, in a man of weak 
 irritable nerves, to a hewardfhip, under the 
 late prime minifter Sir R. W. &c. Thofe 
 from grief, convulfively affeCt the nervous and 
 mufcLilar fabric of the ftomach, porta, and li- 
 ver j whence anguifh, with hiccups, and a fe- 
 ver that is complicated, or in part iCteritious 
 and colliquative j as was the fatal cafe of the 
 late colonel Stewart, at the lofs of a bribed or 
 foreftalled preferment, whom Dr. Shaw vi- 
 fited, &c. (4.) excefs of fpirituous and fer- 
 mented liquors, efpecially fuch as are replete 
 with a great quantity of incorporated air 
 (§. 159.), which is often confined in bottles 
 or clofe veffels, as in champaigne, new wines, 
 ale, cyder, &c. but this by great heat of bo- 
 dy and weather expands itfelf into an elaftic 
 hate, not only in the ftomach and firft palfes, 
 but alfo in the blood itfelf, fo as fuddenly to 
 ■affeCt the nervous fyftem, and fometimes in a 
 fatal manner, as in the late eminent Mr. Che- 
 felden. ( 5.) And laftly from pain or irritation 
 of any kind ading on the encephalon, or 
 A a 2 nerves,' 
 
356 Plethora. 
 
 nerves, or heart, and arteries, from caufes ex- 
 ternal or internal, in fome one part, or through- 
 out the whole habit, originally or by conlent 
 of parts (Phyfiol. §. 555. )> 
 
 §. 17. The morbid effects of a plethora, 
 which has arrived to any confiderable degree, 
 in a ftate either dormant (§. 14.) or excited 
 (§. 16.), are various and almoft innumerable, 
 according to the circumftances, (§. 14.), habit, 
 complication, Infomuch, that different 
 
 lengths of this chain will lead us to its fource, 
 as a primitive internal caufe, either principal or 
 accelTory, producing the majority of difeafes, both 
 acute and chronic. Let us then firft endeavour 
 to reckon up the effedts of a dormant fulnefs, 
 as near as we can, in the order they ftand con- 
 neded, or are produdive one of another : fuch 
 are, an impediment of the circulations, fecre- 
 tions, and excretions throughout the whole ha- 
 bit j too great a diftenfion and unravelling of 
 the cellular fabric, Icaft veffels and nerves, 
 wherever they are the moft lax, and return the 
 leaft adion upon the fluids ; thence a weaknefs 
 in the contradile, automatic, fpring or tone 
 of the folids, and of their mufcular, nervous 
 force likewife. From thence the juices by de- 
 grees contrad a cold, aguifla or albuminous vif- 
 cidity ; the craffamentum is neither fufficiently 
 denfe nor abundant, whence a chilly leuco- 
 phlegmatic habit, and by degrees a cold feurvy, 
 that may end in a fatal wafting, or a dropfy. 
 From the faid caufes enfue a ftupidity of the 
 mental, and a lazinefs of all the bodily faculties, 
 with a perpetual inclination to doling and deep. 
 
 The 
 
Plethora. 357 
 
 The fkin appears pale or livid, and bloated or 
 oedematus ; an half-moon-like diftenfion of the 
 veins and cellular fabric appears under the 
 eyes, with a pallid turgefcence of the lips j the 
 pulfe is full, weak, flow, foft, and eaflly fluctu- 
 ating j the urine, too much for the quantity of 
 drink, and either clear (at times) like water, or 
 elfe milky, with a white or reddifh fediment, 
 and a fliining fldii on the top j the eyes 
 fwelled, watery, and red without heat, impa- 
 tient of the leaft cold wind, efpecially upon firfl: 
 arifing in a morning ; the blood too poor, loofe, 
 v4„or ferous, not half cralfamentum, as it ought 
 to be in quantity, and breaking with a preflure 
 much below its healthy ftandard of cohefion 
 the ferum too faline, brackifh or fcorbutic, and 
 the blood either too pale, from an offending 
 acidity, or of a violaceous and dark purple^ 
 from any putrid or alcaline caufe. At length 
 may follow cold or white fwellings in the joints, 
 and lymphatic glans, of the mofl; ftubborn or fcro- 
 phular difpofltion; with nervous atrophies, and 
 flow fevers of all kinds, whether fcorbutic, mefen- 
 terical, hyfterical, leucoplegmatic, intermitting, 
 nervous, &c. To which add many chronic 
 afleifions, nervous waftings, dropfies, green- 
 flckpefs, fluqr albus, diabetes, night-fweats, &c, 
 
 REMARK. 
 
 * Which Ihould be about eight drams, to 
 break an hemifpherical bafe, or furface of the cruor • 
 4 d fri diameter, after Handing 12 hours 
 
 ■ in hot air, or 24 in cold ; whereas in fevers not 
 colliquative, at or before the height it bears up- 
 wards, to 70 drachms ; as you naay both ufefully 
 A a 3 and 
 
CO 
 
 Plethora. 
 
 and conveniently experiment, by carrying in your 
 pocket an ivory tube, of the faid bore, 9 inches 
 long, and holding a range of cylindrical dram- 
 weights of lead ; by which, having an outward 
 fcale, you may alfo meafure the fpecihc weight of 
 the ferum and urine, by fufpending with a hair to 
 keep it upright in the fluid. 
 
 §. 18. The preceding fedtion has given us a 
 view of the confequences, which enfuing from 
 a dormant negledfed plethora, may in time ex- 
 cite moft chronical diforders, with many that 
 are in part inflammatory, only inclining to the 
 more flow or nervous kind. Let us now fee the 
 effedis of an excited, febrile plethora (§. i44-)> 
 which from fome fHmulus of the nervous or 
 arterious fyftems, foon urges the blood and 
 finer juices from the cellular and capillary 
 fyftems into the larger fanguineous trunks, 
 through which they make a quicker tranfit to 
 the heart, not only naturally, but more now, as 
 the greater diftenfion of the trunks comprefl'es 
 or ftiuts up the capillaries, which ought to re- 
 tard the blood’s regrefs to the heart, and dif- 
 ferently in different organs, to form the various 
 fecretions in due quantity or quality (Phyf §. 
 174.) j by which means mere fulnefs of good 
 juices, kept for too long a time in too rapid a 
 motion, will foon caufe fuch a phlogiitic len- 
 tor as lays the bafts of all true fevers, pleuriftes, 
 &c. as we defcribed it in a remark to Phyliol. 
 §. 16 1. Hence a plethora, dormant or ex- 
 cited, fanguine or cacochymical, appears next 
 to a vitiated ftate of the folids, from whence it 
 
 chiefly 
 
Plethora. 
 
 chiefly arifes, to be plainly the moft fruitful pa- 
 rent of all other difeafes. 
 
 §. 19. The confequent fympfomSy figns or 
 effedls of a dormant plethora, excited by any 
 hidden commotion of the nervous or arterial 
 fyftems j are (i.) fpeedy vvearinefs, a fhort- 
 breathing, and a fenfible throbbing of the ar- 
 teries throughout the body, even from flight 
 exercifes of body, paflions of the minds, or 
 other motive caufes (§. 16.). (2.) A turgef- 
 
 cency of the veins and fldn, with flufhings of 
 the countenance. (3.) A pulfe that is fome- 
 what loft, but large or full, and very labour- 
 ing. (4.) Erroneous flrayings of the red or 
 yellow parts of the blood, into the fmaller 
 white vefiels and continuous dudts, which ought 
 to reiifl: and confine them within the fanguiner- 
 ous fyftem. (5.) Anguifh or oppreflion in the 
 vifcera that furround the heart j and periodical 
 pains, chiefly about the head, back, fides, or 
 joints, either rheumatic or hyfterical, (6.) Mor- 
 bid, colliquative, and weakening difcharges, 
 from flight fpaftic commotions of the mind, 
 exercifes of the body, .or fmall excefles in the 
 non-naturals ; a weak, watery fuffufion of the 
 eyes, night-fweats, or a diabetes, which appear 
 at times, form fpaftic commotions of the ner- 
 vous fyftem. (7.) If the ftrength and refiftance 
 of the cellular fabric, and the pellucid vafcular 
 fyftem s which attend it throughout the body, 
 confine the excited plethora within the large 
 fanguine arteries and veins j the exciting caufes 
 ftill continuing, will bring on acute continual fe- 
 yers of all kinds j or if the caufes urge more 
 A a 4 upon 
 
360 Plethora. 
 
 upon any particular part, weaker than others, 
 true inflammations enfue, either with or with- 
 out a confiderable fever. (8.) Or if the faid 
 cellular and pellucidly vafcular fabrics yield too 
 cafily to the nervous and arterious powers, now 
 urging the blood with too great impetus from 
 the exciting caufes (§. 16.) j thence follow 
 aneurifmatic, or varicofe tumors of the larger 
 veflels, or cedematous fwellings of the leafl 
 pellucid ones and cellular fabric, more efpeci- 
 ally about the encephalon and nerves, un- 
 der a fenile rigidity of the folids, or cold vifei- 
 dity of the fluids ; whence lethargic, apo- 
 plectic, paralytic, convulfive, and chronical, ner- 
 vous diforders of various kinds. 
 
 §. 20. The treatment or cure of a plethora 
 ought to vary according as the general or par- 
 ticular caufes (§. 5, 14, and 16.) and their 
 effects (§. 19.}, joined with the circumftances 
 of the patient, and the time, extent or degree 
 of the difeafe itfelf, may point out to the pru- 
 dent and flow formed judgment of the phyli- 
 cian, who is confulted. The generating caufes 
 (§. 5, and 14.), call for correction by their 
 contraries gradually introduced (§ 6.), and as 
 gradually abated, after the cure is confirmed • 
 in which lies one of the mofl: important 
 branches of fkill in the art of healing : but the 
 exciting caufes (§, 16.), to prevent fudden and 
 fatal effects, require to be quelled immediately, by 
 blood-letting, cupping, lenient-purging 5 and 
 revulfions from the important parts more im- 
 mediately affected, by blifters, iffues, clyfters, 
 &c. Let the fleep and diet be gradually leffened, 
 
 4 
 
Plethora. ' 361 
 
 efpecially in fummer, and the exercifes of bo- 
 dy proportionably increafed (§. 6.) 5 only ob- 
 ferve here, that fuch as cannot confine their 
 appetite to a fmall quantity, Ihould at leaft 
 abate in the quality, i. e. to ufe aliments lefs 
 nourhhing, as are all thofe preferved by fait, 
 vinegar, {pices, &c. the wines dry, Florence,, 
 old-hoc or rhenilh, reduced by degrees to a 
 moderate quantity, and qualified with water, 
 either drank feparately or in commixture. 
 
 §. 21. Here it may be not improper tofpeak 
 a word of phlebotomy, which being itfelf an 
 inflantaneous and temporary cure for every fan- 
 guine or excited plethora ; and a necefifary 
 means to palliate the numerous fymptoms 
 (§. 19.) that enfue from it, may be juftly 
 efteemed one of the moft extenfive and potent 
 reins with which phyfic is provided for the pre- 
 vention, government, and cure of thofe acute, 
 febrile difeafes, which are not only the moil 
 head-flrong and fatal to mankind, but alfo 
 double the number of the reft upon the whole 
 lift ; and from whence moft of the others, 
 which kill more flowly, or in cold blood, alfo 
 derive their origin. Obferve then, that as the 
 lancet is generally produdive of the moft im- 
 mediate and powerful relief in urgent cafes that 
 lie under the diredion of a prudent phyfician ; 
 on the contrary, a repeated ufe of it, without 
 occafion, either as a preventative remedy, or in 
 cafes feemingly urgent, where yet it is impro- 
 per, we daily obferve to be produdive of the 
 greateft mifchiefs ; although fometimes thefe 
 iaft are both neceftary and unavoidable evils, to 
 
 prevent 
 
362 Plethora. 
 
 prevent others that are yet greater j as, e. g. when 
 a febrile lentor has fettled on the lungs, and to 
 avoid certain death by the head-ftrong and pe- 
 ripneumonic fever, many of the fmall veffels 
 contraft and clofe up in the lungs by numerous 
 bleedings, and leave afterwards an habitual 
 afthma from callofity ; or when foolilhnefs fol- 
 lows after a fever, or a phrenzy from the fame 
 caufes, in the encephalon j or a returning pa- 
 raxyfmatical jaundice and dropfy from the like 
 in the liver. 
 
 §. 22. The only rule then to be relied on, 
 for direding this difcharge to be repeated with 
 falutary efteds in all doubtful cafes, is, the 
 ftandard of the blood’s cohelion ; to be known 
 by experimenting in the manner we before 
 mentioned, after §. 17 : for whenever it is 
 buff, or refufes to break by the preffure of 8, 
 JO, or 12 drachms or degrees, you may be 
 fure phlebotomy, in moderate quantities, is pro- 
 portionably a laudable remedy. 
 
 2. Though there are fome cafes where the 
 colliquative power of matter, returned from a 
 vomica of the lungs, or other vifcus, wi.l over- 
 ballance the coagulating force of the hectic, fo 
 as to afford a lax and florid blood, when fliil a 
 repeated ufe of the lancet is neceffary to reduce 
 the vital forces of the heart and arterial fyfcem 
 (by which matter is formed) to fo low an ebb, 
 as may allow the broken or ulcerated vafcules 
 to clofe up, and harden through want of in- 
 fluent juices, in the fame manner as a profufe 
 haemorrhage may fave a perfon fatally wounded, 
 by inducing a weaknefs of the Ireart and arte- 
 
 teries, 
 
Plethora. 363 
 
 rles, which excited, would foon be deftrudlive. 
 Hence the ufe of blood-letting in fmall quan- 
 tities, and at proper intervals, for the cure of 
 pulmonary confumptions, to prevent mifcar- 
 riages, to palliate cancerous fwellings, &c. which 
 the vulgar too often condemn as bad pradice. 
 
 3. On the other hand, in any cachedical, 
 or ca,cochymical plethora, which being long 
 negleded, has induced a cold albuminous len- 
 tor, and a watery, acrid, or diffolved date of 
 the blood, unable to fupport the preffure of 
 8 drams or degrees ; blood-letting will have 
 no good tendency, even though local pains from, 
 the faid lentor, or oedematous inflammations of 
 the eyes and other parts, from an erroneous 
 flraying of the red cruor, or yellow ferum of 
 the blood, may feem to fome to be indications 
 for it. But ferous depletions, with blifters and 
 fcarifications into the cellular fubftance of the 
 arms and legs, in people not old j with the 
 other alterants and corroborants before direded 
 f§. 6.), alcalies, bitters, and aromatics, gra- 
 dually introduced, will operate a lafting cure. 
 
 4. Hence, when the menilrual paflages have 
 remained blocked up many months, whether 
 by a rigcfcence, lentor, or an organicai fparm, 
 .the taking cold, or a paralytic laxity or the or- 
 gans } every bleeding will increale the cacho- 
 chymical plethora and its confequences, al- 
 though it feems to give a prefent relief: for to 
 bring the uterine difcharges in fuch a cafe to 
 be regular in quantity and conflftence, requires 
 firfl: an improvement of the blood itfelf, by the 
 
 'coLirfe of §, 6. afterwards an excitement of the 
 p’ediora, now fanguine by medicines, properly 
 
 deob- 
 
^64 Plethora. 
 
 deobilrucnt and uterine, [Ext. Helleb, | Flor» 
 mart. | Cinnab. Ant. j Pil. Gum. | Tind. valer. 
 &c.] with fuch as are in this cafe derivative of 
 a greater flow into the lower fyftem of veflels 
 (vol. I. p. 133, ult.), viz. warm bathing of 
 the feet, and applications of warm, cephalic 
 plafters, hyfteric clyflers, and exercife of body, 
 carried up to an incipient fweat, at the time 
 when they are mofl; likely to break forth, &c. 
 
 §. 23. As phlebotomy always increafes the 
 circulation through the parts which are neareft 
 the vein opened, for fome confiderable time 
 after the operation ; therefore bleeding in or near 
 the parts affeded, is always derivative of a 
 greater flux to them ; as on the contrary, it is 
 always revulflve when performed in parts that 
 are the mofl remote : confequently, to abate 
 an excited univerfal plethora, it is indifferent in 
 which part, whether arm or leg, the vein be 
 opened j but for the removal of obftrudions or 
 cloggings of the veflds, by any cold vifcid len- 
 tor, fettling on fome organical part, (as in a 
 periodic cephalalgia from that caufe, often 
 called an ague in the head,) bleeding in the ju- 
 gular will there conduce to remove the load, 
 by more increafing for a time the ftrength and 
 adion of the vafcular fyftem, and fo will bleed- 
 ing in the foot with refped to obftrudions of 
 the menfes. 
 
 2. But fince bleeding in the arm or neck 
 requires the ufe of a ligature, from thfence the 
 blood-veflels of the parts intercepted are more 
 entirely emptied, by the hidden filling of 
 which, upon taking off the ligature, a revul- 
 
 flcn 
 
Plethora, 365 
 
 fion is Inftantly made thither from the vital or- 
 gans; whence thofe who are weak, faint, upon 
 untying the ligature, fo foon as the lofs of fpring 
 or arterial tenfion reaches the heart and ence- 
 phalon : but as bleeding in the foot requires no 
 ligature, only theufeof warm water; therefore 
 in all inflammatory cafes of the head, breaft, 
 or abdomen, it makes the befl: revulfion both 
 of fulnefs and phlogiftic tenacity ; as it at the 
 fame time makes a ftrong derivation to the ute- 
 rine or haemorrhoidal veflels ; and ail this with- 
 out fubjedling the patient to faint, unlefs the 
 quantity be exceflive, becaufe the depletion is 
 every moment transferred equally throughout the 
 whole, without falling at once fuddenly on the 
 heart or encephalon, as it does by the ufe of a 
 ligature. (See the remark to §. iqar vol. I.). 
 
 3. But the cafe is otherwife in cupping 
 with fcarification, which evacuating more of the 
 febrile lentor, without weakening the arterial 
 or nervous fyflems, always makes a revulfion 
 from the internal parts, or a derivation to the 
 fkin outwards ; and is therefore the mofl; ufeful 
 when nearefl: to the veflels communicating v>^ith 
 the parts affedted. What we have here faid of 
 revulfion and derivation, may be alfo applied 
 to bliflers, pains, or any local ftimulus ; and 
 in fome meafure to purging, vomiting, or fweat- 
 ing, by external heat. But for inflammatory 
 and plethoric aifedtions of the kidneys, bladder, 
 and genital parts, bleeding from the arm will 
 undoubtedly have a better effedl ; as alfo in 
 fome cafes not inflammatory, where the tone 
 
 of 
 
3 66 Atrophy. 
 
 of thofe vafcular parts is to be recovered in a 
 diabetes, whites, feminal gleetings, &c. 
 
 §. 24. The other vice of quantity in the 
 blood and juices, produdlive of difeafes, is that 
 of deficiency or manition (§. 12.), which in- 
 deed may be often itfelf a diftant confequence of 
 a dormant fulnefs, too long negleded, as we 
 before obferved (§. 17. ult.). This fpring of 
 difeafes, being mofl commonly known by the 
 name of a nervous atrophy^ imports a mere 
 .collapfion of the cellular, vafcular, and mufcu- 
 lar fyflems, with univerfal weaknefs, from too 
 great vvaffings, or too fmall recruits, of chyle, 
 fat, blood, lymph, and albuminous nouriib- 
 ment throughout the whole habit, without 
 any ulceration or organical deftrudlion of the 
 folid veffels and vifcera. This, like a plethora, 
 varies according to the time of its duration, and 
 extent within the habit, by paffing from one 
 organical fyftem to the ocher j becaufe a great 
 deficiency of the chyle will caufe one of the 
 blood ; this, one of the fat, lymph, albuminous 
 nourhbment, and nervous fpirits : fo that 
 
 though the lafl link of this chain, over worn, 
 or waffed by irritation, either upon the nervous 
 or arterial fylfem, feems, by way of eminence, 
 to have given title to this difeafe, or rather 
 complication of diftempers j yet we fee it is as 
 often produced by defedts in fome of the ante- 
 cedent links, which neceffarily fuflain the latter. 
 
 §. 25. The caufes therefore of inanition and 
 atrophy, feem reducible to the following heads; 
 (i.) an over weaknefs or indigeftion of the 
 chylilidcative organs, both in the tone of their 
 
 eladicity, 
 
Atrophy, 367 
 
 elafticlty, and their xhufcular forces (§. 3.), 
 whether habitual, from the age, fex, or birth ; 
 or acquired, by excelfes in eating or drinking, 
 violent purges, vomits, or clyfters too long 
 ufed, &c. whence a cocochylia, either oily- 
 rancid, four, putrid, or vifcid, according to the 
 corruptive nature or inclination of what is taken 
 into the ftomach, upon which it makes too 
 long a ftay. (2.) Aliments in themfelves too 
 oily, heavy, poor, acrid, or tough and vifcid, 
 for the age and exercife ; overcharged with 
 fait or vinegar, which deftroy their gelatinous 
 or nutritious parts ; or elfe, which is rarely the 
 cafe in England, by ftarving the meals, taking 
 them in too fmall a quantity, or at too long in- 
 tervals. (3.) An over tendernefs and irritabi- 
 lity of the nervous fyftem, too eafily difpofing 
 to cramps and waftings, or profluvia of the 
 emundtories, hyfterical hectics, &c. (4.) The 
 heart and arteries too much irritated, either 
 from a want or an excoriation of their defending 
 mucus ; or from their nervous and mufcular 
 forces, excited by paffions, pains, &c. or by a 
 fcorbutic acrimony of the influent blood. 
 (5.) A weaknefs of the arterial and nervous 
 powers by immoderate venery, drinking, watch- 
 ing, labour, grief, defire, or love, &c. (6.) Ex- 
 ceffive hemorrhages, or other difcharges, whe- 
 ther natural, artificial, or accidental (§. 14. ult.). 
 Laftly, (7.) from a dormant fulnefs, inducing 
 by time and negledt all the confequences 
 before mentioned (§,17.). 
 
 §. 26. The cure or treatment of a nervous 
 wafting may in a great meafure be derived from 
 
 §. 6 , 
 
^68 Atrophy. 
 
 6, having at the fame time a regard to fuch 
 of the produdlive caufes (§. 25.), as are more 
 diredtly concerned in the cafe confulted. The 
 atrophy that is chylous, from indigeftion and 
 a vifcid obftrudlion of the mefentery, which, as 
 Dr. RadclifF judicioufly obferved (V. Cowp. in 
 Tab. 34. died. Bidlowi anat.) kills a great many of 
 our infants and elderly people ; is beft attacked 
 with fmall boles, ex Rhab. & Calam at pro- 
 per intervals, followed with Tindt. Guaiac. voL 
 and the nervous deobllruents {§. 22. ult.', with 
 much riding in a rough-hac upon the ftones, 
 &c. Obferve to corredd the cacochylia, if oily 
 or putrid, by fmall dofes of the cort. joined 
 with mineral acids ; or if the firfd paffages be 
 four or mucous, give the fame with fal. diuret. 
 or give the Tindd. cort. P. vol. | T.guaic. vol. & 
 valer. vol. entering on them, and leaving them 
 off (paulatimo by dofes gradually increafed and 
 diminhhed. That wading which comes from 
 irritating caufes (§. 25. n*^ 3. to 6.) mud be re- 
 lieved by abdradling the dimulus, and appealing 
 the irritation by nervous, papaverine, nitrous, 
 and mucilaginous medicines, in bol. & hand. 
 
 I dor. mart. [ troch. e. fuccin, & e nitro. | pulv. 
 e. trag. ] pil. e. dyr. | pulv. e. bol. c. cum 
 op. I baud, falin. cum fperm. cet. | fyr. me- 
 con. ades milk, &c. That from excedive 
 difeharges (§. 14. ult.) mud be redrained by 
 the fame, and by §. 6. For fcorbutic, hedli- 
 cal atrophies, in fea-faring gentlemen, golden- 
 pippins and nonparels, fcooped in good plenty, 
 are highly ufeful, andTindt. cort. cum elix. vit. d. ^ 
 but avoid milk with them, or even whey, if -t' 
 
 fours 
 
Atrophia : 
 
 fours Upon the flomach 3 for then brod* vipe^ 
 far. cum pullo will be preferable. 
 
 2. Thofe fcrophulous and cancerous erofions 
 of the womb, bladder, mei'entery, pancreas, 
 liver, ftomach, fauces, mouth, &c. that often 
 follow from, or are joined with a cacochymical 
 negledled fulnefs, in women pafl child-bearing, 
 or from excelTes in cachedlical men, &c. are fel- 
 dom more than to be palliated as above, by 
 keeping the circulation as low as poffible, and 
 ufing a very light or thin diet. When the nu.- 
 tritious powers are reduced to their lowed: ebb, 
 the white of a frefli egg, mixed with a gill of 
 fweet whey, when alfes milk cannot be had, 
 with or without fweetening cum fyr. de me- 
 con. may be given to advantage every three or 
 four hours ; to which add, for change, the 
 jellies of fruits, hart’s-horn, new creams diluted 
 with tea, almoft cold, broths of lobders, or ra- 
 ther cray-fidi, boiled with rice, or with crud: 
 of bread that has been well baked, &c. joined 
 with the exercife of carriage to a proper di- 
 dance, fird in an hand-chair, then in an horfe- 
 chair and coach, &c. and afcending to a dronger 
 diet and exercife by degrees, (§. 6. per tot.). 
 
 3. Infome four domachs, the acid incentive 
 fo penetrates into the membranes and vifcera, (as 
 we fee the bile penetrates the coats of the gall- 
 bladder and colon) that, by operating imme- 
 diately on the vegetable or acefcent part of the 
 aliment, the whole, even though it may be in a 
 .great meafure animal fubdance, foon becomes a 
 corroding-acid, or indigedible mafs ; for’tis, by 
 this incentive acefcent power, a little fcrap of the 
 
 VoL. II. 
 
 B b 
 
 dried 
 
57© Atrophia. 
 
 the dried ftomach of a calf, macerated in water, 
 makes rennet, for curdling milk, &c. Forfuch 
 ftomachs, therefore, mere broths of cray-fifli, 
 vipers, chicklings, jellies, cuftards, &c. will 
 be preferable, v/ithout any acefcent fubflance. 
 
 §. 27. We have now feen, that the fluids, 
 offending by excefs or defedt in quantity ( §. 12.), 
 will always either abate or increafe their mo- 
 tion above the healthy flandard, that is or 
 ought to be conftitutional ; whence a vitiated 
 quality or texture may, by degrees, foon fpread 
 itfelf throughout the whole habit, in all the 
 numberlefs diforders, imputable either to a 
 plethora (§. 13.), or a wafting of the fluids 
 (§. 24,), or elfe to their motion, confiftence, 
 or a morbid acrimony j which two lafl always 
 offend, in proportion to the excefs or defedt, 
 and duration of the former. The healthy 
 
 motion then of the fluids, which alone 
 keeps them from running into the cohe- 
 lions of a folid (Phyfiol, §. i. and remark to 
 §. 1 6 1.), may, like their quantity, offend by 
 excefs or defedt ; and that, either univerfally, 
 throughout the whole habit, or locally, in fome 
 particular organ or vifeus, to be underflood in 
 a proper latitude (§. 2.). But as this equable 
 and healthy motion of the fluids is relative to 
 the age, fex, climate, feafon, &c. (§. 137 and 
 138, Phyfiol.), fo their morbid excefs or de- 
 fedl, as to the faid motion, may be judged of, 
 under thefe* circum fiances, either by reipiration 
 or the pulfe ; the former of which, with Hip- 
 pocra’'es, we efleem a more certain and inllruc- 
 tive hgn in acute difeafes, than even the pulfe j 
 
 only 
 
Fevers. 371 
 
 only It requires more attention, and a longer 
 courle o’-' cblerv’auon, to bring it to the fame 
 ufes in practice, (i.) dt deficiency of motion in 
 the fluidb, beinp-generally introduced, with allits 
 chronical effects, in a manner infenfibly., from 
 a dormant or negledted plethora, joined either 
 with an effemiuace relaxation or a fenile rigidity, 
 it may be known and treated, from what we 
 have before advanced under thofe general 
 fources (§. 1 to 27.). 
 
 Of Fevers. 
 
 §.28. But (2.) a too quick motion of the hu- 
 mours thro’ the arterial and nervous fvitems, while 
 the body is unexercifed, caufing an uneafinefs, 
 with an over increafe of the heat and actions of 
 the organs, throughout the habit, is called a 
 fever ; but when it is fenfibly extended no far- 
 ther than a certain part of the body, it is called 
 an infiammation. Every fever then is the effedl 
 of fome Simulating caufe, operating on the ar- 
 terial and nervous fySems, and thereby ur- 
 ging the heart to larger or more frequent con- 
 tradlions ; as every inflammation is the confe- 
 quence of like caufes, locally confined, and ir- 
 ritating the mufcular fySakic contractions of a 
 particular artery and its branches j v/hich is 
 again more intenfe, as the tonical or elaftic force 
 of the faid artery is raifed to a greater height, 
 by a fuller diftention of it with juices, (Vide 
 Phvf. §. 44. remark). Hence the reafon, why 
 a itimulus will put a nervous or plethoric perfon 
 into a fever; that in others, ot a low, fluggifh or 
 poor habit, will only add Itrength, or even cure 
 a chronical diftemper. And, therefore, the 
 B b 2 caufes. 
 
372 - Fevers. 
 
 caufes, which create a plethora, and more ef- 
 pecially thofe which excite it (§.6.), are par- 
 ticularly produ6live of fevers and inflamma- 
 tions, which, being always, more or lefs, join- 
 ed one with another, and making the moft 
 common, either caufes produdive or fympto- 
 mical attendants of other difeafes ; in a due 
 knowledge and treatment whereof, our medi- 
 cal {kill is capitally employed : we fhall, there- 
 fore, for own fatisfadion, as well as that of 
 our younger brethren of the faculty, attempt 
 to delineate a concife, but juft and plain, pyre- 
 tologia, conformable to the beft pbyfiological 
 and pradical lights we now have, 
 
 §. 29, The moft ufeful and primary diftinc- 
 tion of fevers feems to us, therefore, dedudory, 
 (I.) from the feats of reiidence of their principal 
 or ftimulating caufes. that too much increafe the 
 heat and motion of the blood, or induce moft 
 of their inflammatory and difcri mi native fymp- 
 toms •, or, (II.) from the nature andoperations of 
 the faid material caufes, to be fubdued or re- 
 moved by art and nature, feparately or conjundly 
 employed. By the firft, we divide fevers into 
 ( I ) fuch as are contagious orcuticular, in which 
 the febrile caufe enters through, or ads princi- 
 pally in the fabric of the outer or inner Jki'i^ 
 with which the air and aliments, with all they 
 contain, have a free coimmunication or contadj 
 for, in thefe, an epidemical or contagious mat- 
 ter, of various kind and origin, takes up i sre- 
 fidence in the mucous, febaceous, and ferous 
 pores, follicles, andcryptje, not only outward y, 
 but more eminently in the airy and alimentary 
 paftages, where they ilowly fpread and corrupt 
 
 the 
 
Fevers. 
 
 the juices, with the villous epithelium and adja- 
 cent cellular fabric, much after the manner of a 
 venereal gonorrhea j whence ophthalmias, co- 
 ryzas, coughs, peripneumony internal j fore- 
 throats, oedematous, gangrenous or convulfive, 
 or both gangrenous and convuUive*; inflamma- 
 tions of the ftomach, inceffant vomiting of its 
 contents and diarrhoeas, bilious, ferous, fan- 
 guine, &c. But if the faid matter be difpofed 
 to go further than the alimentary mucus, with 
 the chyle, blood, and lymph, it commonly ex- 
 cites a fever malignant, of a particular kind, by 
 attacking the encephalon, or eruptive, in the ex- 
 ternal fkin. The cure in fuch cafes, is by an eva- 
 cuation of the offending matter from the parts 
 principally injured by maflicatory, vomit, pur- 
 gative, clyfler, warm bathing, &c. and a mo- 
 derate elevation of the vital powers, by acefcent 
 drinks, with nervous diaphoretics, blifters, &c. 
 obferving to keep up the found texture of the fo- 
 lids and fluids againft the colliquative force, by 
 a due ufe of min. acid, in lindt. with bark, 
 camph. nit. fal. armon. &c. See Phyfiol. remark 
 to §. 164. In the firft llage of thefe fevers, 
 often a moderate blood-letting, in thofe who 
 are plethoric, will fo relieve the oppreffed heart 
 and encephalon, as to produce, like a cordial, 
 a more eafy and happy iffue or expulfion of the 
 offending matter towards the fkin 5 provided the 
 blood’s cohefion be above the healthy flandard 
 
 (§• ^ 70 - 
 
 REMARK. 
 
 * When the infedtious faliva of a mad animal 
 has multiplied and neftled to a certain quantity, 
 
 B b 3 within 
 
o> 
 
 7-^ Fevers. 
 
 within the villous covering of the phauces, gula, 
 and fcomach, either by pafTing thither immediately, 
 by kifling and flav'-ering with a mad cat, dog, horfe, 
 &c. or more rem.otely and flowly, by paffing thi- 
 ther through the blood, infefted by a wound or 
 bite. It being the nature of this rabious polfon not 
 to operate moi tally, by a dread of water, until it 
 has excited a gangrenous inflammation in the faid 
 villous lining ; (fomewhat fimilar to the action of 
 variolous infection, that exerts its force on the true 
 fldn) whence, by nervous confent, it alfo, for the 
 moft part, caufes a fever, delirium, and convul- 
 flons, which are not fo foon fatal, as thofe from a 
 gouty or ftrong peftilent matter, adling on the fame 
 parts. 
 
 §. 30. The feconei clafs of fevers (§. 29, I.) 
 arlfe from a fiimulating caufe, or febrile mat- 
 ter feated in the blood and lymph, with a ten- 
 dency to difiblution or digeftion by the fever it- 
 felf, aided with antipyretic medicines, fo as to 
 pafs off, either infenfibly or apparently, by the 
 fkin or kidneys, which are the natural emunc- 
 tories to the fanguineous fyllem, and vicarioufly 
 fubftitutive one for the other j or elfe lefs na- 
 turally by a diarrhoea, either critically or artifi- 
 cially excited. To this head we refer all flow, 
 anomalous, and feemingly nervous fevers, ari- 
 fing from a cold, indigefted, albuminous vif- 
 cidity, extended through the chylificatw'e and 
 fanguificative fyftems, (from the caufes of §. 4 
 and 5.), and often extending even into the en- 
 cephalon and nervous fyftem, when it excites 
 fevers, either truely fpaltic and nervous, or elfe 
 thofe which we call local and irregular inter- 
 mittents, with fuch as Dr. Hoffman and his 
 
Fevers, 375 
 
 predecelTors have properly called mefenterlcal*. 
 Add to thefe, fuch as we term remittents and 
 intermittents, and which, after a fmall conti- 
 nuance of the fever, and a bole or two ex rhab. 
 and cal. always yield to the bark, with or 
 
 without an emetic and nervines. But befides 
 
 this more weakly-ftimulating, albuminous, or 
 intermitting vifcidity abovefaid, which, by often 
 fettling in the abdominal vifcera, lungSj or en- 
 cephalon, caufes a variety of hippifh, hyfte- 
 rical, nervous and polymorphous fevers 5 there 
 is a ftubborn phlogiftic or inflammatory matter 
 arifing from oppofite caufes (§. 8 and 16, and 
 Phyfiol. p. 147.), by Vv'hich the blood tends to 
 too tough or coriaceous a confiflence, joined 
 with pains, either in the fide, limbs, or other 
 parts ; as we know by that appearance of the 
 blood, from whence we call it buff or pleuritic. 
 And this, with an hard pulfe and a clear urine, 
 we efteem the charadleriftic of an inflammatory 
 fever. But obferve, this lentor, by a conti- 
 nuance of the fever beyond its height, with 
 bliflers, diluents, attenuants, faponaceous dif- 
 folvents, &c. will not only melt and run off 
 in a thick matter critically by fweating, purg- 
 ing, or urine ; but fometimes the healthy glu- 
 tinous coheflon, of the red and other parts of 
 the blood will, by a continuance or increafe of 
 the fame caufes, acquire a putrid dr gangrenous 
 thinnefs ; whence a new fever, of a different 
 kind and treatment, will arife, commonly 
 called colliquative; becaufe here the permanent 
 texture, connexion, or glue of the red and yel- 
 low globules of the blood being diffolved, as 
 
 B b 4 when. 
 
376 Fevers. 
 
 when you m‘x it with an alcaly, it runs to 
 v/afte through the fkin, kidneys, or inteftines, 
 &c. (V. Phyfiol, vol. I. p. I ;3, and feq.) In 
 
 which cafes, mineral acids, with the bark, make 
 a divine remedy, that would do great mifchief, 
 before the digeftion and height of the faid in- 
 flammatory fevers have diifolved the ientor. 
 
 REMARK. 
 
 * (Therap. de morbis dignofcendis, c. 3. §. 6.), 
 which I have fomecimes known, as a local re- 
 mittent in the mefentery, produdtive of a flow ir- 
 regular fever, v/ith a v/afting ferous diarrhoea, that 
 has exhaufled the patient, in fix or eight weeks, to 
 the loweft degree of an atrophic, with an exfolia- 
 tion or renewal of the whole internal villous epi- 
 thelium from the alimentary tube, and even blad- 
 der, in an ingenious apothecary, whofe tedious cure 
 pafled from me to that of Sir Ed. Hulfe ; for when 
 the whole mefenterical colluvies had ran off, almoft 
 at the cxpence of the lafl; drops of nature’s forces, 
 that gentleman’s recovery was no lefs fudden than 
 iurprizing to every body. Here the fever is irregu- 
 larly remitting, very little inflammatory, and the blood 
 in good condition ; the pulfe and breathing in no 
 wife intimidating ; the urine fometimes cru^e, pale 
 or nervous, and, at times, depofiting a fediment, 
 with a good deal of ropy vifcid matter and furfu- 
 ratious or cuticular exfoliations from the villous lin- 
 ing of the bladder ; the tongue fometimes furred 
 white, or but Iktle inclined to yellow; the eyes, as 
 in an cedematous opthalmia, from weaknefs; the 
 fleep fhort, and often interrupted, with a load or 
 eppreflion in the lower-belly, although you have a 
 purging, &c. 
 
 §.31. The third and lafl: clafs of fevers, ne- 
 ceffarily diflinguifhable by the feat of their caufe 
 
 (§• 29. 
 
Fevers. 3 77 
 
 (§. 29, L), includes thofe that arife from fome 
 inward ftimulus on the encephalon, or any ner- 
 vous part thence proceeding ; and this either 
 alone or conjoined with fome other primary or 
 coniiderable vice febrific, either in the hr (I 
 paifages, that convey the chyle (§. 29-), or the 
 lecond, that convey the blood and its ferous 
 juices (§. 3c.). And thefe are the fevers, 
 which, in the ftridleft fenfe, merit the title of 
 netvou^^ or low; becaufe of the low fpirited- 
 nefs, fighing, fofc and weak pulfe, inconfider- 
 able heat, and propenfity either to a copious 
 watry urine, (not improperly called nervous or 
 hyfterical) or fweats of the fame kind, which 
 furpriiingly exhauft and debilitate the patient, 
 with refpedt to his whole nervous fydem ; be- 
 caufe the fined: gelatinous lymph, that ihould 
 afford immediate fupplies to the encephalon 
 and nerves, is exhaufled by thofe drains, or 
 thrown out from the blood ; in which we are 
 confirmed, by the unacrid or fweet, and clammy 
 nature of both thofe difcharges ; or it may be by 
 infenfible exhalation, excefiive )n too warm a cli- 
 mate. Here, then, the immediate caufe appears to 
 be a too defedfive or imperfedl repletion of the 
 encephalon and its produced nerves, with that 
 fine, organic, or globular lymph, which, from 
 the quicknefs of its operation, betwixt the ac- 
 tive foul and body, rather than from any fimi- 
 litude of fubftance, we call animal or nervous 
 fpirits. This deficiency may arife from all the 
 caufes (§. 2^.) that exhaufi; them too faft, or 
 elfemake them too llowly (§.ib.) ; particularly a 
 weaknefs, both tonical and mufcular (§. 
 
 through- 
 
37 S Fevers. 
 
 throughout the arterious fyftem, and relaxations 
 (§. 4.) of the cellular webs, that are not only 
 interpofed throughout the organifm of the en- 
 cephalon, but alfo betwixt every fingle tube 
 and fafciculus that compofe the nerves, \^hich, 
 thus wanting a due lateral refiflance, too eafily 
 are over-diftended by urgent paffions of the 
 mind, &c. In fome weak frudious men and 
 women, a fudden abatement of the air’s pref- 
 fure on the body, upon an empty ftomach, 
 when the weather is hot and moift, will fo far 
 weaken the arterial fpring on the encephalon, 
 as to have the effeds of a profufe bleeding, and 
 excite a proportionable degree of this fever, 
 which foon yields to a little frelh air in a coach, 
 orange juice, and rhenifli or other light wines, 
 with or without the cortex and nervous medi- 
 cines; premifing, before the laft, a little bole ex 
 pulv. rhab. or an ounce of the infuf. fen. &c. 
 to wipe off the redundant pituita, that com- 
 monly overcharges the firfl paffages in fuch ha- 
 bits. To this head belongs the febricula, of 
 which Sir Richard Manningham has given a 
 whole treatife; but fuch as confidersit, I think, 
 as a part of hyfterical diforders, more than any 
 original or primitive fever. ’Tis true, that an in- 
 flammatory or pleuritic lentor of the blood and 
 lymph may, in the advance of adiapneuftic, 
 catarrhal, and other fevers fettle in the encepha- 
 lon, and fo intercept its fecretion to the nerves, 
 as to excite many of the fymptoms proper to ner- 
 vous fevers ; but then the ftupor and contrariety 
 of conneded caufes (§. 8.) will plainly enough 
 point out, to the judicious, the wide difference 
 
 there 
 
Fevers. 379 
 
 there Is, both in the nature and treatment of 
 thofe malignant, from the prefent nervous fe- 
 vers ; in which laft all evacuations, heaters, and 
 fudorific medicines are highly injurious, except 
 blifters, that are of common benefit to both, 
 although in a different way. 
 
 §. 32. As the mofl; common material caufe 
 of thefe nervous fevers, is a cold albuminous 
 vifcidity of the lymphatic juices, affedting the 
 cellular and nervous fyfliems, like as the crude 
 vifcidity in the fanguineous fyftem (§.30.), is 
 the common caufe of intermittents and remit- 
 tents j therefore many of the bitter, fcetid, 
 moderately aromatic, and nervous medicines, 
 are equally falutiferous in both : only the adn.i- 
 rable cortex you mufl never ufe here, any more 
 than in the former, until the pale nervous urine 
 begins to form a lateritious feparation or hypo- 
 fiafis. For unlefs the febrile matter of thefe, 
 as well as of many intermittents, be frft re- 
 turned from the ferous, cellular, and nervous, 
 into the fanguineous fyflem, to which laft the 
 force of the cortex is principally confined j it 
 will exclude or bind up the matter within its 
 weak bounds, fo as to confirm or increaie rhe 
 diflemperj whereas, after the faid matter has 
 been fomewhat attenuated, [by blifters, hauft. 
 falin. julap. camph. tindt. vaier. vol, &c.] it will 
 return into the blood, after a few paraxyfms or 
 emetics have fhook the habit, and naay then be 
 happily and infenifibly exhaled by the cortex j 
 which, for want of this precaution, often fails 
 of its admirable effedls in nervine fevers, by 
 locking up the courfe betwixt the ferous and 
 
 fangui- 
 
Fevers. 
 
 fangulneous fyftems, much as it often proves a 
 ufeiefs load or clog to the firft or chyliferous 
 paffages leading to the blood, when filled with 
 vifciditics ; until you have removed the laft by 
 a bole ex rhab. cum calam. or an emetic with 
 baud, falin. camph. &c. Let, then, the lancet, 
 with flrong purgatives and fudorifics, be cau- 
 tioully avoided in nervous fevers 3 but make free 
 with bliders vin. ipec. julap, cam. tindl. valer. 
 vol. caflor. &c. with plenty of fack or white wine 
 whey. If the bed cannot be avoided, let the 
 covering be as flight as poffible, the air cool or 
 temperate, the vifiters few or none, the curtains 
 and furniture violet, and a light barely glim- 
 mering or perceptable, the head cool and raifcd, 
 the chamber often fprinkled with an equal mix- 
 ture of good French vinegar and rofe water, or 
 a napkin dipped therein, and hung on the back 
 of a chair near the bed-fidej or if fome paflions 
 or didurbances of mind dill continues to inter- 
 cept a recruit of fpirits, by refrelhing lleep, foft 
 chromatic mufic, whofe rithmus does not ex- 
 ceed or move falter than a healthy refpiration, 
 viz about 20 or 30 changes in a minute, play’d 
 piano from organ, harp, violin, &c. in an ad- 
 jacent room, fo as to be jurt audible by the pa- 
 tient, will often lead him into an agreeable 
 dumber to good purpofe. If the fever holds 
 long, or is partly mefenterical, with an heavi- 
 nefs about the abdomen, ’tis of a groll'er mat- 
 ter, that calls for lenient cathartics ex rhab. 
 tin<fl:. fen. &c. or if you find it comes to remit 
 or intermit, it readily yields to the cortex, as 
 above. 
 
Fevers, 381 
 
 §.33. The next ufeful diftliidion of fevers, 
 indudtory to a found practice ;§. 29.), we fliali 
 make from the particular nature, tendency, and 
 operation of the material or febrific caufe (§. 29, 
 II. ), varioufly affeding the blood, fpirits, 
 and fecretlons, with the cutaneous and chylife- 
 rous, fanguineous, ferous, cellular, and nervous 
 fyftems, either in whole or in part, feparately 
 or conjundly, or by differing in degree or du- 
 ration ; whereby fevers are termed, either fim- 
 ple, fymptomatic, eruptive ; continual, remit- 
 ting, intermitting, or complicated j inflamma- 
 tory, by infpifration of the blood, lymph, and 
 nervous fpirits j or malignant, from a viru- 
 lent or gangrenous colliquatlon of the nutritious 
 albumen or glue, and of the organicalor globu- 
 lar fabric, neceffary in all thofe fluids to main- 
 tain life, nourifhment, and animal fenfe or 
 motion. 
 
 2. For when the elafticity and rotundity of 
 parts in the faid fluids, which keep open and 
 pervious the leafl: anaflomofing veflels and 
 nerves, is diflblved, the dead fpring of the leafl 
 arterial and vafcular fyftem, which they fuf- 
 tained, falls too much upon that of the trunks, 
 and both over refift the heart, as well as the mo- 
 tive or mufcular powers from the encephalon to 
 the arterial coats. Whence Dr. Hales has iu- 
 dicioufly obferved, that, in a dead animal, fo 
 thin a fluid as water, would not pafs, by the 
 fame force, through the capillaries, that were, 
 in life, pervaded by fo grofs a fluid, as blood ; 
 which, by the rotundity of its parts, is fiuxile 
 to powers, that cannot move its cohefion to 
 
 itfelf 
 
2 8 2 Fevers^ 
 
 itfelf and to the vefTels, when that fabric is 
 diffolved, as it may in the manner we have ob- 
 ferved, Vol. I. p. 152, remark to §. 164. 
 
 3. Now, in all the more fimple or original 
 fevers, which almoft conftantly begin with 
 fome degree of chillinefs, followed with an ar- 
 dency and painful uneafinefs, there is befides 
 other exciting or acceflbry caufes, a certain fe- 
 brile matter, either (i.) aguith or albuminous; 
 or (2.) inflammatory; that is often called, pleu- 
 ritic and rheumatic; or (3.) gangrenous; often 
 eruptive, epidemical, or contagious, as we ob- 
 ferved, Vol. I. p. 148, and feq. This matter 
 requires to be digefted by the fever itfelf, fkill- 
 fully conduced or regulated through its feveral 
 ftages, that it may be afterwards critically ex- 
 pelled, by the powers of the arterial and ner- 
 vous fyftem, through fome one of the emunc- 
 tories, by which nature ufually throws off all 
 offenfive matters ; viz. through the fkin, kid- 
 neys, or inteflines, or more rarely by an hz- 
 morrhage or a fpitting. To hide, then, or 
 to fupprefs the fever, as may be, and too 
 often is done, by exceffive and numberlefs 
 bleedings, acids, bark, incraffating, nitrous, 
 purgative, &c. medicines, is not a curing, but 
 only a poflponing of the fever for a fhort time, 
 or elfe converting of it into an incorrigible or 
 chronical diftemper, in fome of the vifcera ; 
 whence a patient is often foon after fwept away, 
 by a fecond and more violent attack from the 
 firft multiplied caufe, or dwindles by fome in- 
 curable, nervous, dropfical, or confumptive 
 diforder ; all which might have been prevented 
 
 2 by 
 
Fe-vers. 383 
 
 by a prudent pbyfician, who knows how to 
 lead nature by the hand, in a pace that is nei- 
 ther deftrudtively creeping, nor violent enough 
 to run her out of breath. A patient and care- 
 ful expedlation, with due attention to nature, and 
 the ufe of but few medicines, made the ancients 
 fuperlative in the knowledge and treatment 
 of thefe fevers ; however, the advantages we 
 have over them in pradfice, by an acquaintance 
 with the bark, volatile alcalies and blifters, 
 would nearly be equivalent to their fuperiority 
 in point of obfervation, if thofe capitals were 
 but more difcriminately ufed, conformable to 
 the individual kind, feat, and tendency of the 
 febrile matter, with the ftage of the fever, and 
 circumftances of the patient. 
 
 §. 34. The general cure of fevers will then 
 confift (i.) in an early cleanfing of the firfl 
 paffages, by an emetic, lenitives, and clyfters; 
 (2.) in a repeated ufe of the lancet or cupping, 
 'as the increafing fever (hall appear more inflam- 
 matory, or be joined with a greater degree of 
 an excited plethora (§. 18.), in a llronger or 
 denfer habit of body (§. 8.), or threaten parts 
 more eminently dangerous 3 as the brain, lungs, 
 ftomach, and bowels, &c. in ail which, let the 
 hzmefs or phiogifton of the blood be your 
 principal diredor (as at §. 18.); laflly (3.) in 
 keeping the febrile lentor within the high 
 road of the circulation, that it may be digeffed 
 by the fever itfelf, with proper attenuants. 
 
 2. This lafl; intention (n° 3.), after blifler or lan- 
 cet, is procured by vin. ipec (hocking the whole 
 habit, and particularly the abdominal vifeera ; 
 
 in 
 
2 34 Fevers i 
 
 in which, if the febrile matter fettles, the 
 blood turns from a phlogifHc to a gangrenous 
 or colliquative hate, by retaining the bile within 
 the habit ; whence arife a new clafs of fevers, 
 called bilious, that require a peculiar treatment, 
 and diluent liquors, with nitre, fal. arm. camph. 
 vegetable acids, blifters, honeys, teftacea. See. 
 only be careful to give no emetic, when there is 
 an inflammation begun on the diaphragm, fto- 
 mach, or guts. 
 
 3 . When the fever has thus tolerably ad- 
 vanced, we muft watch the nature and ten- 
 dency of the matter, whether it be inclined to 
 pafs off by the fkin in eruptions, fweats, or 
 infenfible vapours ; and accordingly promote it 
 by mild diluents, papaverines, and gentle dia- 
 phoretics : or if it tends to the kidneys, by the 
 fame diluents, with emollient clyflers, haufr. 
 falin. cum fperm. cet. fal. diuret. pulv. e chel. 
 vel bez. confec. card. &c. or if it comes to a 
 flux or purging, either promote it with fmall 
 boles ex rhab. & cal. or only moderate it by 
 papaverines, pulv. e bol. vin. ipec. julap. ^ 
 camph. cum cret. Sec. or if it tends to a fpit- 
 tins:, give lac. am.mon. cum flor. benz. Se mel. 
 elat. vel bauft. ex ol. amig, vel. nuc. jugland. 
 camph. fapon. amigd. vel fp. C. C. redadh & fyr. 
 mecon. Sec. only fee, that the difeharges, you 
 thus promote, be not fymptomatical, or exter- 
 minative of the falutary juices from the increafe 
 of the fever ; but criLical, i. e. from the abate- 
 ment of it, and exterminative of the febrile 
 matter ; otherwile the former are to be re- 
 flrained immediately by the lancet, with mi- 
 
Fevers. 
 
 nerd acids, nitre, papaverines, clyfters, and re- 
 frigerants, For thefe fymptomatical diarrhoeas, 
 whether naturally or artificially excited, often 
 exhaufi; the thinner juices in fo great a degree, 
 that, upon bleeding, inftead of finding half 
 ferum, the blood is often, above five parts in 
 fix, a folid mafs ; whence it foon blocks up the 
 encephalon or lungs, and caufes delirium or 
 peripneumony, which, if not removeable by 
 ftrong blifiers to the foies of the feet, with 
 acet. camph. and plenty of tartar whey, with . 
 clydlers of the fame internally, is foon fatal. 
 
 §. 35. Fhc biliary feve?~ 5 ^ well known, in hot 
 countries, by the name of yellow, and fome- 
 times not unfrequent among ourfelves, in warm 
 and moifl; feafons, have, for their nrfc origin, 
 the fame phlogiftic matter (Vol. I. p. 147, and 
 feq.) with pleuritic, rheumatic, and other in- 
 flammatory ones ; which is not only bred fafter, 
 but more eafily roufed, by an excited plethora 
 (§. 16.), in v/arm countries, v/here the conti- 
 nual heats, keeping the cutaneous capillaries 
 always in adtion, prevent it from fettling on 
 that emundtory, and commonly excite nature 
 to attempt its exclufion by the alimentary 
 tube, towards which it has a natural tendency. 
 But if now the matter, too crude or unpre- 
 pared, is that way refilled, it foon fettles on the 
 liver and fpleen, whole adlion it, at firll, in- 
 creafes, by a flight inflammation j which foon 
 after augments, fo as to interrcept the biliary 
 fecretion, andcaufea return, of at leafl; the major 
 part of that llrongly diffolving iaponaceous fluid 
 from the liver, by the branches of the cava, 
 VoL, II. Cc into 
 
386 le^cen. 
 
 into the whole habit ; and that often In a more 
 putrefcent or exalted ftate, than is natural to 
 the bilious juice, in a time of health. 
 
 2. Here then wc have a fever, that juftly 
 claims the title of malignant, no lefs from the 
 feat of its material caufe, lying out of the high 
 road of the circulation in thofe important vif- 
 cera, to which proper medicines will hardly 
 penetrate, than from the colliquative deftruction 
 the bile itfelf makes in the organical texture 
 of the blood, lymph, and nervous juices. This 
 fever is more violent, and apt to invade new- 
 comers from our northern climates to the weft- 
 indies ; becaufe with us the natural emundtory, 
 for vifcid and peccant juices, which incline to 
 fevers, is to run off by the inteftinal tube, 
 hut, upon coming there, nature is, in a man- 
 ner, obliged to change her emundlories, and 
 carry off grofs vifcidities by the fkin, which, 
 at home, ftie commonly threw off by the 
 more lax, moift, and open pores of the villous 
 alimentary lining; in which change, if flie does 
 not happily fucceed, the confequence is a col- 
 leftion of the febrile lentor in the portal fyftem, 
 where, being roufed by an excited plethora, an 
 air uncommonly hot and moift, or an obftrudted 
 perfpiration, it excites an original raging fever, 
 that begins with a chill, foon followed with a 
 burning, with great opprefiion about the fto- 
 mach, and a vomiting that appears generally 
 bilious, but often black or bloody : at the fame 
 tiiTiC too the head, neck, and back feel violent, 
 beating pains, as well from the ftrained blood- 
 veftels here not being able to dilate the bony fa- 
 
Fevers, 387 
 
 brie that confines them, as from the nervous 
 confent the head has with the ftomach and 
 duodenum, at this time more or lefs inflamed, 
 and opprefled with an offenflve or corrupt hu- 
 mour. Here you have, even ,on the firfl; day, 
 or in a few hours, a rough, dark, dry tongue, 
 with infatiable thirfl, and often a delirium at- 
 tending ; and, by the fourth day, the patient 
 is either difpatched, or upon recovery. 
 
 §. 36. As this fever is commonly, at firfl:, 
 in part inflammatory, as well as colliquative, if 
 we are called in time on the firfl: day, blood 
 may be let once or twice, according as its con- 
 fiftence and the patient’s flrength fhail diredf. 
 Then give pulv. ipec. sfl in tindf. rhei vinof. 
 |ij. to clear the way upwards and downwards. 
 Next dilute plentifully with afeefeent liquors, 
 barley, or oat-gruel, with fp, vitr. or rhenifli 
 wine, tamarinds, &c. or if liquors will not 
 flay, repeat diluent clyfters, in fmall quantity, 
 the oftener, as every three or four hours, charged 
 with camph. after the manner of jul. camph. — 
 Inwardly, give the tindt. rofar. made with an 
 equal quantity of pulv. camph. & cinnam. & 
 boles ex pulv. e chel. vel bezoard. & fperm. 
 cet. aa. For the coma or delirium, blifler the 
 feet, legs, arms, &c. Cup and fcarify the fcalp 
 about the occiput, and bathe the temples, fore- 
 head, or whole of the fcalp wdth acet. camph. 
 &c. if a diarrhoea attends, only keep it in good 
 decorum ; or if an idferitious appearance con- 
 tinues after the recovery, purge with tindl. rhab. 
 and give boles of foap or fal. diur. with myrrh 
 or the gums. 
 
 C c 2 
 
 2, Ob- 
 
388 Fevers. 
 
 2. Obferve, never to bleed in fevers, when 
 you fee, by the idieritious colour of the eyes 
 and fkin, joined with a full labouring, but foft 
 pulfe, that there is fuch a return of bile into 
 the blood ; for the bile fo far diflblves the glue 
 and elafticity both of the folids and fluids, that 
 any evacuation by the lancet immediately finks 
 the force of both upon the encephalon, toge- 
 ther with the patient : but the ufe of camphor, 
 in all fliapes, as a mofl; potent antifeptic, with 
 mineral acids, will be highly beneficial. 
 
 3, Befides the firfl; delirium, that fometiriies 
 attends the beginning of this fever, and is fymp- 
 toinatic, or from the nervous confent which 
 the encephalon bears with the ftomach and ab- 
 dominal vifeera j after the fecond day, there is 
 a true coma or delirium from the diflhlved blood 
 ffcraying too deeply, together with the biliary 
 juices, into the pellucid veffels of the cortex 
 cerebri ; the flate of which you may, in a great 
 meafure, know, by the near related appearances 
 of the conjundfiva and albuginea of the eye ; 
 and this diflinflion is the more neceflary, be- 
 caufe an emetic, that removes the former, ren- 
 ders the latter more fatal. This caution is 
 likewife applicable to the deliria of many other 
 fevers. But rarely bliffer in the increafe of 
 thefe fevers, kill you fee nature is finking, or 
 an original delirium invades j and then always 
 begin from the feet or lower extremities. 
 
 §,37. A /itnple fever is properly a mere 
 quideened circulation from lome external caufe 
 or an impeded excretion, in a good habit, with- 
 out any aguifli, inflammatory, or contagious 
 
 matter 
 
Fevers. 389 
 
 matter conceived in the blood ; and confeqiienly, 
 - one that foon ceafes of itfelf, (for which reafon 
 ’tis called diary) by diluent liquors, reft, abfti- 
 nence, and light recruitive nouriftiment, or by 
 opening the firftpaftages with a laxative, and the 
 fkin, in firm habits, by a warm bed, with 
 other difcretional management, conformable to 
 the flight exciting caufes (§. 16.), v/hich the 
 patient may point out. But fuch a fever, too 
 long protracfted or mif-managcd, will foon, by 
 the increafed motion, generate a matter in the 
 blood, partly inflammatory, and partly putrid, 
 that will require again to be digefted, and criti- 
 cally excluded, by the new or fecondary fever, 
 under a treatment that would have been very 
 unfuitable to the primitive ephemera, which, 
 at moft, would hardly have required more than 
 a moderate blood-letting, emetic, cooling pur- 
 gative, or a clyfter. 
 
 2. Here we may obferve, that the aguifli or 
 albuminous lentor, though formed by a weak- 
 nefs or indigeftion of the blood (§. 25 ), is yet 
 more peculiar to the ferous, lymphatic and 
 cellular fyftems, through which the juices are 
 moved on more flowly by the force of the 
 heart, and within which the aguifli vifcidity is 
 urged to different depths, agreeable to its quan- 
 tity and denfity, fo as to caufe intermittents, 
 differing as to their times or periods and facility 
 of cure ; but to the former, we are neverthelefs 
 to add the fmalleft or anaftomofingjundlures of 
 the fanguine arteries and veins (Phyfiol. §, 134.), 
 which firft mike the principal ftage or feat of 
 the aguifh, no lefs than of the phlogiftic lentor 
 
 C c 3 in 
 
39 ^ Fevers. 
 
 in fevers ; only as thefirfl is bred and colledled 
 by a too languid circulation (§. 5.), and neftles 
 chiefly, in the faid fyftems, around the lead 
 fanguine vefTels, by an increafed adtion of which 
 ’tis expreffed, attenuated, and returned into the 
 habit 5 fo, on the contrary, the phlogifton is 
 bred from a too quick or ftrong motion in the 
 blood, colledled chiefly in the arteries ; from 
 whence, being once removed into the fmall 
 veins, it either colliqua‘es, like pus, fo as to 
 pa^s the emundtories critically, or elfe fo far re- 
 laxes its tenacity, as to come near the loofe, 
 aguifh, or albuminous lentor, which turns the 
 continual, to a remitting or intermitting fever. 
 
 §. 38. The contagious or epidemical febrile 
 matters (§. 29.), which are commonly re- 
 ceived and exterminated by the fkin, with or 
 without exanthemata ; the nervous fevers 
 (§.31.), that more particularly deprave or ex- 
 hauft the fpirits ; and the gangrenous or col- 
 liquative matters, whether fcorbutic or bilious 
 (§. 3 t;.). are all of them, both as to caufes 
 and eftedls, perfedtly oppofite to the coagulating 
 or pleuritic lentor, that gives birth to true 
 phlegmons and inflammatory fevers : but the 
 matter of remittents and intermittents comes in 
 as a medium betwixt both the former, and is 
 convertible into either 5 as by an improper treat- 
 ment with mere ftimulants or hot medicines 
 into a pleuritic phlogifton, whence painful and 
 inflammatory fevers ^ fo, by a negledl or long 
 continuance, it may weaken the habit, and by 
 being long retained, acquire a fcorbutic colli- 
 quative acrimony. 
 
 2. Thus 
 
Fevers. 391 
 
 2. Thus an intermittent, that has been ra- 
 ther ftifled than cured (§. 33.), will often dege- 
 nerate to a gangrenous acrimony, and then, under 
 corroborating circumftances, break out as a ma- 
 lignant or putrid fever, that borders much either 
 upon the nervous or inflammatory kind, &c. 
 On the contrary, as the matter of intermittents 
 degenerates for the worfe, by acquiring either 
 a malignant acrimony or a phlogiftic denfity j 
 fo the tougher lentor of ardent fevers often re- 
 laxes for the better, and brings the fever either 
 to remiffions or intermiffions, that readily yield 
 to the admirable cortex, whofe power is then 
 able to attenuate and exhale the matter. 
 
 3. Dr. Langrifh of Petersfield has fhownus, 
 by repeated experiment, that the febrile tena- 
 city of the blood is greater in' remittents and 
 quotidians than in tertians, in tertians than in 
 quartans, &c. fo that fome remittents equal or 
 exceed fome continual or lefs ardent fevers. 
 And as thus the matter of a tertian will often 
 turn femitertian, and a quotidian become a re^ 
 mittent, by hot medicines, or a too early ufe 
 of the bark, unguarded with rhab. therefore 
 ’tis befl:, in people of ftrength and full age, to 
 bleed once, give vin. ipec. or a bole ex rhab. 
 cum cal. and if the fize or tenacity of the 
 blood directs, poftpone the bark for hauft. falin. 
 ’till four or five fits are over, by which the 
 matter will become duly relented to fubmit en- 
 tirely to the dominion of the celebrated drug, 
 without leaving any remains, prejudicial to the 
 habit. This precaution ought more particu- 
 larly to be regarded ip thofe vernal intermittents, 
 
 C c 4 that 
 
3 92 Fevers. 
 
 that are often epidemical, and in a degree in- 
 flammatory among people of lov/, maritime 
 regions. 
 
 4, But on the other hand, if, inftead of the 
 phlogiftic denfity, autumnal intermittents feem 
 to participate of the nervous, malignant, or bi- 
 lous difpofition, into which they fometimes en- 
 tirely reiolve ; in order to avoid a CDnfequent 
 dropfy, or an atrophy that is either nervous or 
 rnefenterical, one ought always to enliven the 
 cortex with camph, r. valer. ferp. virg. g. myr. 
 &c or in a tight opprefTed belly, to join rab. 
 to interpofe or rather prepare by bob ex rhab. 
 cum calam. 
 
 §, 39. Although the plogifton or fize vve fee 
 in painful and ardent fevers, generally abounds 
 fo much before hand in the blood, that being 
 joined with other exciting caufes (§. 16.), it 
 brings on the phrenitic, pleuretic, rheumatic, 
 izc. fever 5 yet the mofl part of it is generated 
 afterwards, by repeated acceflions, from the 
 violence of the fever itfelf ; which it again pro- 
 portionably heightens, unlefs the arterial forces, 
 from whence it fprings, be duly lowered by 
 copious and repeated bleedings. Hence it is 
 that volatile alcalies, cordiah, and frequently 
 even blifters, fucceed fo indifferently in the at- 
 tenuation and removal of it j if ufed before the 
 arterial forces begin fpontaneoiifly to abate, or 
 have in fome meafure fubfided, by the lancet 
 and other evacuations. Again, the phlogifton 
 or inflammatory fize, that generates ardent fe- 
 vers, like the albumenous or aguiili vifcid 
 abovementioned (§, 58.), may be conjoined 
 
Fevers. 393 
 
 with an epidemical or a contagious acrimony 
 (§. 29.), taken in through the outer or inner 
 cuticle ; or elfe with an ifteritious and colli- 
 quative transflux of the bile (§. 35.) : whence 
 the fize and ferum will often appear, in the 
 firfl cafe of a greenifh-blue, or a violaceous 
 purple caff, only faint or dilute ; as if a little 
 of the laurel water, or a volatile alcaly had 
 been mixed with it : but in the laid: cafe, they 
 will either be almofl abfent, or of a yellovvifli- 
 green, with a treakle-like crafTamentum. In 
 both thefe cafes, the bleedings, which are fo 
 neceffary to cool and relax, in the advance of 
 more ardent fevers, muff be cautioufly avoided ; 
 even though a coma, pleurify, or a peripneu- 
 mony, may feem to call for it : becaufe here 
 four ounces of blood, finks your patient more 
 than forty, in a true phlogiftic pleurify, where 
 there is much of a white or light-yellow co- 
 loured fize ; which lafl is always a good war- 
 rant for repeated bleedings, conformable to cir- 
 cumftances of the patient and complaint. In fuch 
 cafes of dilemma, draughts every three or four 
 hours ex Tindt. Rofar. Cin. & Cort. P. in equal 
 quantities, charged with vitriolic acid, have 
 often miraculous effects, joined with campho- 
 rated buffers, and plenty of diluents. 
 
 §. 40. A due regard to this difcrimination of 
 primary and mixed fevers (§. 38, and 39.), 
 with what has been faid of their treatment in 
 general (§. 34, and 32, ult.), may conduce 
 greatly to a judicious and falutary pradtice, in a 
 branch that no lefs nearly concerns, than 
 largely calls for our advice ; which we could 
 
 wifh 
 
2 94 Fevers'. 
 
 wifh thofe who generally ply them too much 
 in one- and the fame old tune, would call oftener 
 and earlier to their afiiflance j but jealoufy and 
 concupifcence are with the multitude infupe- 
 rable pharmacons. For befides what we have 
 faid, in mixed fevers, a regard muft be had to 
 the kind of acrimony that joins the febrile len- 
 tor or fize of continuants j as whether it be 
 from an obftrudtion of the cutaneous, renal, or 
 inteftinal emundtories, feparately or conjundlly j 
 or fome antecedent fcorbutic, venereal, arthritic, 
 or fcrophulous acrimony, flowly bred in the 
 habit ; or laftly, fome gangrenous diflblving 
 acrimony, taken with the air and aliments, un- 
 der the title either of epidemical or contagious ; 
 which latter, from its nature and tendency, may 
 be fubdivided into (i.) fuch effluvia as flop 
 fhort, or exert their virulence in one flage or 
 other of the mucous paflages, through which 
 the air and aliments take their courfe : thus 
 we have epidemical coughs, with a fore or in- 
 flamed larynx, wind-pipe and bronchia, in dif- 
 ferent degrees, in which the excreted matter 
 has more or lefs a crude, or a purulent ap- 
 pearance ; or if the contagion has no afflnity to 
 thofe parts, it will often make its nefl; in the 
 mucous cryptas of the nares, phauces, pharynx 
 and gula ; of which you may fee one example 
 in Dr. Fothergill’s effay on the gangrenous or 
 epidemical fore-throat : or fometimes again the 
 contagion will, like antimonials, pafs dormant 
 or inert by thofe parts, and yet exert a great 
 force on the more exquifitely fenfible villous 
 
 coat 
 
Fevers. 395 
 
 coat of the ftomach and inteftines, whence epi- 
 demical cholera’s, diarrhoea’s, dyfentery’s, &c. 
 
 2. But fometimes again (2.) the contagion 
 fhall pervade all thofe parts with little or no 
 difturbance to them, till having penetrated the 
 inmoft recelTes of the blood and lymph, it na- 
 turally inclines to be difcharged by the Ikin* 
 either infenlibly by a vapour, which is the beft, 
 or elfe by a clammy and copious fweat (which 
 was extraordinary in the peftilent fudor anglica- 
 nus, that appeared laft among us in the midft 
 of the 1 6th century); but more frequently it 
 goes off, after a due degree of the fever, by 
 exciting fome kind of cutaneous eruptions, 
 either fcaly, ferous, purulent, or gangrenous, 
 according to the difpofition of the juices and 
 veflels in general (§. 3, to 24.), and of the in- 
 fuperable inflammatory poifon to be this way 
 exterminated. 
 
 3. Thus, in the dry eryfipelas and fcarlet- 
 fever, in a good habit properly treated, the 
 exanthemata go off barely with a fcaly exfolia- 
 fion of the cuticle ; in the fwine-pox, chicken- 
 pox, and often in the fcarlet-fever and mealies, 
 (of children efpecially) the ferous elevations 
 being inconliderable, turn dry and fcale off in 
 like manner. But in variolous and peflilent 
 fevers, the natural and bed extermination of the 
 matter, is by laudable cutaneous fuppurations ; 
 which the art of healing is to promote and pre- 
 vent from a gangrene, by regulating the fever, 
 with fuitable railing or deprelfing aliments and 
 medicines, conformable to the dage, habit, &c. 
 
 4. Here 
 
396 Fevers. 
 
 4. Here the nature of the febrile matter, 
 being no otherwife the objedl of our fenfes than 
 by its effeits, by which we obferve it varies in 
 different regions and feafons, it is to be gene- 
 raily. learned by a diligent attention, and a cau- 
 tious procedure in practice, on a number of pa- 
 tients, in which it will vary by a mixture, with 
 aguifh or inflammatory lentor, or kinds of acri- 
 mony above. 
 
 §.41. From the diflinflions we have before 
 made of fevers in general, by the various feats, 
 natures, and tendencies of their matter ; thence, 
 joined with their degree and length of con- 
 tinuance, either with or without remiffion or 
 interruption, they may be ufefully fubdivided 
 into the following kinds or claffes : for either 
 they are, 
 
 1. Symptomatical, or fecondaryj where 
 the fever arifes as a confequence from fome 
 other antecedent diftemper, or a violent fymptom 
 of it ; as bruife, fradture, wound, abfcefs or 
 vomica, foreign matters, poifons,' pains, gout, 
 gravel, 6cc. where the treatment of the fever 
 can only be palliative, and its radical cure ef- 
 fected, by removing the flrfl; diflemper, from 
 whence it flows. 
 
 2, Original, or primary; foringing from 
 fome matter in the blood itfelf, either flowly 
 eenerated within itfelf, as the aguifh vifcid, 
 and the phlogiflic lentor : or taken into its mafs 
 from without, by the air and aliments, unoer 
 the name of epidemical contagious, or eruptive ; 
 or finally a dead putrefcent matter, unexcreted 
 
 • by 
 
Fevers. 397 
 
 by its proper emundory of the fkin, kidneys, 
 inteftines, or a fpitting. 
 
 3. Both thefe capital kinds fn°. i. and 2.), are 
 again either ( i .) continual, advancing and declin- 
 ing in an even regular courfe ; or (2.) they are 
 fai axyfmi tical ; i, e. interrupted, either entirely 
 by intermiffions, or fits of perfect abfence ; or 
 elfe by remiffions, or fits of abatement (§. 7.) : 
 and thefe either regularly, at equal or certain 
 times j or unregularly, at unequal or unconflanC 
 times. 
 
 4 . As for the continual they may 
 
 be fubdivided in fuch as are either ( 1 ) (imple, 
 arifing but from flight caufes, and terminating 
 with mild effedls (§, 37.) 5 (2*) inflamma- 
 
 tory, arifing from, or increafed by, a coagu- 
 lating or phlogiftic fize, produdlive either of 
 pain in the more nervous and fenfitive parts, 
 pleura, perioftia, joints, &c. or of anguilh and 
 oppreflions in the lefs fenfitive cortex ence- 
 phali, lungs, liver, fpleen, mefentery, &c. 
 (§. 30.), Thefe, if they come to the height of 
 their fatality in a week orfortnight, may be called 
 ( I ,) acute j or (2.) flow, if they hold a month or 
 longer j or chronical and (3 .) habitual, if they ex- 
 ceed two months. The inflammatory fevers may 
 be alfo divided in ( i .) regular, advancing pro- 
 perly through their flages in the natural and 
 ufual way j or (2.) commutable, where the matter 
 and fymptoms degenerate either toward the 
 aguilh or paraxyfmatical ones above. Or thirdly, 
 
 5. They are of thofe continual fevers that 
 are malignant or colliquative, dilTolving by a 
 gangrenous acrimony the glutinous healthy tex- 
 ture 
 
2qS Fevers, 
 
 ture of the fineft veffels and globular fluids 
 (Vol. I. p. 147. and II, §. 8. and 16.) ; either 
 under the title of nervous f§. 31, 32', or 
 ( §. 35.), or epidemically contagious (§.40.), 
 whether eruptive or not. 
 
 6. YomihXy^iht complicated continuants, are 
 thofe joined with fome other diftemper, of 
 which they are no fymptom or effedl ; or elfe 
 arife from a mixed, aguifh, phlogiftic, or col- 
 liquative matter, conjoined either two, or more 
 kinds of them together, in divers proportions, 
 or under different circumftances. For the mo- 
 dus operandi in thefe material caufes (See Vol. 
 I. p. 104, 153, 162.). It now remains for us 
 to treat of the eruptive, and of the paraxyfma- 
 tical fevers. 
 
 §. 42. Eruptive fevers^ are either 
 from fome virulent matter, received by the air, 
 aliments, or contadt (§ 40.), produdtive of a 
 fever; oc fymptomatic 4i.b from matters 
 generated by fevers, or other diftempers ante- 
 cedent, or negledled to be exterminated by the 
 fkin, kidneys, or alimentary tube ; or laftl}', 
 from over fpurring any epidemical or colliqua- 
 tive fever, that might otherwife have gone off 
 in a liberal diaphorelis. 
 
 2. The principal of the firft kind which de- 
 ferve our notice, are (i.) thofe of the dry erx/i- 
 pelatous kind, particularly from over tendernefs 
 and laxity, both of the folids and fluids ; in 
 which the fever, however moderate, throws 
 out eruptions about the third or fourth day ; 
 which promoted by the mildeft diaphoretics, 
 immediately relieves the rdflefsnefs, cough, 
 
 anguifli, 
 
Fsvers. 399 
 
 angulfh, or oppreffion, and foon terminates the 
 fever with a fcaly exfoliation from the cuticle. 
 Thefe, from their appearance, are either pa- 
 pillary^ with palid rifings, fomewhat like thofe 
 from nettles; or bloom-fcarlet, which fpread 
 to a conhderable compafs, and vaniili in pro- 
 portion. 
 
 3. Next (2.) thofe of the moifl: or true ery- 
 jipdaSy tending to ulcerate, with a more violent 
 fever, often partly bilious, and veficating the 
 face chiefly : or elfe petechial, with purple- 
 fpots, like flea-bites, but diftinguilhable by 
 their having no white point in their center, 
 coming out on the breafl: chiefly, from the fifth 
 to the tenth day, but rarely and with more 
 danger in the face. Thefe prefage worfe, as 
 they ihow a greater degree of gangrenous colli- 
 quation, by inclining to a livid, brown, and 
 black colour. In both thefe a middle way mufl: 
 be purfued, by keeping the matter where it is, 
 by mild diaphoretics, without over-heating it 
 into adlion, or moving it towards the vifcera 
 by depletions, at the fame time guarding the 
 texture and coheflon, both of the juices and 
 leafl: veflTels, Tind:. rofar. vel cort. P. cum ol. vit. 
 Tind. cin. &c. 
 
 4.. But (3.) the military fever that happens 
 chiefly to child-bed women, and new born in- 
 fants, (in which lafl: it is generally fo flight as 
 to pafs unnoticed, under the name of red-gum) 
 from a peculiar ferous, or ladeal acrimony, 
 tending to the fkin, under the palid form of 
 millet-feeds, whence it is named, or often 
 reddiflb, and with a flckly fmell ; (hows its 
 
 erup- 
 
400 Fevers. 
 
 eruptions intieterminately from, the fifth to the 
 fifteenth day of the fever, which being arrived to 
 their maturity, include a putrid ichor. It fel- 
 dom happens to men, but from an epidemical 
 contagion ; and in all requires to be cautioufly 
 treated, like the former kind (n^. 3.) above, 
 with jelp. camph. and other mild diaphoretics ; 
 aided Vv^ith oily emulfions, fperm. cet. teftacea, 
 pulv. e trag. and papaverines, to palliate the 
 acrimony and its irritation, &c. (§. 36.). Here 
 nothing more laxative than the fyr. rof. or 
 manna, made a fyr. with Tindl. rhei. vel. fen. 
 can be trufted, either in the epidemical, purple, 
 or the pale milliary kind ; and the clyflers mull 
 be only emollient, with camphor : for if the 
 matter be repelled by cold, or thus follicited in- 
 wards, it is fure to bring apth^ upon the lungs 
 or alimentary tube ; whence a quinfy, perip- 
 neumony, a vomiting, or a gangrenous dyfen- 
 tery, that foon kill. 
 
 5. But in all thefe milliary fevers we mufl be 
 cautious of opening a vein (§. 44. n^. 2.), unlefs 
 in the very firft attack, with a fulnefs (§. I3.}> 
 and a denfity of the habit i§. 8.). Emollient 
 and diluent clyflers, here afford a good way of 
 giving camphor, that offends theflomach, but 
 thus may be repeatedly ufeful. But bliflers, 
 mere or lefs, with plenty of diluents, are in 
 thefe generally of fervice, and in mofl of them 
 diredlly neceifiary (§. 44. n°. 4.). flaufl. ex. 
 Tindl. cort. p. f. j. with acet. camph. (made as 
 the julep, e camph. only ^ij. to a pint, is little 
 enough, as this acid referains it more, and rare- 
 ly imbibes above half a fcruple of it) ij parts 
 
 alum 
 
Fevers, 40 1 
 
 alutiij gr. ij. or iij. nitre, v. or vj. with fyr. 
 mecon. q. f. makes one of the mod potent an- 
 tifeptics, which is at the fame time highly 
 alexipharmic or diaphoretic, that pharmacy can 
 produce. By this, with or Vvdthcut the acid, 
 artfully dofed and timed, you may either hll 
 the crude ferous pock with laudable matter, or 
 elfe turn the laudable pock into a dark gangre- 
 nous condition, by often giving it when there 
 is no occafion : but in putrid, malignant, and 
 epidemical fevers, that tend to no eruption, 
 you can rarely do any mifchlef by it. — After 
 thefe come the mealies, fmall-pox, and pefti- 
 lence ; the two former of which we fhall next 
 conlider. 
 
 §.43. The mealies and fmall-pox, though 
 modern diftempers, are very near relations, and 
 invade much alike, in the manner of other ori- 
 ginals (§. 33.. n°. 3.), from a febrile matter; 
 only here the head and back are more efpecially 
 ahedled, by a local fulnefs, in the apparatus or 
 inflammatory flage of them. The eruption of 
 both is aifo preceded with feme licknefs, or a 
 vomiting and oppreflion of the flomach ; only 
 the rifmg fpots of the mealies break out fooner, 
 after three or four days, fo as to be upon the 
 dry-turn, by the time that the pock is well 
 out, or maturating, viz. on the feventh or eighth 
 day. As the morbillous matter is not fan- 
 guine, or inclined to fuppuration, but of a fe- 
 rous or lymphatic nature, leaving the habit 
 about the feventh or eighth day in a dry feurf ; 
 fo it more efpecially afledls the lymphatic and 
 cellular fyflems, principally in the head and 
 VoL. II. D d lungs, 
 
402 Fevers, 
 
 lungs, after the manner of a corryfa or cold. 
 Hence the little or no abatement of the 
 fymptoms given by the morbillous eruption j 
 and the troublefome peripneumony, that gene- 
 rally calls for the lancet and laxatives, on the 
 eighth or ninth day, when they are on the dry 
 turn. But the flea-bite eruptions of the fmall- 
 pox are more rifing, and give confiderable eafe 
 or abatement to the fymptoms ; except that in 
 the copious or confluent pock, there is a trouble- 
 fome purging in infants, or a fpitting in adults, 
 which are hardly ever feen in the diflindl fort : 
 and from the ceafing of thofe difeharges, with 
 a return of matter to the blood, about the end 
 of the third or maturative flage, i. e. from the 
 12 th to the 15th day, a new fecondary or 
 fymptomatical fever, requires to be treated, as 
 the morbillous peripneumony, by the lancet and 
 laxatives, as the infuf. fen. vel. rhab. cum 
 manna, &c. 
 
 2. Now as both the meafles and the fmall- 
 pox often owe their malignancy to an involun- 
 tary infedlion in the autumn, by a complication, 
 with an aguUh or a phlogifbic lentor (§. 33. 
 n°. 3.), condenfed by the fummer feafon, ante- 
 ceding in one over denfe (§. 8 ) or full (§. 13.) ; 
 therefore we advife every body to encourage the 
 inoculation (of this otherwife modern ravager 
 of mankind) by planting a more favourable ver- 
 nal fort, after due depletion by the lancet, and 
 a bol. ex rhab. cum cal. vel infuf. fen. &c. in 
 full habits j and an attenuation, by the bark 
 and asthiops, in denfe, phlogiftic, and in ner- 
 vous chacochymical habits. Thus the inocu- 
 lated 
 
Fevers* 40 j 
 
 lated fmall-pox, will have the adv^antage of near 
 loo to onei over that which comes probably 
 at the worft feafon, in a bad or unprepared ha- 
 bit, and from the moft malignant fpecies. 
 
 3. The meafles generally pafs over, among 
 the poorer folks at lead, without much affift- 
 ance from the apothecary, or any advice from 
 a phyhcian ; for indeed they feldom w’ant any, 
 unlcfs to forward them by cordials, or when 
 the oppreffion on the lungs, at their exdcation, 
 calls for the lancet, blifters, or laxatives. As 
 the purging in infants, or the fpitting in adults, 
 that attend the confluent fmall-pox eruption, 
 abate the violence of the diflemper ; although 
 they are fymptomatical difcharges, they muft 
 be only moderated under an excefs, or even be 
 excited if they flow not enough : fo the firft 
 may be reftrained within bounds, by a mixture 
 with tefbacea & tinft. rhei vinof. & tindt. cinnam. 
 given in frequent and little potions, or excited by 
 a larger proportion of the tindt. vel fyr. rhei. vel 
 rofar. folut ; and the fpitting may be promoted 
 by oily emulflons, with fal. c. c. tindt. myr. lac. 
 amm. vel julep, e camph. flor. benz. & fyr. 
 half. &c. But the treatment of excefs in this 
 difcharge, you may befl: judge of from theiex- 
 traordinary cafe which Dr. Wilmott gives in his 
 father Mead’s book de Variolis, in which the 
 patient w'as reduced to a fkeleton by a faliva- 
 tion, equal to one from mercury, that held 
 above a fortnight. Here, from the eighth to 
 the 1 2th day, inflead of a maturative fuppu- 
 ration, a violent head-ach, dyfpnaa, and lan- 
 guor of the artery attended j till about the end 
 D d 2 of 
 
404 Fevers, 
 
 of the time a ftrangulative quinfy invaded, and 
 foon after was relieved by the faid fpitting,. en- 
 tering on the 1 2th day. He fuffered nature to 
 continue her drain, under a fluid nourifliment 
 and diluent liquors, and recovered his patient 
 as one in a tabes j viz. by repeating the lancet, 
 one in a week or two, to the third time, in a 
 quantity not exceeding fix ounces, with rhab. 
 q. f. to purge at intervals (without which the 
 body gains a hafty crude fulnefs), hauft. falin. 
 cum fp. cct. and afTes milk for the hedic ; 'and 
 finally corroborants, elix. vit. aq. fpad. r. 
 rhab. &c. 
 
 4. As the crude or cryflialUne pock requires 
 forwarding, by rich fack-whey, with fal c. c. 
 confedb. card, and blifters on the extremities, 
 by the fifth or fixth day from their eruption j 
 fo the bloody, whether from the kidneys, in- 
 teflines, or mouth, require to be reftrained by 
 min. acids, with tind. cort. laxatives, and fome- 
 times the lancet, with bliflers.# As for lenitive 
 purges, in the clofe of thefe and mofl; other 
 fevers, they ferve in part to exterminate any 
 relicks, but more efpecially to prevent a too 
 hidden and crude fulnefs, by which thofe whom 
 thefe fevers have greatly impoveriflied, would 
 otherwife fufier, in their head and nerves, by 
 a fooliflanefs or ftupidity, or in their whole 
 habit, by a fcurvy or a dropfy. 
 
 5. Dr. Huxam of Plymouth, wbofe good 
 judgment and extenfive pradice have enabled 
 him to oblige the wot id with fome ufeful 
 writings on thefe heads, judicioufly obkrves in 
 the latefl of them i that the quantity and con- 
 dition 
 
Fevers. > 40 
 
 ditlon of the blood, either poor or denfe, with 
 an aguifh or inflammatory lentor, or a fcorbutic 
 acrimony, have a conflderable fliare, in con- 
 jundtion with the epidemic feafon and fltuation, 
 towards determining and changing the pock to 
 be either diftindt or confluent, crude, gangre- 
 nous, or bloody. Thefe, joined with an inter- 
 mittent, are to be treated with the bark. Thofe 
 that come with a pannick, and run to the ten- 
 derer internal epithelium of the lungs and ali- 
 mentary tube, are to be timely follicited to the 
 Ikin by bliflers and foments. The black, gan- 
 grenous pock calls for the bark and mineral 
 acids, after having firfl: removed the difpnsea 
 or the conftipation of the bowels, as above 
 diredted, when they attend. The fecondary 
 or purulent fever, attacking the head by deli- 
 rium, &c. is a good warrant for the lancet 
 and lenient purgatives ; as that which comes 
 before the eruption is for clyfters and papave- 
 rines. Alfo in many flow, feemingly nervous 
 fevers, where nature is unable to throw out a 
 critical difcharge by the emundlories, we have 
 experienced that lenitive purges will make a 
 fort of artificial crifis, to the great comfort of 
 the lingering patient : but it is on another ac- 
 count (§. 40. n°. 2.) they are often fo ufefui in 
 the beginning of epidemical, contagious, and 
 bilious fevers, viz. by feafonably excluding a 
 good part of the fomes, while nature can well 
 fuftain them. Sudorifics are never to be ufed 
 in the beginning of any but peftilent fevers, and 
 to promote thofe fweats which are critical and 
 relieving, after the height of epidemicj malig- 
 D d 3 nant. 
 
406 Fevers. 
 
 nant, or inflammatory ones ; and even then the 
 mildeft, ex acet. camph. 6c aq. f. alex cum 
 fyr. de mecon. with thin diluents and warm 
 covering, are the heft. 
 
 §. 44. Eruptive fevers being all (§. 42, 43.) 
 naturally ot the colliquative kind, (unlefs when 
 conjoined with a lentor, either aguifh or in- 
 flammatory ; the firfl; of which they diflblve 
 foon, and the other later, but with more vio- 
 lent fymptoms) they wdll in general come un- 
 der the fame method of cure j viz. by mode- 
 rate depletions in full (§. 13.) anddenfe (§. 8.) 
 habits, at the firfl; onfet, or inflammatory flage 
 of them, by lancet, emetic, or mild purgative, 
 6cc. or elfe omitting them in the relaxed (§. 4.) 
 and impoverished (§. 25.), go on with fack- 
 whey, more or lefs rich of the wine ; with 
 fuitable cardiac and diaphoretic medicines, con- 
 fec. card. | pulv. cont. | julep, vel acet. e 
 camph, [ tinct. valer. vol. | aq. alexit. 6cc. in 
 draughts and boles, fo dofed and timed, with 
 diluents, as to keep the circulation above na- 
 ture unexercifed, but below any degree of 
 fweat. 
 
 2. But be cautious of your bleedings, or de- 
 pletions, as they are here not curative of the fe- 
 ver, only calculated to abate their firfl or in- 
 flammatory flage ; which may be known from 
 the tenfion or rdiftance of the pulfe, and tena- 
 city of the blood ; and therefore rarely to be 
 pradtifed after the firfl attack, hut under the 
 moft prefling fymptoms, and in deliberate con- 
 fultations, in which fometimes they are ordered 
 with fuccefs, under management of thofe who 
 
 are 
 
Fevers. 407 
 
 are the moft fkilful and erpinent j and particu- 
 larly for relieving the encephalon or lungs in 
 the maturative and declining flages of the fmall- 
 pox, mealies/ &c. 
 
 3. So opiates are, in general, equally to be 
 fufpedled here, as they increafe the laxity of 
 the arterial and nervous fydems, with the al- 
 ready peccant colliquation of the fluids, where- 
 by fuch an erroneous ftraying of the cruor en- 
 fues, into the pellucid and fine cellular fyftem 
 of the encephalon and lungs, as foon lays the 
 patient into a fleep, from which he will never 
 awake. However, if the tone of the velTels, 
 and texture of the fluids be duly guarded by 
 mineral acids, with tlndt. cin. cort. p. &c. Pa- 
 paverines may be then advantagioully given in 
 the evening to abate the painful irritations, 
 coughs, watchings, and uneafinefs, which in- 
 creafe in thefe, and in all continuants, -about 
 the clofe of the day j and arife to a more con- 
 fiderable degree, in tender and nervous habits. 
 
 4. Blifiers rightly managed, and frequently 
 cupping, are of great ufe in all thefe fevers, not 
 only by -dividing or digefting the lentor, with 
 which they are often complicated ; but more 
 efpecially as the former are a lading fpur to the 
 diaphorefis, and naturally derive the malignity 
 towards its proper emundory, or even power- 
 fully remove it, from the entrenchments it may 
 have made, in the lead; veflfels and cellular fa- 
 bric, which organize the encephalon, lungs, 
 and abdominal vifcera ; and therefore a timely 
 ufe, and a moderate repetition of them will 
 rarely fail of their falutary effeds. So alfo will 
 
 D d 4 the 
 
40 8 Fevers. 
 
 the ftimulative epithems, plafters, &c. In whlcli 
 camphor muft make a principal ingredient. 
 
 5. But as nature, or the fever itfelf, is 
 here the principal curative agent, fhe muft not 
 be too haftilyfpurred by thele (n°. 4. fup.), nor 
 by cordials, beyond her falutary and moderate 
 pace ; up to which fhe mufl; be raiftd by them, 
 v/ith light good nourifliment, in the malignant 
 or ferous kind of the frnall-pox, that lag be- 
 hind a laudable fuppuration, for want ol a due 
 ftrength in the folids, or a confiftency in the 
 fluids : as on the contrary, ihe mull be reftrained 
 by depletions, papaverines, and the tindl. cort. 
 cum fp. vitr. when the fanguine or phlogiftic 
 fort run together diredly like ecchymofes, in the 
 very onfet of their firfl flage, fo as often to be 
 gangrenous by the fourth or fifth day, and foon 
 after are either produdlive of a colliquative and 
 fatal haemorrhage, through the renal or alimen- 
 tary pafl'ages, that bids defiance to all art ; or if 
 there be a lucky efcape, ’tis commonly with 
 fome gangrenous or incurable ulcer in the lungs, 
 vifeera, or otner part of the body ; all which 
 misfortunes come oftener from unfeafonably 
 negledling the over fulnefs and denlity of the 
 habit (which are the chief heads to be regarded 
 towards inoculation (§. 13. §. 8.— §. 4, and 
 25.), or by urging them with too keen fpurs, 
 than from any extraordinary force in the epi- 
 demical or infedling matter. 
 
 6. For reafons above given (3.) you will ne- 
 ver venture upon opiates in children, or lax ha- 
 bits, before the fmall-pox are maturely out, 
 nor when the lungs are fufibcatingly opprefTed, 
 
 or 
 
■ Fevers, 409 
 
 or the encephalon comatous, or delirious : for 
 only by the ufe of paverines (with difcretion, 
 as above), epithems and good warm covering 
 to the feet, with an emollient clyfter every other 
 day, both the reftlefsnefs, and the oppreffion 
 of thofe important vifcera may be happily re- 
 lieved. To this laft treatment, with opening 
 a vein, will yield the delirium that comes three 
 or four days after the variolous eruption j in 
 which the infuf. fen. may often be ufefully 
 given. Strong children may bleed at firft, by 
 leeches on the temples, or otherwife ; but in 
 the weak and tender, which have often con- 
 vulfive motions, a little before the eruption, it 
 may have the moft fatal effeds, by withdraw- 
 ing the matter, which that commotion denotes 
 to be now advancing on the fkin : and fo too, 
 in robuft or adult youths, the early opening a 
 vein once, twice, or thrice, will often raife the 
 oppreffed circulation, throw out a mild erup- 
 tion, and prevent a delirium, or worfe accidents. 
 Whereas the meafles call ftrongly for cordials, 
 rather than depletives and coolers, in their be- 
 ginning ; and require the lancet at the turn of 
 the diitemper, with lac. ammon. | papaverines, 
 myrrh, oily emullions, &c. to relieve the fuf- 
 focative peripneumony about the ninth or loth 
 day, which often leaves a deftruftive ulcera- 
 tion in the lungs, as well as the fmall-pox. 
 
 7. In thefe fevers, volatile alcalies are not 
 miichievous, but by an excefs, in diffolving the 
 gelatinous texture of the fluids, and by the 
 fame power weakening the fpring of the folids ; 
 flnce,Dr. Pringle has now ingenioufly cleared 
 
 them 
 
^10 Email-Ton, 
 
 them from any other putrefcent quality, and 
 fiiowed they are antifeptical on dead fubftance. 
 But obferve in living animals, there is a neceffary 
 diftindion betwixt putridnefs and purulency; in 
 promoting which laft, fparingly uf'ed, and with 
 diluents, they have, in general, a peculiar ten- 
 dency, by which they may be of great ufe in 
 the crude fmall-pox and peftilent gangrenous 
 eruptions, that want laudable fuppuration. 
 
 §. 45. What has been now faid of the fmall- 
 pox (§. 42, 43, and 44.) might fuffice for the 
 experienced and intelligent j but for the fake 
 of thofe who are only entering upon the prac- 
 tice of our healing art, in fo frequent and 
 weighty a diflemper, we fhall defeend to a de- 
 
 feription more minute and hiftorical. The 
 
 fmall-pox are then either epidemical^ de- 
 pending upon a particular conftitution of the 
 air, generally feizing, at the fame time, almoft 
 all fuch as have not been affeded with this dif- 
 order before j or [2.) contagious, being com- 
 municated, by the morbific effluvia that arife 
 from the affeded patient, to others within the 
 fphere of their adivity, whofe bodies are fuf- 
 ceptible of their impreffion and influence. 
 They invade in any feafon of the year; but 
 efpecially in fpring and fummer. In autumn 
 they are generally of a milder conftitution, and 
 upon the decline ; but the fooner they appear 
 in the winter or fpring quarter, they are of a 
 more malignant nature. They principally feize 
 children, more than aged perfons, and are of 
 two different forts, viz. the diJiinB, which 
 ffand apart one from the other ; and die con- 
 
 fuent^ 
 
Small-Pox, 41 1 
 
 jluent, which run one into the other : the latter 
 of which are attended with greater danger, 
 as having a variety of fymptoms, which are 
 not found in the diftindt fort j and of a more 
 perplexing nature, The courfe of the diforder, 
 in both forts, conhfts of four different periods, 
 viz. the invafion, eruption, maturation, and 
 exficcation ; all which are fooner run over in 
 the diftinit than in the confluent kind. 
 
 2. When c\ih^r invades, the patient is im- 
 mediately feized with a fhivering and fhaking, 
 followed by an acute feverifh heat, attended 
 with a white tongue, thirft, lofs of appetite, 
 drowflnefs and heavinefs of the head and eyes j 
 a fharp humour irritates his nofe, on which 
 account he often fneezes, and his eyes itch, 
 and are waterifh. His eye-lids appear fwollen, 
 he vomits frequently, has a dry cough, and 
 diflicult refpiration ; he feels violent pains in 
 his head, back, loins, and at the pit of his flo- 
 mach, if it be prefied with his hand j his pulfe 
 is quick and high, his countenance fluffed and 
 florid, his urine fometimes, as in an healthful 
 (late, but generally crude and turbid, and his 
 blood, at this time extravafated by the lancet, 
 appears pleuritic or fizy. Convuifive fits in 
 children now prognofheate an immediate erup- 
 tion j unlefs they arife from the difficult breed- 
 ing of their teeth. They, who are affedled 
 with the diflindl pox, have a great propenffty to 
 fweat, which is peculiar to this fort j and in the 
 confluent, the eruption is ufually preceded by 
 a loofenefs, which is feldom or never to be ob- 
 ferved in the diflinft. The fymptoms, now 
 
 men- 
 
'412 S'mall-Pox. 
 
 mentioned, increafe from the firfl Invafion, and 
 continue ’till the eruption ; but with unequal 
 vehemence, in the two different forts : for, in 
 the diftinft, they are of a milder nature, but 
 in the confluent, the fever, ficknefs, refflef- 
 nefs, and vomitings are very violent, and gene- 
 rally remain two or three days after. 
 
 3. The eruption^ in the diftindl, commonly 
 happens upon the fourth day, after the firft in- 
 vafion, and feldom later ; but thofe of the 
 flux-kind make their appearance on the third, 
 or very often fooner, but feldom or never on 
 the fourth, unlefs it be when they are retarded 
 by violent pains, or other extravagant fymp- 
 toms that aftedt the patient. ( 1 .) In the d/JUnSi 
 kind finall flea-bite pimples now appear here 
 and there, efpecially in the face, neck, and 
 breaff, and gradually over the whole body, 
 which daily increafe in height and bignefs. At 
 firff they are red, afterwards they become 
 chryffalline, by degrees obfeurely pale, and 
 then more^ yellowifh at the top, ’till the time 
 of their full maturity. By thefe the fkin and 
 fiefh adjacent are inflamed with great pain, and 
 tumifled. The eye-lids now become fo fwollen, 
 that they clofe, and thereby the patient is de- 
 prived of fight, which generally happens on 
 the eighth day ; which is, therefore, to be par- 
 ticularly obferved in this diffindt fort. After- 
 wards, in proportion to the number of puftules, 
 the hands, fingers, and other parts are feized 
 with an inflammation and tumour, which di- 
 minifh on the eleventh day ; for, at this time, 
 the difiindl are at their full maturity. From 
 
 thence, 
 
Small- Pox, 413 
 
 thence, they gradually dry up to the fourteenth 
 or fifteenth day, when all, except thofe on the 
 hands, fall off. After the pufiules are gone, 
 fcurffy fcales arife, which commonly leave fome 
 impreflions or pits behind. But (2.) the con- 
 fluent, at the time of their eruption, appear 
 fometimes like an eryfipelas, and fometimes 
 like the meafles. In this fort, the puflules do 
 not arife fo high as in the difliind:, being fmall 
 both in the face and trunk ; but become larger, 
 the nearer they approach to the extremities. 
 In the face, they are conneded with, or run 
 into one another j infomuch, that it appears as 
 covered with a red bladder. After the expi- 
 ration of the eighth day, the fkin, which be- 
 fore was fmooth, gradually becomes rougher, 
 and the puflules turn of a more dufldlh or dark 
 colour, ’till the time of their maturity. After 
 this, they dry and fall off, in refped of time, 
 according to the feverity of the poxj for, 
 where they have been violent, the face is not 
 altogether freed, ’till after the* twenty-third or 
 twenty-fourth day. When the puflules have 
 fallen away, the fcurffy fcales fucceed, which 
 are here of fuch a corrofive nature, as to leave 
 deep pock-holes, and often unfeemly fears, or 
 contradions and feams of the fldn behind 
 them. 
 
 4. In both forts, the fever is at the hig heft 
 from the firft invafion to the eruption, whence 
 it gradually declines ’till the maturity, and then 
 totally vaniihes j but, upon the exficcation, a 
 fecondary or new fever begins to appear, par- 
 ticularly in the confluent-kind. The fymp- 
 
 toms. 
 
414 Small-Poic. 
 
 tomSj which In the diftind-klnd, affesfled the 
 . patient at the invafion, immediately ceafe 
 upon the eruption ; but, in the confluent, al- 
 though they be more moderate, they continue 
 feveral days after. When the puftules of the 
 confluent fort begin to dry, a falivation arifes 
 in adults, and a loofenefs in children. The 
 former is obferved in fuch, a conflant attendant 
 upon the difeafe j but the latter has not been fo 
 generally obferved. 
 
 5. The fymptoms of moft dangerous confe- 
 quence that arile in the courfe of this difeafe, 
 are ( i .), if, on the eighth day, in the diftindt 
 kind, the fwelling and rednefs of the face and 
 hands, as alfo the fweat, which all along pcr- 
 fpired from the patient, ceafe on a fudden : if 
 upon this he becomes delirious and reftlefs ; and 
 if he urines often and little at a time j for 
 thefe prognoflicate immediate death. (2.) If, 
 in the confluent, the falivation ceafes entirely 
 on the eleventh day, without a return, and 
 without a continuance of the fwelling in the 
 face, or any manifefl appearance of a beginning, 
 turgency, or fwelling of the hands. (3.) If 
 the matter, which fhould be difcharged by fa- 
 livation, becomes fo vifcid, that it cannot be 
 evacuated j upon this, there is danger of fuf- 
 focation, from the difhcult refpiration, and un- 
 eafy deglutition that arife j in moft of which 
 cafes, the patient quickly retires to another life, 
 (4.) If either in the confluent or diitindt, the 
 fever he violent through the whole courfe of 
 the difeafe ; if there be a difficulty of refpira- 
 tion, a phrenzy, or coma j if there be purple. 
 
Small-Pox. 415 
 
 livid, or black fpots, either between or upon 
 the tops of the puftules, and if, upon their 
 eruption, they immediately difappear. (5.) If 
 the matter, contained in the puftules, be of a 
 gangrenous nature, or if a mortification arifes 
 in the parts. (6.) If there be' an haemorrhage 
 of the nofe, an immoderate and fudden flux 
 of the catamenia, an htEmoptofis, bloody urine, 
 a midlurition, or total fuppreffion of urine in 
 young people. Laftly, if the puftles on a fudden 
 come flat, and if a loofenefs arifes in adults. 
 
 6. The prognoftic rules, for judgment in 
 this diforder, follow : the difeafe, in itfelf, is 
 not of a very malignant nature ; for if there be 
 no ill management, it generally runs through 
 the different periods (n° 2 and 3.) without any 
 confiderable danger, and commonly terminates 
 in health ; but fometimes unexpectedly in 
 death, or another difeafe. In the diftinCt-kind, 
 the eighth day, and in the confluent, the ele- 
 venth are principally to be regarded j for ac- 
 cording to the nature of the fymptoms that 
 arife on thefe days, fo muft be the determina- 
 tions made in refpeCt of the life or death of the 
 patient. The kind and degree ,of malignity 
 in the difeafe muft again be determined accord- 
 ing to the appearance of the puftles in the face. 
 If upon the invafion, the fymptoms be not very 
 violent, we have reafon to expeCt, that the 
 other different periods will be favourable, and 
 vice verfa. For the moft part, the flower the 
 eruption, the more favourable we find the dif- 
 order. So the fewer, fofter, rounder, more 
 pointed at the top, more diftinCt, larger, whiter, 
 2 and 
 
4 1 6 Small-PoKi 
 
 and (in the courfeof maturation) the vellowerj 
 and the more remote the puftles are Yrom the 
 face, the better are the events to be expeded. 
 But the more they are in number, efpecially in 
 the face ; the lefs in magnitude, the (harper 
 and more ichorous their matter, the more they 
 flux or run together, the bluer, browner, and 
 blacker they look, and the fooner their erup- 
 tion, they are fo much the more malignant. 
 The hotter, redder, and more tumid the in- 
 terftices between the puftles are, at the time of 
 maturation, the greater are the hopes j but the 
 paler, browner, and more flaccid they appear, 
 lb much the worfe j for, upon thefe, a quinfey, 
 or a mortal peripneumony ufually invades the 
 patient. This difeafe is lefs dangerous in wo- 
 men (if not pregnant), in children, and in 
 fuch as are ol a foft, phlegmatic and lax dif- 
 pofition of body, than in old, denfe, or rigid 
 people, and fuch as have been accuftomed to 
 hard labour. If the external habit be only af- 
 feded, the event is lefs dangerous j but if the 
 jaws, gula, inteftines, ftomach, or other in- 
 ternal parts be feized by the puftles, the dan- 
 ger is the greater. 
 
 j. The diforders or bad effedts this difeafe 
 leaves behind, after it has run through its dif- 
 ferent ftages, are thefe that follow ; viz. deep 
 pits, or pock-holes, contradions of the fkin, 
 and unfeemly fears or feams in the lace. Pearls, 
 in the cornea, or a weaknefs or inflammation 
 of the eyes j as alfo dimnefs of light, and olten 
 total blindnefs. Convullive, epileptic, and 
 apopledic fit-S} malignant tumours and apo- 
 
 ftems, 
 
Small-Pox, 
 
 fthems hi feveral parts of the b6dy ; an afthma, 
 pleurify, and peripneumony or inflammation of 
 the lungs ; a phthifis or confumption, and very 
 often a cachedlic, or ill habit of bodyj by 
 means of which, the patient is rendered un- 
 happy through the whole remaining part of 
 his life. 
 
 8. If we enquire after the original of the 
 diforder, we find, that it is but a new difeafe, 
 or of a late date ; for we cannot difcover any 
 defcriptions of it tranfmitted to us by any of 
 the ancients, which may be taken as an unde- 
 niable argument, that it never appeared among 
 them. For it cannot be fuppol'ed, that they, 
 who were fo very diligent in making obferva- 
 tions on other difeafes, fhould not leave us 
 any hifliory of this, which now makes fuch a 
 formidable appearance in the range of diftem- 
 pers. Befides, ’tis evident, that, at this day, 
 ’tis entirely unknown in feveral parts of the 
 world ; and that, in the Weft-Indies, it was 
 never heard of, ’till the Spaniards conveyed it 
 thither fome few years ago ; at which time, 
 the infedtion was of fuch difmal confequence, 
 that (the proper method of managing this di- 
 ftemper not being known) whole nations fell a 
 facrifice to its fury. The firft, who delivered 
 us any. account of this difeafe, were the Ara- 
 bians, whofe obfervations, both as to the hi- 
 ftory, caufe, and method of cure, are fo ac- 
 curate and juft, that our modern authors have 
 made but fmall improvements in any of thofe 
 parts. Of this, you may be convinced by the 
 perufal of Mefue, Razes, and Avicenna ; 
 
 Vol. il E e whence 
 
41 8 Small-Fox. 
 
 whence the places ufaally produced from Hip- 
 pocrates, Galen, and Celfus, will appear fo 
 very foreign to the purpofe, as to need no par- 
 ticular refutation. 
 
 §. 46. Since the general and moft rational 
 treatments of the fmall-pox may be colledled 
 from §. 42. and the following j therefore we 
 fhall now only add to the preceding hiftory 
 (§• 45') ^ word or two upon its inoculation^ 
 and upon the antidotal or preventative cure j 
 which laft is propofed by Dr. Boerhaave, the 
 late eminent profelTor in the univerfity of Lei- 
 den. This truly learned and judicious gentle- 
 man, conhdering the fmall-pox as an acute 
 and continual fever, whofe puftules are only a 
 critical difcharge of the morbific matter, 
 efteemed it no ways neceffary to wait the dif- 
 ferent periods of the difeafe ; but, upon the 
 firfi: invafion, recommends immediately proper 
 evacuations, fuch as venaefedions, vomits, and 
 laxatives, as alfo the cooling regimen, pre- 
 fcribed in other acute difeafes, by which he 
 aims to prevent the eruption of the puftules, and 
 the other confequent ftages. But, with all due 
 deference to the judgment of fo great a man, 
 this method feems mal-pradice, as it expofes the 
 patient to many and prodigious hazards ; firft, 
 becaufe there is a fudden and contrary motion 
 introduced in the fluids, entirely oppofite to the 
 diredions of nature, and the genius of the di- 
 ftemper ; which procedure has generally been 
 obferved to be very detrimental to the human 
 frame, and always difallowed by the mafters of 
 our art. For fince phyficians are the affiftants 
 
Small-Fox. 419 
 
 of nature, it is their bulinefs to fupport, and 
 not to thwart her in her operations, unlefs 
 we find, that they tend either to the deftrudion 
 or ill habit of the body. Secondly, becaufe, 
 by this method, the patients are fubjedled to 
 repeated afiaults of the fame difeafe. For fince 
 there is here a latent feminium of the pocky 
 matter, in the folids and fluids of the body j 
 and fince ’tis impoflible to think, that there 
 can be a due feparation and difcharge of it by 
 this method ; the patient mufl; unavoidably be 
 liable to the attacks of this difeafe, whenever 
 the particular conftitution of the air, in which 
 the fmall-pox is epidemical, happens to be 
 predominant j or whenever the difpofed patient 
 is within the fphere of adlivity, pofiTelTed by 
 the contagious effluvia that arife from an in- 
 fedted body : for, fuppofing the fame caufes to 
 be adling with the fame force, and under the 
 fame difpofitions of boviy, it neceffarily follows, 
 that the fame morbid effedt mufl: conftantly be 
 produced. Now the learned Dr. Mead’s late 
 treatife on the fubjedt fhows, that perfons are 
 not abfolutely exempted from catching the con- 
 fluent kind of this diftemper, altho’ they have 
 had the diftindl j and that, even after both, a 
 perfon may have a variolous fever, either with 
 a few, or with no eruptions : and confequcntly 
 (by §. 33, n°. 3, before advanced) the perfon, 
 thus treated, will be only fubjedled to a worfe 
 kind of the difiemper, unlefs a fpecifical anti- 
 dote could be found to throw out the matter 
 infcnfibly (like the cortex for intermittents), 
 without caufing cutaneous eruptions. Dr. 
 
 Ee 2 Lobb 
 
420 Small-Pox. 
 
 Lobb aflures us, the aethiops minerale will have 
 this elFedt, giving a dram of it, every four 
 hours, to the quantity of an ounce, or up- 
 wards ; and in a lefs proportion, that it either 
 prevents infedtion, or procures the mildeflkind 
 of the diftemper ; which we cannot vouch 
 for, upon our own experience. But we re- 
 commend it, or the cinnabar of antimony, to 
 relieve the patient, finking under the violence 
 of the confluent kind ; namely, when fpitting 
 is flopped, and the fwelling of the face is 
 abated ; and when a new fever arifes in the 
 beginning of the exficcation ; for which a mer- 
 curial ptyalifm was recommended, and pradlifed 
 by the late learned and ingenious Dr. Pitcairne. 
 That this may be of very confiderable fervice, 
 is plain and obvious ; in that, it is the very 
 method purfued by nature j in that a confider- 
 able difcharge is hereby made; and in that, the 
 tumour of the face is again railed and continued 
 for a due time ; the advantages, refulting from 
 which, are eafily difcoverable by the hlflory 
 of the difeafe (§. 45.).— However, this is a 
 method only to be ufed by the iudicious, and 
 thofe who know how to govern both diflem- 
 pcrs and medicines, according to the jufl rules 
 of art ; but is never to be put in pradlice by ig- 
 norant pradlifers, with whom it will be only a 
 fword in a mad man’s hand, carrying along 
 with it immediate death and deflrudtion. The 
 method of purgation, pradlifed and recom- 
 mended by the celebrated Dr. Freind, Dr. Mead, 
 &c. on the fame occafion hands firm on expe- 
 rience, fupported by matter of fadl, than which 
 we cannot have a more fubflantial rcafon. 
 
 2. We 
 
. Small -Pox. 421 
 
 2. We now come in the fecond place to pro- 
 pofe the method of inoculation^ for mitigating 
 the difeafe. In the eaftern countries, and fuch 
 as are very much expofed to the influence of 
 a hot fun, the fmall-pox being generally epi- 
 demical, is alfo very malignant, infomuch that 
 vaft crouds are yearly fwept away by their 
 violence. This has excited all perfons, both 
 learned and ignorant, to prailife a variety of 
 ways, that they might with more fafety and 
 expedition, either curb or prevent their deflruc- 
 tive influence. At laft, either by chance, de- 
 dudlion of reafon, or experiment, they happily 
 fell in with the method of inoculation. The 
 author of this is not tranfmitted down to us ; 
 but there are feveral who lay claim to the 
 praife. That it firfl: proceeded from fome of 
 the populace, who were neither men of for- 
 tune, charadter, nor learning, feems very pro- 
 bable, in that it appeared in the world, witli- 
 out the leafl: recommendation from any of the 
 learned, and met with very confiderable oppo- 
 fltion from the rich. In feveral parts of Greece, 
 the vulgar had it pradlifed upon them j and 
 from time to time it prevailed more and more, 
 ’till, at laft, it was approved of and received in 
 Theifaly, and the adjacent parts. The Turks, 
 at firft, declared very much againft the pradtice; 
 but, at prefent, convinced by the confequences, 
 they readily -admit of the operation, and are as 
 induftrious in giving it the due recommenda- 
 tion it deferves. The Italians alfo, being apprifed 
 of the method, and of the fuccefs confequent 
 E e 3 upon 
 
422 Email-Vox. 
 
 upon it, conftantly imploy their operators in an 
 epidemical feafon, and thereby prevent a great 
 number of inconveniencies that might other- 
 wife enfue ; and to come nearer home, we now 
 have the happy advantages of inoculation, very 
 well attefted by the whole body of the learned 
 in our faculty, throughout the Britifh domi- 
 nions. The method of the operation, as it is 
 pradifed in ThefTaly, Conflantinople, and Ve- 
 nice, is, as follows : in the beginning of win- 
 ter or fpring, when the fmall-pox happens to 
 be epidemical, a proper fubjedl is chofen, from 
 whom the pocky matter is to be taken, and 
 this is generally a boy of twelve or fourteen, 
 or a youth, who is afFedled either by contagion, 
 or the difpofition of the air, and labours under 
 that pox which is of the diftincft kind Some 
 of the puflules upon his legs and thighs are 
 opened on the twelfth or thirteenth day, at 
 which time the pox are at their full maturity. 
 The pus is prefled out into fome fmall veflel, 
 which has been well cleanfed with warm wa- 
 ter : this is covered and kept warm in the 
 bearer’s bofom, ’till fuch time as ’tis conveyed 
 unto the perfon, upon whom the operation is 
 made. After his body has been duly prepared 
 by the diredtions of a judicious phyflcian, ac- 
 cording to his particular conflitution, and the 
 nature of the difeafe, which is to be tranf- 
 planted (§.43, n°. 2.) ; he retires to his cham- 
 ber, which is ordered to be kept neither too 
 warm nor too cold, and there waits the per- 
 formance of the operation. After all matters 
 have been duly adjufted, the operator pierces 
 
 crofs- 
 
Small-pox. 423 
 
 crofs-ways, or obliquely, the mufcular parts, 
 particularly in the arms, legs, or thighs with a 
 lancet or three-edged needle, ’till fuch time as 
 the blood flows, and feparates the flcin from 
 the parts beneath j into thefe wounds the ope- 
 rator drops a little of the pus, which all this 
 time has been kept warm, takes due care to 
 iutermix this morbific matter with the flowing 
 blood, by the affiftance of fome pointed in- 
 ftrument, and immediately covers the wounds 
 with half a nut-fhell full of lint, or fome fuch 
 concave thing, and fixes it thereon, with pro- 
 per bandages, for the fpace of twelve or four- 
 teen hours, in order to prevent the cloaths or 
 any accident from rubbing it from the parts, 
 or from wiping away the pus, before it has 
 entered the velfels, and intermixed with the 
 mafs of blood. It has been obferved, that al- 
 mofl; all, who undergo the operation, have the 
 pox : and that thofe few, who have efcaped 
 them upon inoculation, have laboured under 
 them, when they have been epidemical : but 
 that thofe, who have had them by the tranf- 
 plantation, have never after been affedted with 
 them through the whole courfe of their life. 
 The regimen, preferibed after the operation of 
 ingrafting, is, as follows : the patient is or- 
 dered to be confined to his chamber, and to 
 keep his bed. His diet, through the whole 
 courfe of the diforder, is adjufted according to 
 the nature of the difeafe, the different tempe- 
 rament, the conftitution, and other circum- 
 ftances of the patient. He is diredled to abflain 
 from wine, and all other things that are apt to 
 E e 4 inflamq 
 
424 Small-Vox. 
 
 inflame the blood, not only during the feveral 
 periods of the difeafe, but alfo for fome time 
 after. In Conftantinople and Venice, they re- 
 ligioufly forbear the ufe cf eggs, fiefh, and 
 broths, for the fpace of twenty-five or thirty 
 days. Some, who have been obftinate in giving 
 fmall regard to thofe directions, by indulging 
 themfelves in unallowable liberties, have there- 
 by been expofed to a variety of dangerous fymp- 
 toms, which have fometimes proved fatal, viz. 
 violent htemorrhages, difficult refpiration, phren- 
 fies, deliriums, peripneumonies, ftranguries, 
 bloody urine, fluxes of the catamenia, diar- 
 rhseas, dyfenteries, and the like 5 all which 
 were the confequences of their irregular con- 
 duct, and no way depending upon the real ge- 
 nius of the difeafe, nor the operation, which 
 always renders them much lefs mifchievous. 
 For thus the propenfity to vomit, the refilel- 
 ne.'s and the pains affeCting the loins, fides, back, 
 and head, were fo trivial, that fmall notice were 
 taken of them; and the whole courfe of the 
 dlforder, raifed by the method of inoculation, 
 has always been obferved of a much ffiorter 
 date, than when it has appeared in a common 
 way. The parts, conftantly afteCted, are the 
 places where the wounds were made, and the 
 morbific pus infliiled, in which arife puflules by 
 maturation, filled with a fanious, but not a pu- 
 rulent matter, as in the common fort; and tome- 
 times apoflhems, which fpeedily tend to luppu- 
 ration. The number of the puflules, eniuing 
 upon this operation, are but very lew, leldom 
 or never exceeding above an hundred in num- 
 
Small-Pox. 425 
 
 ber, and tbefe always of the diftindl kind. 
 Sometimes they are obferved only upon the 
 places where the inc;fions were made •, fo that 
 the face has generally been left entirely free. 
 After the maturation, they conftantly have been 
 obferved to dry up in a very fhort time, and 
 are alfo attended with this particular advantage, 
 that after their falling off, the fcurfy fcales that 
 enfue are not of that fharp corrofive nature, 
 which is found in the diforder, when raifed 
 in the common manner of infection, from 
 whence the deep pock-holes, contractions of 
 the fkin, unfeemly fears, &c. confequent upon 
 this diftemper take their original : for no one 
 has been found any way pitted, or otherwife 
 disfigured, upon whom the inoculation has 
 been performed. Neither are the patients liable 
 to any of the unhappy diforders that fo fadly 
 affeCt others, after the difeafe has run through 
 all its ftages j fuch as the weaknefs of the eyes, 
 pearls, blindnefs, difeafes of the head, cacheCtic 
 habit, and others already mentioned. Befides 
 all thefe, there is another advantage, viz. that 
 it always is attended with delired and furprizing 
 fuccefs, from the firft introduction of the. me- 
 thod, ’till this time. For there has not been 
 any conftitution of the air, feafon of the year, 
 temperament, age, or fex of the patient, in 
 which the inoculated Imall-pox have been 
 known deftruCtive. Thefe, being really matters 
 of faCt, may be fufficient encouragement to all, 
 efpec\ally for children and the fair fex, to endea- 
 vour to have this method promoted and prac- 
 tifed throughout the kingdom j as alfo to phy- 
 I ficians, 
 
426 Small-Pox. 
 
 licians, fargeons, and apothecaries to direct 
 their friends and acquaintances to encourage 
 the operation; to the advantage of which, 
 they may be eye-witneffes in our London 
 ' fmall-pox-hofpital. 
 
 §. 47. Although perfons are rarely affcdled 
 twice or oftener by the fmall-pox or meafles, 
 ’tis very probable, that a feminium of them, or 
 of fuch like contagious fevers, is often conjoined 
 with thofe which we call eryfipelatous ; where 
 pains, with third:, a redlefs-anguifh, and vefi- 
 cations of the fkin, either puflular or gangre- 
 nous, are conftant attendants. In this we mav 
 be confirmed, if the fever is, at the fame time, 
 epidemical, and the blood little cohefive ; which 
 will be an indication for ufing the mild diapho- 
 retic method (§.42. n°. 5.) with julep, camph. 
 haufl. falin. teftac. cumfperm.cet.&c. But if the 
 eryfipelas appears toarifefrom an excited pletho- 
 ra (§. 16.) or an habitual relaxation with a fcor- 
 butic acrimony ; it may, in the firft cafe, be 
 fafely reftrained by the lancet, with laxative or 
 cooling purgatives ; and in both the attacked 
 part may be corroborated by reflridlive-atte- 
 nuants, acet. camph. [ tindl. fly pt. helvet. jalum. 
 rup. cum acet, camph. &c. ] And in the fcor- 
 butic fort, rhubarb purgatives at due intervals, 
 with the cortex as an alterative, joined either 
 with a mineral acid or a volatile alcaly, accord- 
 ing; to the prevailing acrlmonv, will be of con- 
 fiderahle fervice. But never urge, even mere 
 daahoretics, in thefe fevers, up to an exage- 
 r. t ng Iweat ; and be particularly cautious of 
 the lancet, when you find the pulle in them 
 
Of Remittents. 427 
 
 to be labouring but foft, and with a bilious ap- 
 pearance of the Ikin ( ), 
 
 Cf Remittents. 
 
 §.48. The laft capital or confiderable clafs 
 of original fevers we fhall fpeak to, are thofe 
 before diftinguiflied by the title of paraxyfmati- 
 41.11°. 3.); and thefe either ( i.) remitting, 
 or, (2.) intermitting : in the former of which, 
 we have remarked, that the febrile lentor has 
 an intermediate tenacity, betwixt the tough 
 phlogiftic fize of continual ardents, and the 
 more loofe or albuminous vifcidofintermittentS) 
 by which, thefe fevers are very liable to be- 
 come, either truly inflammatory or aguifh. 
 For thus epidemical continuants will, towards 
 their height, often be attended every day with 
 a chill, or a remarkable abatement of the fever; 
 which denote, that it will be either foon an 
 intermittent, or elfe of a very long continuance, 
 if not aflilled with the cortex. So, on the 
 contrary, an intermittent may, by heating me- 
 dicines, with an abufe of the lancet and pur- 
 gatives, in an exhaufted habit, be turned to a 
 bad remitting or continual fever; in which our 
 judgment by the urine becomes reverfed ; as 
 the turbid hypoflrafis, that denotes concoc- 
 tion and improvement in original continuants, 
 is here only a fign of crudity and ftubborn vio- 
 lence ; but a clear redifli urine, or a little brick- 
 dufl: fediment, proclaims a cure from the bark. 
 A remittent then has a remarkable chill or 
 abatement of the fever periodically, either 
 every or every other day, at diftances equal or 
 
 unequal; 
 
428 of Intermit tents. 
 
 unequal ; generally of a flubborn difpofltion, 
 and inclined more towards acquiring the ap- 
 pearances of a bad, nervous (§. 31.) or a ma- 
 lignant (§. 41. n°. 5.) continuant than to form a 
 faiutary crifis. Here I have raifed the patient 
 from a cold dead poflure (with a defpaired-of 
 ftupidity or coma, unafFedted by blifters) in a 
 very wonderful manner, by boles given every 
 four or fix hours ex conferv. flav. aurant.^ hifp. 
 Sj. ext. cort. p. dur. vcl mol. 9 j. ad sfs. cum 
 hauft. falin. camphorat. i. e. fecundum morem 
 julep, camph. p. p. 
 
 Of lnter?}iittents. 
 
 §. 49. The latter clafs of paraxyfmatical 
 fevers, (§. 48.) are thofe which leave the pa- 
 tient tolerably well, or without any fever, for 
 a confiderable interval of time, which deno- 
 minates them intermittent \ and that either (i.) 
 quotidian^ if the returns are every day; (2.) 
 tertian, if every other day; or (3.) quartan, 
 if the fi.ts invade every third day from the firfi: : 
 but if the fever returns twnce within any of thofe 
 fpaces, the name of double is added to either 
 of the former. Eat the feafon and complica- 
 tion alfo make a confiderable difference in them ; 
 thofe that come epidemically, and in autumn, 
 being tnuch more ifubborn and degenerative, 
 thanfuch as are merely habitual, andinthefpring. 
 Nor is it nnfrequent for the aguifh matter to 
 fettle itfclf either in the head, lungs or mefen- 
 tery of perfons that are weak, nervous and 
 hippifh ; fo as to form a local or anamolous 
 intermittent ; in which you will have a variety 
 
 of 
 
Of Inter mitt enU. 429 
 
 of periodic pains, and other polymorphous 
 fymptoms, that grow worfe by venasfeftions, 
 purges, or any heating medicines 5 but readily 
 yield to the cortex, after they have lain undif^ 
 covered, and infuperable to other methods for 
 half a year running. But in fuch cafes, as Dr. 
 Meadjudicioufly advifes, rhubarb ought to clear 
 the firil paffages, and often join in fome pro- 
 portion with the cortex itfelf ; which, in thefe 
 nervous cafes, is alfo often to be affifted by an 
 addition of myrrh, &c. (V. §. 48, ult.). 
 
 §. 50. As for the regular uncomplicated in^ 
 termittent (§.49.) it is in effedt an unconnedted 
 chain of fhort continuants, which, like other 
 regular fevers, fuddenly invade, increafe to 
 their height, take their declenfiLon, form a' 
 partial or imperfedt crifis, and make an end all 
 within a few hours ; from an albuminous vif- 
 did, fludl'uating and flowly colledted in the 
 anadomofing capillaries of the arterial fyftem, 
 chiefly in the pulmonary and cutaneous ones, 
 with thofe that belong to the dura mater of the 
 encephalon, .and its vaginal extenfion over the 
 fpinal medalla. There forming a gradually in- 
 creafed refidance to the heart, and to the paf- 
 fage through the lungs, the motion of the 
 blood ilackens with the vs^hole nervous, cuta- 
 neous, bilious, falival, and all other fecretions; 
 except the mucous or vifcid, within the ali- 
 mentary paffages, which are now conhderably 
 increafed. And although we cannot imagine 
 with his imperial worthinefs Dr. Swieren, 
 whom our great Boerhaave defervedly recom- 
 mended to fill his place, as ^Tfculapius for the 
 
 • day, 
 
430 Of Intermittent^. 
 
 day, that this extends, even through the mi- 
 nute fabric of the encephalon, into the nerves 
 themfelves ; yet it is highly probable, that it 
 affedts the whole nervous fyftem, after a pe- 
 culiar manner, by its ftimulus, adting on the 
 fine epithelium and fentient fabric of the fto- 
 mach, alimentary and arterial linings, in the 
 fame manner as cold, or any other ftimulus 
 does, by the outward ficin j fince the chill is 
 only apparent or feeming to the patient, while 
 his flefh Is really feveral degrees hotter than in 
 health, to the tefl of a good thermometer, or 
 a fine temperate hand. 
 
 2. But whatever its operation maybe in the 
 veffels, whether nervous, fpaftical, opilative, 
 or all together, we obferve in one hour a very 
 great change from it, in a patient that but 20 
 minutes' before appeared chearful and perfedtly 
 well: for about 15, 18, or 20 minutes, be- 
 fore the fit, he is furprized (i.) by an unde- 
 feriptive qualm, that is foon followed with 
 yawnings, wearinefs, cold-chill, third:, and a 
 ficknefs or load at the ftomach j the breathing 
 labours, and the pulfe falls much, both in its 
 ftrength and magnitude ; the face looks pale, 
 while the nails and fingers ends are livid 3 a 
 heavy pain is felt in the head, back, and loins, 
 with a ftiffnefs in the joints : foon after thefe 
 (2.) a dry or feverifh heat gradually advances 
 throughout the habit, which increafes the 
 head-ach into a fort of giddinefs, while the 
 breathing and pulfe now grow ftronger, the 
 third increafes, and the little urine that is made 
 appears commonly of a clear red, as in the 
 
 height 
 
Of Intermittent^, 43 i 
 
 height of a continual ardent, to which this 
 part of the fit anfwers : at lafi; (3.) the fever 
 gradually declines and goes off, with more or 
 lefs of a fweat, leaving a forenefs in the habit, 
 a lateritious fediment in the urine, and an in- 
 creafed weaknefs throughout the whole nervous, 
 arterial, and even chylificative fyftems. 
 
 3. Here the firfi; ftage or cold-fit (n°. 2.) 
 will hold an hour or more, and the others in 
 proportion, according to the greater quantity and 
 tenacity of the albuminous matter, with its 
 complication, habit of the patient, ingefta, &c. 
 until the blood is fo far colledted in the venal 
 fyftem, that its prefiure makes a ftimulus firong 
 enough upon the right fide of the heart, to 
 break through the pulmonary oppilation ; and 
 then pafiing on to the left, enables this alfo 
 to raife the pulfe and fever fufficient to remove 
 general ftagnations for that time. But as the 
 hot fit (n°. 2. (3.) continues only long enough 
 to digeft a fmall part of the aguifii matter, fuf- 
 ficient to turn the balance only for the prefent, 
 and caufe an imperfed: crifis, therefore the origi- 
 nal fomes foon after recruits, and retires to its pri- 
 mitive quarters, where the blood has lead: mo- 
 mentum j where, by renewing the refiftances 
 again to the heart, and to the fecretory adtion of 
 the encephalon, it caufes a periodical return of 
 the intermittent as before. 
 
 4. How far the nervous confent of the fto- 
 mach, always loaded with the agulfli vifcid, 
 may be concerned in caufing the cold-chill and 
 other fymptoms in this diforder, we will not 
 pretend to fay j but that it cannot but be con- 
 
 fiderable. 
 
432 Of Infermlttents. 
 
 liderable, feems to follow from an affertlon of 
 the late learned and experienced Dr. Hall, of 
 the Charter-houfe, upon whofe veracity, in the 
 experiment, I believe we may fafely depend : 
 viz. that he had often known a perfcdt cure 
 made in thefe fevers, by the mere infipid, 
 earthy and ligneous remains of the bark, after 
 ail its bitter, refinous and gummy parts had 
 been extracted, by proper menftrua; in which 
 cafe, I believe moft judges will allow, it could 
 not exert any immediate adtion beyond the firft 
 paffages, whofe nervous papilla, with thofe of 
 the fkin, we fee eafily affedled by the minima 
 ftibli, ftimulating them to a vomit or a fweat, 
 while other parts are unaffedled by them. Alfo 
 the power which the faid nervous confent of 
 the ftomach has to induce fleep, and abate the 
 circulation, only by contadl with opiates, agree- 
 able foods, &c. is too well known to dwell upon 
 them. Plence may we draw a reafon for the 
 good effedls of an emetic hauft. ex vin. ippec. 
 or a purgative bole ex rhab. cum cal. by largely 
 excluding the ftimulating fomes, from thefe 
 parts, without which the cortex will often have 
 no effedt. 
 
 5. If^cordials and things over-heating are 
 given to young or robuft patients in the cold-lit, 
 the enfuing hot-fit is thereby rendered fo much 
 the more violent, and a delirium or a bad conti- 
 nuant are too often the confequences ; but 
 while third: urges, they may, without danger, 
 be indulged with fage, lavender, or chamomile 
 tea. In fuch perfons, under figns of fullnefs, 
 you will rather have a call for the lancet, in the 
 
 fpring 
 
Of In-f. er mi t tents. 433 
 
 fpring feafon ; and if you find a fizy rich blood, 
 repeat it difcretionally : after which, in the au- 
 tumn efpecially, you will generally meet with 
 no fmall benefit from blifters, when an emetic or 
 two have preceded. Afterwards the following 
 bole and draught may be repeated fix or eight 
 times betwixt the fits, with nearly the fame 
 fuccefs as the bark itfelf, as a fubftitute for 
 that celebrated drug, where it is not to be, had : 
 viz. ext. r. helleb. nig. g. myrr. camph. alum, 
 rup. aa 9j half, traumat. q. f. ut f. bol. cum 
 hauft. feq. fumend. viz. aq. menth. vulg. f. 
 
 tin£t. cinnam. (falis abfynthii vel po- 
 tius) falis diuret. 3^. fyr. e cort. aurant. q. f. ut 
 f. h. horis alternis, tertiis, &c. repetendus. 
 But whether the fever be fubdued by this or 
 by the bark, in order to prevent a return, the 
 coLirfe had beft be repeated once in a week, 
 with an intermediate ufe of a vin. chalib. amar, 
 for a month following. 
 
 6. We need not inform thofe who are ac- 
 quainted with praddice, that the celebrated pe- 
 ruvian cortex, which was firft brought into 
 Spain juft a century ago, and for its excellent 
 virtues, both as a febrifuge, a corroborant and 
 an alterative, is well worth (the price it bore 
 in Dr. Lifter’s* days, towards the end of the 
 reign of his fovereign miftrefs Ann, viz.) one 
 guinea an ounce, muft be given to about that 
 quantity, in the interval of time which comes 
 betwixt the fits of an intermittent j as, e. g, a 
 dram, in fome draught or bole, every other 
 hour : or if it be all taken at once, as hath 
 
 * De Hydrope. .^grot, 7. 
 
 VoL. II. 
 
 Ff 
 
 often 
 
434 Q/* 
 
 often been the cafe among poor and ignorant 
 folks, it will have not lefs effeft upon the fever, 
 and without inducing any manner of injury 
 whatever. But if it be given in the fit, it has the 
 ill effeds above (n°. 5.) 5 or if you give a purge 
 upon it, the virtues are gone at once, and the 
 fever returns, unlefs you repeat it immediately. 
 
 Of Inflammation, 
 
 §.51. We fhould now proceed, conform- 
 able to our plan (§.41.0°. i.), to Xxt. 2 .\,o{ fs 7 npto~ 
 matical fevers^ that fecond fome other antece- 
 dent diforder ; which confequently ought to be 
 enquired after, confidered and treated as the 
 principal, in order to efFed a cure. But fince 
 the neareft and moft general caufe of them is 
 fome irritation, anguifh, pain or inflammation, 
 excited by the diftemper ; and as thefe are all in 
 reality the fame thing, only diverfified by degree 
 and fituation ; therefore it will be firft necef- 
 fary for us to confider inflammation, inclufive of 
 the former, and, in fome meafure, anfwerable 
 to the nature of a local fever. 
 
 2. An inflammation, therefore, we define, 
 from its eflhnce rather than effeds, to be an 
 increafed adion of the elaftic and mufcular 
 forces of any particslar artery (§. 3.) urging 
 its contents, with a greater preflure and celerity, 
 through fome or all of its capillaries ; whence 
 follows more or lefs of a preternatural turgef- 
 cence, heat, rednefs, and often throbbing or 
 pain. This, being extended through the whole, 
 or majority of the habit, completes the eflencs 
 of fevers (remark to §. 127.); but more con- 
 fined 
 
of Infammatfoni: 43 ^ 
 
 fined to fome one organ, is the charader of in- 
 flammation : which laft, however, is not to be 
 found in any remarkable degree or extent, 
 without an univerfally quickened circulation, 
 that not unfrequently mounts up to a fympto- 
 matical fever. The effence then of inflamma*- 
 tien, as well as of fever, confifts in a greater 
 arterial preffure, increafing the motion, attri- 
 tion, and heat of the elaftic and cohefive fluids, 
 as well again ft themfelves as againft the fides 
 of the Imall arteries. So mufcular motion, 
 long continued in any particular limb, will fti- 
 mulate the artery into a temporary inflamma- 
 tion ; which, having the retarding capillaries 
 freely pervious, and without any febrile matter, 
 foon ceafes of itfelf by reft. So the blood*s 
 courfe, impeded through the genital arteries, 
 by a preffure on their veins, more diftends them 
 to a greater force, that produces a temporary 
 inflammation, not morbid. 
 
 3. The degrees, fymptoms (n°. 2.), and 
 confequences of an inflammation, will there- 
 fore, depend ( i.) on the more or lefs nervous 
 fabric and nature of the arterial diftributions, 
 through the parts affeded (§. 3i.\ (2.) On 
 
 the nature of the febrile or inflaming matters 
 and their complications (§• 33 - n°. 3.). (3.) On 
 the number of retarding capillaries rendered im- 
 pervious, either by tho'e colleded matters, by 
 erroneous or violent ftrayings of the larger 
 globular juices, or by organical compreffure 
 from the larger diftended trunks, upon their 
 lateral apd lefs refilling capillaries. The num- 
 ber, degrees and complications of all which 
 F f 2 will 
 
436 Of Inflammations. 
 
 will caufe the blood to pafs into the veins, with 
 a celerity or momentum proportionably in- 
 creafed, through thofe capillaries that are yet 
 pervious ; while thofe that are lefs, or not per- 
 vious, will a6l as fo many cryptas or fecerning 
 duds to the fanguine artery, for colleding and 
 forming the moft cohefive and lluggifh parts 
 into a pleuretic phlogifton, defcribed in our re- 
 mark to Vol. I. p. 147. — (4.) On the denfity 
 (§. 8.) and the fullnefs of the habit (§. 13.) 
 excited by various caufes, and enabling the ar- 
 tery (not overftrained) to ad with greater ela- 
 (lic and mufcular force ; and to urge the denfer 
 blood itfelf with a greater triture and momen- 
 tum. Thus a begun phlegmon in bad habits 
 breeds pain and phlogifton ; and thefe ftimuli 
 increafing, again augment the inflammation, 
 ’till it either difperfes the lentor into the veins, 
 melts it with the impervious capillaries into a 
 laudable cream-like pus, or turns it to a corrupt 
 gangrene j or laftly dries them into a dead 
 feirrhus, that may foon become firft a latent or 
 eneyfted, and then an ulcerated or running 
 cancer, n°. 9, feq. 
 
 4. Inflammations of the external parts ap- 
 pear plainly enough, by the effeds 2 ) infe- 
 parablefrom its elfenceor charader j but when 
 it lurks within the vifeera, the eye cannot reach 
 the tumification and rednefs, nor the touch 
 perceive its heat and throbbing j nor even in 
 the liver, heart, lungs, or encephalon, can the 
 patient inform you of its pain. However, in 
 this obfeurity, the hardnefs of the pulfe and 
 the phlogiftic flzynefs of the blood will always 
 
 2 be 
 
Of Inf animations. 437 
 
 be a faithful index of an inward true inflam- 
 mation upon fome of the vifcera j whofe feat 
 you are to determine by the apparent abfence, 
 injury or alteration in theufes or adlions proper 
 to the aifedted organ. Hence we fee the proxi- 
 mate caufe of inflammation is a local fullnefs 
 or accumulation of the blood in fome particu- 
 lar artery, which, prasternaturally diftended, 
 adls with a greater fpring and mufcular fyllole 
 in each pulfation, caufing an increafed heat or 
 triture, in proportion to its own denfity, and 
 that of its included blood. Vid. remark, Vol. I. 
 p. 12 1. 
 
 5. But there is an obfervable exception to be 
 made from the foregoing rule (n°. 4.), in what 
 we may call a fuffbcated or depreflfed inflam- 
 mation, extended beyond the tone of the arte- 
 rial forces in the cortex encephali, in the pul- 
 monary arteries, and in the arterial branches of 
 the porta in the liver ; [to which we may add, 
 fuch as are violent in the neck, phauces, larynx, 
 and heart itfelf, with the diaphragm or pleura, 
 and its incumbent mufcles] : for as a moderate 
 degree of inflammation in thefe parts will ex- 
 hibit an index of an inward phlegmon (n°. 4.), 
 by an increafed flow of blood and nervous juices ; 
 fo a much greater degree, by accumulating the 
 matter, and by {hutting up the capillaries (n°. 3. 
 (2.) and (3.), will fo far intercept the courfe of 
 them both, as to afford a weak, foft, and often 
 a trembling or intermitting pulfe. And here, 
 if there be no bilious colliquation (§. 35.0°. 2.), a 
 plentiful blood-letting will fo far relieve the 
 vital fprings oppreifed, as wonderfully to'raife 
 F f 3 the 
 
4.38 Of InfammaUom, 
 
 the pulfe, anl frequently excite a relieving 
 fw'eat, a purging, a thick urine or a fpitting ; by 
 reftoring to the emunftories, in like manner, 
 their former free and pervious habit. 
 
 6. Therefore, in all true inflammations 
 (§. 51.) of any confiderable extent, the greater 
 adlion of the more diflended artery caufes a 
 ftronger compreflure, a fwifter current, and a 
 more violent triture of the cohefive and elaflic 
 blood-globules ; thence a burning heat, a di- 
 ftending pain, and a turgefcence of the cellular 
 and lefs refifting fabric of the leall: veffels, into 
 which the yellow ferum or the red blood are 
 more or lefs tranfpofed,not by a fpontaneous, but 
 a forced flraying out of the fanguine arteries ; 
 whence a yellow, an orange, or a red colour 
 of the parts. Thus the inflammation will in- 
 creafe itfclf to a degree, that may end it one 
 way or the other (n°. 3. ult.) j and at the fame 
 time, according to the extent or degree of it, 
 with the flruflure, fenfibility, and confent of 
 the organ, there will be more or lefs of a fever j 
 a hard quick pulfe j a fliort and laborious breath- 
 ing j and a deep coloured or red urine, with 
 or without a fediment 5 of which the laft pro- 
 portionably denotes concodion and amendment; 
 but, being thin and watry, declaims the worft 
 events. 
 
 7. A phlegmon, from caufes not local, is 
 mofl; apt to invade ( i .) thofe parts that have the 
 ifrongefl arterial powers ; therefore thofe of 
 the heart, arterial trunks, lungs, and refpira- 
 tive mufcles ; as they denfify more, and earlier 
 by inceflant adion : (2.) from the lefs extent 
 
 and 
 
Of Inflammatiom. 439 
 
 and ftfbdivifion of a fimilar artery from the 
 heart ; for fo the left intercoflals, being fhorter 
 than the right, more generally caufe the pain to be 
 on that fide, more violent in Ihort thick perfons, 
 and in one a thick ficin, dark, opaque, and 
 coarfe habit of body in the vafcules fubdivide 
 more directly, and lefs frequently into retarding 
 capillaries : {3.) from the confiderable refiftance 
 that contiguous bones make to the dilating arte- 
 ries, by which readlion the diftending force is 
 doubled on the oppofite fide of the artery lefs 
 refilled : fo with the ribs, in regard to the in- 
 tercoftalsj the dura mater and pericranium, 
 with regard to the fkull, and fpina dorfi ; the 
 arteries of the perioftia, external and internal, 
 perichondria and thofe fpread on the joints, 
 tendons, and ligaments. Hence the reafon, 
 why pain and other efFe<fts of general phlogiftic 
 caufes, which breed a lentor or excite a ple- 
 thora (§. 16.), are felt more and fooner in thofe 
 parts. 
 
 8. We mull well diftinguifh betwixt the true 
 phlegmon^ that has a fizy denfe blood and ar- 
 tery, from the cold ce demat ous fort, that arifes 
 with pains from albuminous or aguilh vifcid in 
 weak, lax, and nervous or hyflerical habits, 
 with a poor watry blood, but little cohering ; 
 becaufe they are diametrically oppofite, both as 
 to their effedls and cure : for though the lancet, 
 diluents, refrigents, &c. that effedlually cure 
 the firfi:, may, for a little time, give a diredl 
 truce to the pain, which is here a natural re- 
 medy ; yet, as they increafe the immediate and 
 produdivc caufes, the dillemper will be more 
 F f 4 deeply 
 
44 ® Of Inflammations . 
 
 deeply intrenched, and the fymptoms be more 
 difficultly removable, by the bark, bitters, g. 
 guaiac. (blifters in both) nervous and corrobant 
 medicines, &c. But an eryfipelatous inflamma- 
 tion, in which neither of thofe lentors prevails, 
 only a fcorbutick, or a bilious dilTolving acrimo- 
 ny in the blood and lymph, in a lax, delicate, 
 and irritable habit, requires a fort of interme- 
 diate cure, as it comes in betwixt the former ; 
 viz. evacuations, but fuch as are flight cup- 
 pings, leaches, laxatives, clyflers, oily and af- 
 cefcent emulfions, without blifters, unlefs for 
 revulfion from the eyes, cheeks, throat, &c. If 
 the acrimony be bilious, or alcaline, ufe bark 
 with mineral acids j but if of a cold, four, chlo- 
 rotic, or leucophlegmatic kind, give the fame 
 with vol. alcalies. myrrh, camph. rhab. &c. 
 Obferve then the affinity, both in the nature 
 and cure of inflammations, greatly conformable 
 to thofe of fevers (§. 33. n°. 3.). 
 
 9. Nor is their difference more with refpedl 
 to the events or terminations ; for if, in a true 
 phlegmon, the colledted lentor by degrees melts 
 in the oppilated capillaries of the artery, fo 
 that without breaking their fabric, it can pafs 
 on into the veins, the part is left fafe and found, 
 while the matter is afterwards thrown out by 
 the kidneys j and this we call the refolution, 
 or (i.) difperfion of a phlegmon. But if the 
 faid lentor dwells long enough in the phleg- 
 mon, not only to melt its own cohefion, but 
 alfo that of the leaft veffels oppilated, and the 
 globular texture of the blood, it breaks the con- 
 tinuity betwixt the artery and vein of the part, 
 
 and 
 
Of Infammaitom. 44 1 
 
 and pouring itfelf out into the cellular fabric, 
 there digefts into a thick cream-like mafs, without 
 fmell or tafte, called the laudable pus or matter of 
 an abfcefs ; which is therefore faid to terminate 
 the phlegmon (2.) by fuppuration. That the 
 lentor will- come to this pafs, one may con- 
 jcdure, from the great degree of the fever, and 
 incorrigible inflammation, from the exceeding 
 vafcular and cellular fabric of the part itfelf, 
 lying very near or open to the force of the 
 heart, or in a young, robufl:, and full habit, fuf- 
 tained by too high aliments or medicines, with 
 the feafon, clime, &c. But that matter is now 
 forming into a colle6live body or abfcefs, w'e 
 conclude from the fhuddering qualm, that is 
 perceived and followed with a fubflding of the 
 pnlfe, fever, pain, &c. the acceflible part alfo 
 is now foft, eafy to the touch, and by degrees 
 forms a point or dependancy. But if by defedl 
 of thefe caufes that advance fuppuration, the 
 lentor lies in more pellucid and unadtive ar- 
 teries, (much complicated and confirmed by 
 denfe membranes and cellular ftrata, in the fa- 
 bric of the glands, the womb, bladder, fto- 
 mach, or vifcera, and cellular fubftance of fome 
 partsj unable to advance, the watery and more 
 fluid parts are drained off, while the reft, more 
 thickened and hardened, clofe up the leaft vef- 
 fels and nerves, within reach into a hard un- 
 organized mafs, now to be efteemed a dead or 
 foreign body, called (3.) a fcirrhui •, which yet 
 often leaves fo many living or fenfible nerves 
 and blood-vefTels, intermixed in the mafs, as 
 will caufe an irremoveable tormenting pain, 
 
 V which 
 
442 Of Infammations. 
 
 which immediately denominates the fcirrhus a 
 latent or enclofed cancer \ in which the fecun- 
 dary and incorrigible inflammation now begun, 
 foon caufes a gangrenous or corrofive diflblution 
 of whatever lies near, fo as to turn the latent 
 into an ulcerated or running cancer : flmilar to 
 which, in the more tender and vafcular parts, 
 liable to fuppuration (2. fupra) ; and from like 
 caufes enfues (4.) a cadaverous that 
 
 by deftroying the vitality and fabric of the vef- 
 fels, foon ends in a compleat mortification. 
 
 10. As the crude phlogifton often removes a 
 phlegmon from one part to another, fo the di- 
 gefted lentcr of a fever or phlegmon, that dif- 
 fers from laudable pus, hardly more than chyle 
 from milk, being retained in the habit for want 
 of a free depofition, by a fpitting, by the urine, 
 or by felicitations, with laxatives from the in- 
 tefUnes, commonly gathers into an abfeefs 
 within fome of the vifeera, or fome loofe part 
 of the cellular fubflance ; whence vomica’s, 
 empyema’s, &c. of fatal iflaie. So the latent 
 matter of a negleffed abfeefs will often remove, 
 from a lefs to a more important part) from the 
 furface or extremities, to the lungs, liver, or 
 mefentery, 6ec. where it mufl; be foon de- 
 ftrudive, if the tranflation be not timely 
 checked by opening the firfl abfeefs, or by 
 making new artificial ulcers, fcarifications, 
 iflues, fetons, caullics, 6cc. And in like man- 
 ner, an ulcerated gangrene or cancer, if not 
 timely extirpated, is by the corroding ichor 
 transferred to other, neig;hbourin8' or even re- 
 mote parrs of a flmilar fabric. 
 
 §■ 52- 
 
Of Jnflammatiom. 44 j 
 
 52. The cure of true inflammations, no 
 lefs than of pains, arifing from a phlogiftic flze, 
 in parts of confequence, will depend upon a 
 timely and free ufe of the lancet, conformed 
 to the patient’s ftrength, the blood’s tenacity, 
 and urgency of thefymptoms ; to which add the 
 mildeft laxatives, that empty the bowels with- 
 out heating [fal. diuret. | crem. tart. | fal. glaub. 
 j manna, j fyr. rofar. fol. j eledt. knit. { infuf, 
 fen. lim. &c.] ; plenty of diluent liquors, re- 
 peated clyfters, oily and mucilaginous emulfi- 
 ons, charged with honey and nitre j fometimes 
 fp. nitri. d.-acef camph. and papaverines that^ 
 relax convulfive fpafms in the vifcera, and ex- 
 cite or promote a relieving difcharge, by a 
 fpitting, a gentle diaphorefis, or a diurefis 5 fo 
 as to refolve and difperfe the matter from its 
 feat, and expel it from the habit. An inflam- 
 mation upon any of the em undories will (if in 
 a fmall degree) excite a wafting difcharge, or 
 increafed fecretion ; but in a greater degree, it 
 will even fupprefs natural difcharges, which the 
 lancet diredly reftores. Thus the brain flightly 
 irritated or inflamed, makes an increafed flow 
 of fpirits to the nerves ; whence fharpnefs of 
 wit, wakefulnefs, &c. but the arteries further 
 diftended, intercept the flux, and caufe a deli- 
 rium, coma, convulfions, &c. So a flight in- 
 flammation in the alimentary paflages, makes a 
 Ample purging j but in greater degrees it caufes a 
 dyfentery, or a conftipation, that threatens a 
 fpeedy gangrene. In a nervous organ for fenfe, 
 it will thus either deceive, change, or aboHfti 
 the fenfe ; as in a nerve for voluntary or fpon- 
 
 taneous 
 
444 Of 
 
 taneous motion, it will caufe a cramp, tremor, 
 palfy, &c. and lb of the nerves of the vifccra, in 
 fecretions or other adllons. 
 
 2. Thus in a plegmon, the different degrees 
 of its intenfion, the feveral ftages of its extent 
 fion, through fanguine, ferous, and lymphatic 
 arteries, even to the fmalleft receffes of the cel- 
 lular fabric, and the diverfity of peculiar orga- 
 nization, or adtion in the feveral parts ; will 
 furnilh out a fubordinate diftindlion, as much 
 more puzzling, as exceeding thofe before given 
 (§. 41.) of fevers, which, however, may ferve 
 to refledl fome light upon the variety of the na- 
 ture and treatments of different inflammations. 
 — Conformable to the elallic and the mufcular 
 powers of the arteries, which vary in every or- 
 gan, we frequently obferve that a total or par- 
 tial occlufion of the anaftomoling capillaries by 
 lentors, &c, caufe a proportionable retention in 
 and extenfion of that artery, which by its in- 
 creafed fpring will, in a conformable degree, 
 urge its blood fwifter through the other ca- 
 pillaries that are pervious ; but belides this equa- 
 ble acceleration from the increafed fpring of the 
 more extended arteries, which continues, and 
 urges on the blood and juices many days after a 
 perfon is dead, thefaid fulnefs will adt upon their 
 mufcular or nervous powers as a ftimulus j 
 more efpecially if it amounts to pain ; whence 
 again the inflammation will differ in degree, 
 extenfion, and effedls, as the organ is more or 
 lefs nervous, and makes various confents 
 (§•555*) * when this extenfion of the artery 
 exceeds a certain degree, beyond its native powers. 
 
Of Infammatiom. 445 
 
 the blood then more ftagnates through its fyftem, 
 and puts on a ftate like the blood in the fpleen, 
 whereupon the phlogiftic lentor diffolves, which 
 removes the diftemper by difperfion (§. 51. n°. 
 9. (i.). The fame is alfo true of fevers, which 
 till their height, are an excited and temporary 
 plethora of the arterial trunks, induced by all 
 caufes that either too much increafe the adion 
 of the heart, or add to the capillary refinances; 
 and accordingly original fevers (§. 41.) that are 
 flight, ephemera’s, or from mere externals, may 
 like inflammations be difperfed j but thofe 
 which have a lentor, with or without acrimony 
 or contagion, require to be continued a certain 
 time, and regulated to a certain height, which 
 makes the digeftion or maturation in fevers, 
 anfwering to the fuppuration , of phlegmons ; 
 for as we have obferved, the digefted matter of 
 a fever differs only in degree, by being of a finer 
 confiftence within the entire veffelsj as milk 
 differs from chyle, in being made from the 
 more attenuated and fine parts of the latter, in 
 the breafts. 
 
 3. Since the laudable digeftion of the lentor, 
 into an infipid and inodorous cream-like mat- 
 ter, both in fevers and phlegmons, depends 
 upon keeping the elaftic and mucular powers 
 of the artery, elevated in moderate degrees be- 
 yond the ftate of health 5 if they are permitted 
 to fink low'er, the phlegmon turns to a fcirrhus, 
 or the fever lingers ’till the patient is exhaufted 
 by it: but if urged violently and precipitately 
 above the mark (either for w^ant of abating or 
 removing the urging caufes, or from ftimulant 
 
 ingefta, 
 
44 ^ Q/' 
 
 ingefta, and applicata, in diet and medicines), 
 the fcirrhus turns to a cancer, the phlegmon 
 to a gangrene, and the fever ends by a begun 
 mortification, either upon the brain, lungs, or 
 ftomach, and bowels, &c. Therefore the fkill 
 and fuccefsful pradice, both of phyfician and 
 furgeon, will depend mainly upon this article 
 {§. 33.n°. 3.). Hence you may be able to anfwer, 
 whether, or how far it may be neceflary to 
 abate a fever or a phlegmon 3 and when, or 
 how far, they may properly be increafed. As for 
 topical phlegmons, and the confequences which 
 they leave to the proper treatment of a furgeon, 
 they are not within our prefent enquiry, but 
 may be feen at large in the four flrfl odavo vo- 
 lumes of Van Swieten upon Boerhaave, which 
 contain what ought to be more efpecially known, 
 by every good furgeon in his profeffion. As 
 for dropfies after fevers, no lefs than anafarcous 
 fwellings in the cellular fubftance, after local 
 phlegmons, they come from an over-ftrained, 
 and now relaxed artery, making a loofe, ferous, 
 or uncompad blood ; and mufl therefore be 
 removed, not by purges and evacuants, but 
 nervous roborants, exercife (§. 6.), and the 
 bark ; although the vulgar injurtly impute the 
 diforder itfelf to this la ft, rather than to the fe- 
 ver, if they know it has been ufed in the cure. 
 
 §.53. From what has been already advanced 
 upon fevers and inflammations, we dedud the 
 following rational and pradical conclufions. 
 (i.) That as in all acute fevers and inflamma- 
 tions, there is a pleuritic fize bred in the blood, 
 oftener as an effed from them j but frequently 
 
 as 
 
Of Irifammations. 447 
 
 as a generative caufe of them, from over denfe 
 folids and fluids, laborious life, hot climate, &c. 
 Therefore, if this does not appear in the blood, 
 taken from a freely opened vein, while the 
 prefling fymptoms {how, that the height is 
 flill approaching ; we are then aflhred, it is 
 either retained within the body, colledfed out of 
 the high road of circulation, within the capillary 
 fyfliem of the encephalon, lungs, or porta of 
 the abdominal vifcera j or elfe that it has fuf- 
 fered a colliquation (i.) morbid^ from 
 transfufed bile, fcorbutic, gangrenous, poifon- 
 ous, contagious, or epidemical acrimony, which 
 alfo melt the organic texture of the found fluids 
 and leaft veflels ; or (2,) falutiferous and criti- 
 cal^ when the heighth of the diftemper appears 
 turned, with any relieving excretion of the di- 
 getied matter. 
 
 2. That though the hydraulic experiments, 
 which have been made in behalf of the impor- 
 tant fubjed of arterial obflrudions, prove, that 
 confldered as a dead and unelafliic vefTel, the 
 obflruded branch may be efteemed intercepted 
 or cut off, with refped; to any adlion upon the 
 fluid ; and that the acceleration thereby pro- 
 duced, will be inconfiderable, becaufe equally 
 diftributed through all the branches of the 
 fyftem : yet we have fliown, that within cer- 
 tain latitudes, it will caufe an increafed fpring, 
 like that of cornprefled air in the fire-engine, 
 firfl; and mofl; in the branch obftrudted; and 
 that it will alfo adt upon the affedled artery, 
 confldered as an involuntary mufcle, with the 
 powers of a ftimulus, irritation, or pain ; from 
 
 both 
 
44^ Of hfiammcflons. 
 
 both which all the confequences of obhrudlon 
 and inflammation are mechanically deducible, 
 as they are elegantly proved by our great Boer- 
 haave, how much foever fome gentlemen that 
 are better verfed in the hydraulics of art than 
 nature, may infift to the contrary. 
 
 3. That thefe powers of the arteries give the 
 forces to thofe dead tools we call medicines ; 
 and as thefe powers are various in different or- 
 gans, ages of life, conftitutions, &c. therefore 
 the effedts they work by thofe tools, will 
 be accordingly different : e. g. the ejfentia Jii- 
 bii will in a clyfler make a revulfive purga- 
 tion, in the ffomach a vomit, in a leffened dofe, 
 it will be diaphoretic and fudorific ; with pa- 
 paverines, and terebinthinate balfams, diuretic 5 
 or with camphor, and the fcetid, or ladefcent 
 gums, it will be an ufeful expedforant ; as with 
 myrrh and extradts from elleb. nig. cort. p. 6cc. 
 it will be a mofl: powerful alterant and deob- 
 flruent. 
 
 R E M A R K. 
 
 * This is on many accounts preferable to any of 
 the powder forms (of which one prepared by calci- 
 ning antimony, with harts-horn chips, is now much 
 in vogue for fevers) ; and made by infufing an ounce 
 of the vitrum antimonii pulverized, with as much 
 of the yellow of lemon -peals, in a pint of white- 
 wine : which decanted, and given to an ounce, vo- 
 mits in a draught ; or in double that quantity, it 
 purges by clyfter ; but under two drams it purges 
 by the ftomach, as under one dram it will be either 
 diuretic, fudorific, or perfpirative or reduced to a 
 fcruple, or about twenty drops, it proves infenfibly 
 alterant or deobftruent : but generally ’tis beft to 
 
 bridle 
 
Gf Inf.amnmtions. 44^ 
 
 bhclle and determine its operation as above, fince 
 it is otherwife, in itfelf, often a weather-cock of a 
 medicine, moving all ways, or no way at all, ac- 
 cording to the particular affinities of the minima 
 naturalia, and morbofa, that it joins in the courfeof 
 the alimentary, fanguineous, and fecretory paflages. 
 
 4. We have feen that the heating regimen 
 and medicines, before the heighth of inflam- 
 matory fevers, are mifchlevous, by augmenting 
 the quantity, and condenfing the quality of the 
 phiogiftic fize ; and by impadting it into the 
 weaker capillary fyftems of the encephalon, 
 lungs, liver, or mefentery, fo as to be after- 
 wards inflexible to all the powers of the lancet, 
 blifcers, diluents, attenuants, or revullives, &c. 
 whereas in the aguifh or albuminous lentor, 
 they have a contrary and falutary effedt, given at 
 a time when the faid matter does not form a ga- 
 thering in the whole arteidal fyflem, or that of 
 fomc one organ, fo as to caufe a morbid pa- 
 roxyfm ; for if thefe, or even the bark and 
 other reflridlive corroborants, be given in the 
 fits, either of local or general intermittents, they 
 condenfe the flu lie matter into, or towards a 
 phlogiflon,. and fix it like a wedge farther into 
 the narroveer pafliiges. So thefe, and refrige- 
 rants excernally applied . to inflamed parts, will 
 often fix a lentor, that might be either difperfed 
 or digefted, into a feirrhus, that may be foon 
 cancerous ; or even change it to a gangrene, 
 that may be foon a compleat mortification. 
 
 5. For the fame reafons all evacuations, ex«* 
 cept the lancet, ai'.d thole that gently turn out 
 the mere contents of the Ifomach, and intef- 
 
 V0L..II. G g tines, 
 
45 ® 
 
 tines, are alfo pernicious ; by compacting the 
 lentor, and univerfally drying up both the fluids 
 and folids.— -We fee hence a veficating or ulce- 
 rating eryfipelas may fupervene a phlegmon; 
 when in about the fpace of a week, the phlo- 
 gifton in a debilitated part, and cacochymical 
 habit, has relented and corrupted, for want of 
 a laudable digeftion into an ulcerating or cor- 
 roding liquid, that penetrates into the ferous 
 and lymphatic velTels. 
 
 6. That a foft pulfe, though there be no bi- 
 lious or contagious colliquation, nor any confi- 
 derable phlogiflon apparent on the blood ) is 
 however not always to be trufted as a fign of 
 no inward inflammation, or a conflant impro- 
 priety for blood-letting : becaufe we have fliown 
 fuch a pulfe may attend an over extenflon of 
 the arteries beyond their powers, which then 
 increafe by the lancet ; and often we have fuch 
 a foft pulfe when an inflammation of the ence- 
 phalon intercepts the nervous flux to the heart, 
 •arterial, and refpirative forces ; or when the 
 courfe cf the blood itfelf is intercepted from the 
 right fide of the heart and the aorta, in a vio- 
 lent peripncumony ; or when a great part of the 
 mafs lies collected and blocked up in the portal 
 fyflem, in a manner ufelefs, both to the heart and 
 encephalon ; and when but little phlogiflon ap- 
 pears on the blood, in refpedt to what it before 
 exhibited, we have often worfe confequences to 
 appprehend from its hefltation or lodgment 
 within the capillary fyflems of the faid impor- 
 tant organs. 
 
 7. That 
 
Of Inflammations. 451 
 
 7. That an inflammation increafes itfelf not 
 only by augmenting the obftrudlion (n°. 20. 
 fupra.), and the quantity of phlogiflon, but alfo 
 by abrading the defending mucus, which, like 
 that of the bladder, diftlls by minute duds, all 
 over the epithelium arteriofum j but mofl evi- 
 dently in the larger trunks, to defend them 
 againft exceffivc irritation, from increafed acri- 
 mony, or impulfion of the blood : for the arteries 
 are as impatient of acrimony as the bladder, 
 without this mucus j and as the bladder is Im- 
 patient, even to a fpoonful of found urine, when 
 its mucous fccretion is either fupprefled, or reli^ 
 dered too thin to adhere, by a ftrangury or in- 
 flammation of its coats j fo the arteries cannot 
 bear the fretting even of found blood, if this 
 mucus be diflblved or wafhed out, either by 
 mineral, or even common fpring waters (un-^ 
 joined with fome vegetable or animal mucilage j 
 and this is one reafon why the bladder and the 
 arteries throw out mere Ample water, as fall or 
 fafter than it can be thrown into them* And 
 here I mufl: take upon me to vindicate a pradice 
 of the late penetrating and fuccefsful Dr. Rad^ 
 cliffy, which (becaufe many, and perhaps fome- 
 times himfelf, may have extended it to an ex- 
 cefs, and becaufe the reafon a priori did not fo 
 readily appear to fome of our fharp-fighted mo- 
 derns,) has been of late too much negleded j I 
 mean the exhibition of well prepared teftacea, 
 particularly the oftrecodermata, with pulv. trag. 
 and other mucilaginous compounds, in the in-^ 
 creafe of ardent fevers, where they are of ufe, 
 as well as nitre, by a peculiar faculty of renew- 
 G g 2 ing 
 
452 Of hfamuiafions. 
 
 ing or generating this neceffary mucus : for the 
 oyfter fhell, we know, forms a mucilage, by 
 diffolving with a weaker acid than vinegar, like 
 that which commonly lies upon the ftornach 
 and guts; and that fame of the finer parts may 
 enter the blood, not only in that fhape, but 
 alfo In its natural condition, is highly probable, 
 both from experiments of indigoe pafling the 
 ladteals, and from thofe of madder penetrating 
 and colouring the bones. 
 
 8. As the laudably digefted matter of a phlo- 
 gifllc fever, is like that of an abfces, without 
 acrimony, and retentive of its innocency for fe- 
 veral days within the habit : therefore we are 
 not to hurry on or excite a flood of it upon the 
 emundtory, to which nature has given it a ten- 
 dency ; only to forward her by the mofl: gentle 
 provocatives, when fhe appears over fluggifli, 
 and even to moderate or check her, when too 
 exceffive or precipitate in her difcharges : for 
 by this precaution, the whole vafcular fyftem is 
 better fufiained, and gradually depleted, with 
 but fmall lofs to the ftrength both of the whole, 
 and the part on which it is fettled ; in the fame 
 manner as a magazine of laudable pus, tofuftain 
 the parts, let down their tone by degrees, and 
 exclude a wafling drain, is befl; exhaufted in 
 fmall parcels, or at feveral times. 
 
 9. On the contrary, where the flrength of 
 nature appears of herfelf unable to bring the 
 matter regularly to a critical difcharge, and its 
 longer retention in the habit threatens to change 
 it into a putrid, hedtical, or conlumptive acri- 
 mony ; in order to fave the patient, we mufc 
 
 here 
 
Of Inflammations. 453 
 
 liere folicit an artificial crifis : for thus in many 
 flow or lingering, fomewhat nervous and ma- 
 lignant fevers, fmall repeated boles [ex rhab. & 
 cal. j vel. hauft ex. infuf. fen. cum. man. fal. 
 g. &c.] will bring out by day a good deal of 
 the matter lurking in the mefentery and portal 
 fyflem ; as draughts with papaverines, fal, diu- 
 ret. and terebinthinate balfams will by the kid- 
 neys at night ; and if both of thefe are infufii- 
 cient, artificial drains are to be excited b^ inci- 
 fions in the neck, under the ears, in the back, 
 thighs, and arms, &c. to be treated as fetons 
 or iffues j keeping up your patient all the time 
 by plenty of liquid and light nouriflrments, in 
 proportion to all his difcharges. Thus, feveral 
 we have feen apparently withdrawn from be- 
 twixt the jaws of death. 
 
 10. From hence we need not be furprized, 
 if in the end of many fevers the faid matter ga- 
 thers to, an abfces, in divers parts, without ex- 
 citing any previous inflammation j in which 
 cafe "we need v/ait for no maturation, only to 
 relax and follicit by watery foments, or an 
 emollient plafier. 
 
 11. We fee there is no lefs difference in the 
 effedts or fymptoms, than in the caufes and in- 
 trinfic natures of the two febrile lentors (§-33. n°, 
 3.) J for as the fize of inflammatory continuants 
 caufes a greater ftrength or denfity, cohefion 
 and triture, betvrixt the parts of the fluids 
 themfelves, circulating, and betwixt the vcfiels 
 through which they are protruded, it gives to 
 the patient a fenfe of burning heat^ more efpe- 
 cially in thofe arteries where its triture and mo- 
 
 G g 3 mentum 
 
454 ^ 
 
 mentum are greateft, and its quantity abun- 
 dant : whereas the albuminous vifcid of remit- 
 tents and intermittents, interpofing as a crude 
 alimentary mucilage, not yet wrought into the 
 nature of animal fubftance, betwixt the tenfile 
 arteries, vibrating on their current blood, an^ 
 betwixt the elaftic vibrating parts of the blood 
 itfelf, produces an adtual diminution of the ani- 
 mal heat, by leflening its caufe as above, during 
 the well interval, and an apparent or fenfitive 
 one in the cold chill, which to the thermome- 
 ter exhibits preternatural heat; becaufe, though 
 there is adlual cold generated to give the fenfa-* 
 tion, in fome of the capillaries that are gra- 
 dually obftrudfing at firft, yet their re-a 6 tion 
 being turned upon the reft that remain pervious, 
 caufes in therrt a greater heat or triture, more 
 efpeclally in the circumference of the body, to 
 which thermometers are applicable, while the 
 vifcera are in reality under a preternatural chill, 
 until the powers of the arteries arife over, and 
 remove the impediment into the more patulent 
 veins, which increafes the heat univerfally and 
 really, both as to fenfation and fafl, in what is 
 therefore called the hot fit, which terminates or 
 relieves the diftemper for that time. 
 
 12. We obferve a two-fold heat in the ani- 
 mal body, which being generated bv the elafti- 
 city and vibrations, both of the velTels, and of 
 their indofed cohefive fluids, is not imitable by 
 any hygraulich engines, formable by art ; which 
 has no power to make tubes that will aft on 
 their fluids, both with the dafticitv of a bow, 
 and with the vital force of a mufcle ; nor to 
 
 make 
 
' Of Inflammations. 455 
 
 make current fluids that approach the nature of 
 folids, both elaftic and organical, as well albu- 
 minous, like the blood, ferum, lymph, and 
 finer parts of the lafl, called juice of the ence- 
 phalon and serves. The heat, which is gene- 
 rated by the aggregated fum or degrees of thefe 
 powers, in animals, is abfolutely various, not 
 only in different animals and different perfons, 
 but in different parts of the fame perfon ; in 
 different arteries, and in different parts of the 
 fame artery, in which the heat called original 
 arifes, and is thence by contadl and communi- 
 cation of parts, transferred from one to another 
 throughout the whole, nearly or fenfibly to an 
 equality ; fince the beft mercurial thermometers 
 of Farinet’s fcale, fhew, that in warm or tem- 
 perate weather, there is feldom more than three 
 or four degrees more of heat within the body, 
 than upon its circumference ; but in winter the 
 circumference lofes fix, eight, or ten degrees 
 of heat into the air, below the temperature of 
 the vifeera. This difference of temperature in 
 the fkin, betwixt winter and fummer, makes 
 a confiderable change in the halations we call 
 perfpirable and infpirable. In fummer, the 
 perfpirable exhalation of the lungs, which al- 
 ways equals or exceeds that of the fldn, in tem- 
 perate climates, is not only lefs to the appear- 
 ance, but.alfo in fa£l; proportionable to which, 
 the inhaling or abforbing power is here in- 
 creafed } and this is one reafon why a morbid 
 infection or epidemical contagion, is fooner 
 taken this way, in the fummer than the winter. 
 The reverfe of this is true of the fkin, whofe 
 G g 4 dirai- 
 
45 ^ 
 
 diminiihed winter exhalation is thrown upon 
 the lungs or alimentary paflages, while the ex- 
 cremtntitious parts of it are exterminated by 
 the kidneys, or, being retained, give birth to 
 tbofe fevers we call colds, that often degenerate 
 into others, that are either aguifli, inflamma- 
 tory or malignant (§.33.0°. 3.). 
 
 13. The Bellinian dodtrine of heat and in- 
 flammation, aiiflng from the capillaries, lefs 
 pervious or obftrudted, judicioufiy approved and 
 circumflantially taught by our great Boerhaave, 
 is not lefs true, even at prefent, for having 
 been over-haftily deferted by the ingenious Dr. 
 Grother, Wintringham, and feveral other wor- 
 thy profeflbrs, bred under his didlates. For it 
 flioLild be remen^bered, that the excellency of 
 the Boerhaavian fyftem, both as to theory and 
 pradtice, by what I can recolledl of it, from 
 a laborious but inflrudhve diflillation it has 
 fuffered thro’ my quill into the Engliflr tongue, 
 lies greatly in affcmbling all the caufes, natu- 
 ral or unnatural, that concur to anv efl.ct, in 
 determining the degrees that are remarkable in 
 each, and aferibing to them all the fliare that 
 is their due, in producing one or many cuedls. 
 Here then the phiiofophic rule, that the fame 
 caufe will have the fame effedi, is not true ; 
 unlefs you limit botli thie concomi*ancv and de- 
 grees of the caufe, with the conditions cl the 
 fabiedi, in which any change is produced. 
 Thus, as a fmall heat will dilioive an albumi- 
 nous mafs, fuch as the blood, lymph, 
 fiflr, &c. but a larger lieat coagulates into an 
 inefolvable folid ; fo, in the fame m.anner, oh- 
 
 itrucdicn. 
 
Of Inflammations . 4^7 
 
 jlru£tion, in different degrees, will have con- 
 trary effedts. As the fluids driven by the fame 
 force of the heart and artery, have a lefs mo- 
 mentum and celerity, as they pafs over a greater 
 fpace ; any thing, that will fhorten their courfe, 
 will, in proportion, augment their celerity or 
 momentum, v.?hile there are nearer paflages 
 left open, and the urging powers continue the 
 fame. Thus, for example, the ferous arteries 
 and exhaling dudts of the fkin, by their in- 
 fluent juices, both receive and abate a part of 
 the heart’s force, transferred to them by the 
 blood and arterial trunks j but if, by external, 
 fudden and long continued cold, fome of the 
 faid veffels are rigidly contrafted, or eppilated 
 by their fluggifh juices condenfed, the juices, 
 lofing fo much of their courfe, (while the 
 urging powers remain the fame, or are rather 
 increaled) return fo much more abundantly, 
 with an increafed celerity through the veins to 
 the heart, v/hich is proportionably more flimu- 
 lated by it into adtion. This increafed adlion be- 
 ing equally transferred through the v/hole body, 
 will have its effedts the lefs confiderabie j yet it 
 w'ili be fomething, amounting more or lets to a 
 flight fever ; becaufe thus the heart and arteries 
 are more diftended and irritated within incre- 
 mentive bounds, both of their tonical and muf- 
 cular powers, now more ftrongly irritated by a 
 lharpening blood and abrafion of their defend- 
 ing mucus ; and this in fo much a more emi- 
 nent degree, in the parts flrfl: affedted, as to 
 caufe there different fymptoms, which we fee 
 occur in the inflammations of different organs, 
 
45 S Q/' Injlammat'tons. 
 
 according to number and quantity of the con- 
 comitant caufes and vafcular fabricature of the 
 parts. But the cafe is widely otherwife, when 
 a much greater degree of obftrudtion and ar- 
 terial diftention fhall have almofl: fuffocated the 
 elaftic and mufcular powers of the Heart and 
 arteries ; Ihall have almoft occluded the venal 
 returns into the heart or arterial trunks, and in- 
 tercepted the nervous influx from the encepha- 
 lon to them both ; while that principal, and all 
 the other fecrefions are perverted, by the now 
 vitiating blood moving with undue forces, and 
 into improper veflels. Thu 3 inflammation will 
 not only arife from a circumftantial obftrudion, 
 but, in different degrees, will both increafe 
 and fupprefs a fecretion ; and, with other cir- 
 cumftances, will either difperle, fuppurate, in- 
 durate or mortify in one and the fame part. 
 
 Conclujiom. 
 
 §. 54. Thus we fee (n®. 2 and 13. fupra) the 
 Bellinian pofition, that obJlruSfion will increafe 
 the celerity of the blood within the arteries to in- 
 flammation^ is both true and falfe, under diffe- 
 rent circumftances (§. 51. n°. 2 and 3.). But 
 as we are now arrived near the jufl limits of 
 this compendium, it will be convenient for us 
 to cut or wind up the thread of our nofology, 
 by reviewing in miniature the p>rincipal points 
 advanced through the ieftures ; fuch, at leaft, 
 as are to be called upon and examined regularly 
 in the courfe of a diftemper, towards a ready, 
 fafe and fure pradtice. For as the human body 
 is to be readily traverfed, by our enquiry, like 
 
Conclufiom. 459 
 
 a great city, in divers quarters and ftreets of 
 which we are to pay our vifits, when they are 
 due, either complimental or falutary; fo a 
 pracflitioner, unacquainted with the feats of the 
 public offices, and high or direftive ftrcets of 
 aftion, that are to lead him through the di- 
 ftempered body of his patient, is like a travel- 
 ing gentleman, who, arriving at a metropolis, 
 has therein many old acquaintance, which he 
 muft pafs unconverfed ; becaufe he knows not 
 how to find them, who might have pointed 
 out the beft, ne'areft and fafeft roads to end his 
 journey, with innumerable and collateral ad- 
 vantages. Thus perplexed, for want of know- 
 ing our inward frame as the fubjed;, thofe 
 who are otherwife tolerably well acquainted 
 with the objeds of healing, viz. diftempers and 
 medicines, are often ready to fleer their courfe 
 rather by common index and fet prefcription, 
 than by the true compafs of mechanical reafon 
 and relative obfervation, which ought as much 
 to be pleaded for every procedure in phylic or 
 furgery as in law, by thofe who think their 
 lives even lefs than equivalent to the'r eftates. 
 Yet we fee amiable felf- conceit and idle preju- 
 dice not only fpur many to quack themfelves, 
 but alfo their friends, out of the world, by 
 rendering their cafe, either thro’ delay or ill 
 management, irremediable to all the powers of 
 
 art or fkill of phyficians. The ingenious 
 
 fculptor or painter indeed (lands, in general, 
 upon the fame advantageous footing with a good 
 furgeon, as the ufe both of the eye and touch 
 are, to each of them, guides equally fure as 
 
 fenlible: 
 
460 Conc'ufiom, 
 
 fenfible : but the phyfician is obliged to wade 
 much farther than the out-lines of fenfe ; his 
 reafonings muft lead him fucceffively through 
 the whole labyrinth of our interior fabric, by 
 tramping backward and forward in filence the 
 philofophic chain, that joins together paft caufes 
 and prefent effedts, prefent appearances and fu- 
 ture events. He muft call out and examine 
 every prefent witnefs of the diftemper, that de- 
 clares, for or againft each indication to be pur- 
 fued j as diredlive of the feveral remedies, ali- 
 ments, and internal medicines to be ufed fuit- 
 ably as to form, time, dofe, combination, and 
 
 inferior circumftances. Phyfic being, like 
 
 fculpture or painting, an art that is pradfically 
 imitative of, and coadjutive to nature ; is not 
 therefore lefs a difcretional fcience, to be con- 
 ducled by rules that are not ftridlly mathema- 
 tical, but fubjedt to relaxations, equitable or 
 difcriminative, according to all material circum.- 
 ftances, confidered and allowed for.— A perfon, 
 who, with an air of keen apprehenfton and 
 ready dexterity, fhall inftantaneoufly prefcribe 
 ufual medicines, in the general dofes, and com- 
 mon mixtures or proportions, without regard- 
 ing the material confidcrations hereafter fpeci- 
 fied, is juft like a limner, who applies the com- 
 mon lines, proportions, and features of a hu- 
 man face in general, to repreient each individual 
 countenance, ot which he is to make a copy. 
 However, generals muft preceed as the balls, 
 and particuiars muft be fuperadded lor the 
 ftnifhing, by a growing reafon and experience 
 in all faculties 5 of which that of phyftc, upon 
 
 the 
 
Conclufions. 46 1 
 
 the ample, folid, and mechanical plan on which 
 it now ftands, is, from all circumftances con- 
 
 lidered, abfolutely the moft difficult. We 
 
 have already, in §. II. of our hiftorical intro- 
 dudlion to the preceding volume, given the 
 moft general and contracted idea of the human 
 frame that we are able. We fliall now only 
 fubjoin a brief phyfiological view of man, as 
 he is the object of life and health, and liable 
 to become the fubjet of difeafes and death, 
 with references to the feveral preceding letures, 
 in which you may fee the particulars more fully 
 explained. 
 
 Anacephaleojii. 
 
 §. 55. The preceding letures then have 
 taught us, that man is an animated autemoton, 
 or moft complex natural engine of the hygrau- 
 lic kind, including all the powers of nature, 
 mineral, vegetable, animal and intelletual j 
 employed in the faculties of nutrition, fenfa- 
 tion, mufcular motion, and procreation: which 
 four laft include all the other powers or poffi- 
 bilities of ation throughout the body ; that is 
 to fay, dkiQ faculties of all the organical parts 
 and vifeera are maintained in power or poffibi- 
 lity of aefting, either fucceftively or fimulta- 
 iieoufly, by two forces or fprings of perpetual 
 motion, which, like thofe of a watch, mu- 
 tually influence and excite each other : viz. ( 1 . ) 
 the enrephahn^ and the nervous fyftem pro- 
 duced from it 5 or {2.) the hearty and the i'an- 
 guiferous fyftem produced from it Both thefe 
 mutually excite each other, like the fuzee, or 
 
 barrel 
 
462 Anacephaleojis. 
 
 barrel Tprlng ; and the regulator, or pendulum 
 fpring, in a watch ; and together they adluate 
 all the reft of the movement?, that are made 
 up of folid threads and tubes, more or lefs 
 claftic and irritable (le<ft. I. to ledt. IV.). All 
 thefe movements, called by the name of or- 
 gans and vifcera, are carried on, or maintained 
 in their adions, by a circular endlefs chain, of 
 elaftic or globular and albuminous juices, gra- 
 dually drawn out to a finer texture and confi- 
 ftence, conformable to the exility of the veflels 
 themfelves, which they pervade (led. IV. to 
 led. VIII.) j which fluid chain requires per- 
 petual alimentary recruits, to wind-up not only 
 the two main fprings, but the whole tubular 
 fyftem. Thefe alimentary recruits are firft 
 iadeal, then ferous, then fanguine, then lym- 
 phatic of various kinds, and laftly nervous j 
 but all the way globular, albuminous, and 
 fweethh or infipid, in their moft healthy ftate ; 
 and made all from the fame nutritive jelly, either 
 vegetable or animal, farther digefted or exte- 
 nuated. 
 
 2. The mineral powers of nature are em- 
 ployed in the bones, teeth, and ultimate appo- 
 fitions of matter to the folids ; as the vege- 
 table powers are employed, both in the hairs, 
 nails, cuticle, confiftent and motive parts (§. 3.), 
 in the produdions and reprodudions of the 
 veflels, and the cellular cobweb-like fabric of 
 which they are formed (led. VII^. and IX.) j 
 and the animal powers are employdd in caufing* 
 motions in the mufcular fibres, and giving fen- 
 fations to the intelledual mind, by impulfions 
 
 3 t 
 
Anacephaleof.s. 463 
 
 of a nervous fluid, in a manner v/hich the 
 creator has thought fit to conceal from us : but 
 then thefe powers are fo linked one to another 
 In us, that the former always pre-fuppofes the 
 latter to be operating, to put or keep them in 
 action. Thefe powers are afiembled together 
 into many complex vifcera, and thofe vifcera 
 are again afiembled into three organical fyfiemsj 
 lodged each of them in a higher ftory or venter, 
 according to their fuperlative dignity, and as 
 they are fuftained one by the other ; and have 
 been commonly called, either 
 
 I. Natural organs j including thofe that 
 make and convey either * (i.) the chyle, (2.) 
 the urine, or (3.) the foetus ; and take up their 
 refidence in the three cells or chambers of the 
 abdomen^ called fupra-colic, infra-colic, and 
 pelvis. Among thefirfi: of thefe, fome make the 
 chyme or alimentary pulp, which beginning from 
 the mouth and its furniture, are compleat in 
 the upper or fupra-colic chamber of the abdo- 
 men (led;. XXL to XXIX.) j including the fto- 
 mach, liver, fpleen, pancreas, and their appen- 
 dages : others mix, emulge, protrude, fepa- 
 rate, and convey the chjie or ladeal juice from 
 thence, feated in the middle or infra-colic 
 chamber of the abdomen (led. XXIX. and 
 XXX-) ; and others colled and throw out the 
 morbid and ufelefs dregs or fseces, that remain 
 from the emulfion (led. XXXL), and fo make 
 the natural, (and with the gula, fometimes the 
 morbid) emundtory rf the fir ft pcffages^ which 
 are faid to make the firft concodion or diee- 
 flion. The organs that make, colled, and 
 * i. e. Chylopoietic ; 2. 0.i.’'opoietiG ; 5. P.-idopoietir, 
 
 couvev 
 
464 Ancephaler.fli. 
 
 convey tlie urine, are alfo the proper emunftory 
 of the fecond paffages or concodtion for throwing 
 out from the blood, all grofs and morbid faeces 
 aad fuperflaities of the circulating humours (lecf. 
 XXXII.) ; while thofe, which make and convey 
 our fpecies into the world, we fee are, either 
 mafculine or feminine, differing in each fex 
 {left. XXXIII. to the end) ; but thofe, and the 
 uriniferous parts, we obferve are either upon 
 or within the lowed chamber of the abdomen, 
 which we call the pelvis, As thefe parts, with 
 their contents and offices, are naturally the leaf!: 
 agreeable to the fuperior organs of fenfe ; and 
 as their appetites, when vitiated, are the moft 
 liable to deprave both the animal and the in- 
 telleft ; they are, therefore, wifely placed the 
 farthefl; from the head and obfervation ; but 
 being thofe without which all nature mud fail, 
 they are fixed by our creator, as the fundamen- 
 tal or ground-dory to fudain the red. Above 
 thefe re fide 
 
 4. II. The Vital organs, including thofe 
 which mike, move, and didribute the blood, 
 duly guarded each way by a light moveable 
 cage or fence, called the thorax or middle- 
 venter (left. V. to XL) ; and are fo named, be- 
 caufe, ex a'iniento^ they immediately 
 
 fudain and give action not only to themfclves, 
 but to their fubjefted fervants, and to their fu- 
 perior and capital maders. Thus the iieart, 
 lungs, and blood- vefiels, as the feats of fangui- 
 fication, have various <7// or out- lets i 
 fome merely excrementitious, as the kidneys, 
 Ikin, and lungs ; and others falutary, for clear- 
 
 insr 
 
Anacephaleofis. 
 
 465 
 
 ing the blood, but moftly to return thither again> 
 after exerting particular ufes ; fuch as the faiiva, 
 mucus, bile, juices of the ftomach and pancreas; 
 to which add all of the lymphatic glandules, 
 veffels, and the cellular train, whether with or 
 without fat ; fo that we may make a peculiar 
 emundtory to thefe laft, either ( i . ) ufeful^ of 
 ferum, mucus, jelly, fat, oil or wax, for the 
 cellular web and fkins, external or internal 3(2.) 
 recrementitious or perfpiratory ; or (3.) morbid as 
 tranfudations, either through the external cu - 
 ticle, or the internal epithelia (led:. XIV,). T.hb 
 fyftem momentancoufly fufbains and adminifters 
 matter for the imperial courts of fenfe and intel- 
 led:, that fuperintend the whole, by the name of 
 5. III. The Animal organs, of the ence- 
 phalon and its nervous produtdions ; which, 
 being of the lafc importance to the whole being, 
 and of the moft delicate tender fabric, (as v/ell 
 for reporting the various conditions of our little 
 own, as of the greater external world, to the 
 immaterial foul, as for returning again and exe- 
 cuting her commands accordingly upon the 
 body) are, therefore, lodged in a well defended 
 calfle of obfervation, every way eafily move- 
 able to infped: over her dominions, which are 
 fuftained, moved, and governed by above 5c o 
 capital bones and mufclcs (ledt, XIII.), [which 
 being more the province of the furgeon than 
 phyhcian, are, therefore, the iefs regarded in 
 thefe ledtures] to execute her fenfations, appe- 
 tites, and various motions, whether voluntary, 
 fpontaneous or mixed (ledl. XI. to XXII.). "We 
 have here, for an einundtory, the leafl exhaling 
 
 VoL. II. 
 
 H h 
 
 or 
 
466 Anacephaleojls. 
 
 or evaporating veffels, which open throughout 
 the whole external and internal furfaces of the 
 body and its feveral cavities ; fo as to be partly 
 diiTipated, and in part refunded to the chyle and 
 blood. Such a variety of organs are there in 
 man, all labouring, at their refpedlive works, 
 alternately or fimult^neoufly with fo much eafe 
 and filence, that the bearer hardly knows that 
 he has them, until pleafure or pain gives him 
 a fenfible admonition of his earthen compa- 
 nions. 
 
 6. What we have above advanced concern- 
 ing the human organs and their adlions, enable 
 us to make the following dedudtions : (i.) that 
 Life is a perpetual circumrotation, fegregation, 
 and remixture of the various links or particles 
 that compofe a warm fluid, which we call 
 blood, carried on betwixt two fprings : viz. 
 the heart or vital main fpring (n°. 4, fupra) and 
 the encephalon or animal fpring, with the pro- 
 dudiions of veffels and nerves from them both 
 (n°. fupra), wound up or replenifhed daily 
 by the natural or chylijicathe fprings (11°. 3.). 
 (2.) Thar Health is the aggregate fum of all 
 thofe threefold powers and actions exercifed al- 
 ternately or fimultaneoufly, with a due degree 
 of harmony or confent one to another, within a 
 certain latitude. (3.) That Disease is any 
 difcord, excefs or defedb in the confpiring ac- 
 tions of the folids and fluids, above the faid 
 latitude or balance of health, fo as to caufe any 
 remarkable deflrudion, pain, or uneafinefs 
 throughout the whole, or fome one part ot the 
 aaimai machine. And confequently (4.) 
 s Death 
 
Anacephaleojis. 467 
 
 Death Is a total abolition or ceffation, both 
 of all thofe adions, and of the faculties or 
 powers from whence they arife j i. e. a flop or 
 reft to all the motions, and the powers gene- 
 rating motions, in the animal engine. (5.) 
 That Aliments are all fubftances, repleat with 
 an oily, infipid or fweetilh mucilage; eafily 
 convertible, by the adions of the body, into 
 the alcalefcent glue, which makes all our 
 fluids and folids, whofe daily wafte re- 
 quires to be repaired by allinition. (6.) That 
 a Medicine, or a morbific matter is any in- 
 gefted fubftance, whofe particles are not thus 
 mutable, by the adions of the body, into the 
 animal nature of its own fluids and folids ^ to 
 both which, being repugnant or ofFenflve, the 
 enemy is driven by their conjund adions, out- 
 ward from the heart, under the condud of the 
 nervous and arterial powers, with the excreted 
 juices of fome emundory, towards which the 
 matter or medicine is faid to tend, operate, and 
 receive a title. (7.) That a Poison is any 
 medicine, morbific matter, or other fubftance, 
 which, being both immutable by the powers of 
 the body into its own animal nature, and alfo 
 deftrudive or invincible to its expulfive forces, 
 remains within the body, whofe organifm it 
 fooner or later deftroys or kills. But cuftom 
 has applied the name chiefly to the ftronger 
 kinds only of thefe, which kill either in a very 
 fmall quantity, or in a. very fliort time. — Four 
 of the preceding confiderations, difeafe, death, 
 medicines, and poifons call us from the phy- 
 flo.logical or natural ftate of man, to that which 
 
 is 
 
468 Anacephaleojis, 
 
 is pcenal to him for difobedience to his creator, 
 of which thefe. articles are the proper objedts, 
 under the title of Nosology •, into which we 
 have here made an entry, by the moft frequent 
 and univerfal diftempers; upon the reft of 
 which, we may poflibly give another volume, 
 when time and conveniency may be more 
 fuitable. 
 
 FINIS. 
 



 
 I 
 
 I 
 
 Haller 
 1T51+ 1 
 
 V.2 
 
 y